Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Diversified / Northern Trust

Northern Trust

ntrs · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker ntrs
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Diversified
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Northern Trust
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Northern Trust

ANNUAL REPORT   
TO SHAREHOLDERS

2019

C O N S O L I D A T E D   F I N A N C I A L   H I G H L I G H T S

2019

2018

PERCENT CHANGE1

For the Year Ended December 31 ($ in millions)
Revenues (Fully Taxable Equivalent Basis2)
Net Income
Dividends Declared on Common Stock
Dividends Declared on Preferred Stock

Per Common Share
Net Income — Basic
Net Income — Diluted
Cash Dividends Declared per Common Share
Book Value — End of Period
Market Price — End of Period

At Year-End ($ in millions)
Earning Assets
Total Assets
Deposits
Stockholders’ Equity

Average Balances ($ in millions)
Earning Assets
Total Assets
Deposits
Stockholders’ Equity

Client Assets at Year-End ($ in billions)
Assets Under Custody/Administration
Assets Under Custody
Global Custody Assets
Assets Under Management

 $      6,105.9 
 1,492.2 
 565.9  
 46.4 

 $      6,001.4 
 1,556.4 
 439.1  
 46.4 

 $           6.66
 6.63 
 2.60  
 46.82 
 106.24 

 $           6.68
 6.64 
 1.94 
 43.95 
 83.59 

 $  125,236.6 
 136,828.4
  109,120.6 
 11,091.0

 $  122,847.3 
 132,212.5
  104,496.8 
 10,508.3

 $  107,109.4
 117,551.4 
 89,786.0 
 10,648.4 

 $  113,731.0
 122,946.6 
 95,103.1 
 10,228.9 

 $    12,050.4 
9,233.5
   5,894.6 
 1,231.3 

 $    10,125.3 
7,593.9
   4,700.3 
 1,069.4 

Financial Ratios and Metrics
Return on Average Common Equity
Return on Average Assets
Dividend Payout Ratio
Net Interest Margin (Fully Taxable Equivalent Basis2)

  14.9  %  
1.27 
39.2
1.60

  16.2  %
1.27 
29.2
1.46

2 %
(4)
29
—

— %
—
34
7
27 

2 %
3
4 
6 

(6) %
(4)   
(6) 
4 

19 %
22
25 
15 

CAPITAL RATIOS 

 Standardized  
Approach  

  Advanced 
   Approach

         Standardized  
                Approach

    Advanced 
   Approach

   DECEMBER 31, 2019

   DECEMBER 31, 2018

Common Equity Tier 1Capital
Tier 1Capital
Total Capital
Tier 1 Leverage
Supplementary Leverage

12.7 %
 14.5
 16.3
 8.7
 N/A

13.2 %
 15.0
 16.8

 8.7   

      7.6

12.9 %
14.1
16.1
8.0
N/A

13.7 %
15.0
16.9
8.0
7.0

1 Percentage change calculations are based on actual balances rather than the rounded amounts presented. 
2 Revenues and Net Interest Margin are presented on a fully taxable equivalent basis, a non-generally accepted accounting principle financial measure that facilitates the analysis of asset yields.

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
Michael G. O’Grady 
CHAIRMAN, PRESIDENT AND  

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

To My Fellow Shareholders,

As we begin a new decade, the pace of change around us—at our workplaces, in our homes 

and throughout our communities—continues to accelerate. While it is exciting to consider 

the possibilities that lie ahead, the time for reflection can often feel elusive. It is at times such 

as this that I am reminded of the rare privilege I have to be a part of Northern Trust. In my 

role, I am fortunate to be able to see firsthand the positive impact that our organization has 

on its various stakeholders each and every day. I am honored, for example, to receive notes 

from clients who took their valuable time to praise the exceptional service they received  

from a Northern Trust employee. I also have the opportunity to share our organization’s  

rich history and culture with new employees, volunteer alongside my colleagues at one of 

countless charitable organizations and events, and represent our firm at various Northern 

Trust-sponsored cultural exhibits. These are just a few examples of what makes me so  

proud to be a part of an organization that achieves greater for all of its stakeholders.

As a fellow shareholder, I am pleased to report that 2019 was another very good year for 

Northern Trust, and that our company remains well-positioned for continued success.  

This is the result of the prescient decisions and direction of our leaders past and present,  

and the hard work and thoughtful execution of our employees, day in and day out. As 

macroeconomic, technological and competitive factors challenge and rapidly transform  

our industry, our enduring principles of service, expertise and integrity continue to  

position us to meet our clients’ current and future needs. 

2019 Annual Report  |  Northern Trust Corporation   1

For more than 130 years, Northern Trust’s success has been anchored in one purpose: to serve 

as our clients’ most trusted financial partner, guarding and growing their assets as though  

they were our own. Trust is easy to say, but challenging to earn. Earning a client’s trust requires 

possessing the capabilities and expertise to solve their problems and help them meet their 

goals. It means reliably meeting their needs at any time, all of the time and over time. And, it 

means having the strength—as measured by our capital base, liquidity profile and technology 

infrastructure—to withstand turbulent conditions. Meeting just one criterion is insufficient.  

We must meet all of them consistently in order to earn our clients’ trust fully.

We focus intensely on addressing the particular needs of particular clients. Our clients are 

institutions, families and individuals that utilize their investments to achieve their goals. 

Whether we are working with a sovereign wealth fund seeking to benefit its nation’s citizens,  

a pension plan responsible for the retirement savings of its participants, or a family aspiring 

to achieve its philanthropic aspirations, we empower our clients with unique insights, 

exceptional advice and meaningful solutions. 

Underpinning this effort is our corporate strategy, which leverages the strengths of our 

interconnected businesses—wealth management, asset management and asset servicing—

to create competitive advantage and synergistic value. Our long-term strategy has four 

primary components:

LEVERAGE OUR EXCEPTIONAL TALENT AND TECHNOLOGY TO PROVIDE 
PREMIER, HOLISTIC SERVICES TAILORED TO MEET OUR CLIENTS’ NEEDS.

Our client-centric strategy begins with thoroughly understanding our clients’ current and 

anticipated needs and goals. Utilizing our deep expertise across all of our businesses,  

our employees collaborate with each other, with strategic technology partners and often 

directly with our clients to develop innovative solutions. 

We understand that the primary differentiator of our services is the people who provide 

them. To develop our talent for the future, we implement strategies to promote a diverse, 

adaptive and engaged workforce. Investment in training is crucial to developing employees 

equipped and motivated to provide exceptional service. In addition, we strive to hire 

employees with specializations in key areas, including technology, fiduciary services and 

investment management.

To elevate further the advice we provide our clients, we recently established a wealth 

management center of excellence to harness the collective experience of our firm.  

Dedicated experts will analyze data and historical outcomes to identify the strategies  

that have been most effective for our clients and develop advice tailored for the  

unique needs of selected client segments. 

2     2019 Annual Report  |  Northern Trust Corporation

We also utilize technology to develop a deeper understanding of clients’ objectives.  

For example, using the dynamic framework of our proprietary Goals Driven Wealth 

Management platform, we can quantify a client’s specific life aspirations, develop a  

bespoke financial plan to achieve them, and nimbly adapt the plan to changing conditions.

To accelerate the digitalization of our business, we continue to make significant investments 

to integrate data and digital capabilities into our services. Our acquisition of Emotomy®,  

an open-architecture digital investment advice platform, demonstrates our commitment to 

bringing best-in-class investment solutions and technology to those we serve. And recently, 

by acquiring a majority stake in our technology partner Parilux, we fast-tracked the roll-out 

of Front Office Solutions, a digital, cloud-based platform designed specifically to help asset 

allocators more effectively manage complex, multi-asset class portfolios across both private 

and public market assets. We began providing these services in 2019 and already have a 

healthy pipeline of future clients.

Digital services are fueled by data, and one of our most significant investments this year  

was in Northern Trust Matrix®, our new, event-driven data architecture. By emphasizing a 

digital-first approach, Matrix enables all participants in the investment chain to benefit from 

enhanced tools and make faster, more confident decisions. Through additional investment 

in other emerging technologies, such as blockchain, we continue to keep pace with, or stay 

ahead of, evolving market trends. For example, we are partnering with Broadridge Financial 

Solutions, a provider of investor communications and tech-driven solutions, to deliver an 

industry-wide private equity blockchain solution. We are also partnering with BondEvalue,  

a leading innovator in the Asia-Pacific fixed income markets, to deliver fractionalized bond 

ownership to the Singapore market, an industry first. 

While our clients’ validation, often measured by long, enduring relationships, is among  

the most important measures of our success, we also take great pride in being recognized 

externally for the quality of our service. In 2019, the Financial Times Group recognized us  

as the Best U.S. Private Bank for the ninth time in 11 years and Best Global Private Bank for 

Succession Planning. We were also recognized as Global Custodian of the Year and Fund 

Administrator of the Year by renowned industry publications Global Custodian and Global 

Investor, respectively.

GROW ORGANICALLY BY CREATING INNOVATIVE NEW SERVICES AND 

DELIVERING EXCEPTIONAL EXPERIENCES TO NEW CLIENT SEGMENTS.

Each of our businesses continues to see meaningful opportunities to grow. With an  

increase in assets under management (AUM) of 13 percent and assets under custody  

and administration (AUC/A) of 16 percent in 2019, our Wealth Management business is 

accelerating its growth by further penetrating existing client and geographic market 

2019 Annual Report  |  Northern Trust Corporation   3

segments and expanding into new markets. Family offices are a prime example; these 

professionally managed organizations require the sophisticated asset servicing, investment 

management and advisory capabilities that Northern Trust is uniquely qualified to provide. 

Ongoing innovations, such as Anchor Analytics™, further solidify our Global Family Office 

business as a market leader. In the U.S. wealth management market, we have bolstered our 

presence in the Midwest and Florida, and accelerated our growth in Texas, the West Coast  

and the Northeast, where our expansion included opening our Philadelphia office.   

Our Asset Management business’ growth is enhanced by offering solutions in areas of 

greatest demand. We expanded our quality low-volatility suite of strategies, now available  

as mutual funds and ETFs in the U.S., collective investment trusts in Europe, diversified funds 

in Canada and separate accounts globally. We also launched five sustainable funds and 

strategies in Europe to enable institutional clients to deploy sustainable investment strategies. 

Our innovative low-carbon strategy is designed to invest at the intersection of low carbon  

and high quality, while our euro-denominated investment-grade credit environmental, social 

and governance (ESG) strategy is one of the industry’s first. These offerings pair our 30-plus 

years of ESG innovation with our significant quantitative active, fixed income and index 

investment capabilities.

Our Corporate & Institutional Services business, a global leader in asset servicing, is responding 

to the growing complexity of our clients’ needs while growing our global client base, a strategy 

leading to increases in AUC/A and AUM of 19 and 16 percent, respectively, in 2019. In today’s 

environment of lower long-term investment returns, institutional asset owners and managers 

are seeking strategies to create alpha from their investment and operational activities. By 

helping them meet their objectives with tailored solutions across the entire asset servicing 

spectrum, we have won complex, sophisticated global mandates around the world, including 

new relationships with Funds SA in Australia, Storebrand in Sweden and Anchorage Capital 

Group in the U.S.  We have also extended our capabilities in key areas to support clients even 

further.  Our advanced currency management solutions, for example, help firms like our 

long-time U.K.-based client Hermes Investment Management focus on their core competencies 

and improve operational efficiencies. Our outsourced front office trading service, Integrated 

Trading Solutions, has also been a disruptor in the market, winning a number of new clients 

including Fundsmith, one of the U.K.’s fastest growing investment managers.

CONTINUALLY IMPROVE OUR PRODUCTIVITY BY DESIGNING AND LEVERAGING 
A SCALABLE OPERATING MODEL.

While clients overwhelmingly appreciate the quality and efficacy of our services, they also 

require us to provide them at a competitive price. Accordingly, it is critical for us to find ways 

to improve our level of productivity constantly. This starts with structuring our business to 

achieve benefits of scale from the growth of our business. We are currently leveraging 

4     2019 Annual Report  |  Northern Trust Corporation

emerging technologies such as robotics and machine learning to further automate and 

increase our operating efficiency. Additionally, we have embedded an ongoing mindset  

of carefully ensuring that every dollar we spend results in attractive value for the company. 

Productivity improvement is no longer confined to periodic programs. Productivity initiatives, 

investments and the related savings are now further ingrained in our comprehensive 

planning process and performance measurement.

MAINTAIN OUR FOUNDATIONAL STRENGTH WITH A STRONG, CONSERVATIVE 
BALANCE SHEET AND A GLOBALLY RESPECTED BRAND. 

Even as we pursue new opportunities and leverage cutting-edge technologies, we are proud 

of the strength that comes from our conservative balance sheet and a distinguished brand 

that has maintained client trust over more than a century of progress. We do not take our 

foundational strength for granted; instead we work hard every day to maintain it through 

prudent financial decisions, clear standards of employee conduct, and the highest levels  

of cybersecurity and data protection. 

By focusing on the disciplined execution of our strategy, we create value for our clients, 

shareholders, employees and the communities in which we operate. In 2019, the company 

produced attractive returns for our shareholders, with a return on equity of 14.9 percent, and 

grew revenues by 2 percent to $6.11 billion for the year.* Trust fees, our largest source of 

revenues, totaled $3.85 billion, up 3 percent. We also continued to grow assets as a result of 

favorable markets and organic growth. AUC/A ended the year at $12.1 trillion, up 19 percent 

from the prior year, while AUM ended the year at $1.2 trillion, up 15 percent from the prior 

year. During 2019, we also returned a record $1.7 billion to common shareholders through 

dividends and the repurchase of 11.8 million shares. 

We understand that for Northern Trust to continue its success, we must also focus on the 

world beyond our doors. In each of our global locations, our emphasis on sustainable 

services and operations has substantially reduced our global carbon footprint and 

greenhouse gas emissions. And through our corporate donations and our employees’ 

volunteering efforts, we have helped strengthen the educational, cultural and social welfare 

of our communities around the globe.

We are fortunate to have a deep pool of leadership talent, including 11 Management Group 

members, all of whom bring a diverse array of industry experience and achievements. In  

the second half of 2019, Chief Financial Officer Biff Bowman and Chief Risk Officer Wilson 

Leech both announced their retirements, effective in early 2020. We thank them for their 

unwavering service and congratulate them on their distinguished careers. Jason Tyler, Chief 

Financial Officer of our Wealth Management business, succeeded Biff; and Mark Gossett, 

Chief Credit Officer and Head of Market and Liquidity Risk Management, succeeded Wilson. 

2019 Annual Report  |  Northern Trust Corporation   5

Our Board of Directors also provides strong governance and tremendous guidance 

throughout the year. In April, John Rowe stepped down from the Board after serving 

17 years, including nine years as lead director. We greatly appreciate the wise counsel that 

John provided throughout his tenure. We are fortunate that Jay Henderson assumed the 

role of lead director, and his transition has been seamless. 

Even as the global dynamic rapidly shifts around us, Northern Trust constantly strives to 

be the most trusted partner for the world’s most prestigious clients through our combination 

of unique capabilities, strategies and culture. I extend my warmest thanks to you, our 

shareholders, as well as to our clients, our employees and all of our other stakeholders. 

I am grateful for the trust you continue to place in Northern Trust and I am proud to be a 

part of an organization that achieves greater for all of its stakeholders. 

Sincerely, 

Michael G. O’Grady 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Ofcer 

6     2019 Annual Report  |  Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
M A N A G E M E N T   G R O U P

Michael G. O’Grady
Chairman, President and  
Chief Executive Officer

Robert P. Browne
Executive Vice President
Chief Investment Officer

Peter B. Cherecwich
President
Corporate & Institutional Services

Steven L. Fradkin
President
Wealth Management

B O A R D   O F   D I R E C T O R S

Michael G. O’Grady
Chairman, President and  
Chief Executive Officer

Linda Walker Bynoe
President and  
Chief Executive Officer
Telemat Ltd.
Project management  
and consulting firm

Susan Crown 
Chairman and  
Chief Executive Officer
Owl Creek Partners, LLC
Private equity firm

Chairman and Founder
Susan Crown Exchange Inc. 
Social investment organization

Dean M. Harrison
President and  
Chief Executive Officer
Northwestern Memorial HealthCare
Primary teaching affiliate of  
Northwestern University  
Feinberg School of Medicine  
and parent corporation of  
Northwestern Memorial Hospital

Jay L. Henderson
Retired Vice Chairman,
Client Service
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Professional services firm

Mark C. Gossett
Executive Vice President
Chief Risk Officer

Susan C. Levy
Executive Vice President
General Counsel and  
Corporate Secretary

Teresa A. Parker
Executive Vice President
Corporate & Institutional Services
Europe, Middle East and Africa

Thomas A. South
Executive Vice President
Chief Information Officer

Marcy S. Klevorn
Retired Executive Vice President  
and President, Mobility 
Ford Motor Company
Global automaker

Siddharth N. (Bobby) Mehta
Retired President and  
Chief Executive Officer
TransUnion LLC 
Global risk and information  
solutions provider

Jose Luis Prado
Vice Chairman
Evans Food Group, Ltd.
Global food company

Thomas E. Richards
Retired President and  
Chief Executive Officer
CDW Corporation
Provider of integrated  
information technology  
solutions in the United States,  
Canada and the United Kingdom

Martin P. Slark
Retired Chief Executive Officer
Molex LLC
Manufacturer of electronic,  
electrical and fiber optic 
interconnection products  
and systems

Joyce M. St. Clair
Executive Vice President
Chief Human Resources Officer

Shundrawn A. Thomas
President
Asset Management

Jason J. Tyler
Executive Vice President
Chief Financial Officer

David H. B. Smith, Jr.
Executive Vice President, 
Policy & Legal Affairs 
and General Counsel
Mutual Fund Directors Forum
Nonprofit membership  
organization for investment  
company directors

Donald Thompson
Founder and  
Chief Executive Officer 
Cleveland Avenue, LLC
Food and beverage accelerator 
and investment company

Retired President  
and Chief Executive Officer
McDonald’s Corporation
Global foodservice retailer

Charles A. Tribbett III
Managing Director
Russell Reynolds Associates
Global executive recruiting firm

ADVISORY DIRECTOR

Lord Charles D. Powell  
of Bayswater KCMG
Former private secretary  
and advisor on foreign 
affairs and defense to Prime 
Ministers Margaret Thatcher 
and John Major

2019 Annual Report  |  Northern Trust Corporation   7

* R  evenues are presented on a fully taxable equivalent basis, a non-generally accepted accounting principle financial measure  

that facilitates the analysis of asset yields.

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 
____________________________________________________________ 

FORM 10-K 

____________________________________________________________ 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT  TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 
OR 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT  TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the transition period from

 to 

Commission File No. 001-36609 
____________________________________________________________ 

NORTHERN TRUST CORPORA

TION 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 
____________________________________________________________ 

Delaware 
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 

36-2723087 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

50 South La Salle Street 
Chicago,  Illinois 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

60603 
(Zip Code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (312) 630-6000 
____________________________________________________________ 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of Each Class 

Trading Symbol 

Name of Each Exchange On Which Registered 

Common Stock, $1.66 2/3 Par Value 

Depositary Shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a
share of Series C Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock 

Depositary Shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a
share of Series E Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock 

NTRS 

NTRSP 

NTRSO 

The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC 

The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC 

The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 
____________________________________________________________ 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes  

No 

No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing 
requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  

No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of 
Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).    Yes  

No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an 
emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” 
in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

Large accelerated filer 
Non-accelerated filer 

Accelerated filer 
Smaller reporting company 

Emerging growth company 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new 
or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2).    Yes 

No 

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock as of June 28, 2019 (the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second 
quarter), based upon the last sale price of the common stock at June 28, 2019 as reported by The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, held by non-affiliates was 
approximately $19.2 billion. Determination of stock ownership by non-affiliates was made solely for the purpose of responding to this requirement and the 
registrant is not bound by this determination for any other purpose. 

At January 31, 2020, 209,247,666 shares of common stock, $1.66 2/3 par value, were outstanding. 

Portions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement for its 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III hereof. 

 
NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION 
FORM 10-K 
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE 
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

PART I 

Item 1 

Item 1A 

Item 1B 

Item 2 

Item 3 

Item 4 

Business 

Risk Factors 

Unresolved Staff Comments 

Properties 

Legal Proceedings 

Mine Safety Disclosures 

Supplemental Item  Information About Our Executive Officers 

PART II 

Item 5 

Item 6 

Item 7 

Item 7A 

Item 8 

Item 9 

Item 9A 

Item 9B 

PART III 

Item 10 

Item 11 

Item 12 

Item 13 

Item 14 

PART IV 

Item 15 

Item 16 

Signatures 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases 
of Equity Securities 

Selected Financial Data 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

Controls and Procedures 

Other Information 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

Executive Compensation 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related 
Stockholder Matters 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

Form 10-K Summary 

Page 

1 

12 

25 

25 

26 

26 

27 

29 

31 

32 

91 

92 

167 

167 

169 

169 

169 

169 

169 

169 

170 

173 

174 

i   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
PART I 

ITEM 1 – BUSINESS 

Northern Trust Corporation 
Northern Trust Corporation (Corporation) is a leading provider of wealth management, asset servicing, asset management 
and banking solutions to corporations, institutions, families and individuals. The Corporation is a financial holding company 
conducting business through various U.S. and non-U.S. subsidiaries, including The Northern Trust Company (Bank). 

The Bank is an Illinois banking corporation headquartered in Chicago and the Corporation’s principal subsidiary. Founded 
in 1889, the Bank conducts its business through its U.S. operations and its various U.S. and non-U.S. branches and subsidiaries. 
At December 31, 2019, the Bank had consolidated assets of $135.9 billion and common bank equity capital of $9.3 billion. 

The Corporation was formed as a holding company for the Bank in 1971. The Corporation has a network of offices in 
21 U.S. states and Washington, D.C., and across 22 locations in Canada, Europe, the Middle East and the Asia-Pacific region. 
At December 31, 2019, the Corporation had consolidated total assets of $136.8 billion and stockholders’ equity of $11.1 
billion. 

The Corporation expects that the Bank will continue in the foreseeable future to be the major source of the Corporation’s 
consolidated assets, revenues, and net income. Except where the context otherwise requires, references to “Northern Trust,” 
“we,” “us,” “our,” "its," or similar terms mean Northern Trust Corporation and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. 

Business Overview 
Northern Trust focuses on managing and servicing client assets through its two client-focused reporting segments: Corporate & 
Institutional Services (C&IS) and Wealth Management. Asset management and related services are provided to C&IS and 
Wealth Management clients primarily by the Asset Management business. The revenue and expenses of Asset Management 
and certain other support functions are allocated fully to C&IS and Wealth Management. Northern Trust reports certain income 
and expense items not allocated to C&IS and Wealth Management in a third reporting segment, Treasury and Other. 

CORPORATE & INSTITUTIONAL SERVICES 
C&IS is a leading global provider of asset servicing and related services to corporate and public retirement funds, foundations, 
endowments, fund managers, insurance companies, sovereign wealth funds, and other institutional investors around the globe. 
Asset  servicing  and  related  services  encompass  a  full  range  of  capabilities including,  but  not  limited  to:  custody;  fund 
administration; investment operations outsourcing; investment management; investment risk and analytical services; employee 
benefit  services;  securities  lending;  foreign  exchange;  treasury  management;  brokerage  services;  transition  management 
services;  banking;  and  cash  management.  Client  relationships  are  managed  through  the  Bank  and  the  Bank’s  and  the 
Corporation’s other subsidiaries, including support from locations in North America, Europe, the Middle East, and the Asia-
Pacific region. At December 31, 2019, total C&IS assets under custody/administration, assets under custody, and assets under 
management were $11.31 trillion, $8.50 trillion, and $917.5 billion, respectively. 

WEALTH MANAGEMENT 
Wealth Management focuses on high-net-worth individuals and families, business owners, executives, professionals, retirees, 
and established privately-held businesses in its target markets. The business also includes the Global Family Office, which 
provides customized services to meet the complex financial needs of individuals and family offices in the United States and 
throughout the world with assets typically exceeding $200 million. In supporting these targeted segments, Wealth Management 
provides trust, investment management, custody, and philanthropic services; financial consulting; guardianship and estate 
administration; family business consulting; family financial education; brokerage services; and private and business banking. 
Wealth Management is one of the largest providers of advisory services in the United States, with assets under custody/ 
administration,  assets  under  custody,  and  assets  under  management  of  $738.8  billion,  $735.7  billion,  and  $313.8  billion, 
respectively, at December 31, 2019. Wealth Management services are delivered by multidisciplinary teams through a network 
of offices in 19 U.S. states and Washington, D.C., as well as offices in London, Guernsey, and Abu Dhabi. 

ASSET MANAGEMENT 
Asset Management, through the Corporation’s various subsidiaries, supports the C&IS and Wealth Management reporting 
segments by providing a broad range of asset management and related services and other products to clients around the world. 
Investment  solutions  are  delivered  through  separately  managed  accounts,  bank  common  and  collective  funds,  registered 
investment companies, exchange traded funds, non-U.S. collective investment funds, and unregistered private investment 
funds. Asset Management’s capabilities include active and passive equity; active and passive fixed income; cash management; 
alternative asset classes (such as private equity and hedge funds of funds); and multi-manager advisory services and products. 
Asset Management’s activities also include overlay services and other risk management services. Asset Management operates 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   1 

 
 
 
 
internationally through subsidiaries and distribution arrangements and its revenue and expense are fully allocated to C&IS 
and Wealth Management. As  discussed above, Northern Trust  managed $1.23 trillion  in assets as of December 31, 2019, 
including $917.5 billion for C&IS clients and $313.8 billion for Wealth Management clients. 

Competition 
Northern Trust faces intense competition in all aspects and areas of its business. Competition comes from both regulated and 
unregulated financial services organizations, whose products and services span the local, national, and global markets in which 
Northern Trust conducts operations. Our competitors include a broad range of financial institutions and service companies, 
including other custodial banks, deposit-taking institutions, asset management firms, benefits consultants, trust companies, 
investment banking firms, insurance companies, investment counseling firms, and various financial technology companies, 
including software providers and data services firms. As our businesses grow and markets evolve, we may encounter increasing 
and new forms of competition around the world. 

Northern Trust’s business strategy is to provide quality financial services to targeted market segments in which it believes 
it has a competitive advantage and favorable growth prospects. As part of this strategy, Northern Trust seeks to differentiate 
itself from its competitors with premier,  holistic solutions and exceptional experiences tailored to meet clients’  needs. In 
addition, Northern Trust emphasizes the development and growth of recurring sources of fee-based income and continual 
productivity improvements. Northern Trust  also seeks to maintain its foundational strength with a strong, conservative balance 
sheet and a globally respected brand. 

Economic Conditions And Government Policies 
The  earnings  of  Northern  Trust  are  affected  by  numerous  external  influences.  Chief  among  these  are  general  economic 
conditions, both domestic and international, and actions that governments and their central banks take in managing their 
economies. These general conditions affect all of Northern Trust’s businesses, as well as the quality, value, and profitability 
of its loan and investment portfolios. 

The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Federal Reserve Board) implements monetary policy through 
its open market operations in United States Government securities, its setting of the discount rate at which member banks 
may borrow from Federal Reserve Banks, and its changes in the reserve requirements for deposits. The policies adopted by 
the Federal Reserve Board directly affect interest rates and therefore what banks earn on their loans and investments and what 
they pay on their savings and time deposits and other purchased funds. 

Supervision and Regulation 

Northern Trust  is subject to extensive regulation under state and federal laws in the United States and in each of the 
jurisdictions in which it does business. The discussion below outlines significant elements of selected laws and regulations 
applicable to Northern Trust. Changes in laws or regulations applicable to Northern Trust may have a material effect on its 
businesses and results of operations. 

FINANCIAL HOLDING COMPANY REGULATION 

Under U.S. law, the Corporation is a bank holding company that has elected to be a financial holding company subject 
to the supervision, examination, and regulation of the Federal Reserve Board. A  financial holding company is permitted to 
engage in a broader range of financial activities than a bank holding company. To maintain the Corporation’s  status as a 
financial holding company, the Bank and the Corporation must remain “well-capitalized” and “well-managed,” and the Bank 
must have received at least a “satisfactory” rating in its most recent Community Reinvestment Act (CRA) examination. Failure 
to meet one or more of these requirements may result in restrictions on the Corporation’s ability to exercise powers granted 
to financial holding companies, to engage in new activities, to continue current activities, or to make acquisitions. 

SUBSIDIARY REGULATION 

The Bank is a member of the Federal Reserve System, with deposits insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation 
(FDIC), and is subject to regulation by both agencies. As an Illinois banking corporation, the Bank is also subject to Illinois 
state  laws  and  regulations  and  to  examination  and  supervision  by  the  Division  of  Banking  of  the  Illinois  Department  of 
Financial and Professional Regulation. The Bank is also registered as a transfer agent with the Federal Reserve Board and is 
registered provisionally as a swap dealer with the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) under the Commodity 
Exchange Act. As a result, the Bank is subject to supervision, examination and enforcement by certain other regulatory bodies, 
including the CFTC and the National Futures Association (NFA). 

The  Corporation’s   nonbanking  affiliates   are  subject  to  examination  by  the  Federal  Reserve  Board  and,  in  certain 
circumstances, other functional regulators. The Corporation’s broker-dealer subsidiary is a member of the Financial Industry 
Regulatory Authority (FINRA), is registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) as a broker-dealer, 
investment  adviser,   and  municipal  securities  dealer,   and  is  subject  to  the  rules  and  regulations  of  these  bodies.  Certain 

2   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

nonbanking affiliates are registered with the CFTC as commodity trading advisors and commodity pool operators and subject 
to supervision and regulation by the CFTC and NFA. Other subsidiaries of the Corporation are registered with the SEC as 
investment advisers and are subject to regulation by the SEC. Subsidiaries may also be regulated by state regulators in various 
states. 

THE DODD-FRANK ACT, AS AMENDED 

In May 2018, the U.S. Congress passed, and the President signed, the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer 
Protection Act  (the  Regulatory  Relief Act),  which  amended  parts  of  the  Dodd-Frank Wall  Street  Reform  and  Consumer 
Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act) and directed the Federal Reserve Board and other federal regulators to revise parts of their 
regulations that implement the Dodd-Frank Act. In October 2019, the Federal Reserve Board and other federal regulators 
finalized  the  revisions  required  by  the  Regulatory  Relief Act.  The  following  items  provide  a  brief  description  of  certain 
provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, as implemented through final rules promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board and other 
agencies and amended by the Regulatory ReliefAct, most relevant to the Corporation and its subsidiaries, including the Bank. 
Enhanced Prudential Standards. The Dodd-Frank Act, as implemented by the Federal Reserve Board through various 
rulemakings and amended by the Regulatory Relief Act, generally imposes enhanced prudential requirements on U.S. bank 
holding companies with at least $100 billion in total consolidated assets, including the Corporation. The enhanced prudential 
standards include more stringent risk-based capital, leverage, liquidity, risk management, and stress testing requirements and 
single counterparty credit limits for large bank holding companies, including the Corporation. The Federal Reserve Board 
also has the discretion to require these large U.S. bank holding companies to limit their short-term debt, to issue contingent 
capital instruments, and to provide enhanced public disclosures. 

In October 2019, the Federal Reserve Board finalized a proposed rule implementing changes made by the Regulatory 
Relief Act. This rule introduced a new four-category framework to determine which enhanced prudential standards and other 
requirements are applicable to institutions with total consolidated assets of at least $100 billion, based on asset thresholds and 
other risk-based factors. Under the new rules, the Corporation is classified as a Category II institution. 

The requirements under the new framework that apply to the Corporation are largely unchanged as a result of the Federal 
Reserve Board’s final tailoring rule for enhanced prudential standards. The Corporation must submit annual capital plans to 
the Federal Reserve Board, conduct supervisory and internal periodic stress tests to evaluate capital adequacy in adverse 
economic conditions, maintain enhanced risk management procedures, comply with a liquidity risk management framework 
(discussed below in “Liquidity Standards”) and aggregate credit exposure limits, conduct liquidity stress tests, and hold a 
buffer of liquid assets estimated to meet funding needs during a financial stress event. The Corporation is not subject to the 
total  loss-absorbing  capacity  requirement,  capital  surcharge,  enhanced  supplementary  leverage  ratio,  or  aggregate  credit 
exposure limit that apply to U.S. bank holding companies that are global systemically important bank holding companies. 

Resolution  Planning. As  required  by  Section  165(d)  of  the  Dodd-Frank Act,  the  Corporation  is  required  to  submit 
periodically to regulators a resolution plan for its rapid and orderly resolution in the event of material financial distress or 
failure. In addition, under an FDIC rule (the CIDI Resolution Plan Rule) the Bank must submit to the FDIC periodic plans 
for resolution in the event of its failure. The Corporation is required to submit its next Section 165(d) resolution plan by July 
1, 2021. The FDIC has indicated that the Bank is not required to submit a resolution plan under the CIDI Resolution Plan 
Rule before the conclusion of a rulemaking regarding the CIDI Resolution Plan Rule requirements. 

On March 24, 2017, the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC provided joint written feedback to the Corporation regarding 
the resolution plan submitted by the Corporation in December 2015 pursuant to Section 165(d) of the Dodd-Frank Act (the 
2015 165(d) Plan). The joint written feedback identified certain “shortcomings” in the Corporation’s 2015 165(d) Plan. While 
the identification of these shortcomings is different from a determination that the plan is not “credible,” the Corporation was 
required to address the shortcomings in a satisfactory manner in the Corporation’s resolution plan submitted to the Federal 
Reserve Board and the FDIC in December 2017 (the 2017 165(d) Plan). On March 29, 2019, the Federal Reserve Board and 
the FDIC jointly announced that they did not identify shortcomings or deficiencies in the 2017 165(d) Plan. 

In addition, on June 27, 2018, the Bank submitted its resolution plan (the 2018 CIDI Plan) to the FDIC under the CIDI 

Resolution Plan Rule. To date, no formal written feedback or guidance has been received regarding the 2018 CIDI Plan. 

Separately, the European Union Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive (BRRD), was adopted for European Union 
credit institutions, including certain of the Bank’s subsidiaries and branches, effective January 1, 2015. In accordance with 
applicable Commission de Surveillance du Secteur Financier (CSSF) guidance, a Simplified Recovery Plan for Northern Trust 
Global Services SE, a Luxembourg-registered indirect subsidiary of the Bank, has been established and will be reviewed and 
filed with the CSSF at least biennially. CSSF regulations also require institutions to submit resolution related data on an annual 
basis, a requirement for which Northern Trust Global Services SE has an established process. 

Orderly Liquidation Authority. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, certain financial companies, such as the Corporation and 
certain of its covered subsidiaries, can be subjected to an orderly liquidation authority if in default or danger of default and 
their resolution under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code would have serious adverse effects on financial stability in the United States, 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
among other requirements set by statute. If the Corporation were subject to orderly liquidation authority, the FDIC would be 
appointed as its receiver, which would give the FDIC considerable powers to resolve the Corporation. Absent such actions, 
the Corporation, as a bank holding company, would remain subject to the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. 

The Volcker Rule. The Volcker Rule bans proprietary trading subject to exceptions for market-making, hedging, certain 
trading activities in U.S. and foreign sovereign debt, certain trading activities of non-U.S. banking entities trading outside the 
United States, certain customer-driven matched swaps, and trading activities related to liquidity management. The Volcker 
Rule also imposes significant restrictions on sponsoring or investing in certain “covered funds,” such as hedge funds or private 
equity funds, again subject to exceptions. Northern Trust maintains an enterprise-wide compliance program to comply with 
the Volcker Rule. 

Swaps and Other Derivatives. The Dodd-Frank Act imposed a regulatory structure on the over-the-counter derivatives 
market, including requirements for clearing, exchange trading, capital, margin, trade reporting, and recordkeeping. The Dodd-
Frank Act also requires certain entities to register as a “major swap participant,” a “swap dealer,” a “major-security-based 
swap participant” or a “security-based swap dealer.” The Bank’s activities as a swap dealer are subject to the CFTC’s rules 
and regulations, including rules regarding internal and external business conduct standards, reporting and recordkeeping, 
mandatory clearing for certain swaps, trade documentation and confirmation requirements, and cross-border swap activities. 
The Bank is also subject to Federal Reserve Board regulations regarding mandatory posting and collection of margin by certain 
swap counterparties. The SEC’s rules related to security-based swaps are not currently applicable to the Bank’s swap-dealing 
activity and the Bank’s current trading activity does not mandate its regulation as a security-based swap dealer.  

HOLDING COMPANY SUPPORT UNDER THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE ACT 
The Dodd-Frank Act amended the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (FDIA) to obligate the Federal Reserve Board to require 
bank holding  companies, such as  the Corporation, to  serve as  a source  of financial strength for any subsidiary depository 
institution. Under this requirement, the Corporation in the future could be required to provide financial assistance to the Bank 
should the Bank experience financial distress. 

PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS 

The Corporation may pay dividends, repurchase stock, and make other capital distributions only in accordance with a 
capital plan that has been reviewed without objection by the Federal Reserve Board. Dividends from the Bank are a significant 
source of funds for the Corporation, and the Corporation’s ability to pay dividends on its common stock therefore depends 
on the ability of the Bank to pay sufficient dividends to the Corporation. 

Various federal and state laws and regulations limit the amount of dividends that may be paid by the Bank to the Corporation 
without regulatory consent. The Bank may not pay any dividends if it is undercapitalized, or if the payment of the dividend 
would cause it to become undercapitalized. In general, the amount of dividends that may be paid in a calendar year is limited 
to its “recent earnings” (the current year’s net income combined with the retained net income of the two preceding years), or 
its “undivided profits” (generally, accumulated net profits that have not been paid out as dividends or transferred to surplus), 
whichever is less. The ability of the Bank to pay dividends to the Corporation may also be affected by the capital adequacy 
standards applicable to the Bank (discussed further below), which include minimum requirements and buffers. 

CAPITAL PLANNING AND STRESS TESTING 

The Corporation’s capital distributions are subject to the Federal Reserve Board’s capital plan rules, which require the 
Corporation to submit annual capital plans to the Federal Reserve Board for review. The Corporation and other affected bank 
holding companies may pay dividends, repurchase stock, and make other capital distributions only in accordance with a capital 
plan to which the Federal Reserve Board has not objected. 

The major components of that oversight are the Federal Reserve Board’s Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review 
(CCAR) and Dodd-Frank Act stress tests (DFAST). These requirements involve both company-run and supervisory-run testing 
of capital under various scenarios, including baseline, adverse and severely adverse scenarios provided by the appropriate 
banking regulator.Results from the Corporation’sand the Bank’sannual company-run stress tests are reported to the appropriate 
regulators and made publicly available. 

The Corporation submitted its most recent capital plan to the Federal Reserve Board in April 2019 as part of the Federal 
Reserve Board’s 2019 CCAR exercise, and the Federal Reserve Board did not object to the Corporation’s plan and proposed 
capital actions, including authority to increase its dividend payments and share repurchases, in mid-2019. 

The Regulatory Relief Act and the Federal Reserve Board’s tailoring rule implementing changes required by such act did 
not directly affect the CCAR exercise or capital plan requirements that apply to the Corporation. The Corporation remains 
subject  to  annual  company-run  stress  testing,  annual  supervisory  stress  testing,  and  annual  capital  plan  submission 
requirements. 

4   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Corporation will submit its 2020 capital plan to the Federal Reserve Board by April 6, 2020. The Federal Reserve 
Board is expected to publish either its objection or non-objection to the 2020 capital plan and proposed capital actions, such 
as dividend payments and share repurchases, in mid-2020. 

Under the DFAST regulations, the Corporation is required to undergo regulatory stress tests conducted by the Federal 
Reserve Board annually. The Bank also is required to conduct its own annual internal stress test (although it is permitted to 
combine  certain  reporting  and  disclosure  of  its  stress  test  results  with  the  results  of  the  Corporation).  Results  from  the 
Corporation’s and the Bank’s annual company-run stress tests are reported to the appropriate regulators and made publicly 
available. Northern Trust published the results of its company-run stress tests on June 21, 2019, and the results of its company-
run mid-cycle stress tests on October 31, 2019. 

In April 2018, the Federal Reserve Board proposed revisions to the CCAR exercise and DFAST regulations that would 
in part integrate the forward-looking stress test results with the non-stress capital requirements discussed below by using the 
results of the annual supervisory stress test to set specific buffer requirements above minimum capital requirements, which 
restrict capital distributions under the capital rule and establish a single approach to capital distribution limitations. The April 
2018 proposal also would replace the 2.5% capital conservation buffer requirement discussed below with a stress capital buffer 
requirement and establish a stress leverage buffer requirement in addition to the minimum 4% Tier 1 leverage ratio requirement. 
Under the April 2018 proposal, an institution would be required to maintain capital ratios above its minimum plus its buffer 
requirements in order to avoid restrictions on its capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments. An institution would 
be bound by the most stringent distribution limitations, if any, as determined by its capital conservation buffer requirement, 
its stress leverage buffer requirement and, if applicable, its advanced approaches capital conservation buffer requirement and 
enhanced supplementary leverage ratio standard. 

The April 2018 proposal also would remove the stress testing assumption that an institution would make all planned 
capital distributions over the planning horizon, including any planned common stock dividends and repurchases of common 
stock. Instead, the stress buffer requirements would include only four quarters of planned common stock dividends in order 
to preserve the incentives for an institution to engage in disciplined, forward-looking dividend planning. Further, the April 
2018 proposal would adjust the methodology used in the supervisory stress test to assume that the institution takes actions to 
maintain a constant level of assets, including loans, trading assets, and securities over the planning horizon and assume that 
the institution’s risk-weighted assets and leverage ratio denominator generally remain unchanged over the planning horizon. 
The April 2018 proposal also would remove the quantitative objection in CCAR and eliminate the 30 percent dividend payout 
ratio as a criterion for heightened scrutiny of an institution's capital plan. The Federal Reserve Board would retain the CCAR 
qualitative supervisory review and the ability to object to an institution’s capital plan on qualitative grounds based on the 
adequacy  of  the  institution’s capital  planning  processes  for  institutions  supervised  by  the  Large  Institution  Supervision 
Coordination Committee and other large and complex institutions. 

As of the date of this filing, the Federal Reserve Board has not finalized the April 2018 proposal, and the Corporation 
cannot predict whether it will be finalized and whether such finalization would alter the way in which the CCAR exercise and 
DFAST regulations are applied to the Corporation. 

CAPITAL ADEQUACY REQUIREMENTS 

The Corporation, as a bank holding company, is subject to risk-based and leverage capital guidelines implemented by the 
Federal Reserve Board that are based on industry-standard guidelines published by the International Basel Committee on 
Banking Supervision (Basel Committee), known as Basel III. The Bank, as an FDIC-insured depository institution, is also 
required to meet risk-based and leverage capital guidelines established by regulators which are generally similar to those 
established by the Federal Reserve Board for bank holding companies. 

Under the final Basel III rules, the Corporation, with the Bank, is one of a small number of “core” banking organizations 
that are required to use the advanced approaches methodologies to calculate and disclose publicly their risk-based capital 
ratios. The Corporation also is subject to a capital floor that is based on the Basel III standardized approach to calculating 
risk-based  capital  ratios. The  Corporation  is  therefore  required  to  calculate  its  risk-based  capital  ratios  under  both  the 
standardized and advanced approaches, and is subject to the more stringent of the two in the assessment of its capital adequacy. 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  Bank’s risk-based  and  leverage  capital  ratios  at  December 31,  2019,  were  well  above  the  minimum  regulatory 
requirements established by U.S. banking regulators. The risk-based and leverage capital ratios for the Corporation and the 
Bank, together with the regulatory minimum ratios and the ratios required for classification as “well-capitalized,” are provided 
in the following chart.  

TABLE 1: RISK-BASED AND LEVERAGE CAPITAL RATIOS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2019 

COMMON EQUITY 
TIER 1 CAPITAL 

TIER 1 CAPITAL 

TOTAL CAPITAL 

TIER 1 LEVERAGE 

STANDARDIZED  ADVANCED  STANDARDIZED  ADVANCED  STANDARDIZED  ADVANCED  STANDARDIZED  ADVANCED 
APPROACH  APPROACH 

APPROACH  APPROACH 

APPROACH  APPROACH 

APPROACH  APPROACH 

Northern Trust 
Corporation 

The Northern Trust 
Company 

Minimum required
ratio 

“Well-capitalized”
minimum ratios, as 
applicable 

Northern Trust 
Corporation 

The Northern 
Trust Company 

12.7% 

13.2% 

14.5% 

15.0% 

16.3% 

16.8% 

8.7% 

8.7% 

12.3% 

13.0% 

12.3% 

13.0% 

14.0% 

14.6% 

7.3% 

7.3% 

4.5% 

4.5% 

6.0% 

6.0% 

8.0% 

8.0% 

4.0% 

4.0% 

N/A 

N/A 

6.0% 

6.0% 

10.0% 

10.0% 

N/A 

N/A 

6.5% 

6.5% 

8.0% 

8.0% 

10.0% 

10.0% 

5.0% 

5.0% 

SUPPLEMENTARY 
LEVERAGE 

ADVANCED 
APPROACH 

7.6% 

6.4% 

3.0% 

N/A 

3.0% 

Advanced approaches institutions, such as the Corporation and the Bank, are subject to a minimum supplementary leverage 
ratio of 3.0%. Advanced approaches institutions that are insured depository institutions, such as the Bank, also must maintain 
at least a 3.0% supplementary leverage ratio to be considered “well-capitalized.” The Corporation and Bank are also subject 
to a capital conservation buffer, which requires them to hold a buffer of common equity Tier 1 capital above the minimum 
risk-based capital requirements in order to avoid constraints on dividends, equity repurchases and compensation. The minimum 
capital conservation buffer increased to 2.5% in 2019 from 1.875% in 2018. 

A “countercyclical buffer” of 0% to 2.5% of a banking organization’s total risk-weighted assets for advanced approaches 
banking organizations, such as the Corporation, is also a component of the capital adequacy framework. In general, the amount 
of the countercyclical capital buffer is a weighted average of the countercyclical capital buffer established in the various 
jurisdictions in which the banking organization has credit exposures. The U.S. countercyclical buffer is currently set at 0%, 
but certain other jurisdictions in which the Corporation has credit exposures currently have countercyclical buffers set at levels 
greater than 0%, which slightly increase the weighted average countercyclical buffer to which the Corporation is subject. 

As discussed above, in April 2018 the Federal Reserve Board proposed revisions to the Basel III rules that would in part 
integrate  the  forward-looking  stress  test  results  with  the  non-stress  capital  requirements  discussed  in  this  section.  If 
implemented,  the  revisions  would  establish  revised  capital  requirements  for  large  banking  organizations,  such  as  the 
Corporation, that are institution-specific and risk-sensitive. 

LIQUIDITY STANDARDS 

Northern Trust is subject to the U.S. liquidity coverage ratio (LCR) requirement, which is designed to ensure that covered 
banking organizations including the Corporation and the Bank maintain an adequate level of unencumbered high-quality liquid 
assets  equal  to  their  expected  net  cash  outflow  for  a  30-day  time  horizon  under  a  regulatorily  prescribed  liquidity  stress 
scenario. As of December 31, 2019, the Corporation and the Bank were in compliance with applicable LCR requirements. 

Basel III also introduced the concept of a net stable funding ratio (NSFR) requirement, designed to promote more medium- 
and long-term funding of the assets and activities of banking entities over a one-year time horizon. The NSFR will require 
certain banking organizations, including the Corporation, to maintain a stable funding profile in relation to the composition 
of their assets and off-balance-sheet activities. The Federal Reserve Board has proposed, but has not adopted, a final rule 
implementing the NSFR. 

The enhanced prudential standards imposed by the Dodd-Frank Act, as amended by the Regulatory Reform Act, specify 
certain required liquidity risk management practices for large bank holding companies and banks. The Federal Reserve Board’s 
October 2019 final tailoring rule targets certain aspects of these requirements based on banking organizations’ business model 
and risk profile, as delineated into four risk-based categories. The Corporation, a Category II institution under the final tailoring 
rule, is subject to the liquidity risk management, monthly liquidity stress testing, liquidity buffer, and daily liquidity reporting 
requirements. 

6   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
PROMPT CORRECTIVE ACTION 

Federal banking regulators are required to take “prompt corrective action” with respect to a depository institution if that 
institution does not meet certain capital adequacy standards, and are also authorized to take appropriate action against a parent 
bank holding company of an under-capitalized banking subsidiary. In certain instances, the Corporation could be required to 
guarantee the performance of a capital restoration plan for the Bank if it were under-capitalized. 

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES 

The Bank is subject to restrictions governing transactions between it and affiliated entities, including the Corporation, its 
affiliates, and its subsidiaries. These transactions must be on terms and conditions that are, or in good faith would be, offered 
to nonaffiliated companies (i.e., on terms not less favorable to the Bank than market terms). Further, extensions of credit must 
be secured fully with qualifying collateral and are limited to 10% of the Bank’s capital and surplus for transactions with a 
single affiliate and to 20% of the Bank’s capital and surplus for transactions with all affiliates. 

ANTI-MONEY LAUNDERING, ANTI-TERRORISM LEGISLATION, AND OFFICE OF FOREIGN ASSETS CONTROL 

The Corporation and certain of its subsidiaries are subject to the Bank Secrecy Act of 1970, as amended by the USA 
PATRIOT Act of 2001 and implemented in the regulation of the federal banking regulators and Financial Crimes Enforcement 
Network, which contain anti-money laundering (AML) and financial transparency requirements for conducting due diligence, 
verifying client and beneficial owner identification, and monitoring client transactions and detecting and reporting suspicious 
activities. AML laws outside the United States contain similar requirements. 

Various legal requirements prohibit Northern Trust entities from engaging in business in or with certain jurisdictions and 
parties, such as organizations and countries suspected of aiding, harboring or engaging in terrorist acts. The U.S. Department 
of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control publishes lists of these prohibited parties, known as Specially Designated 
Nationals and Blocked Persons. If the Corporation or the Bank finds a sanctioned name or jurisdiction on any transaction or 
account, the Corporation or the Bank must reject or block such account or transaction and notify the appropriate authorities. 
Failure to comply with these requirements could result in fines, penalties, lawsuits, regulatory sanctions or difficulties in 
obtaining approvals, restrictions on their business activities or harm to reputation. Many other countries have imposed similar 
laws and regulations that apply to the Corporation’s non-U.S. offices. The Corporation has established policies and procedures 
to comply with these laws and the related regulations. 

DEPOSIT INSURANCE AND ASSESSMENTS 

The Bank accepts deposits, and eligible deposits have the benefit of FDIC insurance up to the applicable limit, which is 
currently $250,000 for each depositor account. Under the FDIA, insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon 
a finding that the insured depository institution has engaged in unsafe and unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound 
condition, or has violated laws, regulations, or orders from a regulatory agency. Certain liquid assets are excluded from the 
deposit insurance assessment base of custody banks that satisfy certain institutional eligibility criteria. This has the effect of 
reducing the amount of deposit insurance fund insurance premiums payable by custody banks.The Bank qualifies as a custody 
bank for this purpose. 

COMMUNITY REINVESTMENT ACT 

The Bank is subject to the Community Reinvestment Act (CRA). The CRA and the regulations issued thereunder are 
intended  to  encourage  banks  to  help  meet  the  credit  needs  of  their  service  areas,  including  low  and  moderate  income 
neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operations of the banks. The Bank fulfills its CRA obligations by making 
qualified investments for the purposes of community development. The Bank received an “outstanding” CRA rating from the 
Federal Reserve Board in its most recent CRA examination. 

PRIVACY AND SECURITY 

Federal law establishes a minimum federal standard of financial privacy by, among other provisions, requiring financial 
institutions to adopt and disclose privacy policies with respect to consumer information, setting limitations on disclosure to 
third parties of consumer information, setting standards for protecting client information, and requiring notice of data breaches 
in certain circumstances. Most states, the European Union (EU) and other non-U.S. jurisdictions also have adopted their own 
statutes and/or regulations concerning data privacy and security and requiring notification of data breaches. For example, a 
European data protection framework - the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) - was adopted on April 8, 2016, and 
became effective in all European Economic Area (EEA) member states on May 25, 2018. GDPR is designed to harmonize 
data privacy laws across the EEA, to protect EEA citizens’ data privacy and to reshape the way organizations across the region 
approach data privacy. GDPR has extraterritorial effect as its scope includes all data controllers and processors outside the 
EEA whose processing activities relate to the offering of goods or services to, or monitoring the behavior of, EEA individuals. 
Organizations that violate certain provisions of GDPR could be fined up to €20 million or 4% of their annual worldwide 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
revenue for the preceding fiscal year, whichever is greater. In the United States, the California Consumer Protection Act 
(CCPA) was adopted by the State of California and became effective January 1, 2020.  The CCPA substantially increases the 
rights of California residents to understand how their personal data is collected and used by commercial businesses. The CCPA 
includes a private right of action (permitting lawsuits to be brought by private individuals instead of the stateAttorney General 
or other government actor for breaches), and contemplates civil penalties of up to $2,500 for each violation and up to $7,500 
for each intentional violation. 

The  Corporation  has  adopted  and  disseminated  privacy  policies  and  communicates  required  information  relating  to 

financial privacy and data security in accordance with applicable law. 

CONSUMER LAWS AND REGULATIONS 

The Corporation’s banking subsidiaries are subject to certain federal and state laws and regulations designed to protect 
consumers in transactions with banks. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could lead to substantial penalties, 
operating restrictions and reputational damage to the financial institution. Consumer laws and regulations are enforced by the 
Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) and other federal and state regulators. 

NON-U.S. REGULATION 

Northern Trust is subject to the laws and regulatory authorities of the jurisdictions in which its non-U.S. branches and 
subsidiaries operate. For example, branches and subsidiaries conducting banking and asset servicing businesses in the United 
Kingdom are authorized to do so pursuant to the UK Financial Services and Markets Act 2000. They are authorized by the 
Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA) or the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) and regulated by the FCA and, in some 
instances, also the PRA. The PRA and FCA exercise broad supervisory and disciplinary powers that include the power to 
revoke temporarily or permanently authorization to conduct a regulated business upon breach of the relevant regulations, 
suspend registered employees, and impose censures and fines on both regulated businesses and their regulated employees. 

Northern Trust’s European branches and subsidiaries are subject to the laws and regulatory authorities of the EU and the 
member states in which they are domiciled. For example, with the establishment of Northern Trust Global Services SE as an 
EU-domiciled credit institution in Luxembourg in connection with the Corporation's Brexit-related planning, such entity is 
subject to the prudential supervision of the European Central Bank and the CSSF. Moreover, Northern Trust’s non-European 
branches and subsidiaries conducting financial services activities also may be within the scope of the laws of the EU, given 
that some EU laws apply to the wider EEA, which includes not only all EU member states but also the non-EU member states 
Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway, and because of increasing extraterritorial effect of European legislation. 

The following items provide a brief description of certain recently implemented and in-progress regulatory changes in 
the EU and United Kingdom relevant to the Corporation and its subsidiaries, in addition to the BRRD and GDPR discussed 
under “The Dodd-Frank Act, as Amended—Resolution Planning” and “Privacy and Security,” respectively, above. 

Revised Capital Requirements Directive and revised Capital Requirements Regulation. The EU Capital Requirements 
Directive of June 26, 2013 (CRD) and the EU Capital Requirements Regulation of June 26, 2013 (CRR) govern the legal 
framework for banking regulation in the EU, including, among other things, own fund requirements. On November 23, 2016, 
the EU Commission published a proposal for a revision of the CRD (CRD V) and the CRR (CRR II). Formal adoption of 
CRD V and CRR II by the EU Parliament and European Council has not yet occurred. Further, CRD V and CRR II currently 
contain mandates for the European Banking Authority (EBA) to produce a number of regulatory technical standards (RTS) 
and implementing technical standards (ITS), which remain under development. 

Central Securities Depositories Regulation. On September 17, 2014, the EU Central Securities Depositories Regulation 
(CSDR)  entered  into  force  (subject  to  a  number  of  transitional  provisions).  The  CSDR  aims  principally  to  ensure  that 
transactions between buyers and sellers of dematerialized securities are settled in a safe and timely manner by introducing 
common securities settlement standards across the EU. CSDR requires several “Level 2” (or implementing) measures in order 
for  its  provisions  to  take  effect fully. A number  of  these  “Level  2”  measures  were  published  in  2017.  Most  recently, on 
September 13, 2018, the EU Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2018/1229 supplementing the CSDR with regard to 
technical standards on settlement discipline was published in the EU’s Official Journal. The Delegated Regulation, which is 
expected to enter into force on February 1, 2021, sets out measures to prevent and address failed settlements and encourage 
settlement discipline by monitoring failed settlements, collecting and distributing cash penalties for failed settlements, and 
specifying the operational details of the buy-in process. 

Securities Financing Transactions and Reuse of Collateral Regulation. On November 25, 2015, the EU adopted a 
regulation on securities financing transactions and reuse of collateral (SFTR) as part of its approach to addressing shadow 
banking. The regulation includes provisions for enhanced transparency and reporting of securities financing transactions. The 
SFTR entered into force on January 12, 2016, subject to certain transitional provisions. SFTR requires adoption of certain 
“Level 2” measures which were finalized in 2019. 

8   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UK Criminal Finances Act. On September 30, 2017, the UK Criminal Finances Act (CFA) entered into force. The CFA 
has extra-territorial effect, introducing certain new corporate criminal offenses in circumstances where a corporate entity or 
partnership (a relevant body) fails to prevent an “associated person” (broadly meaning an employee, agent or person who 
performs services for or on behalf of the relevant body) from criminally facilitating the evasion of tax, whether the tax evaded 
is owed (i) in the United Kingdom or (ii) in a foreign country if the relevant body has a nexus, or any conduct constituting 
part of the foreign tax evasion facilitation offense takes place, in the United Kingdom. These corporate offenses are strict 
liability offenses, such that in circumstances where an associated person of a relevant body criminally facilitates the evasion 
of tax and such relevant body has failed to prevent the associated person from committing such criminal facilitation of tax 
evasion, the relevant body will itself be guilty of a criminal offense carrying unlimited fines, unless it can show that it put in 
place reasonable prevention procedures (or by showing that it was not reasonable in all the circumstances to expect the relevant 
body to have any prevention procedures in place). 

Benchmarks Regulation. On January 1, 2018, the EU Benchmarks Regulation (BMR) became applicable in all EU 
member states, subject to certain transitional provisions. The principal objectives of the BMR are to restore investor confidence 
in the accuracy, robustness and integrity of indices used as benchmarks in financial instruments and financial contracts or to 
measure the performance of investment funds, and the benchmark-setting process itself. The  BMR aims to achieve these 
objectives by ensuring that benchmarks are not subject to conflicts of interest, are used appropriately, and reflect the actual 
market or economic reality they are intended to measure. 

Market in Financial Instruments Directive. On January 3, 2018, the recast Market in Financial Instruments Directive 
(MiFID II) became applicable to investment services and activities in the EU. MiFID II, together with the Markets in Financial 
Instruments Regulation (MiFIR I), repealed and recast the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (2004/39/EC) (MiFID). 
Going forward, MiFID II and MiFIR I form the EU legal framework governing the requirements applicable to investment 
firms, trading venues, data reporting service providers and third-country firms providing investment services or activities in 
the EU. 

Money Market Funds Regulation. On June 30, 2017, an EU regulation on money market funds (MMFR) with a view 
of making money market funds more resistant to crises and market turbulence was published. Subject to certain transitional 
provisions, the MMFR became applicable on July 21, 2018 for new money market funds and January 21, 2019 for existing 
money market funds. It imposes detailed rules relating to  the investment policies, risk management and other operational 
aspects of such funds. Further “Level 2” regulations containing the technical implementation of the MMFR were published 
in 2018. Technical guidelines to clarify how to comply with certain reporting obligations under MMFR came into force on 
September 19, 2019. 

European Deposit Insurance Scheme. On October 11, 2017, the EU Commission announced that it aimed to complete 
all parts of the European Banking Union by 2018. The banking union is in place and operational except for the creation of a 
single European Deposit Insurance Scheme (EDIS). The EDIS will apply to deposit guarantee schemes (DGSs) in EU member 
states participating in the single supervisory mechanism (SSM) and credit institutions in those member states. The EDIS will 
not directly affect member states that are not participating in the SSM, such as the United Kingdom, meaning that the Financial 
Services Compensation Scheme (FSCS), the UK DGS, will not be subject to the EDIS. The  EU Council and Parliament 
continue to consider the legislative proposal for the EDIS regulation, which was published by the EU Commission in November 
2015. The EU Commission proposed changes to its approach to the EDIS in its October 2017 communication on completing 
the banking union but has not yet published any revisions to the text of the EDIS regulation to reflect these changes. The 
communication also urged the European Parliament and European Council to adopt these measures quickly to complete the 
banking union however this remains outstanding. 

Fifth EU Money Laundering Directive. On July 9, 2018, the Fifth EU Money Laundering Directive (MLD5) entered 
into force. MLD5 was required to be transposed into local law by EU member states by January 10, 2020 and introduces the 
following key changes to the current EU AML regime: (i) EU member states must ensure that registers of ultimate beneficial 
owners of companies and other legal entities become accessible to the general public; (ii) the current AML regime is extended 
to additional service providers, such as electronic wallet providers, virtual currency exchange service providers, and art dealers, 
and further specifications regarding the scope of application of MLD5 with respect to tax advisors and estate agents are 
provided; (iii) the threshold for identifying holders of prepaid cards is lowered to €150; and (iv) EU member states will be 
required to implement enhanced due diligence measures to monitor suspicious transactions involving high-risk countries more 
strictly. 

Shareholder Rights Directive. On May 17, 2017 the recast Shareholder Rights Directive (EU) 2017/828 was published 
(SRD II).  Member states of the EU were required to bring into force the laws, regulations and administrative provisions 
necessary to comply with the Directive by June 10, 2019. SRD was designed to establish requirements in relation to the 
exercise of shareholder rights and, recognizing that shares are often held through complex chains of intermediaries, SRD II 
is designed to improve mechanisms for the identification of shareholders by companies, as well as improve the transmission 
of information along the chain of intermediaries to facilitate the exercise of shareholder rights. Non-EU intermediaries are 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
required to comply with the requirements if they provide services with respect to shares of companies that have their registered 
office in the EU. The EU Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2018/1212 of September 3, 2018 set out minimum 
requirements for implementing SRD II, which will apply from September 3, 2020. 

Depositary Books & Records. Following the European Securities and Markets Authority’s opinion on asset segregation 
and application of depositary delegation rules to CSDs published on July 20, 2017, and entering into force on April 1, 2020, 
changes have been introduced by two EU regulations modifying the existing Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive 
(AIFMD)  and  Undertakings  for  the  Collective  Investment  in  Transferable   Securities  (UCITS)  Level  2  Regulations: 
Commission  Delegated  Regulation  (EU)  No  2018/1618  relating  to  the  safe-keeping  duties  of  depositaries  of  alternative 
investment funds and Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 2018/1619 relating to the safe-keeping duties of depositaries 
of UCITS. The changes aim to better define asset segregation requirements and to add additional safeguards, primarily focusing 
on information flow between the depositary and any third party to whom safe-keeping functions have been delegated.  The 
key changes (i) impact the frequency of reconciliations between the depositary’s internal accounts and records and those of 
any third party in the custody chain, (ii) require the depositary to maintain an independent record separate from the record 
maintained by the third party, and (iii) increase due diligence obligations where custody of assets is delegated to third parties 
outside of the EU.  The changes impact Northern Trust’s subsidiaries providing depositary services to European-domiciled 
fund clients. 

In addition to the above, the Bank’s and the Corporation’s subsidiary banks located outside the United States are subject to 
regulatory capital requirements in the jurisdictions in which they operate. As of December 31, 2019, each of our non-U.S. 
banking subsidiaries had capital ratios above their specified minimum requirements. 

Staff 
Northern Trust employed approximately 19,800 full-time equivalent staff members as of December 31, 2019. 

Available Information 
Through the Corporation’s website at www.northerntrust.com, the Corporation makes available free of charge its Annual 
Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and all other reports and all amendments 
to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a)  or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended 
(Exchange Act), as soon as reasonably practicable after it files such material with, or furnishes such material to, the SEC. The 
contents of the Corporation’s website, the website of the SEC or any other website referenced herein are not a part of this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Statistical Disclosure by Bank Holding Companies 
The following statistical disclosures, included under Items 6, 7 and 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, are incorporated 
herein by reference. 
• 

Item 6, “Selected Financial Data,” includes the Corporation’s consolidated return on average common equity, return on 
average assets, dividend payout ratio and ratio of average equity to average assets. 

•  The "Average Consolidated Balance Sheets With Analysis Of Net Interest Income (Interest And Rate On A  Fully Taxable 
Equivalent Basis)" table (Item 7) provides the Average Consolidated Balance Sheets with Analysis of Net Interest Income 
for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017. 

•  The "Changes In Net Interest Income" table (Item 7) provides the changes in Net Interest Income for the years ended 

December 31, 2019 and 2018. 

•  The “Securities Portfolio” table (Item 7) provides the book values of investments in obligations of the U.S. government, 
states and political subdivisions, and other held to maturity and available for sale debt securities as of December 31, 2019, 
2018 and 2017. 

•  The "Remaining Maturity and Average Yield of Debt Securities Held to Maturity and Available for Sale" table (Item 7) 

provides the remaining maturity by major security grouping and yield as of December 31, 2019. 

•  The “Composition of Loan Portfolio” table (Item 7) provides loans and leases by type as of December 31, 2019, 2018, 

2017, 2016 and 2015. 

•  The "Distribution of Non-U.S. Loans by Type" table (Item 7) as of December 31, 2019, 2018, 2017, 2016 and 2015. 
•  The "Remaining Maturity of Selected Loans and Leases" table (Item 7) as of December 31, 2019. 
•  The “Commercial Real Estate Loans” table (Item 7) provides details of loan concentrations as of December 31, 2019  and 

2018. 

•  The  “Nonperforming Assets”  table  (Item  7)  provides  information  about  the  Corporation’s  nonaccrual,  past  due  and 

restructured loans receivable as of December 31, 2019, 2018, 2017, 2016 and 

2015. 

10   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
•  The “Allowance and Provision for Credit Losses” section (Item 7) provides a discussion of the factors which influenced 
management’s judgment in determining the provision for credit losses, as well as information with respect to allowance 
for credit losses relating to non-U.S. operations for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, 2017, 2016 and 2015. 
•  The “Analysis of Allowance for Credit Losses” table (Item 7) for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, 2017, 2016 

and 2015. 

•  The “Allocation of the Allowance for Credit Losses” table (Item 7) provides a breakdown of the allowance for credit 
losses by loan class and illustrates the proportion of each loan class to total loans for the years ended December 31, 2019, 
2018, 2017, 2016 and 2015. 

•  The "Average Deposits by Type" table (Item 7) as of December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017. 
•  The "Distribution of Non-U.S. Deposits by Type" table (Item 7) as of December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017. 
•  The "Remaining Maturity of Time Deposits $100,000 or More" table (Item 7) as of December 31, 2019. 
•  The "Average Rates Paid on Interest-Related Deposits by Type" table (Item 7) for the years ended December 31, 2019, 

2018 and 2017. 

•  The "Purchased Funds" table (Item 7) as of December 31, 2019, 2018 and 
•  The "Selected Average Assets and Liabilities Attributable to Non-U.S. Operations" table (Item 7) for the years ended 

2017. 

December 31, 2019, 2018, 2017, 2016 and 2015. 

•  The "Percent of Non-U.S.-Related Average Assets and Liabilities to Total Consolidated Average Assets" table (Item 7) 

for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, 2017, 2016 and 2015. 

•  The "Non-U.S. Outstandings" table (Item 7) provides information on non-U.S. outstandings by country that exceed 1.00% 

of Northern Trust’s assets as of December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017. 

•  Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” (Item 8) provides a discussion of Northern Trust’s policy for 

placing loans on non-accrual status. 

•  Note 6, “Loans and Leases,” (Item 8) provides the Corporation’s forgone interest income on nonaccrual loans, as well as 

a description of the nature of non-U.S. loans as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. 

•  Note 12, "Deposits," (Item 8) provides the remaining maturity of time deposits $100,000 or more as of December 31, 

• 

deposits $100,000 or more as of December 31, 2018. 

2019 and time 
Further discussion of Northern Trust’s management of credit risk with respect to the provision and allowance for credit 
losses is provided in the following information that is incorporated herein by reference to the notes to the consolidated 
financial statements provided in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” 
•  Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”: 

•  H. Loans and Leases. 
• 
I. Allowance for Credit Losses. 
•  L. Other Real Estate Owned (OREO). 

•  Note 6, “Loans and Leases.” 
•  Note 7, “Allowance for Credit Losses.” 
•  Note 8, “Concentrations of Credit Risk.” 
•  Note 29, “Off-Balance-Sheet Financial Instruments, Guarantees and Other Commitments.” 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1A - RISK FACTORS 

In the normal course of our business activities, we are exposed to a variety of risks. The following discussion sets forth the 
risk factors that we have identified as being most significant to Northern Trust.Although we discuss these risk factors primarily 
in the context of their potential effects on our business, financial condition or results of operations, you should understand 
that these effects can have further negative implications such as: reducing the price of our common stock and other securities; 
reducing our capital, which can have regulatory and other consequences; affecting the confidence that clients and counterparties 
have in us, with a resulting negative effect on our ability to conduct and grow our businesses; and reducing the attractiveness 
of our securities to rating agencies and potential purchasers, which may affect adversely our ability to raise capital and secure 
other funding or the cost at which we are able to do so. Further, additional risks beyond those discussed below, elsewhere in 
this Annual Report on Form 10-K or in other of our reports filed with, or furnished to, the SEC also could affect us adversely. 
We cannot assure you that the risk factors herein or elsewhere in our other reports address all potential risks that we may face. 
These risk factors also serve to describe factors which may cause our results to differ materially from those described in 
forward-looking statements included herein or in other documents or statements that make reference to this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K. Forward-looking statements and other factors that may affect future results are discussed under “Forward-
Looking Statements” included in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis  of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Market Risks 
We are dependent on fee-based business for a majority of our revenues, which may be affected adversely by market volatility, 
a downturn in economic conditions, underperformance and/or negative trends in investment preferences. 
Our principal operational focus is on fee-based business, which is distinct from commercial banking institutions that earn 
most of their revenues from loans and other traditional interest-generating products and services. Fees for many of our products 
and services are based on the market value of assets under management, custody or administration; the volume of transactions 
processed; securities lending volume and spreads; and fees for other services rendered, all of which may be impacted negatively 
by market volatility, a downturn in economic conditions, underperformance and/or negative trends in investment preferences. 
For  example,  downturns  in  equity  markets  and  decreases  in  the  value  of  debt-related  investments  resulting  from  market 
disruption, illiquidity or other factors historically have reduced the valuations of the assets we manage or service for others, 
which generally impacted our earnings negatively. Market volatility and/or weak economic conditions also may affect wealth 
creation,  investment  preferences,  trading  activities,  and  savings  patterns,  which  impact  demand  for  certain  products  and 
services that we provide. 

Our earnings also may be affected by poor investment returns or changes in investment preferences driven by factors 
beyond market volatility or weak economic conditions. For example, poor investment performance in funds or client accounts 
that we manage or in investment products that we design or provide that is due to underperformance relative to our competitors 
or benchmarks could result in declines in the market values of portfolios that we manage and/or administer and may affect 
our ability to retain existing assets and to attract new clients or additional assets from existing clients. Further, broader changes 
in investment preferences that lead to less investment in mutual funds or other collective funds, such as the shift in investor 
preference to lower fee products, could impact our earnings negatively. 

Changes in interest rates can affect our earnings negatively. 
The direction and level of interest rates are important factors in our earnings. Interest rates generally remain low relative to 
historical levels. Low interest rate environments have had in the past, and may have in the future, a negative impact on our 
net interest margin, which is the difference between what we earn on our assets and the interest rates we pay for deposits and 
other sources of funding. Low interest rate environments also have historically had a negative impact on our fees earned on 
certain of our products. For example, in the past, we have from time to time waived certain fees associated with money market 
mutual funds due to short-term interest rate levels and we may do so in the future if short-term interest rate levels decline. 
Low net interest margins and fee waivers each negatively impact our earnings. 

Conversely, in some circumstances, a rise in interest rates also may affect us negatively. For example, we may be impacted 
negatively if such an increase were to cause: market volatility and downturns in equity markets, resulting in a decrease in the 
valuations of the assets we manage or service for others, which generally impact our earnings negatively; our clients to transfer 
funds into investments with higher rates of return, resulting in decreased deposit levels and higher fund or account redemptions; 
our borrowers to experience difficulties in making higher interest payments, resulting in increased credit costs, provisions for 
loan and lease losses and charge-offs; reduced bond and fixed income fund liquidity, resulting in lower performance, yields 
and fees; a decline in the value of securities held in our portfolio of investment securities, resulting in decreased levels of 
capital and liquidity; or higher funding costs. 

12   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Further, although we have policies and procedures in place to assess and mitigate potential impacts of interest rate risks, 
if our assumptions about any number of variables are incorrect, these policies and procedures to mitigate risk may be ineffective, 
which could impact earnings negatively. 

Please see “Market Risk” in the “Risk Management” section included in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion andAnalysis 
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a more detailed discussion of 
interest rate and market risks we face. 

Changes  in  the  monetary,  trade  and  other  policies  of  various  regulatory  authorities,  central  banks,  governments  and 
international agencies may reduce our earnings and affect our growth prospects negatively. 
The monetary, trade and other policies of U.S. and international governments, agencies and regulatory bodies have a significant 
impact on economic conditions and overall financial market performance. For example, the Federal Reserve Board regulates 
the supply of money and credit in the United States, and its policies determine in large part the level of interest rates and our 
cost of funds for lending and investing, which are important factors in our earnings. The actions of the Federal Reserve Board 
or other regulatory authorities also may reduce the value of financial instruments we hold. Further, their policies can affect 
our  borrowers  by  increasing  interest  rates  or  making  sources  of  funding  less  available,  which  may  increase  the  risk  that 
borrowers fail to repay their loans from us. Changes in monetary, trade and other governmental policies are beyond our control 
and can be difficult to predict, and we cannot determine the ultimate effect that any such changes would have upon our business, 
financial condition or results of operations. 

The ultimate impact on us of the United Kingdom’s withdrawal from the European Union remains uncertain. 
In June 2016, United Kingdom (UK) voters approved a departure from the European Union (EU), commonly referred to as 
“Brexit.” Following delivery of the UK’s formal notice of withdrawal in March 2017, a subsequent negotiation period, and 
approval of a withdrawal agreement by each of the UK and the EU, the UK formally exited the EU on January 31, 2020. The 
ultimate impact of Brexit on the Corporation and the Bank remains uncertain and will depend on the final terms of the post-
Brexit relationships negotiated between the UK and other EU nations. Brexit has contributed, and may continue to contribute, 
to market volatility, particularly the valuation of the Euro and British pound, and could have significant adverse effects on 
our businesses, financial condition and results of operations. In conjunction with our Brexit-related preparations, and to mitigate 
the potential risk that our UK subsidiaries will be unable to retain their EU financial services “passports,” we have implemented 
certain  changes  to  our  organizational  structure,  including  the  establishment  of  an  EU-domiciled  credit  institution  in 
Luxembourg. We have incurred, and may in the future continue to incur, additional costs associated with such measures and 
unforeseen political, regulatory, or other developments related to Brexit, or operational issues associated with the organizational 
restructuring related thereto, also may result in additional costs and disruption to our EU banking business. 

Uncertainty about the financial stability of various regions or countries across the globe, including the risk of defaults on 
sovereign debt and related stresses on financial markets, could have a significant adverse effect on our earnings. 
Risks and concerns about the financial stability of various regions or countries across the globe could have a detrimental 
impact on economic and market conditions in these or other markets across the world. Foreign market and economic disruptions 
have affected, and may in the future affect, consumer confidence levels and spending, personal bankruptcy rates, levels of 
incurrence of and default on consumer debt, and home prices. Economic challenges faced in various foreign markets, including 
negative interest rates in some jurisdictions, or lack of confidence in the financial markets may adversely affect certain portions 
of our business, financial condition, and results of operations. 

Declines in the value of securities held in our investment portfolio can affect us negatively. 
Our  investment  securities  portfolio  represents  a  greater  proportion,  and  our  loan  and  lease  portfolios  represent  a  smaller 
proportion, of our total consolidated assets in comparison to many other financial institutions. The value of securities available 
for sale and held to maturity within our investment portfolio, which is generally determined based upon market values available 
from third-party sources, may fluctuate as a result of market volatility and economic or financial market conditions. Declines 
in the value of securities held in our investment portfolio negatively impact our levels of capital and liquidity. Although we 
have policies and procedures in place to assess and mitigate potential impacts of market risks, including hedging-related 
strategies,  those  policies  and  procedures  are  inherently  limited  because  they  cannot  anticipate  the  existence  or  future 
development of currently unanticipated or unknown risks. Accordingly, we could suffer adverse effects as a result of our 
failure to anticipate and manage these risks properly. 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   13 

 
 
Volatility levels and fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates may affect our earnings. 
We provide foreign exchange services to our clients, primarily in connection with our global custody business. Foreign currency 
volatility influences our foreign exchange trading income as does the level of client activity. Foreign currency volatility and 
changes in client activity may result in reduced foreign exchange trading income. Fluctuations in exchange rates may raise 
the potential for losses resulting from foreign currency trading positions, where aggregate obligations to purchase and sell a 
currency other than the U.S. dollar do not offset each other or offset each other in different time periods. We also are exposed 
to non-trading foreign currency risk as a result of our holdings of non-U.S. dollar denominated assets and liabilities, investments 
in non-U.S. subsidiaries, and future non-U.S. dollar denominated revenue and expense. 

We have policies and procedures in place to assess and mitigate potential impacts of foreign exchange risks, including 
hedging-related strategies. Any failure or circumvention of our procedures to mitigate risk may impact earnings negatively. 
Please see “Market Risk” in the “Risk Management” section included in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a more detailed discussion of market 
risks we face. 

Changes in a number of particular market conditions can affect our earnings negatively. 
In past periods, reductions in the volatility of currency-trading markets, the level of cross-border investing activity, and the 
demand for borrowing securities or willingness to lend such securities have affected our earnings from activities such as 
foreign exchange trading and securities lending negatively. If these conditions occur in the future, our earnings from these 
activities may be affected negatively. In a few of our businesses, such as securities lending, our fee is calculated as a percentage 
of  our  client’s  earnings,  such  that  market and  other  factors  that  reduce  our  clients’ earnings  from  investments or  trading 
activities also reduce our revenues. 

Operational Risks 
Many types of operational risks can affect our earnings negatively. 
We regularly assess and monitor operational risk in our businesses. Despite our efforts to assess and monitor operational risk, 
our risk management program may not be effective in all cases. Factors that can impact operations and expose us to risks 
varying in size, scale and scope include: 
• 

failures of technological systems or breaches of security measures, including, but not limited to, those resulting from 
computer viruses or cyber-attacks; 
human errors or omissions, including failures to comply with applicable laws or corporate policies and procedures; 
theft, fraud or misappropriation of assets, whether arising from the intentional actions of internal personnel or external 
third parties; 
defects or interruptions in computer or communications systems; 
breakdowns in processes, over-reliance on manual processes, which are inherently more prone to error than automated 
processes, breakdowns in internal controls or failures of the systems and facilities that support our operations; 
unsuccessful or difficult implementation of computer systems upgrades; 
defects in product design or delivery; 
difficulty in accurately pricing assets, which can be aggravated by market volatility and illiquidity and lack of reliable 
pricing from third-party vendors; 
negative developments in relationships with key counterparties, third-party vendors, employees or associates in our day-
to-day operations; and 
external events that are wholly or partially beyond our control, such as natural disasters, pandemics, geopolitical events, 
political unrest or acts of terrorism. 

• 
• 

• 
• 

• 
• 
• 

• 

• 

While we have in place many controls and business continuity plans designed to address many of these factors, these plans 
may not operate successfully to mitigate these risks effectively. We also may fail to identify or fully understand the implications 
and  risks  associated  with  changes  in  the  financial  markets  or  our  businesses—particularly  as  we  expand  our  geographic 
footprint, product pipeline and client types—and consequently fail to enhance our controls and business continuity plans to 
address those changes in an adequate or timely fashion. If our controls and business continuity plans do not address the factors 
noted above and operate to mitigate the associated risks successfully, such factors may have a negative impact on our business, 
financial condition or results of operations. In addition, an important aspect of managing our operational risk is creating a risk 
culture in which all employees fully understand that there is risk in every aspect of our business and the importance of managing 
risk as it relates to their job functions. We continue to enhance our risk management program to support our risk culture, 
ensuring that it is sustainable and appropriate for our role as a major financial institution. Nonetheless, if we fail to provide 
the appropriate environment that sensitizes all of our employees to managing risk, our business could be impacted adversely. 

14   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

Failures of our technological systems or breaches of our security measures, including, but not limited to, those resulting 
from cyber-attacks, may result in losses. 
Any failure, interruption or breach in the security of our systems could severely disrupt our operations. Our systems involve 
the use of clients’ and our proprietary and confidential information, and security breaches, including cyber-attacks, could 
expose us to a risk of theft, loss or other misappropriation of this information. Our security measures may be breached due to 
the actions of outside parties, employee error, failure of our controls with respect to granting access to our systems, malfeasance 
or otherwise, and, as a result, an unauthorized party may obtain access to our or our clients’ proprietary and confidential 
information, resulting in theft, loss or other misappropriation of this information. Regulators globally are also introducing the 
potential for greater monetary fines on institutions that suffer from breaches leading to the theft, loss or other misappropriation 
of such information. Most states, the EU and other non-U.S. jurisdictions also have adopted their own statutes and/or regulations 
concerning data privacy and security and requiring notification of data breaches. For example, the General Data Protection 
Regulation (GDPR), which became effective in May 2018, establishes new requirements regarding the handling of personal 
information. Noncompliance with the GDPR may result in monetary penalties of up to 4% of worldwide revenue. In the United 
States, the California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA) was adopted by the State of California and became effective January 1, 
2020. The CCPA substantially increases the rights of California residents to understand how their personal data is collected 
and used by commercial businesses and includes a private right of action permitting lawsuits to be brought by private individuals 
instead of the state Attorney General or other government actor for breaches. These and other changes in laws or regulations 
associated with the enhanced protection of personal and other types of information could greatly increase the size of potential 
fines related to the protection of such information. 

Information security risks for large financial institutions like us are significant in part because of the proliferation of new 
technologies to conduct financial transactions and the increased sophistication and activities of hackers, terrorists, organized 
crime and other external parties, including foreign state actors. If we fail to continue to upgrade our technology infrastructure 
to ensure effective information security relative to the type, size and complexity of our operations, we could become more 
vulnerable  to  cyber-attack  and,  consequently,  subject  to  significant  regulatory  penalties.  Additionally,  our  computer, 
communications,  data  processing,  networks,  backup,  business  continuity  or  other  operating,  information  or  technology 
systems, including those that we outsource to other providers, may fail to operate properly or become disabled, overloaded 
or damaged as a result of a number of factors, including events that are wholly or partially beyond our control, which could 
have a negative effect on our ability to conduct our business activities. 

The third parties with which we do business also are susceptible to the foregoing risks (including regarding the third 
parties with which they are similarly interconnected or on which they otherwise rely), and our or their business operations 
and activities may therefore be affected adversely, perhaps materially, by failures, terminations, errors or malfeasance by, or 
attacks or constraints on, one or more financial, technology, infrastructure or government institutions or intermediaries with 
whom we or they are interconnected or conduct business. In addition, our clients often use their own devices, such as computers, 
smart phones and tablets, to manage their accounts, which may heighten the risk of system failures, interruptions or security 
breaches. 

In recent years, several financial services firms suffered successful cyber-attacks launched both domestically and from 
abroad, resulting in the disruption of services to clients, loss or misappropriation of sensitive or private information, and 
reputational harm. Although we have not to our knowledge suffered a material breach of our systems, we and our clients have 
been subject to cyber-attacks, and it is possible that we could suffer a material breach in the future. Because the techniques 
used  to  obtain  unauthorized  access,  disable  or  degrade  service  or  sabotage  systems  change  frequently  and  often  are  not 
recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques, to implement adequate preventative 
measures, or to address them until they are discovered. In addition, a successful cyber-attack could persist for an extended 
period  of  time  before  being  detected.  Because  any  investigation  of  an  information  security  incident  would  be  inherently 
unpredictable, the extent of a particular information security incident and the path of investigating the incident may not be 
immediately clear. It may take a significant amount of time before such an investigation can be completed and full and reliable 
information about the incident is known. While such an investigation is ongoing, we may not necessarily know the extent of 
the harm or how best to remediate it, certain errors or actions could be repeated or compounded before they are discovered 
and remediated, and communication to the public, regulators, clients and other stakeholders may be inaccurate, any or all of 
which could further increase the costs and consequences of an information security incident. 

We expect to continue to face a wide variety of cyber-threats, including computer viruses, ransomware and other malicious 
code, distributed denial of service attacks, phishing attacks, information security breaches or employee or contractor error or 
malfeasance that could result in the unauthorized release, gathering, monitoring, misuse, loss or destruction of our, our clients’ 
or other parties’ confidential, personal, proprietary or other information or otherwise disrupt, compromise or damage our or 
our clients’ or other parties’ business assets, operations and activities. Our status as a global financial institution and the nature 
of our client base may enhance the risk that we are targeted by such cyber-threats. If a breach of our security occurs, we could 
be the subject of legal claims or proceedings, including regulatory investigations and actions, the market perception of the 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
effectiveness of our security measures could be harmed, our reputation could suffer and we could lose clients, each of which 
could have a negative effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. A breach of our security also may 
affect adversely our ability to effect transactions, service our clients, manage our exposure to risk or expand our business. An 
event that results in the loss of information also may require us to reconstruct lost data or reimburse clients for data and credit 
monitoring services, which could be costly and have a negative impact on our business and reputation. 

Further, even if not directed at us, attacks on financial or other institutions important to the overall functioning of the 

financial system or on our counterparties could affect, directly or indirectly, aspects of our business. 

Errors, breakdowns in controls or other mistakes in the provision of services to clients or in carrying out transactions for 
our own account can subject us to liability, result in losses or have a negative effect on our earnings in other ways. 
In our asset servicing, investment management, fiduciary administration and other business activities, we effect or process 
transactions for clients and for ourselves that involve very large amounts of money. Failure to manage or mitigate operational 
risks properly can have adverse consequences, and increased volatility in the financial markets may increase the magnitude 
of resulting losses. Given the high volume of transactions we process, errors that af fect earnings may be repeated or compounded 
before they are discovered and corrected. 

Our dependence on technology, and the need to update frequently our technology infrastructure, exposes us to risks that 
also can result in losses. 
Our businesses depend on information technology infrastructure, both internal and external, to record and process, among 
other things, a large volume of increasingly complex transactions and other data, in many currencies, on a daily basis, across 
numerous and diverse markets and jurisdictions. Due to our dependence on technology and the important role it plays in our 
business operations, we must constantly improve and update our information technology infrastructure. Upgrading, replacing, 
and modernizing these systems can require significant resources and often involves implementation, integration and security 
risks that could cause financial, reputational and operational harm. Failure to ensure adequate review and consideration of 
critical business and regulatory issues prior to and during the introduction and deployment of key technological systems or 
failure to align operational capabilities adequately with evolving client commitments and expectations may have a negative 
impact on our results of operations. The failure to respond properly to and invest in changes and advancements in technology 
could limit our ability to attract and retain clients, prevent us from offering products and services comparable to those offered 
by our competitors, inhibit our ability to meet regulatory requirements or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our 
operations. 

The systems and models we employ to analyze, monitor and mitigate risks, as well as for other business purposes, are 
inherently limited, may not be effective in all cases and, in any case, cannot eliminate all risks that we face. 
We use various systems and models in analyzing and monitoring several risk categories, as well as for other business purposes. 
However, these systems and models are inherently limited because they involve techniques and judgments that cannot anticipate 
every economic and financial outcome in the markets in which we operate, nor can they anticipate the specifics and timing 
of such outcomes. Further, these systems and models may fail to quantify accurately the magnitude of the risks we face. Our 
measurement methodologies rely on many assumptions and historical analyses and correlations. These assumptions may be 
incorrect, and the historical correlations on which we rely may not continue to be relevant. Consequently, the measurements 
that we make may not adequately capture or express the true risk profiles of our businesses or provide accurate data for other 
business purposes, each of which ultimately could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of 
operations.  Errors  in  the  underlying  model  or  model  assumptions,  or  inadequate  model  assumptions,  could  result  in 
unanticipated  and  adverse  consequences,  including  material  loss  or  noncompliance  with  regulatory  requirements  or 
expectations. 

16   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
A failure or circumvention of our controls and procedures could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial 
condition and results of operations. 
We regularly review and update our internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures, and corporate governance policies 
and procedures. Any system of controls, however well designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can 
provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the system will be met. Any failure or circumvention 
of our controls and procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures could have a material 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. If we identify material weaknesses in our internal 
control over financial reporting or are otherwise required to restate our financial statements, we could be required to implement 
expensive and time-consuming remedial measures and could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of 
our financial reports. In addition, there are risks that individuals, either employees or contractors, consciously circumvent 
established control mechanisms by, for example, exceeding trading or investment management limitations, or committing 
fraud. 

Failure of any of our third-party vendors to perform can result in losses. 
Third-party vendors provide key components of our business operations such as data processing, recording and monitoring 
transactions, online banking interfaces and services, and network access. Our use of third-party vendors exposes us to the risk 
that such vendors may not comply with their servicing and other contractual obligations to us, including with respect to 
indemnification and information security, and to the risk that we may not satisfy applicable regulatory responsibilities regarding 
the  management  and  oversight  of  third  parties  and  outsourcing  providers.  While  we  have  established  risk  management 
processes and continuity plans, any disruptions in service from a key vendor for any reason or poor performance of services 
could have a negative effect on our ability to deliver products and services to our clients and conduct our business. Replacing 
these third-party vendors or performing the tasks they perform for ourselves could create significant delay and expense. 

We are subject to certain risks inherent in operating globally which may affect our business adversely. 
In conducting our U.S. and non-U.S. business, we are subject to risks of loss from various unfavorable political, economic, 
legal or other developments, including social or political instability, changes in governmental policies or policies of central 
banks, expropriation, nationalization, confiscation of assets, price controls, capital controls, exchange controls, unfavorable 
tax rates and tax court rulings and changes in laws and regulations. Less mature and often less regulated business and investment 
environments heighten these risks in various emerging markets, in which we have been expanding our business activities. 
Our non-U.S. operations accounted for 31% of our revenue in 2019. Our non-U.S. businesses are subject to extensive regulation 
by various non-U.S. regulators, including governments, securities exchanges, central banks and other regulatory bodies in the 
jurisdictions in which those businesses operate. In many countries, the laws and regulations applicable to the financial services 
industry are uncertain and evolving and may be applied with extra scrutiny to foreign companies. Moreover, the regulatory 
and  supervisory  standards  and  expectations  in  one  jurisdiction  may  not  conform  with  standards  or  expectations  in  other 
jurisdictions. Even within a particular jurisdiction, the standards and expectations of multiple supervisory agencies exercising 
authority over our affairs may not be harmonized fully. Accordingly, it may be difficult for us to determine the exact requirements 
of local laws in every market or manage our relationships with multiple regulators in various jurisdictions. Our inability to 
remain in compliance with local laws in a particular market and manage our relationships with regulators could have an adverse 
effect not only on our businesses in that market but also on our reputation generally. The failure to mitigate properly such 
risks or the failure of our operating infrastructure to support such international activities could result in operational failures 
and regulatory fines or sanctions, which could affect our business and results of operations adversely. 

We actively strive to optimize our geographic footprint. This optimization may occur by establishing operations in lower-
cost locations or by outsourcing to third-party vendors in various jurisdictions. These efforts expose us to the risk that we may 
not maintain service quality, control or effective management within these operations. In addition, we are exposed to the 
relevant macroeconomic, political and similar risks generally involved in doing business in those jurisdictions. The increased 
elements of risk that arise from conducting certain operating processes in some jurisdictions could lead to an increase in 
reputational risk. During periods of transition, greater operational risk and client concern exist with respect to maintaining a 
high level of service delivery. 

In addition, we are subject in our global operations to rules and regulations relating to corrupt and illegal payments, money 
laundering, and laws relating to doing business with certain individuals, groups and countries, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt 
Practices Act, the USA PATRIOT Act, the UK Bribery Act, and economic sanctions and embargo programs administered by 
the U.S. Office of Foreign Assets Control and similar agencies worldwide. While we have invested and continue to invest 
significant resources in training and in compliance monitoring, the geographic diversity of our operations, employees, clients 
and customers, as well as the vendors and other third parties with whom we deal, presents the risk that we may be found in 
violation of such rules, regulations, laws or programs and any such violation could subject us to significant penalties or affect 
our reputation adversely. 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   17 

 
 
 
 
 
Failure to control our costs and expenses adequately could affect our earnings negatively. 
Our success in controlling the costs and expenses of our business operations also impacts operating results. Through various 
parts of our business strategy, we aim to produce efficiencies in operations that help reduce and control costs and expenses, 
including the costs of losses associated with operating risks attributable to servicing and managing financial assets. Failure 
to control these and other costs could affect our earnings negatively and reduce our competitive position. In October 2017, 
we announced our “Value for Spend” expense management initiative, with the goal of realizing $250 million in expense run-
rate savings by 2020 through improved organizational alignment, process optimization and strategic sourcing.  Although we 
have made substantial progress toward achieving this goal, we cannot predict its overall effect on our financial condition or 
results of operations in the future. 

Acts of terrorism, natural disasters, global climate change, pandemics and global conflicts may have a negative impact on 
our business and operations. 
Acts of terrorism, natural disasters, global climate change, pandemics, global conflicts or other similar events could have a 
negative impact on our business and operations. While we have in place business continuity plans, such events could still 
damage our facilities, disrupt or delay the normal operations of our business (including communications and technology), 
result in harm to or cause travel limitations on our employees, and have a similar impact on our clients, suppliers, third-party 
vendors and counterparties. These events also could impact us negatively to the extent that they result in reduced capital 
markets activity, lower asset price levels, or disruptions in general economic activity in the United States or abroad, or in 
financial market settlement functions. In addition, these or similar events may impact economic growth negatively, which 
could have an adverse effect on our business and operations, and may have other adverse effects on us in ways that we are 
unable to predict. 

Credit Risks 
Failure to evaluate accurately the prospects for repayment when we extend credit or maintain an adequate allowance for 
credit losses can result in losses or the need to make additional provisions for credit losses, both of which reduce our 
earnings. 
We evaluate extensions of credit before we make them and then provide for credit risks based on our assessment of the credit 
losses inherent in our loan portfolio, including undrawn credit commitments. This process requires us to make difficult and 
complex judgments. Challenges associated with our credit risk assessments include identifying the proper factors to be used 
in assessments and accurately estimating the impacts of those factors. Allowances that prove to be inadequate may require us 
to realize increased provisions for credit losses or write down the value of certain assets on our balance sheet, which in turn 
would affect earnings negatively. 

Market volatility and/or weak economic conditions can result in losses or the need for additional provisions for credit 
losses, both of which reduce our earnings. 
Credit risk levels and our earnings also can be affected by market volatility and/or weakness in the economy in general and 
in the particular locales in which we extend credit, a deterioration in credit quality or a reduced demand for credit. Adverse 
changes in the financial performance or condition of our borrowers resulting from market volatility and/or weakened economic 
conditions could impact the borrowers’ abilities to repay outstanding loans, which could in turn impact our financial condition 
and results of operations negatively. 

18   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

The failure or perceived weakness of any of our significant counterparties could expose us to loss. 
The financial markets are characterized by extensive interconnections among financial institutions, including banks, broker/ 
dealers, collective investment funds and insurance companies. As a result of these interconnections, we and many of our clients 
have counterparty exposure to other financial institutions. This counterparty exposure presents risks to us and to our clients 
because the failure or perceived weakness of any of our counterparties has the potential to expose us to risk of loss. Instability 
in the financial markets has resulted historically in some financial institutions becoming less creditworthy. During such periods 
of instability, we are exposed to increased counterparty risks, both as principal and in our capacity as agent for our clients. 
Changes in market perception of the financial strength of particular financial institutions can occur rapidly, are often based 
upon a variety of factors and can be difficult to predict. In addition, the criteria for and manner of governmental support of 
financial institutions and other economically important sectors remain uncertain. Further, the consolidation of financial services 
firms and the failures of other financial institutions has in the past, and may in the future increase the concentration of our 
counterparty risk. These risks are heightened by the fact that our operating model relies on the use of unaffiliated sub-custodians 
to a greater degree than certain of our competitors that have banking operations in more jurisdictions than we do. We are not 
able to mitigate all of our and our clients’ counterparty credit risk. If a significant individual counterparty defaults on an 
obligation to us, we could incur financial losses that have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition 
and results of operations. 

Changes in the method pursuant to which the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) or other interest rate benchmarks 
are determined could adversely impact our business and results of operations. 
Many financial markets currently rely on interbank offered rates (each, an IBOR) as mutually agreed upon reference rates 
serving as the basis for the pricing and valuation of assets, trading positions, loans and other financial transactions. Following 
historical concerns about attempted manipulation of IBOR levels, as well as a potential lack of liquidity in the underlying 
activity that contributes to an IBOR setting, global regulators have signaled interest in replacing existing IBOR rates with 
alternative reference rates. While there are multiple IBORs, LIBOR is the most widely used interest rate benchmark in the 
world and serves as the reference rate for our floating-rate funding, certain of the products that we own or offer, various lending 
and securities transactions in which we are involved, and many derivatives that we use to manage our or our clients’ risk. In 
July 2017, the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates the process for establishing LIBOR, announced 
that it intends to stop persuading or compelling banks to submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR to the administrator of 
LIBOR after 2021, and as a result, the continuation of LIBOR on the current basis cannot be guaranteed after 2021. Any 
change in the availability or calculation of LIBOR or other interest rate benchmarks may affect adversely the cost or availability 
of floating-rate funding; the yield on loans or securities held by us; the amounts received and paid on derivative instruments 
we have entered into; the value of loans, securities, or derivative instruments held by us or our clients, which, in the case of 
assets held by our clients, could also negatively impact the amount of fees we earn in relation to such assets; the trading market 
for securities based on LIBOR or other benchmarks; the terms of new loans being made using different or modified reference 
rates; or our ability to use derivative instruments to manage risk effectively. While we are working to facilitate an orderly 
transition from LIBOR to alternative interest rate benchmarks for us and our clients, there continues to be uncertainty regarding 
the effect that these developments, any discontinuance, modification or other reforms to LIBOR or any other interest rate 
benchmarks, or the establishment of alternative reference rates may have on LIBOR or other interest rate benchmarks. Further, 
the potential transition away from the use of LIBOR or other interest rate benchmarks, or uncertainty related to any such 
potential transition, may cause us to recognize additional costs or experience operational disruptions, which may negatively 
impact our business, financial condition or results of operations. 

Liquidity Risks 
If we do not manage our liquidity effectively, our business could suffer. 
Liquidity is essential for the operation of our business. Market conditions, unforeseen outflows of funds or other events could 
have a negative effect on our level or cost of funding, affecting our ongoing ability to accommodate liability maturities and 
deposit withdrawals, meet contractual obligations, and fund new business transactions at a reasonable cost and in a timely 
manner. If our access to stable and low-cost sources of funding, such as customer deposits, is reduced, we may need to use 
alternative funding, which could be more expensive or of limited availability. Further evolution in the regulatory requirements 
relating to liquidity and risk management also may impact us negatively. Additional regulations may impose more stringent 
liquidity requirements for large financial institutions, including the Corporation and the Bank. Given the overlap and complex 
interactions of these regulations with other regulatory changes, the full impact of the adopted and proposed regulations remains 
uncertain  until  their  full  implementation.  For  more  information  on  these  regulations  and  other  regulatory  changes,  see 
“Supervision  and  Regulation—Liquidity  Standards”  in  Item 1,  “Business,”  of  this Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K. Any 
substantial, unexpected or prolonged changes in the level or cost of liquidity could affect our business adversely. 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   19 

If the Bank is unable to supply the Corporation with funds over time, the Corporation could be unable to meet its various 
obligations. 
The Corporation is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank and the Corporation’s other subsidiaries. The Corporation 
relies on dividends paid to it by the Bank to meet its obligations and to pay dividends to stockholders of the Corporation. 
There are various legal limitations on the extent to which the Bank and the Corporation’s other subsidiaries can supply funds 
to the Corporation by dividend or otherwise. Dividend payments by the Bank to the Corporation in the future will require 
continued generation of earnings by the Bank and could require regulatory approval under certain circumstances. For more 
information on dividend restrictions, see “Supervision and Regulation—Payment of Dividends” in Item 1, “Business,” of this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

We  may  need  to  raise  additional capital  in  the  future,  which  may  not  be  available  to  us  or  may  only  be  available  on 
unfavorable terms. 
We may need to raise additional capital to provide sufficient resources to meet our business needs and commitments, to 
accommodate the transaction and cash management needs of our clients, to maintain our credit ratings in response to regulatory 
changes, including capital rules, or for other purposes. However, our ability to access the capital markets, if needed, will 
depend on a number of factors, including the state of the financial markets. Rising interest rates, disruptions in financial 
markets, negative perceptions of our business or our financial strength, or other factors may impact our ability to raise additional 
capital, if needed, on terms acceptable to us. Any diminished ability to raise additional capital, if needed, could subject us to 
liability, restrict our ability to grow, require us to take actions that would affect our earnings negatively or otherwise affect 
our business and our ability to implement our business plan, capital plan and strategic goals adversely. 

Any downgrades in our credit ratings, or an actual or perceived reduction in our financial strength, could affect our 
borrowing costs, capital costs and liquidity adversely. 
Rating agencies publish credit ratings and outlooks on our creditworthiness and that of our obligations or securities, including 
long-term debt, short-term borrowings, preferred stock and other securities. Our credit ratings are subject to ongoing review 
by the rating agencies and thus may change from time to time based on a number of factors, including our own financial 
strength, performance, prospects and operations as well as factors not under our control, such as rating-agency-specific criteria 
or frameworks for our industry or certain security types, which are subject to revision from time to time, and conditions 
affecting the financial services industry generally. 

Downgrades in our credit ratings may affect our borrowing costs, our capital costs and our ability to raise capital and, in 
turn, our liquidity adversely. A failure to maintain an acceptable credit rating also may preclude us from being competitive in 
certain products. Additionally, our counterparties, as well as our clients, rely on our financial strength and stability and evaluate 
the risks of doing business with us. If we experience diminished financial strength or stability, actual or perceived, a decline 
in our stock price or a reduced credit rating, our counterparties may be less willing to enter into transactions, secured or 
unsecured, with us, our clients may reduce or place limits on the level of services we provide them or seek other service 
providers, or our prospective clients may select other service providers, all of which may have other adverse effects on our 
business. 

The  risk  that  we  may  be  perceived  as  less  creditworthy  relative  to  other  market  participants  is  higher  in  a  market 
environment in which the consolidation, and in some instances failure, of financial institutions, including major global financial 
institutions, could result in a smaller number of larger counterparties and competitors. If our counterparties perceive us to be 
a less viable counterparty, our ability to enter into financial transactions on terms acceptable to us or our clients, on our or our 
clients’ behalf, will be compromised materially. If our clients reduce their deposits with us or select other service providers 
for all or a portion of the services we provide to them, our revenues will decrease accordingly. 

Our success with large, complex clients requires substantial liquidity. 
A significant portion of our business involves providing certain services to large, complex clients, which, by their nature, 
require substantial liquidity. Our failure to manage successfully the liquidity and balance sheet issues attendant to this portion 
of our business may have a negative impact on our ability to meet client needs and grow. 

20   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
Regulatory and Legal Risks 
Failure to comply with regulations can result in penalties and regulatory constraints that restrict our ability to grow or 
even conduct our business, or that reduce earnings. 
Virtually every aspect of our business around the world is regulated, generally by governmental agencies that have broad 
supervisory powers and the ability to impose sanctions. In the United States, the Corporation, the Bank and many of the 
Corporation’s  other  subsidiaries  are  regulated  heavily  by  bank  regulatory  agencies  at  the  federal  and  state  levels. These 
regulations cover a variety of matters ranging from required capital levels to prohibited activities. They are directed specifically 
at protecting depositors, the federal deposit insurance fund and the banking system as a whole, not our stockholders or other 
security  holders. The  Corporation  and  its  subsidiaries  also  are  regulated  heavily  by  bank,  securities  and  other  regulators 
globally and subject to evolving laws and regulations regarding privacy and data protection. Regulatory violations or the 
failure to meet formal or informal commitments made to regulators could generate penalties, require corrective actions that 
increase costs of conducting business, result in limitations on our ability to conduct business, restrict our ability to expand or 
impact our reputation adversely. Failure to obtain necessary approvals from regulatory agencies on a timely basis could affect 
proposed business opportunities and results of operations adversely. Similarly, changes in laws or failure to comply with new 
requirements  or  with  future  changes  in  laws  or  regulations  may  impact  our  results  of  operations  and  financial condition 
negatively. 

Changes by the U.S. and other governments to laws, regulations and policies applicable to the financial services industry 
may heighten the challenges we face and make regulatory compliance more difficult and costly. 
Various regulatory bodies have demonstrated heightened enforcement scrutiny of financial institutions through many regulatory 
initiatives. These initiatives have increased compliance costs and regulatory risks and may lead to financial and reputational 
damage in the event of a compliance violation. While we have programs in place, including policies, training and various 
forms of monitoring, designed to ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements, these programs and policies 
may not always protect us from conduct by individual employees. Governments may take further actions to change significantly 
the way financial institutions are regulated, either through new legislation, new regulations, new applications of existing 
regulations or a combination of all of these methods. We cannot currently predict the impact, if any, of these changes to our 
business. Additionally, governments and regulators may take actions that increase intervention in the normal operation of our 
businesses  and  the  businesses  of  our  competitors  in  the  financial  services  industry,  and  likely  would  involve  additional 
legislative and regulatory requirements imposed on banks and other financial services companies. Any such actions could 
increase compliance costs and regulatory risks, lead to financial and reputational damage in the event of a violation, affect 
our ability to compete successfully, and also may impact the nature and level of competition in the industry in unpredictable 
ways. The full scope and impact of possible legislative or regulatory changes and the extent of regulatory activity is uncertain 
and difficult to predict. 

We may be impacted adversely by claims or litigation, including claims or litigation relating to our fiduciary responsibilities. 
Our businesses involve the risk that clients or others may sue us, claiming that we have failed to perform under a contract or 
otherwise failed to carry out a duty perceived to be owed to them. Our trust, custody and investment management businesses 
are particularly subject to this risk. This  risk is heightened when we act as a fiduciary for our clients and may be further 
heightened during periods when credit, equity or other financial markets are deteriorating in value or are particularly volatile, 
or when clients or investors are experiencing losses. In addition, as a publicly-held company, we are subject to the risk of 
claims under the federal securities laws, and volatility in our stock price and those of other financial institutions increases this 
risk. Claims made or actions brought against us, whether founded or unfounded, may result in injunctions, settlements, damages, 
fines or penalties, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations or require 
changes to our business. Even if we defend ourselves successfully, the cost of litigation is often substantial, and public reports 
regarding claims made against us may cause damage to our reputation among existing and prospective clients or negatively 
impact the confidence of counterparties, rating agencies and stockholders, consequently affecting our earnings negatively. 

We may be impacted adversely by regulatory enforcement matters. 
In  the  ordinary  course  of  our  business,  we  are  subject  to  various  regulatory,  governmental  and  enforcement  inquiries, 
investigations and subpoenas. These may be directed generally to participants in the businesses in which we are involved or 
may  be  directed  specifically  at  us.  In  conjunction  with  enforcement  matters,  we  may  face  claims  for  disgorgement,  the 
imposition of civil and criminal penalties or the imposition of other remedial sanctions, any of which could have an adverse 
impact on us. 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   21 

 
 
We may fail to set aside adequate reserves for, or otherwise underestimate our liability relating to, pending and threatened 
claims, with a negative effect on our earnings. 
We estimate our potential liability for pending and threatened claims and record reserves when appropriate pursuant to generally 
accepted accounting principles (GAAP). The process is inherently subject to risk, including the risks that a judge or jury could 
decide a case contrary to our evaluation of the law or the facts or that a court could change or modify existing law on a particular 
issue important to the case. Our earnings will be adversely affected if our reserves are not adequate. 

If we fail to comply with legal standards, we could incur liability to our clients or lose clients, which could affect our earnings 
negatively. 
Managing or servicing assets with reasonable prudence in accordance with the terms of governing documents and applicable 
laws is an important part of our business. Failure to comply with the terms of governing documents and applicable laws, 
manage  adequately  the  risks  or  manage  appropriately  the  differing  interests  often  involved  in  the  exercise  of  fiduciary 
responsibilities may subject us to liability or cause client dissatisfaction, which may impact negatively our earnings and growth. 

Strategic Risks 
If we do not execute strategic plans successfully, we will not grow as we have planned and our earnings growth will be 
impacted negatively. 
Our growth depends upon successful, consistent execution of our business strategies. A failure to execute these strategies will 
impact growth negatively. A failure to grow organically or to integrate successfully an acquisition could have an adverse effect 
on our business. The challenges arising from generating organic growth or the integration of an acquired business may include 
preserving valuable relationships with employees, clients, suppliers and other business partners, delivering enhanced products 
and services, as well as combining accounting, data processing and internal control systems. To the extent we enter into 
transactions to acquire complementary businesses and/or technologies, we may not achieve the expected benefits of such 
transactions, which could result in increased costs, lowered revenues, ineffective deployment of capital, regulatory concerns, 
exit costs or diminished competitive position or reputation. These risks may be increased if the acquired company operates 
internationally or in a geographic location where we do not already have significant business operations. 

Execution  of  our  business  strategies  also  may  require  certain  regulatory  approvals  or  consents,  which  may  include 
approvals of the Federal Reserve Board and other domestic and non-U.S. regulatory authorities. These regulatory authorities 
may impose conditions on the activities or transactions contemplated by our business strategies which may impact negatively 
our  ability  to  realize  fully  the  expected  benefits  of  certain  opportunities.  Further, acquisitions  we  announce  may  not  be 
completed if we do not receive the required regulatory approvals, if regulatory approvals are significantly delayed or if other 
closing conditions are not satisfied. 

If we are not able to attract, retain and motivate key personnel, our business could be negatively affected. 
Our success depends, in large part, on our ability to attract new employees, retain and motivate our existing employees, and 
continue to compensate our employees competitively. Competition for the best employees in most activities in which we 
engage can be intense, and there can be no assurance that we will be successful in our efforts to recruit and retain key personnel. 
Factors that affect our ability to attract and retain talented and diverse employees include our compensation and benefits 
programs, our profitability and our reputation for rewarding and promoting qualified employees. Our ability to attract and 
retain key executives and other employees may be hindered as a result of existing and potential regulations applicable to 
incentive compensation and other aspects of our compensation programs. These regulations may not apply to some of our 
competitors and to other institutions with which we compete for talent. The unexpected loss of services of key personnel, both 
in businesses and corporate functions, could have a material adverse impact on our business because of their skills, knowledge 
of our markets, operations and clients, years of industry experience and, in some cases, the difficulty of promptly finding 
qualified replacement personnel. Similarly, the loss of key employees, either individually or as a group, could affect our clients’ 
perception of our abilities adversely. 

We are subject to intense competition in all aspects of our businesses, which could have a negative effect on our ability to 
maintain satisfactory prices and grow our earnings. 
We provide a broad range of financial products and services in highly competitive markets. We compete against large, well-
capitalized, and geographically diverse companies that are capable of offering a wide array of financial products and services 
at  competitive  prices.  In  certain  businesses,  such  as  foreign  exchange  trading,  electronic  networks  present  a  competitive 
challenge. Additionally, technological advances and the growth of internet-based commerce have made it possible for other 
types of institutions to offer a variety of products and services competitive with certain areas of our business. Many of these 
nontraditional service providers have fewer regulatory constraints and some have lower cost structures. The same may be said 
for competitors based in non-U.S. jurisdictions, where legal and regulatory environments may be more favorable than those 

22   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
applicable to the Corporation and the Bank as U.S.-domiciled financial institutions. These competitive pressures may have a 
negative effect on our earnings and ability to grow. Pricing pressures, as a result of the willingness of competitors to offer 
comparable or improved products or services at a lower price, also may result in a reduction in the price we can charge for 
our products and services, which could have, and in some cases has had, a negative effect on our ability to maintain or increase 
our profitability. 

Damage to our reputation could have a direct and negative effect on our ability to compete, grow and generate revenue. 
The failure to meet client expectations or fiduciary or other obligations, operational failures, litigation, regulatory actions or 
fines, the actual or alleged actions of our affiliates, vendors or other third parties with which we do business, the actual or 
alleged actions or statements of our employees or adverse publicity could materially and adversely affect our reputation as 
well as our ability to attract and retain clients or key employees. Damage to our reputation for delivery of a high level of 
service could undermine the confidence of clients and prospects in our ability to serve them and accordingly affect our earnings 
negatively. Damage to our reputation also could affect the confidence of rating agencies, regulators, stockholders and other 
parties in a wide range of transactions that are important to our business and the performance of our common stock. Failure 
to maintain our reputation ultimately would have an adverse effect on our ability to manage our balance sheet or grow our 
business. Actions by the financial services industry generally or by other members of or individuals in the financial services 
industry also could impact our reputation negatively. Further, whereas negative public opinion once was driven primarily by 
adverse news coverage in traditional media, the proliferation of social media channels utilized by us and third parties, as well 
as the personal use of social media by our employees and others, may increase the risk of negative publicity, including through 
the rapid dissemination of inaccurate, misleading or false information, which could harm our reputation or have other negative 
consequences. 

We need to invest in innovation constantly, and the inability or failure to do so may affect our businesses and earnings 
negatively. 
Our success in the competitive environment in which we operate requires consistent investment of capital and human resources 
in  innovation,  particularly  in  light  of  the  current  “FinTech”  environment,  in  which  financial  institutions  are  investing 
significantly in evaluating new technologies, such as artificial intelligence, machine learning, blockchain and other distributed 
ledger  technologies,  and  developing  potentially  industry-changing  new  products,  services  and  industry  standards.  Our 
investment is directed at generating new products and services, and adapting existing products and services to the evolving 
standards and demands of the marketplace. Among other things, investing in innovation helps us maintain a mix of products 
and services that keeps pace with our competitors and achieve acceptable margins. Our investment also focuses on enhancing 
the delivery of our products and services in order to compete successfully for new clients or gain additional business from 
existing clients, and includes investment in technological innovation as well. Effectively identifying gaps or weaknesses in 
our product offerings also is important to our success. Falling behind our competition in any of these areas could affect our 
business opportunities, growth and earnings adversely. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with innovation 
efforts, including an increased risk that new and emerging technologies may expose us to increased cybersecurity and other 
information technology threats. We must invest significant time and resources in developing and marketing new products and 
services, and expected timetables for the introduction and development of new products or services may not be achieved and 
price and profitability targets may not be met. Further, our revenues and costs may fluctuate because new products and services 
generally require start-up costs while corresponding revenues take time to develop or may not develop at all. 

Failure to understand or appreciate fully the risks associated with development or delivery of new product and service 
offerings will affect our businesses and earnings negatively. 
The success of our innovation efforts depends, in part, on the successful implementation of new product and service initiatives. 
Not only must we keep pace with competitors in the development of these new offerings, but we must accurately price them 
(as well as existing products) on a risk-adjusted basis and deliver them to clients effectively. Our identification of risks arising 
from new products and services, both in their design and implementation, and effective responses to those identified risks, 
including pricing, is key to the success of our efforts at innovation and investment in new product and service offerings. 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   23 

 
 
Our success with large, complex clients requires an understanding of the market and legal, regulatory and accounting 
standards in various jurisdictions. 
A  significant  portion  of  our  business  involves  providing  certain  services  to  large,  complex  clients  which  require  an 
understanding of the market and legal, regulatory and accounting standards in various jurisdictions. Any failure to understand, 
address or comply with those standards appropriately could affect our growth prospects or affect our reputation negatively. 
We identify and manage risk through our business strategies and plans and our risk management practices and controls. If we 
fail to identify and manage significant risks successfully, we could incur financial loss, suffer damage to our reputation that 
could restrict our ability to grow or conduct business profitably, or become subject to regulatory penalties or constraints that 
could limit some of our activities or make them significantly more expensive. In addition, our businesses and the markets in 
which we operate are continuously evolving. We may fail to understand fully the implications of changes in legal or regulatory 
requirements, our businesses or the financial markets or fail to enhance our risk framework to address those changes in a 
timely fashion. If our risk framework is ineffective, either because it fails to keep pace with changes in the financial markets, 
legal and regulatory requirements, our businesses, our counterparties, clients or service providers or for other reasons, we 
could incur losses, suffer reputational damage or find ourselves out of compliance with applicable regulatory or contractual 
mandates or expectations. These risks are magnified as client requirements become more complex and as our increasingly 
global business requires end-to-end management of operational and other processes across multiple time zones and many 
inter-related products and services. 

We may take actions to maintain client satisfaction that result in losses or reduced earnings. 
We may take action or incur expenses in order to maintain client satisfaction or preserve the usefulness of investments or 
investment vehicles we manage in light of changes in security ratings, liquidity or valuation issues or other developments, 
even though we are not required to do so by law or the terms of governing instruments. The risk that we will decide to take 
actions to maintain client satisfaction that result in losses or reduced earnings is greater in periods when credit or equity 
markets are deteriorating in value or are particularly volatile and liquidity in markets is disrupted. 

Other Risks 
Changes in tax laws and interpretations and tax challenges may affect our earnings negatively. 
Both U.S. and non-U.S. governments and tax authorities, including states and municipalities, from time to time issue new, or 
modify existing, tax laws and regulations. These authorities may also issue new, or modify existing, interpretations of those 
laws and regulations. These new laws, regulations or interpretations, and our actions taken in response to, or reliance upon, 
such changes in the tax laws may impact our tax position in a manner that affects our earnings negatively. 

In December 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (H.R. 1) (TCJA) was signed into law. The TCJA introduced a number of 
changes in then-existing tax law impacting businesses including, among other things, a reduction in the corporate income tax 
rate from 35% to 21%, disallowance of certain deductions that had previously been allowed, limitations on interest deductions, 
alteration of the expensing of capital expenditures, adoption of a territorial tax system, assessment of a one-time repatriation 
tax or “toll-charge” on undistributed earnings and profits of U.S.-owned foreign corporations, and introduction of certain anti-
base erosion provisions. The ultimate impact of the TCJA on our financial condition and results of operations in future years 
remains  uncertain  and  may  differ materially  from  our  expectations  due  to  the  anticipated  issuance  of  technical  guidance 
regarding certain elements of the TCJA(including elements impacting the U.S. taxes payable on the income of the Corporation’s 
non-U.S. branches), changes in interpretations and assumptions we have made with respect to the TCJA, and changes to the 
competitive landscape in which we operate and other factors. 

In the course of our business, we are sometimes subject to challenges from U.S. and non-U.S. tax authorities, including 
states and municipalities, regarding the  amount of taxes due. These  challenges may  result in adjustments to the timing or 
amount of taxable income or deductions or the allocation of income among tax jurisdictions, all of which may require a greater 
provision for taxes or otherwise affect earnings negatively. 

Changes  in  accounting  standards  may  be  difficult  to  predict  and  could  have  a  material  impact  on  our  consolidated 
financial statements. 
New accounting standards, changes to existing accounting standards, or changes in the interpretation of existing accounting 
standards by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the International Accounting Standards Board, the SEC or bank 
regulatory agencies, or otherwise reflected in GAAP, potentially could have a material impact on our financial condition and 
results of operations. These changes are difficult to predict and in some cases we could be required to apply a new or revised 
standard  retroactively,  resulting  in  the  revised  treatment  of  certain  transactions  or  activities,  or  even  the  restatement  of 
consolidated financial statements for prior periods. 

24   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our ability to return capital to stockholders is subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors and may be limited by 
U.S. banking laws and regulations, applicable provisions of Delaware law, or our failure to pay full and timely dividends 
on our preferred stock and the terms of our outstanding debt. 
Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive only such dividends and other distributions of capital as our Board of 
Directors may declare out of funds legally available for such payments under Delaware law. Although we have declared cash 
dividends on shares of our common stock historically, we are not required to do so. In addition to the approval of our Board 
of Directors, our ability to take certain actions, including our ability to pay dividends, repurchase stock, and make other capital 
distributions, is dependent upon, among other things, their payment being made in accordance with a capital plan as to which 
the Federal Reserve Board has not objected.  There can be no assurance that the Federal Reserve Board will not object to our 
future capital plans. In addition to imposing restrictions on our ability to return capital to stockholders, an objection by the 
Federal Reserve Board to a future capital plan would negatively impact our reputation and investor perceptions of us. 

A significant source of funds for the Corporation is dividends from the Bank. As a result, our ability to pay dividends on 
the Corporation’s common stock will depend on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to the Corporation. There are various 
legal limitations on the extent to which the Bank and the Corporation’s other subsidiaries can supply funds to the Corporation 
by dividend or otherwise. Dividend payments by the Bank to the Corporation in the future will require continued generation 
of earnings by the Bank and could require regulatory approval under certain circumstances. If the Bank is unable to pay 
dividends to the Corporation in the future, our ability to pay dividends on the Corporation’s common stock would be affected 
adversely. 

Our ability to declare or pay dividends on, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, shares of our common stock or any 
of our shares that rank junior to our preferred stock as to the payment of dividends and/or the distribution of any assets on 
any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation also generally will be prohibited in the event that we do not 
declare and pay in full dividends on our Series D Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (Series D preferred stock) and 
Series E Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (Series E preferred stock). Further, in the future if we default on certain 
of our outstanding debt or elect to defer interest payments on our Floating Rate Capital Debt we will be prohibited from 
making dividend payments on our common stock until such payments have been brought current. 

Any reduction or elimination of our common stock dividend, or even our failure to increase our common stock dividend 

along with our competitors, likely would have a negative effect on the market price of our common stock. 
For  more  information  on  dividend  restrictions,  see  “Supervision  and  Regulation—Payment  of  Dividends”  in  Item 1, 
“Business,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

ITEM 1B – UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

None. 

ITEM 2 – PROPERTIES 

The executive offices of the Corporation and the Bank are located at 50 South La Salle Street in Chicago. This Bank-owned 
building is occupied by various divisions of Northern Trust’s businesses. Adjacent to this building are two office buildings in 
which the Bank leases space principally for corporate support functions. Financial services are provided by the Bank and other 
subsidiaries of the Corporation through a network of offices in 21 U.S. states and Washington, D.C., and across 22 locations 
in Canada, Europe, the Middle East and the Asia-Pacific region. The majority of those offices are leased. The Bank’s other 
primary U.S. operations are located in six facilities: a leased facility at 801 South Canal Street in Chicago; a leased facility 
at 231 South La Salle Street in Chicago; a leased facility in Tempe, Arizona; and one leased and two Bank-owned supplementary 
operations/data center buildings located in the western suburbs of Chicago. A majority of the Bank’s London-based staff is 
located at a leased facility at Canary Wharf in London. Additional support and operations activity originates from four facilities 
in India, two facilities in Ireland, and one facility in the Philippines, all of which are leased. The Bank and the Corporation’s 
other subsidiaries operate from various other facilities in North America, Europe, the Asia-Pacific region, and the Middle 
East, most of which are leased. The Bank also has leased space at 333 South Wabash Avenue in Chicago, with employees 
moving into the space in early 2020.  

The  Corporation  believes  that  its  owned  and  leased  facilities  are  suitable  and  adequate  for  its  business  needs.  The 
Corporation continues to evaluate its owned and leased facilities and may determine from time to time that certain of its 
facilities are no longer necessary for its operations. There is no assurance that the Corporation will be able to dispose of any 
excess facilities or that it will not incur costs in connection with such dispositions, which could be material to its operating 
results in a given period. 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   25 

 
 
 
 
For additional information relating to properties and lease commitments, refer to Note 9, “Buildings and Equipment” and 
Note 10, “Lease Commitments,” included under Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” of this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K and which information is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 3 – LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

The information presented under the caption “Legal Proceedings” in Note 26, “Contingent Liabilities,” included under Item 8, 

“Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 4 – MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

Not applicable. 

26   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

SUPPLEMENTAL ITEM – INFORMATION ABOUT OUR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS 

The following sets forth certain information with regard to each executive officer of the Corporation. 

Michael G. O’Grady - Mr. O’Grady, age 54, joined Northern Trust in 2011 and has served as Chairman of the Board 
since January 2019, Chief Executive Officer since January 2018 and as President since January 2017. Prior to that, Mr.O’Grady 
served  as  Executive Vice President  and  President  of  Corporate  & Institutional  Services from  2014  to  2016  and  as  Chief 
Financial Officer from 2011 to 2014. Before joining Northern Trust, Mr. O’Grady served as a Managing Director in Bank of 
America Merrill Lynch’s Investment Banking Group. 

Lauren E. Allnutt - Ms. Allnutt, age 43, joined Northern Trust in  2008 and has served as Senior Vice President  and 
Controller since May 2019. Prior to that, Ms. Allnutt served as manager of Global Financial Control from 2014 to April 2019 
and led International Accounting Policy and Control from 2013 to 2014. 

Robert P. Browne - Mr. Browne, age 54, joined Northern Trust in 2009 as Executive Vice President and Chief Investment 
Officer. Before  joining  Northern Trust, Mr. Browne  served  in  various  senior  investment-related  roles  at  ING  Investment 
Management Holdings N.V. 

Peter B. Cherecwich - Mr. Cherecwich, age 55, joined Northern Trust in 2007 and has served as Executive Vice President 
and President of Corporate & Institutional Services since February 2017. Prior to that, Mr. Cherecwich served as Executive 
Vice President and President of Global Fund Services from 2010 to 2017 and as Chief Operating Officer of Corporate & 
Institutional  Services  from  2008  to  2014.  From  2007  to  2008,  he  served  as  Head  of  Institutional  Strategy  &  Product 
Development. Before joining Northern Trust, Mr. Cherecwich served in several executive and operational roles at State Street 
Corporation. 

Steven L. Fradkin - Mr. Fradkin, age 58, joined Northern Trust in 1985 and has served as Executive Vice President and 
President  of  Wealth  Management  since  September  2014.  Prior  to  that,  Mr. Fradkin  served  as  President  of  Corporate  & 
Institutional Services from 2009 to 2014. He served as Chief Financial Officer from 2004 to 2009. 

Mark C. Gossett - Mr. Gossett, age 58, joined Northern Trust in 1983 and has served as Executive Vice President and 
Chief Risk Officer since February 2020. Prior to that, Mr. Gossett served as Chief Credit Officer and Head of Market and 
Liquidity Risk from 2014 to January 2020 and as Co-Head of Global Foreign Exchange from 2012 to 2014. Mr. Gossett served 
as the Chief Risk Officer for Asset Management from 2009 to 2012 and as the Chief Operating Officer of Asset Management 
from 2005 to 2009. 

Susan C. Levy - Ms. Levy, age 62, joined Northern Trust in 2014 and has served as Executive Vice President and General 
Counsel since that time and as Corporate Secretary since October 2018. Before joining Northern Trust, Ms. Levy served as 
Managing Partner of the law firm Jenner & Block from 2008 to 2014, where she was a partner since 1990. 

Teresa A. Parker - Ms. Parker, age 59, joined Northern Trust in 1982 and has served as Executive Vice President and 
President of Corporate & Institutional Services for Europe, Middle East and Africa since June 2017. Prior to that, Ms. Parker 
served as Chief Operating Officer of Corporate & Institutional Services from 2014 to 2017. From 2009 to 2014, she served 
as Executive Vice President, Corporate & Institutional Services for the Asia-Pacific region. 

Thomas A. South - Mr. South, age 50, joined Northern Trust in 1999 and has served as Executive Vice President and 
Chief Information Officer since September 2018. Prior to that, Mr. South served as Chief Business Architect from 2014 to 
2018 and as Chief Operating Officer for Operations & Technology from 2013 to 2014. 

Joyce M. St. Clair - Ms. St. Clair, age 60, joined Northern Trust in 1992 and has served as Executive Vice President and 
Chief Human Resources Officer since July 2018. Prior to that, Ms. St. Clair served as Executive Vice President and Chief 
Capital Management Officer from 2015 to 2018, as President of Enterprise Operations from 2014 to 2015, as President of 
Operations & Technology from 2011 to 2014, and as Chief Risk Officer from 2007 to 2011. 

Shundrawn A. Thomas - Mr. Thomas, age 46, joined Northern Trust in 2004 and has served as Executive Vice President 
and President of Asset Management since October 2017. Prior to that, Mr. Thomas served as Executive Vice President and 
Head of the Funds and Managed Accounts Group from 2014 to 2017 and as Head of the Exchange-Traded Funds Group from 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2010 to 2014. He also previously served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Northern Trust Securities, Inc. from 2009 
to 2010 and as Head of Corporate Strategy from 2006 to 2009. 

Jason J. Tyler - Mr. Tyler, age 48, joined Northern Trust in 2011 and has served as Executive Vice President and Chief 
Financial Officer since January 2020. Prior to that, Mr. Tyler served as Chief Financial Officer of Wealth Management from 
September 2018 to December 2019, as Global Head of Asset Management’s Institutional Group from 2014 to 2018, and as 
Global Head of Strategy from 2011 to 2014. Before joining Northern Trust, Mr.Tyler served in certain executive and operational 
roles at Ariel Investments and Bank One/American National Bank. 

All officers are appointed annually by the Board of Directors. Officers continue to hold office until their successors are 

duly elected or until their death, resignation or removal by the Board. 

28   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
PART II 

ITEM 5 – MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND 
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Our common stock is listed on The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC under the symbol “NTRS.” There were 1,713 shareholders 
of record as of January 31, 2020. 

The following table shows certain information relating to the Corporation’s purchases of common stock for the three 

months ended December 31, 2019. 

TABLE 2: PURCHASES OF COMMON STOCK IN THE FOURTH QUARTER OF 2019 

PERIOD 

October 1 - 31, 2019 

November 1 - 30, 2019 

December 1 - 31, 2019 

Total (Fourth Quarter) 

TOTAL NUMBER 
OF SHARES 
PURCHASED 

AVERAGE PRICE 
PAID PER SHARE 

1,078,712  $ 

703,401 

820,033 

2,602,146  $ 

93.17 

106.37 

107.76 

101.34 

TOTAL NUMBER 
OF SHARES 
PURCHASED AS 

MAXIMUM 
NUMBER OF 
PART OF A  SHARES THAT MAY 
PUBLICLY 
YET BE 
PURCHASED 
ANNOUNCED 
PLAN(1)  UNDER THE PLAN 

1,078,712 

703,401 

820,033 

2,602,146 

10,754,957 

10,051,556 

9,231,523 

9,231,523 

(1) Repurchases were made pursuant to the repurchase program announced by the Corporation on July 17, 2018 under which the Corporation’s Board of Directors authorized 
the Corporation to repurchase up to 25.0 million shares of the Corporation's common stock. The repurchase program has no expiration date. 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   29 

 
 
 
 
 
COMPARISON OF FIVE-YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN 

The graph below compares the cumulative total stockholder return on the Corporation’s common stock to the cumulative total 
return of the S&P 500 Index and the KBW Bank Index for the five fiscal years ended December 31, 2019. The cumulative 
total stockholder return assumes the investment of $100 in the Corporation’s common stock and in each index on December 
31, 2014 and assumes reinvestment of dividends. The KBW Bank Index is a modified-capitalization-weighted index made 
up of 24 of the largest banking companies in the United States. The Corporation is included in the S&P 500 Index and the 
KBW Bank Index. 

Total Return Assumes $100 Invested on 
December 31, 2014 with Reinvestment of Dividends 

Northern Trust 

S&P 500 

KBW Bank Index 

DECEMBER 31, 

2014 

2015 

2016 

2017 

2018 

$ 

100  $ 

109  $ 

138  $ 

157  $ 

134  $ 

100 

100 

101 

100 

114 

129 

138 

153 

132 

126 

2019 

175 

174 

172 

30   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
ITEM 6 – SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (In Millions) 
Noninterest Income 
Net Interest Income 
Total Revenue 
Provision for Credit Losses 
Noninterest Expense 
Income before Income Taxes 
Provision for Income Taxes 
Net Income 
Preferred Stock Dividends 
Net Income Applicable to Common Stock 

PER COMMON SHARE 
Net Income – Basic 

– Diluted 

Cash Dividends Declared Per Common Share 
Book Value – End of Period (EOP) 
Market Price – EOP 

SELECTED BALANCE SHEET DATA (In Millions) 
At Year End: 

Earning Assets 
Total Assets 
Deposits 
Senior Notes 
Long-Term Debt 
Stockholders’ Equity 

Average Balances: 

Earning Assets 
Total Assets 
Deposits 
Senior Notes 
Long-Term Debt 
Stockholders’ Equity 

CLIENT ASSETS (In Billions) 
Assets Under Custody/Administration 
Assets Under Custody 
Assets Under Management 

SELECTED RATIOS AND METRICS 
Financial Ratios and Metrics: 

Return on Average Common Equity 
Return on Average Assets 
Dividend Payout Ratio 
Net Interest Margin (1) 
Average Stockholders’ Equity to Average Assets 

2019 

2018 

2017 

2016 

2015 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

4,395.2 
1,677.9 
6,073.1 
(14.5) 
4,143.5 
1,944.1 
451.9 
1,492.2 
46.4 
1,445.8 

6.66 
6.63 
2.60 
46.82 
106.24 

125,236.6 
136,828.4 
109,120.6 
2,573.0 
1,148.1 
11,091.0 

107,109.4 
117,551.4 
89,786.0 
2,389.1 
1,139.0 
10,648.4 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

4,337.5 
1,622.7 
5,960.2 
(14.5) 
4,016.9 
1,957.8 
401.4 
1,556.4 
46.4 
1,510.0 

6.68 
6.64 
1.94 
43.95 
83.59 

122,847.3 
132,212.5 
104,496.8 
2,011.3 
1,112.4 
10,508.3 

113,731.0 
122,946.6 
95,103.1 
1,704.0 
1,296.8 
10,228.9 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

3,946.1 
1,429.2 
5,375.3 
(28.0) 
3,769.4 
1,633.9 
434.9 
1,199.0 
49.8 
1,149.2 

4.95 
4.92 
1.60 
41.28 
99.89 

129,656.6 
138,590.5 
112,390.8 
1,497.3 
1,449.5 
10,216.2 

111,178.3 
119,607.4 
96,504.8 
1,496.9 
1,519.4 
9,980.6 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

3,726.9 
1,234.9 
4,961.8 
(26.0) 
3,470.7 
1,517.1 
484.6 
1,032.5 
23.4 
1,009.1 

4.35 
4.32 
1.48 
38.88 
89.05 

115,446.4 
123,926.9 
101,651.7 
1,496.6 
1,330.9 
9,770.4 

107,037.6 
115,570.3 
93,613.9 
1,496.6 
1,392.4 
9,085.3 

3,632.5 
1,070.1 
4,702.6 
(43.0) 
3,280.6 
1,465.0 
491.2 
973.8 
23.4 
950.4 

4.03 
3.99 
1.41 
36.27 
72.09 

106,848.9 
116,749.6 
96,868.9 
1,497.4 
1,371.3 
8,705.9 

102,249.8 
110,715.1 
90,768.0 
1,497.2 
1,426.4 
8,624.5 

$ 

12,050.4 
9,233.5 
1,231.3 

$ 

10,125.3 
7,593.9 
1,069.4 

$ 

10,722.6 
8,084.6 
1,161.0 

$ 

8,541.3 
6,720.5 
942.4 

7,797.0 
6,072.1 
875.3 

14.9% 
1.27 
39.2 
1.60 
9.1 

16.2% 
1.27 
29.2 
1.46 
8.3 

12.6% 
1.00 
32.5 
1.33 
8.3 

11.9% 
0.89 
34.3 
1.18 
7.9 

11.5% 
0.88 
35.3 
1.07 
7.8 

Capital Ratios: 

DECEMBER 31, 2019 

DECEMBER 31, 2018 

DECEMBER 31, 2017 

STANDARDIZED 
APPROACH 

ADVANCED 
APPROACH 

STANDARDIZED 
APPROACH 

ADVANCED 
APPROACH 

STANDARDIZED 
APPROACH 

ADVANCED 
APPROACH 

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital 
Tier 1 Capital 
Total Capital 
Tier 1 Leverage 
Supplementary Leverage(2) 

12.7% 
14.5 
16.3 
8.7 
N/A 

13.2% 
15.0 
16.8 
8.7 
7.6 

12.9% 
14.1 
16.1 
8.0 
N/A 

13.7% 
15.0 
16.9 
8.0 
7.0 

DECEMBER 31, 2016 

DECEMBER 31, 2015 

12.6% 
13.8 
15.8 
7.8 
N/A 

13.5% 
14.8 
16.7 
7.8 
6.8 

STANDARDIZED 
APPROACH 

ADVANCED 
APPROACH 

STANDARDIZED 
APPROACH 

ADVANCED 
APPROACH 

WELL-CAPITALIZED 
RATIOS 

MINIMUM 
CAPITAL RATIOS 

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital 
Tier 1 Capital 
Total Capital 
Tier 1 Leverage 
Supplementary Leverage(2) 
(1) Net interest margin is presented on a fully taxable equivalent (FTE) basis, a non-GAAP financial measure that facilitates the analysis of asset yields. The net interest margin on a GAAP basis and a 
reconciliation of net interest income on a GAAP basis to net interest income on an FTE basis are presented on page 89. 
(2) Effective January 1, 2018, the Corporation and Bank are subject to a minimum supplementary leverage ratio of 3 percent. 

12.4 % 
13.7 
15.1 
8.0 
6.8 

11.8 % 
12.9 
14.5 
8.0 
N/A 

10.8% 
11.4 
13.2 
7.5 
N/A 

11.9% 
12.5 
14.2 
7.5 
6.2 

N/A 
6.0 
10.0 
N/A 
N/A 

4.5% 
6.0 
8.0 
4.0 
3.0 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   31 

 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

ITEM 7 – MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 
OPERATIONS 

BUSINESS OVERVIEW 

Northern Trust Corporation (the Corporation) is a leading provider of wealth management, asset servicing, asset management 
and  banking  solutions  to  corporations,  institutions,  families  and  individuals.  The  Corporation  focuses  on  managing  and 
servicing  client  assets  through  its  two  client-focused  reporting  segments:  Corporate &  Institutional  Services  (C&IS)  and 
Wealth Management. Asset management and related services are provided to C&IS and  Wealth Management clients primarily 
by the Asset Management business. 

The  Corporation  conducts  business  through  various  U.S.  and  non-U.S.  subsidiaries,  including  The  Northern  Trust 
Company (the Bank). The Corporation was formed as a holding company for the Bank in 1971. The Corporation has a global 
presence with offices in 21 U.S. states and Washington, D.C., and across 22 locations in Canada, Europe, the Middle East and 
the Asia-Pacific region. Except where the context requires otherwise, the terms “Northern Trust,” “we,” “us,” “our” or similar 
terms refers to the Corporation and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. 

FINANCIAL OVERVIEW 

Net income decreased  $64.2 million, or 4%, to $1.49 billion  in 2019 from $1.56 billion  in 2018. Earnings per diluted common 
share was $6.63 in 2019 compared to $6.64 in 2018. Return on average common equity decreased  to 14.9% in 2019 from 
16.2% in 2018. 

Revenue increased $112.8 million, or 2%, to $6.07 billion in 2019 from $5.96 billion in the prior year, primarily driven 
by an increase in trust, investment and other servicing fees of 3%, an increase in net interest income of 3%, and an increase 
in other operating income of 14%, partially offset by a decrease in foreign exchange trading income of 18%. 

Client assets under custody/administration (AUC/A) increased 19% from $10.13 trillion  as of December 31, 2018 to 
$12.05 trillion  as of December 31, 2019. Client assets under custody, a component of AUC/A, increased 22% from $7.59 
trillion  as of December 31, 2018 to $9.23 trillion  as of December 31, 2019. Client assets under custody included $5.89 trillion  
of global custody assets as of December 31, 2019, which increased  25% from $4.70 trillion as of December 31, 2018. Client 
assets under management increased 15% to $1.23 trillion  as of December 31, 2019 from $1.07 trillion  at December 31, 2018. 
Trust, investment and other servicing fees, which represent the largest component of total revenue, increased  3% to $3.85 
billion  in 2019, from $3.75 billion  in 2018, primarily due to new business and favorable markets, partially offset  by unfavorable 
currency translation and lower securities lending revenue. 

Foreign  exchange  trading  income  of  $250.9  million  in  2019  decreased  18%  from  $307.2  million  in  2018,  primarily 

resulting from lower foreign exchange swap activity in Treasury. 

Other operating income of $145.5 million  in 2019 increased 14% from $127.5 million  in 2018, primarily due to income 
related to a bank-owned life insurance program implemented during 2019, higher miscellaneous income, and the prior-year 
impairment of a community development equity investment previously held at cost, partially offset by a charge related to the 
decision made in 2019 to sell substantially all of the lease portfolio. 

Net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent (FTE) basis of $1.71 billion  in 2019, increased  $46.8 million, or 3%, 
from $1.66 billion in 2018, due to an increased net interest margin, partially offset by lower levels of average earning assets.  
The net interest margin on an FTE basis increased to 1.60% in 2019 from 1.46% in 2018, primarily due to higher short-term 
interest rates and the impact of lower foreign exchange swap activity. 

The provision for credit losses in each of 2019 and 2018 was a credit provision of $14.5 million. The current-year credit 
provision  reflected  a  decrease  in  the  inherent  reserve  related  to  the  residential  real  estate  portfolio  due  to  a  reduction  in 
outstanding loans and improved credit quality and reductions to the specific reserve related to the commercial and institutional 
and residential real estate portfolios, partially offset by an increase in the inherent reserve related to the private client portfolio 
due to an increase in outstanding loans and lower credit quality. The prior-year credit provision primarily reflected reductions 
in outstanding loans and undrawn loan commitments and standby letters of credit and improved credit quality across the 
portfolio. This  was  partially  offset   by  increases  in  specific  reserves  primarily  related  to  the  commercial  and  institutional 
portfolio. Loans and leases of $31.4 billion  as of December 31, 2019 decreased  from $32.5 billion  as of December 31, 2018. 
Net recoveries for the year ended December 31, 2019 were $0.7 million, compared to net charge-offs of $1.1 million for the 
year ended December 31, 2018. Nonperforming assets decreased   to $86.8 million   as of December 31, 2019 from $117.7 
million as of December 31, 2018. 

Noninterest expense of $4.14 billion in 2019 increased $126.6 million, or 3%, from $4.02 billion in 2018, primarily 

reflecting increased compensation, outside services, equipment and software expense, and occupancy expense. 

32   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

The provision for income taxes in 2019 totaled $451.9 million, representing an effective tax rate of 23.2%. The provision 
for income taxes in 2018 totaled $401.4 million, representing an effective tax rate of 20.5%. The increase in the provision for 
income taxes was primarily attributable to higher U.S. taxes payable on the income of the Corporation's non-U.S. branches 
in 2019 as well as income tax benefits recorded in 2018 associated with the timing of tax deductions for software development-
related expenses and the implementation of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA) enacted in the fourth quarter of 2017. 

Northern Trust  continued to maintain a strong capital position during 2019, with all capital ratios exceeding those required 
for classification as “well-capitalized” under federal bank regulatory capital requirements. Total stockholders’ equity increased  
6% from $10.5 billion in 2018 to $11.1 billion  at year-end. During 2019, the Corporation issued and sold 16 million  depositary 
shares, each representing 1/1,000th ownership interest in a share of Series E Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock for 
proceeds  of  $391.4  million,   net  of  underwriting  discounts,  commissions,  and  other  issuance  costs. These  proceeds  were 
subsequently used to fund the redemption of all outstanding shares of the Corporation’s Series C Non-Cumulative Perpetual 
Preferred Stock on January 2, 2020. 

During the year ended December 31, 2019, Northern Trust increased  its quarterly common stock dividend to $0.70 per 
share and repurchased 11.8 million  shares of common stock, returning $1.7 billion  in capital to common stockholders, compared 
to $1.4 billion during the year ended December 31, 2018. 

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

The following information summarizes our consolidated results of operations for 2019 compared to 2018. For a discussion 
related to the consolidated results of operations for 2018 compared to 2017, refer to Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion 
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in our Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 
31, 2018 (2018 Form 10-K), which was filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission on February 26, 
2019. 

Revenue 
Northern Trust generates the majority of its revenue from noninterest income that primarily consists of trust, investment and 
other servicing fees. Net interest income comprises the remainder of revenue and consists of interest income generated by 
earning assets, net of interest expense on deposits and borrowed funds. 

Revenue in 2019 of $6.07 billion  increased 2% from $5.96 billion  in 2018. Noninterest income represented 72% and 73% 
2019, which increased 1% from $4.34 billion in 

of total revenue in 2019 and 2018, respectively, and totaled $4.40 billion in 
2018. 

Noninterest income in 2019 increased primarily reflecting higher trust, investment and other servicing fees and other 
operating income, partially offset by lower foreign exchange trading income. Trust, investment and other servicing fees of 
$3.85 billion  in 2019 increased $98.5 million, or 3%, from $3.75 billion  in 2018, primarily due to new business and favorable 
markets, partially offset by unfavorable currency translation and lower securities lending revenue. Foreign exchange trading 
income in 2019 of $250.9 million  decreased $56.3 million, or 18%, compared with $307.2 million  in 2018, primarily resulting 
from lower foreign exchange swap activity in Treasury. Other operating income of $145.5 million  in 2019 increased  14% 
from $127.5 million in the prior year, primarily due to income related to a bank-owned life insurance program implemented 
during 2019, higher miscellaneous income, and the prior-year impairment of a community development equity investment 
previously held at cost, partially offset by a charge related to the decision made in 2019 to sell substantially all of the lease 
portfolio. 

Net interest income on an FTE basis in 2019 of $1.71 billion  increased  $46.8 million, or 3%, from $1.66 billion  in 2018, 
due to an increased net interest margin, partially offset by lower levels of average earning assets. The net interest margin on 
an FTE basis increased to 1.60% in 2019 from 1.46% in 2018, primarily due to higher short-term interest rates and the impact 
of lower foreign exchange swap activity.  Average earning assets decreased  $6.6 billion, or 6%, from $113.7 billion  in 2018  
to $107.1 billion in 2019, primarily reflecting lower levels of short-term interest bearing deposits and loans and leases. 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   33 

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

 Additional information regarding Northern Trust’s revenue by type is provided below. 

2019 TOTAL REVENUE OF $6.07 BILLION 

63% Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees 

28% Net Interest Income 

5% Other Noninterest Income 

4% Foreign Exchange Trading Income 

Noninterest Income 
. 
The components of noninterest income, and a discussion of significant changes during 2019 and 2018, are provided below

TABLE 3: NONINTEREST INCOME 

($ In Millions) 

2019 

2018 

2017 

2019 / 2018 

2018 / 2017 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

CHANGE 

Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees 

$ 

3,852.1  $ 

3,753.7  $ 

Foreign Exchange Trading Income 

Treasury Management Fees 

Security Commissions and Trading Income 

Other Operating Income 

Investment Security Losses, net 

Total Noninterest Income 

250.9 

44.5 

103.6 

145.5 

(1.4) 

307.2 

51.8 

98.3 

127.5 

(1.0) 

3,434.3 

209.9 

56.4 

89.6 

157.5 

(1.6) 

$ 

4,395.2  $ 

4,337.5  $ 

3,946.1 

3% 

(18) 

(14) 

5 

14 

N/M 

1% 

9% 

46 

(8) 

10 

(19) 

N/M 

10% 

Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees 
Trust, investment and other servicing fees were $3.85 billion  in 2019  compared with $3.75 billion  in 2018. Trust, investment 
and other servicing fees are based primarily on the market value of assets held in custody, managed and serviced; the volume 
of transactions; securities lending volume and spreads; and fees for other services rendered. Certain market value calculations 
on which fees are based are performed on a monthly or quarterly basis in arrears. For a more detailed discussion of 2019  trust, 
investment and other servicing fees, refer to the “Reporting Segments and Related Information” section. 

The following tables present selected market indices and the percentage changes year over year to provide context regarding 

equity and fixed income market impacts on the Corporation’s results. 

TABLE 4: EQUITY MARKET INDICES 

S&P 500 

MSCI EAFE (U.S. dollars) 

MSCI EAFE (local currency) 

TABLE 5: FIXED INCOME MARKET INDICES 

Barclays Capital U.S. Aggregate Bond Index 

Barclays Capital Global Aggregate Bond Index 

34   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

DAILY AVERAGES 

YEAR-END 

2019 

2,912 

1,891 

1,118 

2018 

CHANGE 

2,746 

1,966 

1,125 

6% 

(4) 

(1) 

2019 

3,231 

2,037 

1,190 

2018 

CHANGE 

2,507 

1,720 

1,008 

29% 

18 

18 

2019 

2,225 

512 

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 

2018 

CHANGE 

2,047 

479 

9% 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

ASSETS UNDER CUSTODY/ADMINISTRATION AND ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT 
AUC/A and assets under management form the primary drivers of our trust, investment and other servicing fees. For the 
purposes of disclosingAUC/A, to the extent that both custody and administration services are provided, the value of the assets 
is included only once. At December 31, 2019, AUC/A of $12.05 trillion increased 19% from $10.13 trillion at December 31, 
2018. The increased AUC/A primarily reflected favorable markets and net client inflows. Assets under custody, a component 
of AUC/A, of $9.23 trillion at December 31, 2019, increased 22% from $7.59 trillion at December 31, 2018, and included 
$5.89 trillion of global custody assets, compared to $4.70 trillion at December 31, 2018. The increased assets under custody 
primarily reflected favorable markets and net client inflows. Assets under management of $1.23 trillion at the end of 2019 
increased 15% from $1.07 trillion at the end of 2018. The increase primarily reflected favorable markets and net inflows. 

AUC/A by reporting segment were as follows: 

TABLE 6: ASSETS UNDER CUSTODY/ADMINISTRATION BY REPORTING SEGMENT 

DECEMBER 31, 

CHANGE 

FIVE-YEAR 
COMPOUND 
GROWTH 
RATE 

($ In Billions) 

2019 

2018 

2017 

2016 

2015 

2019 /2018 

2018 /2017 

Corporate & Institutional Services 

$ 11,311.6  $  9,490.5  $10,066.8  $  7,987.0  $  7,279.7 

Wealth Management 

738.8 

634.8 

655.8 

554.3 

517.3 

Total Assets Under Custody/Administration  $ 12,050.4  $ 10,125.3  $10,722.6  $  8,541.3  $  7,797.0 

19% 

16 

19% 

(6)% 

(3) 

(6)% 

9% 

7 

9% 

Assets under custody by reporting segment were as follows: 

TABLE 7: ASSETS UNDER CUSTODY BY REPORTING SEGMENT 

DECEMBER 31, 

CHANGE 

FIVE-YEAR 
COMPOUND 
GROWTH 
RATE 

($ In Billions) 

2019 

2018 

2017 

2016 

2015 

2019 /2018 

2018 / 2017 

Corporate & Institutional Services 

$  8,497.8  $  6,971.0  $  7,439.1  $  6,176.9  $  5,565.8 

Wealth Management 

735.7 

622.9 

645.5 

543.6 

506.3 

Total Assets Under Custody 

$  9,233.5  $  7,593.9  $  8,084.6  $  6,720.5  $  6,072.1 

22% 

18 

22% 

(6)% 

(4) 

(6)% 

9% 

8 

9% 

Assets under custody were invested as follows: 

TABLE 8: ASSETS UNDER CUSTODY BY INVESTMENT TYPE 

Equities 

Fixed Income Securities 

Cash and Other Assets 

Securities Lending Collateral 

DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

46% 

35 

17 

2 

2018 

45% 

37 

16 

2

2017 

47% 

35 

16 

2

2016 

46% 

36 

17 

1

2015 

44% 

37 

17 

2 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Assets under management by reporting segment were as follows: 

TABLE 9: ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT BY REPORTING SEGMENT 

DECEMBER 31, 

CHANGE 

FIVE-YEAR 
COMPOUND 
GROWTH 
RATE 

($ In Billions) 

2019 

2018 

2017 

2016 

2015 

2019 / 2018 

2018 / 2017 

Corporate & Institutional Services 

$ 

917.5  $ 

790.8  $ 

871.2  $ 

694.0  $ 

648.0 

Wealth Management 

313.8 

278.6 

289.8 

248.4 

227.3 

Total Assets Under Management 

$  1,231.3  $  1,069.4  $  1,161.0  $ 

942.4  $ 

875.3 

16% 

13 

15% 

(9)% 

(4) 

(8)% 

7% 

7 

7% 

Assets under management were invested and managed as follows: 

TABLE 10: ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT BY PRODUCT 

Equities 

Fixed Income Securities 

Cash and Other Assets 

Securities Lending Collateral 

2019 

53% 

16 

18 

13 

TABLE 11: ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT BY MANAGEMENT STYLE 

Index 

Active 

Multi-Manager 

Other 

2019 

51% 

37 

5 

7 

DECEMBER 31, 

2017 

51% 

16 

19 

14 

DECEMBER 31, 

2017 

46% 

41 

5 

8 

2018 

50% 

17 

19 

14 

2018 

49% 

38 

5 

8 

2016 

51% 

17 

20 

12 

2016 

47% 

40 

5 

8 

2015 

51% 

17 

20 

12 

2015 

47% 

40 

4 

9 

Foreign Exchange Trading Income 
Northern Trust provides foreign exchange services in the normal course of business as an integral part of its global custody 
services. Active management of currency positions, within conservative limits, also contributes to foreign exchange trading 
income. Foreign exchange trading income in 2019 of $250.9 million decreased $56.3 million, or 18%, compared with $307.2 
million in 2018, primarily resulting from lower foreign exchange swap activity in Treasury. 

Treasury Management Fees 
Treasury management fees, generated from cash and treasury management products and services provided to clients, of $44.5 
million in 2019 decreased 14%, or $7.3 million, from $51.8 million in 2018, primarily due to an increase in the earnings credit 
rate applied to client balances and lower transaction based volumes. 

Security Commissions and Trading Income 
Security commissions and trading income is generated primarily from securities brokerage services provided by Northern 
Trust Securities, Inc., and totaled $103.6 million in 2019, which increased 5%, or $5.3 million, from $98.3 million in 2018, 
primarily due to higher revenue from interest rate swaps and core brokerage, partially offset by lower transition management 
revenue. 

36   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Other Operating Income 
The components of other operating income include: 

TABLE 12: OTHER OPERATING INCOME 

($ In Millions) 

Loan Service Fees 

Banking Service Fees 

Other Income 

Total Other Operating Income 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

CHANGE 

$ 

$ 

2019 

48.0  $ 

45.6 

51.9 

2018 

48.9  $ 

46.4 

32.2 

2017 

50.7 

48.6 

58.2 

145.5  $ 

127.5  $ 

157.5 

2019 / 2018 

2018 / 2017 

(2)% 

(2) 

60 

14 % 

(4)% 

(5) 

(44) 

(19)% 

Other income of $51.9 million in 2019 increased $19.7 million or 60%, from $32.2 million in 2018, primarily due to income 
related to a bank-owned life insurance program implemented during 2019, higher miscellaneous income, and the prior-year 
impairment of a community development equity investment previously held at cost, partially offset by a charge related to the 
decision made in 2019 to sell substantially all of the lease portfolio. 

Investment Security Losses, Net 
Net investment security losses totaled $1.4 million and $1.0 million in 2019 and 2018, respectively. Losses in 2019 and 2018 
include $0.3 million and $0.5 million of charges related to the other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) of certain Community 
Reinvestment Act (CRA) eligible held-to-maturity securities, respectively. 

Net Interest Income 
Net interest income is defined as the total of interest income and amortized fees on earning assets, less interest expense on 
deposits and borrowed funds, adjusted for the impact of interest-related hedging activity. Earning assets – including federal 
funds sold, securities purchased under agreements to resell, interest-bearing due from banks and interest-bearing deposits with 
banks, Federal Reserve and other central bank deposits and other, securities, and loans and leases – are financed by a large 
base of interest-bearing funds that include client deposits, short-term borrowings, senior notes and long-term debt. Earning 
assets also are funded by net noninterest-related funds, which include demand deposits, and stockholders’ equity, reduced by 
nonearning assets such as noninterest-bearing cash and due from banks, items in process of collection, and buildings and 
equipment. Net interest income is subject to variations in the level and mix of earning assets and interest-bearing funds and 
their relative sensitivity to interest rates. In addition, the levels of nonperforming assets and client compensating deposit 
balances used to pay for services impact net interest income. 

Net interest income stated on an FTE basis is a non-GAAP financial measure that facilitates the analysis of asset yields. 
Management believes an FTE presentation provides a clearer indication of net interest margins for comparative purposes. 
When adjusted to an FTE basis, yields on taxable, nontaxable, and partially taxable assets are comparable; however, the 
adjustment to an FTE basis has no impact on net income. A reconciliation of net interest income on a GAAP basis to net 
interest income on an FTE basis is provided on page 89. 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

The following tables present an analysis of average balances and interest rates affecting net interest income and an analysis 

of net interest income changes. 

TABLE 13: AVERAGE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS WITH ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST INCOME (INTEREST AND RATE 
ON A FULLY TAXABLE EQUIVALENT BASIS) 

($ In Millions) 

AVERAGE EARNING ASSETS 

Federal Reserve and Other Central Bank Deposits and
Other(1) 

Interest-Bearing Due from and Deposits with
Banks(2) 
Federal Funds Sold and Securities Purchased under 
Agreements to Resell 

Securities 

U.S. Government 

Obligations of States and Political Subdivisions 

Government Sponsored Agency 
Other(3) 

Total Securities 

Loans and Leases(4) 

Total Earning Assets 

Allowance for Credit Losses Assigned to Loans and Leases 

Cash and Due from Banks and Other Central Bank Deposits (5) 
Buildings and Equipment 

Client Security Settlement Receivables 

Goodwill 

Other Assets 

Total Assets 

AVERAGE SOURCE OF FUNDS 

Deposits 

Savings, Money Market, and Other 

Savings Certificates and Other Time 

Non-U.S. Offices – Interest-Bearing 

Total Interest-Bearing Deposits 

Short-Term Borrowings 

Senior Notes 

Long-Term Debt 

Floating Rate Capital Debt 

Total Interest-Related Funds 

Interest Rate Spread 

Demand and Other Noninterest-Bearing Deposits 

Other Liabilities 

Stockholders’ Equity 

INTEREST 

2019 

AVERAGE 
BALANCE 

RATE(6) 

INTEREST 

2018 

AVERAGE 
BALANCE 

RATE(6) 

INTEREST 

2017 

AVERAGE 
BALANCE 

RATE(6) 

$ 

181.7  $  18,527.7 

0.98%  $ 

207.1  $  23,899.3 

0.87%  $ 

155.1  $  23,903.9 

0.65% 

72.4 

5,996.7 

1.21 

70.0 

6,022.8 

1.16 

63.8 

7,143.3 

0.89 

17.9 

847.8 

2.11 

33.3 

1,498.8 

2.22 

27.5 

1,850.2 

1.48 

110.4 

5,296.5 

24.4 

980.5 

583.6 

22,634.1 

381.6 

21,773.3 

2.09 

2.49 

2.58 

1.75 

108.3 

13.9 

456.0 

367.5 

5,737.1 

725.2 

20,682.7 

23,136.5 

1,100.0 

50,684.4 

2.17 

945.7 

50,281.5 

1,160.7 

31,052.8 

2,532.7  107,109.4 

3.74 

2.36 

1,106.5 

32,028.6 

2,362.6 

113,731.0 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(111.4) 

2,393.6 

425.6 

1,070.4 

682.5 

5,981.3 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(126.3) 

2,534.3 

438.5 

1,002.0 

642.5 

4,724.6 

1.89 

1.91 

2.20 

1.59 

1.88 

3.45 

2.08 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

89.4 

13.1 

283.2 

253.3 

6,342.5 

887.3 

17,987.0 

19,498.9 

639.0 

44,715.7 

929.8 

33,565.2 

1,815.2 

111,178.3 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(156.8) 

2,583.1 

466.0 

891.6 

544.0 

4,101.2 

1.41 

1.48 

1.57 

1.30 

1.43 

2.77 

1.63 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

$ 

—  $117,551.4 

—%  $ 

—  $122,946.6 

—%  $ 

—  $119,607.4 

—% 

$ 

160.8 

$  16,577.8 

0.97%  $ 

82.0 

$  15,149.3 

0.54%  $ 

24.3 

$  15,575.6 

0.16% 

16.2 

867.5 

311.9 

54,885.2 

488.9 

72,330.5 

214.0 

72.6 

38.3 

8.2 

9,358.9 

2,389.1 

1,139.0 

277.6 

822.0 

85,495.1 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

17,455.5 

3,952.4 

10,648.4 

1.86 

0.57 

0.68 

2.29 

3.04 

3.36 

2.98 

0.96 

1.40 

— 

— 

— 

7.8 

870.6 

294.8 

58,556.6 

384.6 

74,576.5 

208.2 

10,783.5 

53.4 

45.0 

7.5 

1,704.0 

1,296.8 

277.6 

698.7 

88,638.4 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

20,526.6 

3,552.7 

10,228.9 

0.90 

0.50 

0.52 

1.93 

3.13 

3.47 

2.72 

0.79 

1.29 

— 

— 

— 

9.4 

1,273.4 

148.4 

56,583.2 

182.1 

73,432.2 

67.1 

46.9 

39.2 

4.9 

6,696.0 

1,496.9 

1,519.4 

277.5 

340.2 

83,422.0 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

23,072.6 

3,132.2 

9,980.6 

0.74 

0.26 

0.25 

1.00 

3.13 

2.58 

1.75 

0.41 

1.22 

— 

— 

— 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity 

$ 

—  $117,551.4 

—%  $ 

—  $122,946.6 

—%  $ 

—  $119,607.4 

—% 

Net Interest Income/Margin (FTE Adjusted) 

Net Interest Income/Margin (Unadjusted) 

$  1,710.7  $ 

$  1,677.9  $ 

— 

— 

1.60%  $  1,663.9  $ 

1.57%  $  1,622.7  $ 

— 

— 

1.46%  $  1,475.0  $ 

1.43%  $  1,429.2  $ 

— 

— 

1.33% 

1.29% 

Net Interest Income/Margin Components (FTE Adjusted) 

U.S. 

Non-U.S. 

Consolidated 

$  1,127.3  $  86,071.2 

1.31%  $  1,079.9  $  88,717.0 

1.22%  $  1,076.4  $  90,090.3 

1.19% 

583.4 

21,038.2 

2.77 

584.0 

25,014.0 

2.33 

398.6 

21,088.0 

1.89 

$  1,710.7  $107,109.4 

1.60%  $  1,663.9  $113,731.0 

1.46%  $  1,475.0  $111,178.3 

1.33% 

Note: Net Interest Income (FTE Adjusted) includes adjustments to a fully taxable equivalent basis for loans and securities. Such adjustments are based on a blended federal and state tax rate of 24.8%. Total 
taxable equivalent interest adjustments amounted to $32.8 million in 2019, $41.2 million in 2018 and $45.8 million in 2017. Interest revenue on cash collateral positions is reported above within interest-
bearing due from and deposits with banks and within loans and leases. Interest expense on cash collateral positions is reported above within non-U.S. offices interest-bearing deposits. Related cash collateral 
received from and deposited with derivative counterparties is recorded net of the associated derivative contract within Other Assets and Other Liabilities, respectively. 
(1) Federal Reserve and Other Central Bank Deposits and Other includes collateral deposits with certain securities depositories and clearing houses, which are classified in Other Assets in the consolidated 
balance sheets. 
(2) Interest-Bearing Due from and Deposits with Banks includes interest-bearing component of Cash and Due from Banks and Interest-Bearing Deposits with Banks as presented on the consolidated balance 
sheets. 
(3) Other securities include certain community development investments and Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve stock, which are classified in Other Assets in the consolidated balance sheets. 
(4) Average balances include nonaccrual loans. Lease financing receivable balances are reduced by deferred income. 
(5) Cash and Due from Banks and Other Central Bank Deposits includes the noninterest-bearing component of Federal Reserve and Other Central Bank Deposits as presented on the consolidated balance 
sheets. 
(6) Rate calculations are based on actual balances rather than the rounded amounts presented in the Average Consolidated Balance Sheets with Analysis of Net Interest Income. 

38   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

TABLE 14: CHANGES IN NET INTEREST INCOME 

(INTEREST AND RATE ON A FULLY TAXABLE 
EQUIVALENT BASIS) 

(In Millions) 

Increase (Decrease) in Interest Income 

Money Market Assets 

2019/2018 CHANGE DUE TO 

2018/2017 CHANGE DUE TO 

AVERAGE 
BALANCE 

RATE 

TOTAL 

AVERAGE 
BALANCE 

RATE 

TOTAL 

Federal Reserve and Other Central Bank Deposits
and Other 

$ 

(58.1)  $ 

32.7  $ 

(25.4)  $ 

—  $ 

52.0  $ 

Interest-Bearing Due from and Deposits with Banks 

(0.3) 

2.7 

2.4 

Federal Funds Sold and Securities Purchased under 
Agreements to Resell 

(13.9) 

(1.5) 

(15.4) 

Securities 

U.S. Government 

Obligations of States and Political Subdivisions 

Government Sponsored Agency 

Other 

Loans and Leases 

Total 

Deposits 

Savings and Money Market 

Savings Certificates and Other Time 

Non-U.S. Offices Time 

Short-Term Borrowings 

Senior Notes 

Subordinated Notes 

Long-Term Debt 

Floating Rate Capital Debt 

Total 

(Decrease) Increase in Net Interest Income 

(6.7) 

(3.5) 

(7.3) 

(1.4) 

47.0 

52.0 

(20.5) 

12.9 

9.3 

26.2 

2.2 

125.8 

62.2 

197.2 

52.0 

6.2 

5.8 

18.9 

0.8 

172.8 

114.2 

176.7 

(5.4) 

5.7 

45.1 

(20.0) 

(77.9) 

7.5 

4.8 

82.5 

34.1 

132.1 

2.1 

10.5 

127.6 

14.1 

54.2 

$ 

(124.8)  $ 

294.9  $ 

170.1  $ 

59.6  $ 

487.8  $ 

547.4 

$ 

8.3  $ 

70.5  $ 

78.8  $ 

— 

(13.9) 

(14.1) 

20.6 

(5.5) 

— 

8.4 

31.0 

19.9 

(1.4) 

(1.2) 

0.7 

8.4 

17.1 

5.8 

19.2 

(6.7) 

0.7 

(0.7)  $ 

(4.8) 

5.3 

55.9 

6.5 

(5.8) 

— 

58.4  $ 

3.2 

141.1 

85.2 

— 

11.6 

2.6 

57.7 

(1.6) 

146.4 

141.1 

6.5 

5.8 

2.6 

$ 

$ 

(4.6)  $ 

127.9  $ 

123.3  $ 

56.4  $ 

302.1  $ 

358.5 

(120.2)  $ 

167.0  $ 

46.8  $ 

3.2  $ 

185.7  $ 

188.9 

Note: Changes not due solely to average balance changes or rate changes are allocated proportionately to average balance and rate based on their relative absolute magnitudes. 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   39 

 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

An analysis of net interest income on an FTE basis, major balance sheet components impacting net interest income and 

related ratios are provided below. 

TABLE 15: ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST INCOME (FTE) 

($ In Millions) 

Interest Income – GAAP 

FTE Adjustment 

Interest Income – FTE 

Interest Expense 

Net Interest Income – FTE Adjusted 

Net Interest Income – GAAP 

AVERAGE BALANCE 

Earning Assets 

Interest-Related Funds 

Net Noninterest-Related Funds 

AVERAGE RATE 

Earning Assets 

Interest-Related Funds 

Interest Rate Spread 

Total Source of Funds 

Net Interest Margin – GAAP 

Net Interest Margin – FTE 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

CHANGE 

2019 

2018 

2017 

2019 / 2018 

2018 / 2017 

$ 

2,499.9 

$ 

2,321.4  $ 

1,769.4 

32.8 

2,532.7 

822.0 

1,710.7 

1,677.9 

41.2 

2,362.6 

698.7 

1,663.9 

1,622.7 

45.8 

1,815.2 

340.2 

1,475.0 

1,429.2 

$ 

107,109.4 

$ 

113,731.0  $ 

111,178.3 

85,495.1 

21,614.3 

88,638.4 

25,092.6 

83,422.0 

27,756.3 

8 % 

(20) 

7 

18 

3 

3 

(6)% 

(4) 

(14) 

31% 

(10) 

30 

105 

13 

14 

2% 

6 

(10) 

CHANGE IN PERCENTAGE 

2.36% 

2.08% 

1.63% 

0.96 

1.40 

0.77 

1.57% 

1.60% 

0.79 

1.29 

0.62 

1.43% 

1.46% 

0.41 

1.22 

0.31 

1.29% 

1.33% 

0.28 

0.17 

0.11 

0.15 

0.14 

0.14 

0.45 

0.38 

0.07 

0.31 

0.14 

0.13 

Refer to pages 38 and 39 for additional analysis of net interest income. 

Net interest income in 2019 of $1.68 billion increased $55.2 million, or 3%, from $1.62 billion in 2018. Net interest 
income on an FTE basis for 2019 was $1.71 billion, which increased $46.8 million, or 3%, from $1.66 billion in 2018, due 
to an increased net interest margin, partially offset by lower levels of average earning assets. Average earning assets decreased 
$6.6 billion, or 6%, to $107.1 billion in 2019 from $113.7 billion in 2018. The net interest margin in 2019 was 1.57%, which 
increased from 1.43% in 2018. The net interest margin on an FTE basis in 2019 was 1.60%, which increased from 1.46% in 
2018. 

Average earning assets decreased primarily reflecting lower levels of short-term interest bearing deposits and loans and 
leases. Federal Reserve and Other Central Bank Deposits and Other averaged $18.5 billion in 2019, which decreased $5.4 
billion, or 22%, from $23.9 billion in 2018. Interest-Bearing Due From and Deposits with Banks averaged $6.0 billion in each 
of 2019 and 2018. Loans and leases averaged $31.1 billion, which decreased $975.8 million, or 3%, from $32.0 billion in 
2018.  Securities,  inclusive  of  Federal  Reserve  and  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  stock  and  certain  community  development 
investments which are classified in Other Assets in the consolidated balance sheets, averaged $50.7 billion, which increased 
$402.9 million, or 1%, from $50.3 billion in 2018. 

Funding of the balance sheet reflected lower levels of non-U.S. interest-bearing deposits and demand and other noninterest-
bearing deposits, partially offset by increases in U.S. interest-bearing deposits. Average interest-bearing deposits decreased 
$2.3 billion, or 3%, to $72.3 billion in 2019 from $74.6 billion in 2018. Average demand and other noninterest-bearing deposits 
decreased $3.0 billion, or 15%, to $17.5 billion in 2019 from $20.5 billion in 2018. 

Stockholders’ equity averaged $10.6 billion in 2019, compared with $10.2 billion in 2018. The increased stockholders’ 
equity of $419.5 million, or 4%, was primarily attributable to current-year earnings, the issuance of preferred stock, and 
accumulated other comprehensive income since the prior-year period, partially offset by the repurchase of common stock 
pursuant to the Corporation’s share repurchase program and dividend declarations. During the year ended December 31, 2019, 
the Corporation increased its quarterly common stock dividend by 27% to $0.70 per share and repurchased 11.8 million shares, 
returning $1.7 billion in capital to common stockholders, compared to $1.4 billion in 2018. 

Under the Corporation’s 2019 capital plan, which was reviewed without objection by the Federal Reserve, the Corporation 

may repurchase up to $828.5 million of common stock after December 31, 2019, through June 30, 2020. 

40   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Provision for Credit Losses 
The provision for credit losses was a credit provision of $14.5 million in each of 2019 and 2018. The current-year credit 
provision primarily reflected a decrease in the inherent reserve related to the residential real estate portfolio due to a reduction 
in outstanding loans and improved credit quality and reductions to the specific reserve related to the commercial and institutional 
and residential real estate portfolios, partially offset by an increase in the inherent reserve related to the private client portfolio 
due to an increase in outstanding loans and lower credit quality. The prior-year credit provision primarily reflected reductions 
in outstanding loans and undrawn loan commitments and standby letters of credit and improved credit quality across the 
portfolio. This  was  partially  offset  by  increases  in  specific  reserves  primarily  related  to  the  commercial and  institutional 
portfolio. 

Nonperforming assets at December 31, 2019 decreased 26% from the prior year-end. Residential real estate, commercial 
and  institutional,  commercial  real  estate,  private  client,  and  non-U.S.  loans  accounted  for  85%,  9%,  4%,  1%,  and  1% 
respectively, of nonperforming loans and leases at December 31, 2019. For further discussion of the allowance and provision 
for credit losses, refer to the “Asset Quality” section. 

Noninterest Expense 
Noninterest expense for 2019 of $4.14 billion increased $126.6 million, or 3%, from $4.02 billion in 2018, primarily reflecting 
increased compensation, outside services, equipment and software expense, and occupancy expense. 

The components of noninterest expense and a discussion of significant changes during 2019 and 2018 are provided below. 

TABLE 16: NONINTEREST EXPENSE 

($ In Millions) 

Compensation 

Employee Benefits 

Outside Services 

Equipment and Software 

Occupancy 

Other Operating Expense 

Total Noninterest Expense 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

CHANGE 

2019 

2018 

2017 

2019 / 2018 

2018 / 2017 

$ 

1,859.0  $ 

1,806.9  $ 

1,733.7 

3% 

4% 

355.2 

774.5 

612.1 

212.9 

329.8 

356.7 

739.4 

582.2 

201.1 

330.6 

319.9 

668.4 

524.0 

191.8 

331.6 

— 

5 

5 

6 

— 

12 

11 

11 

5 

— 

$ 

4,143.5  $ 

4,016.9  $ 

3,769.4 

3% 

7% 

Compensation 
Compensation expense, the largest component of noninterest expense, of $1.86 billion in 2019 increased $52.1 million, or 
3%,  compared  to  $1.81  billion  in  2018,  primarily  reflecting  higher  salary  expense  driven  by  staff  growth  and  base  pay 
adjustments, partially offset by lower incentive expense. Staff on a full-time equivalent basis totaled approximately 19,800 
at December 31, 2019, up 5% from approximately 18,800 at December 31, 2018. 

Employee Benefits 
Employee benefits expense of $355.2 million in 2019 decreased slightly from $356.7 million in 2018, primarily reflecting 
lower retirement plan and medical expenses, partially offset by higher payroll taxes. 

Outside Services 
Outside services expense of $774.5 million in 2019 increased $35.1 million, or 5%, from $739.4 million in 2018, primarily 
due to higher technical services costs as well as consulting and legal services, partially offset by lower sub-custodian expenses. 

Equipment and Software 
Equipment and software expense of $612.1 million in 2019 increased $29.9 million, or 5%, compared to $582.2 million in 
2018, primarily reflecting higher software support costs, software disposition, depreciation and amortization, and maintenance 
costs. 

Occupancy 
Occupancy expense of $212.9 million in 2019 increased $11.8 million, or 6%, from $201.1 million in 2018, primarily due to 
higher rent and building operating costs associated with executing workplace real estate strategies. 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Other Operating Expense 
Other operating expense of $329.8 million in 2019 decreased slightly from $330.6 million in 2018. The components of other 
operating expense are as follows: 

TABLE 17: OTHER OPERATING EXPENSE 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

CHANGE 

($ In Millions) 

Business Promotion 

FDIC Insurance Premiums 

Staff Related 

Other Intangibles Amortization 

Other Expenses 

$ 

2019 

104.2  $ 
9.9 

42.8 

16.6 

156.3 

2018 

98.3  $ 

27.4 

33.6 

17.4 

153.9 

Total Other Operating Expense 

$ 

329.8  $ 

330.6  $ 

2017 

95.4 

34.7 

42.8 

11.4 

147.3 

331.6 

2019 / 2018 

2018 / 2017 

6 % 

3 % 

(64) 

27 

(4) 

2 

(21) 

(22) 

52 

4 

— % 

— % 

Other operating expense in the current year compared to the prior year primarily reflects decreased FDIC insurance premiums, 
partially offset by higher staff-related expense and business promotion expense. 

Provision for Income Taxes 
Provisions for income tax and effective tax rates are impacted by levels of pre-tax income as well as nonrecurring items such 
as the resolution of tax matters and changes in income tax rates and tax laws. The 2019 provision for income taxes was $451.9 
million, representing an effective rate of 23.2%. This compares with a provision for income taxes of $401.4 million and an 
effective rate of 20.5% in 2018. 

The increase in the provision for income taxes was primarily attributable to higher U.S. taxes payable on the income of 
the Corporation's non-U.S. branches in 2019 as well as income tax benefits recorded in 2018 associated with the timing of 
tax deductions for software development-related expenses and the implementation of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA) 
enacted in the fourth quarter of 2017. 

The TCJA was enacted on December 22, 2017, and reduced the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%. It also 
required companies to pay a mandatory deemed repatriation tax on earnings of foreign subsidiaries that were previously tax 
deferred. At December 31, 2017, Northern Trust made a reasonable estimate as to the impact of the TCJA. During 2018, 
Northern Trust completed the related calculations and additional analyses associated with the implementation of the TCJA, 
resulting in a number of adjustments to the 2018 tax provision as follows: 

TABLE 18: IMPACT OF TAX CUTS AND JOBS ACT 

(In Millions) 

Federal Taxes on Mandatory Deemed Repatriation 

Impact Related to Federal Deferred Taxes 

Other Adjustments 

Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes 

2018 

$ 

(16.8)  $ 

12.7 

(0.7) 

2017 

150.0 

(210.0) 

6.9 

$ 

(4.8)  $ 

(53.1) 

Adjustments in the above table included a tax benefit of $16.8 million resulting from an adjustment to the Corporation’s 
2017 income tax provision for mandatory deemed repatriation with respect to the pre-2018 earnings of its non-U.S. subsidiaries, 
offset by a $12.7 million net provision recorded associated with the repricing of deferred taxes. 

As a result of the TCJA, earnings which had been reinvested indefinitely outside of the United States were deemed to 
have been repatriated to the United States and were subject to a repatriation tax. As of December 31, 2018, Northern Trust’s 
repatriation tax was $133.2 million. 

See Note 22, “Income Taxes,” to the consolidated financial statements provided in Item 8, “Financial Statements and 

Supplementary Data,” for more information on income taxes. 

REPORTING SEGMENTS AND RELATED INFORMATION 

The following information summarizes our results of operations by reporting segment for 2019 compared to 2018. For a 
discussion  related  to  the  results  of  operations  by  reporting  segment  for 2018  compared  to 2017, refer  to  Part  II,  Item  7. 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in our 2018 Form 10-K, which was 
filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission on February 26, 2019. 

42   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Northern Trust is organized around its two client-focused reporting segments: C&IS and Wealth Management. Asset 
management and related services are provided to C&IS and Wealth Management clients primarily by the Asset Management 
business. The revenue and expenses of Asset Management and certain other support functions are allocated fully to C&IS and 
Wealth Management. 

Reporting  segment  financial  information,  presented  on  an  internal  management-reporting  basis,  is  determined  by 
accounting systems used to allocate revenue and expense to each segment, and incorporates processes for allocating assets, 
liabilities, equity and the applicable interest income and expense utilizing a funds transfer pricing (FTP) methodology. Under 
the methodology, assets and liabilities receive a funding charge or credit that considers interest rate risk, liquidity risk, and 
other product characteristics on an instrument level. Equity is allocated to the reporting segments based on a variety of factors 
including, but not limited to, risk, regulatory considerations, and internal metrics. Allocations of capital and certain corporate 
expense may not be representative of levels that would be required if the segments were independent entities. The accounting 
policies used for management reporting are consistent with those described in Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting 
Policies,”  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  provided  in  Item 8,  “Financial  Statements  and  Supplementary  Data.” 
Transfers of income and expense items are recorded at cost; there is no consolidated profit or loss on sales or transfers between 
reporting segments. Northern Trust's presentations are not necessarily consistent with similar information for other financial 
institutions. 

Effective January 1, 2019, Northern Trust implemented several enhancements to its FTP methodology, including the 
allocation  of  contingent  liquidity  charges  to  C&IS  and  Wealth  Management  client  instruments  and  products. These 
methodology enhancements affect the results of each reporting segment. Due to the lack of historical information, segment 
results for periods ended prior to January 1, 2019 have not been revised to reflect the methodology enhancements. 

Also effective January 1, 2019, all revenues, expenses and average assets are allocated to C&IS and Wealth Management, 
with  the  exception  of  non-recurring  activities  such  as  certain  costs  associated  with  acquisitions,  divestitures,  litigation, 
restructuring, and tax adjustments not directly attributable to a specific reporting segment. 

For reporting periods ended prior to January 1, 2019, income and expense associated with the wholesale funding activities 
and  investment  portfolios  of  the  Corporation  and  the  Bank,  as  well  as  certain  corporate-based  expense,  executive-level 
compensation and nonrecurring items, were not allocated to C&IS and Wealth Management, and were reported in Treasury 
and Other. 

Reporting  segment  results  are  subject  to  reclassification  when  organizational changes  are  made. The results  are  also 
subject to refinements in revenue and expense allocation methodologies, which are typically reflected on a prospective basis. 
The following table reflects the earnings and average assets for the Corporation. 

TABLE 19: CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION 

($ In Millions) 

Noninterest Income 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

CHANGE 

2019 

2018 

2017 

2019 / 2018 

2018 / 2017 

Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees 

$ 

3,852.1  $ 

3,753.7  $ 

3,434.3 

Foreign Exchange Trading Income 

Other Noninterest Income 

Total Noninterest Income 
Net Interest Income (1) 

Revenue (1) 

Provision for Credit Losses 

Noninterest Expense 

Income before Income Taxes 
(1) 

Provision for Income Taxes 

(1) 

250.9 

292.2 

4,395.2 

1,710.7 

6,105.9 

(14.5) 

4,143.5 

1,976.9 

484.7 

307.2 

276.6 

4,337.5 

1,663.9 

6,001.4 

(14.5) 

4,016.9 

1,999.0 

442.6 

209.9 

301.9 

3,946.1 

1,475.0 

5,421.1 

(28.0) 

3,769.4 

1,679.7 

480.7 

Net Income 

Average Assets 

$ 

$ 

1,492.2  $ 

1,556.4  $ 

1,199.0 

117,551.4  $ 

122,946.6  $ 

119,607.4 

3 % 

(18) 

6 

1 

3 

2 

N/M 

3 

(1) 

10 

(4)% 

(4)% 

9 % 

46 

(8) 

10 

13 

11 

N/M 

7 

19 

(8) 

30 % 

3 % 

(1) Stated on an FTE basis. The consolidated figures include $32.8 million, $41.2 million, and $45.8 million of FTE adjustments for 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Corporate & Institutional Services 
C&IS is a leading global provider of asset servicing and related services to corporate and public retirement funds, foundations, 
endowments, fund managers, insurance companies, sovereign wealth funds, and other institutional investors around the globe. 
Asset  servicing  and  related  services  encompass  a  full  range  of  capabilities including  but  not  limited  to:  custody;  fund 
administration; investment operations outsourcing; investment management; investment risk and analytical services; employee 
benefit  services;  securities  lending;  foreign  exchange;  treasury  management;  brokerage  services;  transition  management 
services;  banking  and  cash  management.  Client  relationships  are  managed  through  the  Bank  and  the  Bank’s  and  the 
Corporation’s other subsidiaries, including support from locations in North America, Europe, the Middle East, and the Asia-
Pacific region. 

The following table summarizes the results of operations of C&IS for the years ended December 31,  2019, 2018, and 

2017 on a management-reporting basis. 

TABLE 20: C&IS RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

($ In Millions) 

Noninterest Income 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

CHANGE 

2019 

2018 

2017 

2019 / 2018 

2018 / 2017 

Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees 

$ 

2,211.5 

$ 

2,173.1  $ 

1,984.6 

2 % 

9 % 

Foreign Exchange Trading Income 

Other Noninterest Income 

Total Noninterest Income 
Net Interest Income (1) 

Revenue (1) 

Provision for Credit Losses 

Noninterest Expense 

Income before Income Taxes 
(1) 

Provision for Income Taxes 

(1) 

232.2 

178.2 

2,621.9 

918.7 

3,540.6 

1.9 

2,605.5 

933.2 

219.4 

233.4 

183.0 

2,589.5 

992.2 

3,581.7 

1.9 

2,421.4 

1,158.4 

255.3 

Net Income 

$ 

713.8 

$ 

903.1  $ 

197.9 

176.1 

2,358.6 

733.8 

3,092.4 

3.4 

2,194.5 

894.5 

279.5 

615.0 

(1) 

(3) 

1 

(7) 

(1) 

— 

8 

(19) 

(14) 

18 

4 

10 

35 

16 

(44) 

10 

30 

(9) 

(21)% 

47 % 

Percentage of Consolidated Net Income 

48% 

58% 

51% 

Average Assets 

(1) Stated on an FTE basis. 

$ 

87,557.1 

$ 

82,996.5  $ 

80,105.6 

5 % 

4 % 

C&IS net income decreased 21% in 2019 compared to 2018 primarily due to higher noninterest expense, partially offset by 
lower net interest income. 

C&IS Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees 
C&IS trust, investment and other servicing fees are primarily attributable to services related to custody, fund administration, 
investment management, and securities lending. Custody and fund administration fees are driven primarily by values of client 
assets under custody/administration, transaction volumes, and number of accounts. The asset values used to calculate these 
fees vary depending on the individual fee arrangements negotiated with each client. Custody fees related to asset values are 
client specific and are priced based on month-end market values, quarter-end market values, or the average of month-end 
market values for the quarter. The fund administration fees that are asset-value-related are priced using month-end, quarter-
end, or average daily balances. Investment management fees, which are based generally on client assets under management, 
are based primarily on market values throughout a period. 

Securities lending revenue is affected by market values; the demand for securities to be lent, which drives volumes; and 
the interest rate spread earned on the investment of cash deposited by investment firms as collateral for securities they have 
borrowed. The other services fee category in C&IS includes such products as investment risk and analytical services, benefit 
payments, and other services. Revenue from these products is based generally on the volume of services provided or a fixed 
fee. 

44   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Provided below are the components of C&IS trust, investment and other servicing fees. 

TABLE 21: C&IS TRUST, INVESTMENT AND OTHER SERVICING FEES 

($ In Millions) 

2019 

2018 

2017 

2019 / 2018 

2018 / 2017 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

CHANGE 

Custody and Fund Administration 

$ 

1,549.3  $ 

1,501.1  $ 

1,342.1 

Investment Management 

Securities Lending 

Other 

445.7 

87.2 

129.3 

436.8 

102.0 

133.2 

403.5 

96.4 

142.6 

Total Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees 

$ 

2,211.5  $ 

2,173.1  $ 

1,984.6 

2019 C&IS 

TRUST, INVESTMENT, AND OTHER SERVICING FEES  

3% 

2 

(15) 

(3) 

2% 

12% 

8 

6 

(7) 

10% 

70% Custody and Fund Administration 

20% Investment Management 

6% Other Services 

4% Securities Lending 

Custody and fund administration fees, the largest component of trust, investment and other servicing fees, increased  $48.2 
million, or 3%, from 2018  to 2019  primarily due to new business, partially offset by unfavorable currency translation and 
markets.  Fees from investment management increased  $8.9 million, or 2%, from 2018  to 2019  primarily due to new business 
and favorable markets. Securities lending revenue decreased  $14.8 million, or 15%  from 2018  to 2019, primarily driven by 
lower spreads and loan volumes. 

Provided below is a breakdown of the C&IS assets under custody and under management. 

TABLE 22: C&IS ASSETS UNDER CUSTODY 

($ In Billions) 

North America 

Europe, Middle East, and Africa 

Asia Pacific 

Securities Lending 

DECEMBER 31, 

CHANGE 

2019 

2018 

2017 

2019 / 2018 

2018 / 2017 

$ 

4,516.0  $ 

3,693.4  $ 

2,998.5 

820.3 

163.0 

2,538.6 

589.2 

149.8 

3,972.1 

2,602.4 

697.1 

167.5 

22% 

(7)% 

18 

39 

9 

(2) 

(15) 

(11) 

Total Assets Under Custody 

$ 

8,497.8  $ 

6,971.0  $ 

7,439.1 

22% 

(6)% 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   45 

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

2019 C&IS ASSETS UNDER CUSTODY 

53% North America 

35% Europe, Middle East, and Africa 

10% Asia Pacific 

2% Securities Lending 

TABLE 23: C&IS ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT 

($ In Billions) 

North America 

Europe, Middle East, and Africa 

Asia Pacific 

Securities Lending 

DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

2018 

$ 

588.4  $ 

493.1  $ 

125.2 

40.9 

163.0 

113.3 

34.6 

149.8 

Total Assets Under Management 

$ 

917.5  $ 

790.8  $ 

2019 C&IS 

ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT  

2017 

533.5 

127.3 

42.9 

167.5 

871.2 

CHANGE 

2019 / 2018 

2018 / 2017 

19% 

(8)% 

11 

18 

9 

(11) 

(19) 

(11) 

16% 

(9)% 

64% North America 

18% Securities Lending 

14% Europe, Middle East, and Africa 

4% Asia Pacific 

2019 C&IS 

ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT BY INVESTMENT  TYPE  

53% Equities 

18% Securities Lending 

17% Cash and Other Assets 

12% Fixed Income Securities 

C&IS assets under custody of $8.50 trillion  at December 31, 2019, increased  22%  from $6.97 trillion  at December 31, 2018. 
Assets under management increased  16%  to $917.5 billion  at December 31, 2019, from $790.8 billion  at December 31, 2018. 

46   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Cash and other assets deposited by investment firms as collateral for securities borrowed from custody clients are managed 
by Northern Trust and are included in assets under custody and under management. This securities lending collateral totaled 
$163.0 billion and $149.8 billion at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

C&IS Foreign Exchange Trading Income 
Foreign exchange trading income of $232.2 million in 2019, decreased $1.2 million, or 1%, from $233.4 million in 2018, 
primarily  due  to  lower  foreign  exchange  swap  activity  in  Treasury,  partially  offset  by  the  enhanced  segment  reporting 
methodology beginning January 1, 2019. 

C&IS Other Noninterest Income 
Other noninterest income for 2019 of $178.2 million decreased $4.8 million, or 3%, from $183.0 million in 2018, primarily 
due to a decrease in other operating income and treasury management fees, partially offset by the enhanced segment reporting 
methodology beginning January 1, 2019. 

C&IS Net Interest Income 
Net interest income on an FTE basis, inclusive of the FTP methodology enhancements described above, decreased $73.5 
million, or 7%, in 2019 to $918.7 million from $992.2 million in 2018, primarily reflecting higher charges due to the FTP 
methodology enhancements and a decrease in the net interest margin, partially offset by an increase in average earning assets. 
Net interest margin on an FTE basis decreased to 1.26% from 1.29%. Average earning assets of $79.1 billion, increased $2.2 
billion, or 3%, from $76.9 billion in the prior year. The earning assets in C&IS consisted primarily of intercompany  assets 
and loans and leases. Funding sources were primarily comprised of non-U.S. custody-related interest-bearing deposits, which 
averaged $54.9 billion in 2019, increased from $54.2 billion in 2018. 

C&IS Provision for Credit Losses 
The provision for credit losses was a provision of $1.9 million for both 2019 and 2018. The 2019 provision reflected an 
increase to the inherent reserve for outstanding loans due to lower credit quality, partially offset by a decrease to the specific 
reserve related to standby letters of credit and outstanding loans. The 2018 provision reflected increases to the specific reserve 
related to standby letters of credit, partially offset by reductions in standby letters of credit and undrawn loan commitments 
and improved credit quality resulting in a reduction of the inherent allowance. 

C&IS Noninterest Expense 
Total C&IS noninterest expense, which includes the direct expense of the reporting segment, indirect expense allocations for 
product and operating support, and indirect expense allocations for certain corporate support services, of $2.61 billion in 2019, 
increased  $184.1  million,  or  8%,  from  $2.42  billion  in  2018. The  increase  primarily  reflects  higher  expense  allocations, 
including those due to the enhanced segment reporting methodology beginning January 1, 2019, and higher compensation 
expense, partially offset by lower other operating expenses. 

Wealth Management 
Wealth Management focuses on high-net-worth individuals and families, business owners, executives, professionals, retirees, 
and established privately-held businesses in its target markets. The business also includes the Global Family Office, which 
provides customized services to meet the complex financial needs of individuals and family offices in the United States and 
throughout the world with assets typically exceeding $200 million. In supporting these targeted segments, Wealth Management 
provides trust, investment management, custody, and philanthropic services; financial consulting; guardianship and estate 
administration; family business consulting; family financial education; brokerage services; and private and business banking. 
Wealth Management  is  one  of  the  largest  providers  of  advisory  services  in  the  United  States  with  assets  under  custody/ 
administration,  assets  under  custody,  and  assets  under  management  of  $738.8  billion,  $735.7  billion,  and  $313.8  billion, 
respectively, at December 31,  2019. Wealth Management services are delivered by multidisciplinary teams through a network 
of offices in 19 U.S. states and Washington, D.C., as well as offices in London, Guernsey, and Abu Dhabi. 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   47 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

The following table summarizes the results of operations of Wealth Management for the years ended December 31,  2019, 

2018, and 2017 on a management-reporting basis. 

TABLE 24: WEALTH MANAGEMENT RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

($ In Millions) 

Noninterest Income 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

CHANGE 

2019 

2018 

2017 

2019 / 2018 

2018 / 2017 

Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees 

$ 

1,640.6 

$ 

1,580.6  $ 

1,449.7 

Foreign Exchange Trading Income 

Other Noninterest Income 

Total Noninterest Income 
Net Interest Income (1) 
Revenue (1) 

Provision for Credit Losses 

Noninterest Expense 

Income before Income Taxes 
(1) 

Provision for Income Taxes 

(1) 

Net Income 

Percentage of Consolidated Net Income 

Average Assets 

(1) Stated on an FTE basis. 

$ 

$ 

18.7 

131.1 

1,790.4 

792.0 

2,582.4 

(16.4) 

1,531.6 

1,067.2 

271.1 

4.2 

102.7 

1,687.5 

816.5 

2,504.0 

(16.4) 

1,460.0 

1,060.4 

262.1 

796.1 

$ 

798.3  $ 

3.1 

103.9 

1,556.7 

736.2 

2,292.9 

(31.4) 

1,405.3 

919.0 

347.2 

571.8 

4 % 

N/M 

28 

6 

(3) 

3 

N/M 

5 

1 

3 

— % 

9 % 

35 

(1) 

8 

11 

9 

N/M 

4 

15 

(25) 

40 % 

53% 

51% 

48% 

29,994.3 

$ 

26,163.7  $ 

26,599.9 

15 % 

(2)% 

Wealth Management net income decreased  slightly in 2019, primarily reflecting higher noninterest expense and lower net 
interest income, partially offset by higher trust, investment and other servicing fees, other noninterest income, and foreign 
exchange trading income. 

Wealth Management Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees 
Provided below is a summary of Wealth Management trust, investment and other servicing fees and assets under custody and 
under management. 

TABLE 25: WEALTH MANAGEMENT  TRUST, INVESTMENT  AND OTHER SERVICING FEES 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

CHANGE 

($ In Millions) 

Central 

East 

West 

Global Family Office 

$ 

2019 

619.3  $ 

422.2 

330.9 

268.2 

2018 

607.8  $ 

401.7 

320.0 

251.1 

2017 

575.5 

356.2 

291.7 

226.3 

Total Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees 

$ 

1,640.6  $ 

1,580.6  $ 

1,449.7 

2019 / 2018 

2018 / 2017 

2% 

5 

3 

7 

4% 

6% 

13 

10 

11 

9% 

2019  WEALTH MANAGEMENT FEES 

38% Central 

26% East 

20% West 

16% Global Family Office 

48   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

TABLE 26: WEALTH MANAGEMENT ASSETS UNDER CUSTODY 

($ In Billions) 

Global Family Office 

Central 

East 

West 

DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

2018 

$ 

474.1  $ 

405.5  $ 

115.1 

81.7 

64.8 

88.2 

72.7 

56.5 

Total Assets Under Custody 

$ 

735.7  $ 

622.9  $ 

2019  WEALTH MANAGEMENT  ASSETS UNDER CUSTODY  

2017 

422.9 

94.8 

70.5 

57.3 

645.5 

CHANGE 

2019 / 2018 

2018 / 2017 

17% 

31 

12 

15 

18% 

(4)% 

(7) 

3 

(1) 

(4)% 

64% Global Family Office 

16% Central 

11% East 

9% West 

TABLE 27: WEALTH MANAGEMENT  ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT 

DECEMBER 31, 

CHANGE 

($ In Billions) 

Central 

Global Family Office 

East 

West 

2019 

$ 

104.4  $ 

94.2 

66.8 

48.4 

2018 

96.2  $ 

83.5 

57.0 

41.9 

Total Assets Under Management 

$ 

313.8  $ 

278.6  $ 

2019  WEALTH MANAGEMENT  ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT  

2017 

102.1 

87.1 

57.0 

43.6 

289.8 

2019 / 2018 

2018 / 2017 

9% 

13 

17 

16 

13% 

(6)% 

(4) 

— 

(4) 

(4)% 

33% Central 

30% Global Family Office 

21% East 

16% West 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   49 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

2019  WEALTH MANAGEMENT ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT BY INVESTMENT TYPE 

53% Equities 

25% Fixed Income Securities 

22% Cash and Other Assets 

The Wealth Management regions shown above are comprised of the following: Central includes Illinois, Michigan, Minnesota, 
Missouri,  Ohio  and  Wisconsin;  East  includes  Connecticut,  Delaware,  Florida,  Georgia,  Massachusetts,  New  York, 
Pennsylvania, and Washington, D.C.; West includes Arizona, California, Colorado, Nevada, Texas and Washington. Global 
Family Office provides specialized asset management, investment consulting, global custody, fiduciary, and private banking 
services to ultra-wealthy domestic and international clients. 

Wealth Management fee income is calculated primarily based on market values. Wealth Management trust, investment 
and other servicing fees of $1.64 billion  in 2019  increased  $60.0 million, or 4%, from $1.58 billion  in 2018. The results in 
2019 benefited 

from new business and favorable markets. 

At December 31, 2019, assets under custody in Wealth Management were $735.7 billion  compared with $622.9 billion 
at December 31, 2018. Assets under management were $313.8 billion  at December 31, 2019  compared to $278.6 billion  at 
the previous year end. 

Wealth Management Foreign Exchange Trading Income 
Foreign exchange trading income of $18.7 million  in 2019  increased  $14.5 million  from $4.2 million  in 2018, primarily due 
to the enhanced segment reporting methodology beginning January 1, 2019. 

Wealth Management Other Noninterest Income 
Other noninterest income for 2019  of $131.1 million, increased  $28.4 million, or 28%, from $102.7 million  in 2018, primarily 
due to the enhanced segment reporting methodology beginning January 1, 2019. 

Wealth Management Net Interest Income 
Net interest income on an FTE basis, inclusive of the FTP  methodology enhancements described above, of $792.0 million  for 
2019  decreased  $24.5 million, or 3%, from $816.5 million  in 2018, primarily attributable to a decrease in the net interest 
margin, partially offset by an increase in earning assets. Net interest margin on an FTE basis decreased  to 3.06%  from 3.16%, 
reflecting lower yields on earning assets. Average earning assets of $28.0 billion  in 2019, increased  $2.1 billion, or 8%, in the 
current year from $25.9 billion  in 2018. 

Wealth Management Provision for Credit Losses 
The provision for credit losses was a credit provision of $16.4 million  in both 2019  and 2018. The 2019  credit provision was 
primarily driven by a reduction in outstanding loans and improved credit quality in the residential real estate portfolio, which 
resulted in a reduction of the inherent allowance. The 2018  credit provision was primarily driven by improved credit quality 
and reductions in outstanding loans, standby letters of credit, and undrawn commitments, which resulted in a reduction of the 
inherent allowance. 

Wealth Management Noninterest Expense 
Total noninterest expense, which includes the direct expense of the reporting segment, indirect expense allocations for product 
and operating support, and indirect expense allocations for certain corporate support services, of $1.53 billion  in 2019  increased 
$71.6 million, or 5%, from $1.46 billion  in the prior year. The increase primarily reflects higher expense allocations, including 
those due to the enhanced segment reporting methodology beginning January 1, 2019, increased compensation expense and 
outside services expense, partially offset by lower other operating expense. 

50   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Treasury and Other 
Beginning January 1, 2019, Treasury and Other includes income and expenses associated with non-recurring activities such 
as certain costs associated with acquisitions, divestitures, litigation, restructuring, and tax adjustments. For reporting periods 
ended prior to January 1, 2019, income and expense associated with the wholesale funding activities and investment portfolios 
of the Corporation and the Bank, as well as certain corporate-based expense, executive-level compensation and nonrecurring 
items, were not allocated to C&IS and Wealth Management, and are reported in Treasury and Other. Treasury and Other 
information for 2019 is not directly comparable to prior period information due to the enhanced segment reporting methodology 
beginning January 1, 2019. 

The following table summarizes the results of operations of Treasury and Other for the years ended December 31,  2019, 

2018, and 2017 on a management-reporting basis. 

TABLE 28: TREASURY AND OTHER RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

($ In Millions) 

Noninterest Income 
Net Interest Income (1) 
Revenue (1) 

Noninterest Expense 

Income (Loss) before Income Taxes 

(1) 

Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes 

(1) 

Net Income 

Percentage of Consolidated Net Income 

Average Assets 

(1) Stated on an FTE basis. 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

CHANGE 

2019 

2018 

2017 

2019 / 2018 

2018 / 2017 

$ 

(17.1) 

$ 

60.5 

$ 

— 

(17.1) 

6.4 

(23.5) 

(5.8) 

(144.8) 

(84.3) 

135.5 

(219.8) 

(74.8) 

(17.7) 

$ 

(145.0)  $ 

30.8 

5.0 

35.8 

169.6 

(133.8) 

(146.0) 

12.2 

(1)% 

(9)% 

1% 

— 

$ 

13,786.4 

$ 

12,901.9 

$ 

$

N/M 

N/M 

N/M 

N/M 

N/M 

N/M 

N/M 

N/M 

96% 

N/M 

N/M 

(20) 

N/M 

N/M 

N/M 

7% 

Treasury and Other noninterest income in 2019 was an expense of $17.1 million, which decreased from $60.5 million in 2018 
primarily due to the enhanced segment reporting methodology beginning January 1, 2019. 

Beginning January 1, 2019, net interest income and average assets are allocated to the C&IS and Wealth Management 
reporting segments. Accordingly, net interest income on an FTE basis in 2019 was zero, compared to net interest expense of 
$144.8 million in 2018. 

Treasury and Other noninterest expense in 2019 of $6.4 million decreased $129.1 million from $135.5 million in 2018 

due to the enhanced segment reporting methodology beginning January 1, 2019. 

Asset Management 
Asset Management, through the Corporation’s various subsidiaries, supports the C&IS and Wealth Management reporting 
segments by providing a broad range of asset management and related services and other products to clients around the world. 
Investment  solutions  are  delivered  through  separately  managed  accounts,  bank  common  and  collective  funds,  registered 
investment companies, exchange traded funds, non-U.S. collective investment funds, and unregistered private investment 
funds. Asset Management’s capabilities include active and passive equity; active and passive fixed income; cash management; 
alternative asset classes (such as private equity and hedge funds of funds); and multi-manager advisory services and products. 
Asset Management’s activities also include overlay services and other risk management services. Asset Management operates 
internationally through subsidiaries and distribution arrangements and its revenue and expense are allocated fully to C&IS 
and Wealth Management. 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

At December 31, 2019, Northern Trust managed $1.23 trillion in assets for personal and institutional clients, including 
$917.5 billion for C&IS clients and $313.8 billion for Wealth Management clients. The following table presents consolidated 
assets under management as of December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 by investment type. 

TABLE 29: CONSOLIDATED ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT BY INVESTMENT TYPE 

($ In Billions) 

Equities 

Fixed Income Securities 

Cash and Other Assets 

Securities Lending Collateral 

Total Assets Under Management 

DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

2018 

$ 

650.8  $ 

534.2  $ 

193.8 

223.6 

163.1 

178.3 

207.0 

149.9 

2017 

592.3 

183.5 

217.5 

167.7 

CHANGE 

2019 / 2018 

2018 / 2017 

22% 

(10)% 

9 

8 

9 

(3) 

(5) 

(11) 

$ 

1,231.3  $ 

1,069.4  $ 

1,161.0 

15% 

(8)% 

Assets under management increased $161.9 billion, or 15%, to $1.23 trillion at year-end 2019 from $1.07 trillion at year-end 
2018. The increase primarily reflected favorable markets and net inflows. The following table presents activity in consolidated 
assets under management by product during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017. 

TABLE 30: ACTIVITY IN CONSOLIDATED ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT BY PRODUCT 

($ In Billions) 

Balance as of January 1, 

Inflows by Product 

Equities 

Fixed Income Securities 

Cash and Other Assets 

Securities Lending Collateral 

Total Inflows 

Outflows by Product 

Equities 

Fixed Income Securities 

Cash and Other Assets 

Securities Lending Collateral 

Total Outflows 

Net Inflows (Outflows) 

Market Performance, Currency and Other 

Market Performance and Other 

Currency 

Total Market Performance, Currency and Other 

Balance as of December 31, 

2019 

2018 

$ 

1,069.4  $ 

1,161.0  $ 

193.6 

48.1 

551.6 

260.5 

1,053.8 

(205.5) 

(49.7) 

(541.0) 

(247.3) 

174.7 

63.7 

484.3 

165.6 

888.3 

(179.2) 

(72.5) 

(487.4) 

(183.3) 

2017 

942.4 

192.1 

68.1 

407.9 

132.4 

800.5 

(185.7) 

(57.2) 

(384.0) 

(76.7) 

(1,043.5) 

(922.4) 

(703.6) 

10.3 

(34.1) 

96.9 

151.1 

0.5 

151.6 

(49.3) 

(8.2) 

(57.5) 

111.6 

10.1 

121.7 

$ 

1,231.3  $ 

1,069.4  $ 

1,161.0 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET REVIEW 

Total assets were $136.8 billion and $132.2 billion at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and averaged $117.6 billion 
in 2019 compared with $122.9 billion in 2018. Average balances are considered to be a better measure of balance sheet trends, 
as period-end balances can be impacted by the timing of deposit and withdrawal activity involving large client balances. 

Interest-bearing client deposits totaled $82.8 billion and $81.8 billion at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and 
averaged $72.3 billion in 2019 compared to $74.6 billion in 2018. Noninterest-bearing client deposits totaled $26.3 billion 
and $22.7 billion, respectively, and averaged $17.5 billion in 2019 compared with $20.5 billion in 2018. 

Total stockholders' equity was $11.1 billion and $10.5 billion at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and averaged 
$10.6 billion in 2019 compared with $10.2 billion in 2018. The increase in stockholders' equity was primarily attributable to 
earnings, the issuance of preferred stock, and accumulated other comprehensive income since the prior year, partially offset 
by the repurchase of common stock pursuant to the Corporation's share repurchase program and dividend declarations. During 

52   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

2019, the Corporation issued and sold 16 million depositary shares, each representing 1/1,000th ownership interest in a share 
of  Series  E  Non-Cumulative  Perpetual  Preferred  Stock  for  proceeds  of  $391.4  million,  net  of  underwriting  discounts, 
commissions, and other issuance costs. These proceeds were subsequently used to fund the redemption of all outstanding 
shares of the Corporation’s Series C Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock on January 2, 2020. 

Asset Quality 
The following information summarizes our asset quality for 2019 compared to 2018. For a discussion related to our asset 
quality for 2018  compared to 2017, refer  to Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition 
and Results of Operations in our 2018 Form  10-K, which was filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission 
on February 26, 2019. 

Securities Portfolio 
The following table presents the book values of Northern Trust’s held to maturity, available for sale, and trading investment 
securities by type as of December 31,  2019, 2018 and 2017. For additional information relating to the securities portfolio, 
refer to Note 4, “Securities,” provided in Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data." 

TABLE 31: SECURITIES PORTFOLIO 

($ In Millions) 

Debt Securities Held to Maturity 

U.S. Government 

Obligations of States and Political Subdivisions 

Government Sponsored Agency 

Other 

Total Debt Securities Held to Maturity 

Debt Securities Available for Sale 

U.S. Government 

Obligations of States and Political Subdivisions 

Government Sponsored Agency 

Asset-Backed 

Auction Rate 

Other 

Total Debt Securities Available for Sale 

Trading Account 

Total Debt Securities at Year-End 

Average Total Securities 

DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

2018 

$ 

138.8 

$ 

101.6 

$ 

10.1 

4.1 

12,131.5 

12,284.5 

4,549.1 

1,615.3 

23,271.2 

4,128.2 

— 

5,312.5 

38,876.3 

0.3 

18.9 

4.5 

14,229.0 

14,354.0 

5,185.3 

655.9 

22,424.6 

3,244.9 

— 

5,378.1 

36,888.8 

0.3 

$ 

$ 

51,161.1 

50,684.4 

$ 

$ 

51,243.1 

50,281.5 

$ 

$ 

2017 

35.0 

34.6 

5.8 

12,973.6 

13,049.0 

5,700.3 

746.4 

18,676.6 

2,726.4 

4.3 

5,888.1 

33,742.1 

0.5 

46,791.6 

44,715.7 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   53 

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

The following table presents the remaining maturity and average yield of Northern Trust's held to maturity and available for 
sale debt securities by security type as of December 31, 2019. 

TABLE 32: REMAINING MATURITY AND AVERAGE YIELD OF DEBT SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY AND AVAILABLE FOR 
SALE  

($ in Millions) 

BOOK 

YIELD 

BOOK 

YIELD 

BOOK 

YIELD 

BOOK 

YIELD 

ONE YEAR OR LESS 

ONE TO FIVE YEARS  FIVE TO TEN YEARS 

OVER TEN YEARS 

DECEMBER 31, 2019 

AVERAGE 
MATURITY 

Debt Securities Held to Maturity 

U.S. Government 

Obligations of States and Political
Subdivisions 

Government Sponsored Agency 

Other – Fixed 

– Floating 

$ 

138.8 

1.52% $ 

— 

—% $ 

— 

—% $ 

— 

—% 

1 mo. 

8.1 

0.6 

3,843.7 

563.1 

4.71 

4.81 

0.99 

0.94 

2.0 

1.7 

5,771.5 

1,534.5 

5.47 

4.81 

0.80 

1.33 

— 

1.2 

62.0 

254.1 

— 

4.81 

1.92 

1.04 

— 

0.6 

102.6 

— 

— 

4.74 

1.79 

— 

7 mos. 

64 mos. 

20 mos. 

43 mos. 

Total Debt Securities Held to Maturity 

4,554.3 

1.00 

7,309.7 

0.92 

317.3 

1.22 

103.2 

1.81 

24 mos. 

Debt Securities Available for Sale 

U.S. Government 

1,898.4 

1.53 

2,098.3 

1.75 

552.4 

1.78 

Obligations of States and Political
Subdivisions 

Government Sponsored Agency 

Asset-Backed – Fixed 

Asset-Backed – Floating 

Other – Fixed 

– Floating 

80.1 

5,005.0 

882.6 

49.1 

549.8 

417.1 

1.49 

2.35 

2.02 

2.10 

2.05 

2.09 

85.4 

9,728.8 

1,589.2 

569.9 

3,328.8 

911.3 

2.73 

2.34 

2.54 

3.06 

2.49 

1.95 

1,449.8 

5,869.4 

576.2 

451.9 

40.8 

64.7 

2.60 

2.29 

3.23 

2.94 

2.02 

2.16 

— 

— 

2,668.0 

— 

9.3 

— 

— 

— 

30 mos. 

— 

2.09 

— 

1.11 

— 

— 

87 mos. 

59 mos. 

34 mos. 

120 mos. 

35 mos. 

25 mos. 

Total Debt Securities Available for Sale 

$  8,882.1 

2.10%  $ 18,311.7 

2.32%  $  9,005.2 

2.40%  $  2,677.3 

2.09% 

53 mos. 

Note: Yield is calculated on amortized cost and presented on a taxable equivalent basis giving effect to the applicable federal and state tax rates. 

As of December 31, 2019, Northern Trust had no holdings of the securities of any single issuer greater than 10% of 
stockholders’ equity, except for U.S. government, government agencies, government corporations, government-sponsored 
agencies, and non-U.S. sovereign securities. See Note 4, “Securities,” to the consolidated financial statements provided in 
Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” for more information on securities. 

Northern Trust maintains a high quality debt securities portfolio, with 81% of the combined available for sale, held to 
maturity, and trading account portfolios at December 31, 2019 composed of U.S. Treasury and government-sponsored agency 
securities and triple-Arated corporate notes, asset-backed securities, covered bonds, sub-sovereign, supranational, sovereign & 
non-U.S. agency bonds, commercial mortgage-backed securities and obligations of states and political subdivisions. The 
remaining portfolio was composed of corporate notes, negotiable certificates of deposit, obligations of states and political 
subdivisions, and other securities, of which as a percentage of the total securities portfolio, 9% were rated double-A, 3% were 
rated below double-A, and 7% were not rated by Moody’s Investors Service or Standard and Poor’s. As of December 31, 
2019, securities not explicitly rated were grouped where possible under the credit rating of the issuer of the security. 

At December 31, 2019, 23% of corporate debt was rated triple-A, 32% was rated double-A, and 45% was rated below 
double-A or not rated. Securities classified as “other asset-backed” at December 31, 2019 had average lives of less than 5 
years, and 100% were rated triple-A. 

Unrealized losses within the debt securities portfolio at December 31, 2019 were $189.5 million as compared to $357.1 
million at December 31, 2018, primarily reflecting higher market rates since purchase; 26% of the corporate debt portfolio is 
backed by guarantees provided by U.S. and non-U.S. governmental entities. There were $0.3 million and $0.5 million of losses 
recognized in 2019 and 2018, respectively, in connection with the write-down of CRA securities determined to be OTTI. 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities sold under agreements to repurchase are accounted for as 
collateralized financings and recorded at the amounts at which the securities were acquired or sold plus accrued interest. To 
minimize any potential credit risk associated with these transactions, the fair value of the securities purchased or sold is 
monitored, limits are set on exposure with counterparties, and the financial condition of counterparties is regularly assessed. 
It is Northern Trust’s policy to take possession, either directly or via third-party custodians, of securities purchased under 
agreements to resell. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are held by the counterparty until the repurchase. 

54   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Loans and Leases 
During 2017, the Corporation implemented a change in the classification of certain loans and leases to enhance the consistency 
of its reporting across various regulatory regimes. As a result, the loan and lease balances for periods ended prior to January 
1, 2017 below have been adjusted to conform to the presentation for periods ended after such date. The adjustments generally 
reflected reclassification of loans and leases from the commercial and institutional class to the residential real estate class. 
There was no impact on total loans and leases previously reported. 

The following table presents the amounts outstanding of loans and leases by segment and class as of December 31,  2019 and 
the preceding four year-ends. 

TABLE 33: COMPOSITION OF LOAN PORTFOLIO 

($ In Millions) 

Commercial 

Commercial and Institutional 

Commercial Real Estate 

Non-U.S. 

Lease Financing, net 

Other 

Total Commercial 

Personal 

Private Client 

Residential Real Estate 

Other 

Total Personal 

Total Loans and Leases 

2019 

2018 

2017 

2016 

2015 

DECEMBER 31, 

$ 

8,915.6  $ 

8,728.1  $ 

9,042.2  $ 

9,287.4  $ 

3,378.0 

1,751.0 

65.6 

164.0 

3,228.8 

2,701.6 

90.7 

426.0 

3,482.7 

1,538.5 

229.2 

265.4 

4,002.5 

1,877.8 

293.9 

205.1 

9,307.5 

3,848.8 

1,137.7 

544.4 

194.1 

14,274.2 

15,175.2 

14,558.0 

15,666.7 

15,032.5 

11,068.7 

5,999.6 

67.1 

10,733.3 

6,514.0 

67.5 

10,753.1 

7,247.6 

33.5 

10,052.0 

8,077.5 

25.9 

17,135.4 

17,314.8 

18,034.2 

18,155.4 

$ 

31,409.6  $ 

32,490.0  $ 

32,592.2  $ 

33,822.1  $ 

9,136.4 

8,974.7 

37.3 

18,148.4 

33,180.9 

The following table presents the amounts outstanding of non-U.S. loans by type as of December 31, 2019 and the preceding 
four year-ends. 

TABLE 34: DISTRIBUTION OF NON-U.S. LOANS BY TYPE 

(In Millions) 

Commercial 

Banks 

Other 

Total 

DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

183.5  $ 
— 

1,567.5 

2018 

117.4  $ 

— 

2,584.2 

2017 

289.5  $ 

— 

1,249.0 

2016 

318.0  $ 

26.2 

1,533.6 

2015 

335.2 

8.5 

794.0 

1,751.0  $ 

2,701.6  $ 

1,538.5  $ 

1,877.8  $ 

1,137.7 

$ 

$ 

Note: Non-U.S. loans primarily include short duration advances related to the processing of custodied client investments. 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   55 

 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

The following table presents the remaining maturity of selected loans and leases as of December 31, 2019. 

TABLE 35: REMAINING MATURITY OF SELECTED LOANS AND LEASES 

(In Millions) 

U.S. (Excluding Residential Real Estate and Private Client Loans): 

Commercial and Institutional 

Commercial Real Estate 

Lease Financing, net 

Other-Commercial 

Other-Personal 

Total U.S. 

Non-U.S. 

Total Selected Loans and Leases 

Interest Rate Sensitivity of Loans and Leases: 

Fixed Rate 

Variable Rate 

Total 

DECEMBER 31, 2019 

TOTAL 

ONE YEAR 
OR LESS 

ONE TO FIVE 
YEARS 

OVER FIVE 
YEARS 

$ 

8,915.6  $ 

2,096.7  $ 

5,757.9  $ 

1,061.0 

3,378.0 

65.6 

164.0 

67.1 

12,590.3 

1,751.0 

540.2 

— 

164.0 

67.1 

2,868.0 

1,531.0 

2,171.7 

23.0 

— 

— 

666.1 

42.6 

— 

— 

7,952.6 

1,769.7 

169.8 

50.2 

14,341.3  $ 

4,399.0  $ 

8,122.4  $ 

1,819.9 

7,127.0  $ 

2,235.6  $ 

3,757.7  $ 

7,214.3 

2,163.4 

4,364.7 

1,133.7 

686.2 

14,341.3  $ 

4,399.0  $ 

8,122.4  $ 

1,819.9 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Residential Real Estate 
The residential real estate loan portfolio is primarily composed of mortgages and home equity credit lines provided as an 
accommodation to clients. Residential real estate loans totaled $6.0 billion  at December 31, 2019, or 20%  of total U.S. loans 
and leases, compared with $6.5 billion, or 22%  of total U.S. loans and leases, at December 31, 2018. All residential real estate 
loans are underwritten utilizing Northern Trust’s credit policies, which do not support the origination of loan types generally 
considered to be of high risk in nature, such as option adjustable rate mortgage loans, subprime loans, loans with initial “teaser” 
rates, and loans with excessively high loan-to-value ratios. Residential real estate loans consist of traditional first lien mortgages 
and equity credit lines that generally require a loan-to-collateral value of no more than 65%  to 80%  at inception. Appraisals 
of supporting collateral for residential real estate loans are obtained at loan origination and upon refinancing or default or 
when otherwise considered warranted. Residential real estate collateral appraisals are performed and reviewed by independent 
third parties. 

Of the total $6.0 billion  in residential real estate loans at December 31, 2019, $1.6 billion  were in Florida, $1.2 billion 
were in California, and $1.0 billion  were in the greater Chicago area, with the remainder distributed throughout the other 
geographic regions within the United States served by Northern Trust. Legally binding undrawn commitments to extend 
residential real estate credit, which are primarily equity credit lines, totaled $714.2 million  and $824.0 million  at December 31, 
. 
2019 and 2018, respectively

Commercial Real Estate 
In managing its credit exposure, management has defined a commercial real estate loan as one where: (1) the borrower’s 
principal business activity is the acquisition or the development of real estate for commercial purposes; (2) the principal 
collateral is real estate held for commercial purposes, and loan repayment is expected to flow from the operation of the property; 
or (3) the loan repayment is expected to flow from the sale or refinance of real estate as a normal and ongoing part of the 
business. Unsecured lines of credit to firms or individuals engaged in commercial real estate endeavors are included without 
regard to the use of loan proceeds. The commercial real estate portfolio consists of commercial mortgages and construction, 
acquisition and development loans extended primarily to experienced investors well known to Northern Trust. Underwriting 
standards generally reflect conservative loan-to-value ratios and debt service coverage requirements. Recourse to owners 
through guarantees also is commonly required. 

Commercial mortgage financing is provided for the acquisition or refinancing of income-producing properties. Cash 
flows from the properties generally are sufficient to amortize the loan. These loans are primarily located in the California, 
Illinois,  Florida,  Texas,  and  Arizona   markets.  Construction,  acquisition  and  development  loans  provide  financing  for 
commercial real estate prior to rental income stabilization. The intent is generally that the borrower will sell the project or 
refinance the loan through a commercial mortgage with Northern Trust or another financial institution upon completion. 

56   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

The following table provides additional detail regarding commercial real estate loan types: 

TABLE 36: COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE LOANS 

($ In Millions) 

Commercial Mortgages: 

Office 

Apartment/Multi-family 

Retail 

Industrial / Warehouse 

Other 

Total Commercial Mortgages 

Construction, Acquisition and Development Loans 

Single Family Investment 

Other Commercial Real Estate Related 

Total Commercial Real Estate Loans 

DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

2018 

$ 

754.3  $ 

646.5 

573.3 

278.0 

420.1 

811.2 

490.7 

529.7 

254.9 

426.6 

2,672.2 

2,513.1 

432.1 

95.5 

178.2 

420.6 

127.0 

168.1 

$ 

3,378.0  $ 

3,228.8 

At December 31, 2019, legally binding commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit to commercial real estate 
borrowers totaled $301.6 million and $9.2 million, respectively. At December 31, 2018, legally binding commitments to extend 
credit and standby letters of credit to commercial real estate borrowers totaled $331.4 million and $8.5 million, respectively. 

Nonperforming Assets and 90 Days Past Due Loans 
During 2017, the Corporation implemented a change in the classification of certain loans and leases to enhance the consistency 
of its reporting across various regulatory regimes. As a result, the loan and lease balances for periods ended prior to January 
1, 2017 below have been adjusted to conform to the presentation for periods ended after such date. The adjustments generally 
reflected reclassification of loans and leases from the commercial and institutional class to the residential real estate class. 
There was no impact on total loans and leases previously reported. 

Nonperforming assets consist of nonperforming loans and leases and other real estate owned (OREO). OREO is comprised 
of commercial and residential properties acquired in partial or total satisfaction of loans. Loans that are delinquent 90 days 
or  more  and  still  accruing  interest  can  fluctuate  widely  at  any  reporting  period  based  on  the  timing  of  cash  collections, 
renegotiations and renewals. The following table presents nonperforming assets and loans that were delinquent 90 days or 
more and still accruing at December 31, 2019 and each of the prior four year-ends. 

TABLE 37: NONPERFORMING ASSETS 

($ In Millions) 

Nonperforming Loans and Leases 

Commercial 

Commercial and Institutional 

Commercial Real Estate 

Non-U.S. 

Total Commercial 

Personal 

Residential Real Estate 

Private Client 

Total Personal 

Total Nonperforming Loans and Leases 

Other Real Estate Owned 

Total Nonperforming Assets 

90 Day Past Due Loans Still Accruing 

DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

2018 

2017 

2016 

2015 

$ 

$ 

$ 

7.6 

3.6 

0.5 

11.7 

71.4 

0.5 

71.9 

83.6 

3.2 

86.8 

7.4 

$ 

6.8  $ 

26.0  $ 

9.2  $ 

6.9 

0.4 

14.1 

95.0 

0.2 

95.2 

109.3 

8.4 

8.3 

— 

34.3 

116.4 

— 

116.4 

150.7 

4.6 

11.6 

— 

20.8 

139.1 

0.3 

139.4 

160.2 

5.2 

18.1 

16.7 

— 

34.8 

144.9 

0.4 

145.3 

180.1 

8.2 

$ 

$ 

117.7  $ 

155.3  $ 

165.4  $ 

188.3 

16.4  $ 

8.0  $ 

31.0  $ 

7.1 

Nonperforming Loans and Leases to Total Loans and Leases 

0.27% 

0.34% 

0.46% 

0.47% 

0.54% 

Allowance for Credit Losses Assigned to Loans and Leases to
Nonperforming Loans and Leases 

1.3x 

1.0x 

0.9x 

1.0x 

1.1x 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   57 

 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Nonperforming assets of  $86.8 million  as of December 31, 2019 decreased  $30.9 million,  or 26% from $117.7  million  at 
December 31, 2018, reflecting decreases in the residential real estate portfolio driven by payoffs  and payments, partially offset 
by new nonperforming assets. Changes in the level of nonperforming assets may be indicative of changes in the credit quality 
of one or more loan classes. Changes in credit quality impact the allowance for credit losses through the resultant adjustment 
of the specific allowance and the quantitative and qualitative factors used in the determination of the inherent allowance levels 
within the allowance for credit losses. 

58   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Allowance and Provision for Credit Losses 
During 2017, the Corporation implemented a change in the classification of certain loans and leases to enhance the consistency 
of its reporting across various regulatory regimes. The allowance for credit losses as of and prior to December 31, 2016 remains 
unadjusted, as the impact of the reclassification on the allowance was immaterial. 

TABLE 38: ANALYSIS OF ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES 

($ in Millions) 

Balance at Beginning of Year 

Charge-Offs 

Commercial 

Commercial and Institutional 

Commercial Real Estate 

Total Commercial 

Personal 

Residential Real Estate 

Private Client 

Total Personal 

Total Charge-Offs 

Recoveries 

Commercial 

Commercial and Institutional 

Commercial Real Estate 

Total Commercial 

Personal 

Residential Real Estate 

Private Client 

Total Personal 

Total Recoveries 

Net Charge-Offs (Recoveries) 

Provision for Credit Losses 

Effect of Foreign Exchange Rates 

Net Change in Allowance 

Balance at End of Year 

Allowance Assigned To: 

Loans and Leases 

Undrawn Commitments and Standby Letters of Credit 

Total Allowance for Credit Losses 

Loans and Leases at Year-End 

Average Total Loans and Leases 

As a Percent of Year-End Loans and Leases 

Net Loan Charge-Offs 

Provision for Credit Losses 

Allowance at Year-End Assigned to Loans and Leases 

As a Percent of Average Loans and Leases 

Net Loan Charge-Offs 

Allowance at Year-End Assigned to Loans and Leases 

2019 

2018 

2017 

2016 

2015 

$ 

138.2 

$ 

153.8  $ 

192.0  $ 

233.3  $ 

295.9 

2.9 

0.1 

3.0 

3.2 

0.3 

3.5 

6.5 

0.3 

0.6 

0.9 

5.7 

0.6 

6.3 

7.2 

(0.7) 

(14.5) 

— 

(13.8) 

0.1 

0.8 

0.9 

7.3 

1.9 

9.2 

10.1 

1.5 

0.2 

1.7 

6.7 

0.6 

7.3 

9.0 

1.1 

(14.5) 

— 

(15.6) 

10.3 

1.1 

11.4 

8.0 

2.1 

10.1 

21.5 

3.7 

1.8 

5.5 

5.4 

0.4 

5.8 

11.3 

10.2 

(28.0) 

— 

(38.2) 

15.8 

0.8 

16.6 

10.4 

0.3 

10.7 

27.3 

3.3 

1.5 

4.8 

6.6 

0.7 

7.3 

12.1 

15.2 

(26.0) 

(0.1) 

(41.3) 

9.2 

3.9 

13.1 

16.7 

0.9 

17.6 

30.7 

1.7 

3.8 

5.5 

4.5 

1.2 

5.7 

11.2 

19.5 

(43.0) 

(0.1) 

(62.6) 

124.4 

$ 

138.2  $ 

153.8  $ 

192.0  $ 

233.3 

104.5 

$ 

112.6  $ 

131.2  $ 

161.0  $ 

25.6 

22.6 

31.0 

193.8 

39.5 

$ 

$ 

$ 

138.2  $ 

153.8  $ 

192.0  $ 

233.3 

32,490.0  $ 

32,592.2  $ 

33,822.1  $ 

33,180.9 

32,028.6  $ 

33,565.2  $ 

34,043.5  $ 

33,016.1 

— % 

(0.05) 

0.33 

— % 

0.34 

—% 

(0.04) 

0.35 

—% 

0.35 

0.03% 

(0.09) 

0.40 

0.03% 

0.39 

0.04% 

(0.08) 

0.48 

0.04% 

0.47 

0.06% 

(0.13) 

0.58 

0.06% 

0.59 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   59 

$ 

$ 

$ 

19.9 

124.4 

$  31,409.6 

$  31,052.8 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

The provision for credit losses is the charge to current period earnings that is determined by management, through a disciplined 
credit review process, to be the amount needed to maintain the allowance for credit losses at an appropriate level to absorb 
probable credit losses that have been identified with specific borrower relationships (specific loss component) and for probable 
losses that are believed to be inherent in the loan and lease portfolios, undrawn commitments, and standby letters of credit 
(inherent loss component). 

The SEC requires the disclosure of the allowance for credit losses that is applicable to international operations. The 
disclosure has been prepared in compliance with this disclosure requirement and is used in determining non-U.S. operating 
performance. The amounts disclosed should not be construed as being the only amounts that are available for non-U.S. loan 
charge-offs, since the entire allowance for credit losses assigned to loans and leases is available to absorb losses on both U.S. 
and non-U.S. loans. In addition, these amounts are not intended to be indicative of future charge-off trends. There was no 
allowance for credit losses relating to non-U.S. operations for years 2016 through 2019. For 2015, there was a $3.3 million 
allowance for credit losses at the beginning of the year, a credit provision of $3.3 million during the year, and no allowance 
for credit losses as of December 31, 2015. 

The following table shows the specific  portion of the allowance and the allocated  inherent portion of the allowance and 

its components by loan category at December 31, 2019, and at each of the prior four year-ends. 

TABLE 39: ALLOCATION OF THE ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES 

2019 

2018 

DECEMBER 31, 

2017 

2016 

2015 

PERCENT 
OF 
LOANS 
TO 
TOTAL 
LOANS 

ALLOWANCE 
AMOUNT 

PERCENT 
OF 
LOANS 
TO 
TOTAL 
LOANS 

PERCENT 
OF 
LOANS 
TO 
TOTAL 
LOANS 

PERCENT 
OF 
LOANS 
TO 
TOTAL 
LOANS 

PERCENT 
OF 
LOANS 
TO 
TOTAL 
LOANS 

ALLOWANCE 
AMOUNT 

ALLOWANCE 
AMOUNT 

ALLOWANCE 
AMOUNT 

ALLOWANCE 
AMOUNT 

$ 

6.9 

—%  $ 

10.0 

—% $ 

5.4 

—% $ 

2.1 

—% $ 

3.1 

—% 

($ In Millions) 

Specific Allowance 

Allocated Inherent 
Allowance 
Commercial 

Commercial and 
Institutional 

Commercial Real 
Estate 
Lease Financing, 
net 

Non-U.S. 

Other 

Total Commercial 

Personal 

Residential Real 
Estate 
Private Client 

Other 

Total Personal 

Total Allocated Inherent 
Allowance 
Total Allowance for 
Credit Losses 
Allowance Assigned to: 

$ 

$ 

35.3 

33.0 

0.1 

—

0.2 

68.6 

27.0 

20.5 

1.4 

48.9 

28 

11 

— 

6 

1 

46 

19 

35 

— 

54 

33.5 

35.5 

0.1

—

2.7

71.8 

45.8 

9.2 

1.4

56.4 

27 

10 

— 

8 

2 

47 

20 

33 

— 

53 

34.7 

43.3 

0.2

—

1.5

79.7 

57.3 

9.5 

1.9

68.7 

27 

11 

1 

5 

1 

45 

22 

33 

— 

55 

34.7 

69.2 

0.4

—

0.6

104.9 

69.0 

13.8 

2.2

85.0 

27 

12 

1 

5 

1 

46 

24 

30 

— 

54 

40.4 

69.5 

1.9

—

—

111.8 

96.2 

19.7 

2.5

118.4 

28 

12 

2 

3 

1 

46 

27 

27 

— 

54 

117.5 

100%  $ 

128.2 

100%  $ 

148.4 

100%  $ 

189.9 

100%  $ 

230.2 

100% 

124.4 

100%  $ 

138.2 

100%  $ 

153.8 

100%  $ 

192.0 

100%  $ 

233.3 

100% 

Loans and Leases 

$ 

104.5 

$ 

112.6 

$ 

131.2 

$ 

161.0 

$ 

193.8 

Undrawn 
Commitments and 
Standby Letters of
Credit 

Total Allowance for 
Credit Losses 
Allowance Assigned to
Loans and Leases to 
Total Loans and Leases 

19.9 

25.6 

22.6 

31.0 

39.5 

$ 

124.4 

$ 

138.2 

$ 

153.8 

$ 

192.0 

$ 

233.3 

0.33% 

0.35% 

0.40% 

0.48% 

0.58% 

60   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Specific Component of the Allowance:  The amount of specific allowance is determined through an individual evaluation 
of loans and lending-related commitments considered impaired taking into consideration expected future cash flows, collateral 
value, and other factors that may impact the borrower’s ability to pay. 

The specific allowance component decreased  $3.1 million  from $10.0 million  at December 31, 2018 to $6.9 million  at 
December 31, 2019, primarily attributable to standby letters of credit and outstanding loans in the commercial and institutional 
portfolio and outstanding loans in the residential real estate portfolios. 

Inherent Component of the Allowance:  The inherent component of the allowance addresses exposure relating to probable 
but unidentified credit-related losses. The inherent component of the allowance also covers the credit exposure associated 
with undrawn loan commitments and standby letters of credit. To estimate the allowance for credit losses on these instruments, 
management uses conversion rates to determine the estimated amount that will be drawn and assigns an allowance factor 
determined in accordance with the methodology utilized for outstanding loans. 

The inherent portion of the allowance decreased  $10.7 million  to $117.5 million  at December 31, 2019, compared with 
$128.2 million  at December 31, 2018, primarily due to a reduction in outstanding loans and improved credit quality within 
the residential real estate portfolio, partially offset by an increase in the inherent reserve related to the private client portfolio 
due to an increase in outstanding loans and lower credit quality. 

Overall Allowance:  The evaluation of the specific component and the inherent component above resulted in a total 
allowance for credit losses of $124.4 million  at December 31, 2019, compared with $138.2 million  at the end of 2018. The 
allowance of $104.5 million  assigned to loans and leases, as a percentage of total loans and leases, was 0.33% at December 31, 
2019, which decreased  from a $112.6 million allowance assigned to loans and leases, representing 0.35% of total loans and 
leases at December 31, 2018. Allowances assigned to undrawn loan commitments and standby letters of credit totaled $19.9 
million and $25.6 million at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively,  and are included in Other Liabilities in the consolidated 
balance sheets. 

Provision:  The provision for credit losses was a credit provision of $14.5 million and net recoveries totaled $0.7 million  

in 2019. This compares with a credit provision of $14.5 million and net charge-offs of $1.1 million in 2018. 

Impaired Loans 
A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that a creditor will be unable to collect all 
amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement or when its terms have been modified as a concession 
resulting from the debtor’s financial difficulties, referred to as a troubled debt restructuring. As of December 31, 2019, impaired 
loans totaled $92.2 million and included $82.6 million of loans deemed troubled debt restructurings as compared to total 
impaired  loans  of  $116.2  million  at  December 31,  2018,  which  included  $99.8  million  of  loans  deemed  troubled  debt 
restructurings.  Impaired  loans  had  $5.0  million  and  $7.2  million  of  the  allowance  for  credit  losses  allocated  to  them  at 
December 31,  2019, and 2018, respectively. Impaired loans are measured based upon the loan’s market price, the present 
value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or at the fair value of the collateral if the 
loan is collateral dependent. If the loan valuation is less than the recorded value of the loan, dependent upon the level of 
certainty of loss, either a specific allowance is established or a charge-off is recorded for the difference. Smaller balance 
(individually less than $1 million as of December 31,  2019) homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment 
and excluded from impaired loan disclosures as allowed under applicable accounting standards. 

Capital Expenditures 
Capital expenditures in 2019 included continued investments to enhance Northern Trust’s software and hardware capabilities, 
the opening of new offices, and the expansion and renovation of several existing offices. Capital expenditures for 2019 totaled 
$599.8 million, of which $441.8 million was for software, $73.7 million was for computer hardware, $77.7 million was for 
building and leasehold improvements, and $6.6 million was for furnishings. These capital expenditures principally support, 
enhance, and protect Northern Trust’s investment management, asset servicing and asset management systems and capabilities, 
and deliver innovative solutions to better serve our clients. Additional capital expenditures committed for technology systems 
will  result  in  future  expense  for  the  depreciation  of  hardware  and  amortization  of  software.  Software  amortization  and 
depreciation on computer hardware and machinery are charged to equipment and software expense. Depreciation on building 
and leasehold improvements and on furnishings is charged to occupancy expense and equipment expense, respectively. Capital 
expenditures for 2018 totaled $506.0 million, of which $408.4 million was for software, $62.0 million was for computer 
hardware, $29.9 million was for building and leasehold improvements, and $5.7 million was for furnishings. 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   61 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

D
T

eposits 
he following tables present deposit information as of December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017. 

T

ABLE 40: AVERAGE DEPOSITS BY TYPE 

(In Millions) 

U.S. Offices 

Demand and Noninterest-Bearing 

Individuals, Partnerships, Corporations, and Other 

Correspondent Banks 

Total Demand and Noninterest-Bearing 

Interest-Bearing 

Savings, Money Market, and Other 

Savings Certificates less than $100,000 

Savings Certificates $100,000 and more 

Other 

Total Interest-Bearing 

Total U.S. Offices 

Non-U.S. Offices 

Noninterest-Bearing 

Interest-Bearing 

Total Non-U.S. Offices 

Total Deposits 

TABLE 41: DISTRIBUTION OF NON-U.S. DEPOSITS BY TYPE 

(In Millions) 

Commercial 

Non-U.S. Governments and Official Institutions 

Banks 

Other Time 

Other Demand 

Total 

TABLE 42: REMAINING MATURITY OF TIME DEPOSITS $100,000 OR MORE 

DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

2018 

2017 

$ 

11,890.4  $ 

14,303.4  $ 

16,412.0 

29.9 

58.2 

60.3 

11,920.3 

14,361.6 

16,472.3 

16,577.8 

15,149.3 

15,575.6 

96.5 

445.1 

325.9 

109.3 

434.2 

327.1 

130.1 

717.3 

426.0 

17,445.3 

16,019.9 

16,849.0 

29,365.6 

30,381.5 

33,321.3 

5,535.2 

54,885.2 

6,165.0 

58,556.6 

6,600.3 

56,583.2 

60,420.4 

64,721.6 

63,183.5 

$ 

89,786.0  $ 

95,103.1  $ 

96,504.8 

DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

2018 

2017 

$ 

66,265.7  $ 

69,899.2  $ 

70,987.1 

6,081.8 

126.7 

— 

103.5 

4,612.7 

161.9 

— 

14.3 

4,246.0 

305.5 

6.3 

6.1 

$ 

72,577.7  $ 

74,688.1  $ 

75,551.0 

DECEMBER 31, 2019 

U.S. OFFICE 

NON-U.S. OFFICES 

CERTIFICATES OF 
DEPOSIT 

OTHER TIME 

TOTAL 

$ 

$ 

320.6  $ 

1,008.1  $ 

132.9 

220.1 

212.9 

10.8 

— 

— 

886.5  $ 

1,018.9  $ 

1,328.7 

143.7 

220.1 

212.9 

1,905.4 

(In Millions) 

3 Months or Less 

Over 3 Months through 6 Months 

Over 6 Months through 12 Months 

Over 12 Months 

Total 

62   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

TABLE 43: AVERAGE RATES PAID ON INTEREST-RELATED DEPOSITS BY TYPE 

Interest-Related Deposits – U.S. Offices 

Savings, Money Market, and Other 

Savings Certificates less than $100,000 

Savings Certificates $100,000 and more 

Other Time 

Total U.S. Offices Interest-Related Deposits 

Total Non-U.S. Offices Interest-Related Deposits 

Total Interest-Related Deposits 

DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

2018 

2017 

0.97% 

0.54% 

0.16% 

0.87 

1.55 

2.59 

1.01 

0.57 

0.68 

0.17 

0.76 

1.80 

0.56 

0.50 

0.52 

0.15 

0.46 

1.38 

0.20 

0.26 

0.25 

Short-Term Borrowings 
The following tables present short-term borrowing information as of December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017. For additional 
information relating to short-term borrowings, refer to Note 5, “Securities Purchased Under Agreements to Resell and Securities 
Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase,” provided in Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data." 

TABLE 44: PURCHASED FUNDS 

Federal Funds Purchased 
(Overnight Borrowings) 

(In Millions) 

Balance on December 31 

Highest Month-End Balance 

Year – Average Balance 

 – Average Rate 

Average Rate at Year-End 

Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase 

(In Millions) 

Balance on December 31 

Highest Month-End Balance 

Year – Average Balance 

 – Average Rate 

Average Rate at Year-End 

DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

2018 

2017 

$ 

552.9 

$ 

2,594.2  $ 

1,979.5 

1,267.4 

2.05% 

0.77% 

4,395.8 

2,762.8 

1.82% 

2.25% 

DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

2018 

$ 

489.7 

$ 

168.3  $ 

489.7 

339.0 

1.89% 

1.43% 

981.3 

525.2 

1.48% 

2.32% 

2,286.1 

2,286.1 

1,102.6 

0.95% 

1.17% 

2017 

834.0 

834.0 

738.9 

0.81% 

1.29% 

Other Borrowings 
(Includes Treasury Investment Program Balances, Term Federal Funds Purchased and Other Short-Term Borrowings) 

(In Millions) 

Balance on December 31 

Highest Month-End Balance 

Year – Average Balance 

 – Average Rate 

Average Rate at Year-End 

DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

2018 

2017 

$ 

6,744.8 

$ 

7,901.7  $ 

7,879.1 

7,752.5 

2.34% 

1.68% 

7,901.7 

7,495.5 

2.00% 

2.38% 

6,051.1 

7,040.4 

4,854.5 

1.04% 

1.38% 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Total Purchased Funds 

(In Millions) 

Balance on December 31 

Year – Average Balance 

 – Average Rate 

DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

2018 

2017 

$ 

7,787.4 

$ 

10,664.2  $ 

9,358.9 

10,783.5 

9,171.2 

6,696.0 

2.29% 

1.93% 

1.00% 

Geographic Area Information 
Northern Trust’s non-U.S. activities are primarily related to its asset servicing, asset management, foreign exchange, cash 
management, and commercial banking businesses. The operations of Northern Trust are managed on a reporting segment 
basis and include components of both U.S and non-U.S. source assets. Non-U.S. source assets are not separately identified 
in Northern Trust’s internal management reporting system. However, Northern Trust is required to disclose non-U.S. activities 
based on the domicile of the customer. Due to the complex and integrated nature of Northern Trust’s activities, it is difficult 
to segregate with precision assets between U.S. and non-U.S.-domiciled customers. Therefore, certain subjective estimates 
and assumptions have been made to allocate assets between U.S. and non-U.S. operations. 

The  following  tables  present  selected average  assets  and  liabilities attributable  to  non-U.S.  operations  (based  on  the 
obligor's  domicile)  and  the  percent  of  those  balances  to  total  consolidated  average  assets.  See  also  Note  33,  “Reporting 
Segments and Related Information,” provided in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

TABLE 45: SELECTED AVERAGE ASSETS AND LIABILITIES ATTRIBUTABLE TO NON-U.S. OPERATIONS 

(In Millions) 

Total Assets 

Time Deposits with Banks 

Loans 

Non-U.S. Investments 

Total Liabilities 

Deposits 

2019 

2018 

2017 

2016 

$ 

27,240.7  $ 

30,781.3  $ 

26,510.1  $ 

24,031.0  $ 

3,896.5 

1,721.1 

15,420.6 

62,110.3 

60,419.7 

3,943.2 

2,054.6 

19,016.1 

66,008.5 

64,721.6 

5,013.4 

2,014.8 

14,047.8 

64,267.3 

63,183.5 

6,331.3 

1,894.3 

10,255.7 

57,270.0 

56,139.8 

2015 

29,411.2 

13,712.9 

1,759.4 

8,590.8 

54,521.0 

52,981.2 

TABLE 46: PERCENT OF NON-U.S.-RELATED AVERAGE ASSETS AND LIABILITIES TO TOTAL CONSOLIDATED AVERAGE ASSETS 

Assets 

Liabilities 

2019 

23% 

53% 

2018 

25% 

54% 

2017 

22% 

54% 

2016 

21% 

50% 

2015 

27% 

49% 

NON-U.S. OUTSTANDINGS 
As used in this discussion and the following table, non-U.S. outstandings are cross-border outstandings as defined by the SEC. 
They consist of loans, securities, interest-bearing deposits with financial institutions, accrued interest and other monetary 
assets. Not included are letters of credit, loan commitments, and non-U.S. office local currency claims on residents. Non-U.S. 
outstandings related to a country are net of guarantees given by third parties resident outside the country and the value of 
tangible, liquid collateral realizable outside the country. However, transactions with branches of non-U.S. banks are included 
in these outstandings and are classified according to the country location of the non-U.S. bank’s head office. 

Short-term interbank time deposits with non-U.S. banks represent the largest category of non-U.S. outstandings. Northern 

Trust actively participates in the interbank market with U.S. and non-U.S. banks. 

Northern Trust places deposits with non-U.S. counterparties that have strong internal (Northern Trust) risk ratings and 
external  credit  ratings.  These  non-U.S.  banks  are  approved  and  monitored  by  Northern  Trust’s  Capital  Markets  Credit 
Committee, which has credit authority for exposure to all non-U.S. banks and approves credit limits. This process includes 
financial analysis of the non-U.S. banks, use of an internal risk rating system and consideration of external market indicators. 
Each counterparty is reviewed at least annually and potentially more frequently based on credit fundamentals or general market 
conditions. Separate from the entity-specific review process, the average life to maturity of deposits with non-U.S. banks is 
deliberately maintained on a short-term basis in order to respond quickly to changing credit conditions. Northern Trust also 
utilizes certain risk mitigation tools and agreements that may reduce exposures through use of collateral and/or balance sheet 
netting. Additionally, the Capital Market Credit Committee oversees country-risk analyses and imposes limits to country 
exposure. 

64   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

The following table provides information on non-U.S. outstandings by country that exceed 1.00% of Northern Trust’s assets. 

TABLE 47: NON-U.S. OUTSTANDINGS 

(In Millions) 

AT DECEMBER 31, 2019 

Japan 

Canada 

Germany 

AT DECEMBER 31, 2018 

Japan 

Canada 

France 

AT DECEMBER 31, 2017 

Japan 

Canada 

BANKS 

COMMERCIAL 
AND OTHER 

TOTAL 

$ 

1,300  $ 

2,334  $ 

1,079 

429 

337 

1,120 

$ 

$ 

391  $ 

4,858  $ 

1,328 

1,470 

359 

468  $ 

510  $ 

3,375  $ 

1,437 

196 

3,634 

1,416 

1,549 

5,249 

1,687 

1,938 

3,885 

1,633 

Note: Countries whose aggregate outstandings totaled between 0.75% and 1.00% of total assets were as follows: France with aggregate outstandings of $1.2 billion at December 
31,  2019;  Germany  with  aggregate  outstandings  of  $1.2  billion  and Australia  with  aggregate  outstandings  of  $1.3  billion  at  December  31,  2018;  Germany  with  aggregate 
outstandings of $1.3 billion and France with aggregate outstandings of $1.3 billion at December 31, 2017. 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES 

Liquidity 
As the Corporation’s principal subsidiary encompassing all of Northern Trust’s banking activities, the Bank centrally manages 
liquidity for all U.S. and international banking operations. Liquidity is provided by a variety of sources, including client 
deposits (institutional and personal) from the C&IS and Wealth Management businesses, wholesale funding from the capital 
markets, maturities of short-term investments, Federal Home Loan Bank advances, and unencumbered liquid assets that can 
be sold or pledged to secure additional funds. While management does not view central bank discount windows as primary 
sources of liquidity, at December 31, 2019, the Bank had over $38.0 billion of securities and loans readily available as collateral 
to support discount window borrowings. The Bank also is active in the U.S. interbank funding market, providing an important 
source of additional liquidity and low-cost funds. Liquidity supports a variety of activities, including client withdrawals, 
purchases of securities, net loan growth, and draws on commitments to extend credit. Northern Trust maintains a very liquid 
balance sheet, with cash and due from banks, deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks, short-term money 
market assets and investment securities in aggregate representing 69% of total assets as of December 31, 2019. The market 
value of unencumbered securities at the Bank, which include those placed at the Federal Reserve discount window, totaled 
$46.7 billion at December 31, 2019. The Corporation and the Bank each satisfied the U.S. liquidity coverage ratio requirements 
during 2019. 

The  liquidity  of  the  Corporation  is  managed  separately  from  that  of  the  Bank. The  primary  sources  of  cash  for  the 
Corporation are issuances of debt or equity, dividend payments from the Bank, and interest earned on investment securities 
and money market assets. On May 3, 2019, the Corporation issued $500 million of 3.15% senior notes, due May 3, 2029. The 
Corporation also received $2.0 billion of dividends from the Bank in 2019. Dividends from the Bank are subject to certain 
restrictions, as discussed in further detail in Note 32, “Restrictions on Subsidiary Dividends and Loans or Advances,” to the 
consolidated financial statements provided in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

The Corporation’s uses of cash consist mainly of dividend payments to the Corporation’s stockholders; the payment of 
principal and interest to note holders; repurchases of its common stock; and investments in, or loans to, its subsidiaries. The 
most significant uses of cash by the Corporation during 2019 were $1.1 billion of common stock repurchases and $529.7 
million of common stock dividends. 

The Corporation’s liquidity, defined as the amount of cash and highly marketable assets, was $2.6 billion and $866.8 
million at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. During, and at year-end, 2019 and 2018, these assets were comprised 
almost entirely of cash in a demand deposit account at the Bank or overnight money market placements, both of which were 
fully available to the Corporation to support its own cash flow requirements or those of its subsidiaries, as needed. Average 
liquidity during 2019 and 2018 was $1.96 billion and $887.0 million, respectively. The cash flows of the Corporation are 
shown in Note 35, “Northern Trust Corporation (Corporation only),” to the consolidated financial statements provided in 
Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

A significant source of liquidity for both the Corporation and the Bank is the ability to draw funding from capital markets 
globally. The credit ratings of the Corporation and the Bank as of December 31, 2019, provided below, allow Northern Trust 
to access capital markets on favorable terms. 

TABLE 48: NORTHERN TRUST CREDIT RATINGS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2019 

Northern Trust Corporation: 

Senior Debt 

Subordinated Debt 

Preferred Stock 

Trust Preferred Capital Securities 

Outlook 

The Northern Trust Company: 

Short-Term Deposit 

Long-Term Deposit 

Subordinated Debt 

Outlook 

CREDIT RATING 

STANDARD & 
POOR’S 

MOODY’S  FITCH RATINGS 

A+ 

A 

BBB+ 

BBB+ 

Stable 

A-1+ 

AA-

A+ 

Stable 

A2 

A2 

Baa1 

A3 

Stable 

P-1 

Aa2 

A2 

AA-

A+ 

BBB 

BBB+ 

Stable 

F1+ 

AA 

A+ 

Stable 

Stable 

A significant downgrade in one or more of these ratings could limit Northern Trust’s access to capital markets and/or increase 
the rates paid for short-term borrowings, including deposits, and future long-term debt issuances. The size of these rate increases 
would depend on multiple factors, including the extent of the downgrade, Northern Trust’s relative debt rating compared to 
other financial institutions, current market conditions, and other factors. In addition, as discussed in Note 28, “Offsetting of 
Assets and Liabilities,” to the consolidated financial statements provided in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary 
Data,” Northern Trust enters into certain master netting arrangements with derivative counterparties that contain credit-risk-
related contingent features in which the counterparty has the option to declare Northern Trust in default and accelerate cash 
settlement of net derivative liabilities with the counterparty in the event Northern Trust’s credit rating falls below specified 
levels. At December 31, 2019, the net maximum amount of these termination payments that Northern Trust could have been 
required to pay was $439.1 million. Other than these credit-risk-related contingent derivative counterparty payments, Northern 
Trust had no long-term debt covenants or other credit-risk-related payments at December 31, 2019, that would be triggered 
by a significant downgrade in its debt ratings. 

Statements of Cash Flows 
For the year ended December 31, 2019, net cash provided by operating activities was $2.6 billion, primarily reflecting period 
earnings and lower net collateral deposited with derivative counterparties. 

Net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2018,  was  $1.8  billion,  primarily 
reflecting period earnings and the impact of other operating activities and non-cash charges such as amortization of computer 
software, partially offset by higher net collateral deposited with derivative counterparties. 

Net cash used in investing activities was $3.4 billion for the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily reflecting higher 
levels of deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks, net purchases of debt securities available for sale, and the 
purchase of bank-owned life insurance policies in 2019, partially offset by the net proceeds from the maturity and redemption 
of debt securities held to maturity and lower levels of loans and leases. 

Net cash provided by investing activities was $4.3 billion for the year ended December 31, 2018, primarily reflecting 
decreased levels of deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks and lower interest-bearing deposits with banks, 
partially offset by net purchases of debt securities available for sale and held to maturity and the net change in other investing 
activities. 

For the year ended December 31, 2019, net cash provided by financing activities totaled $0.6 billion, primarily reflecting 
higher levels of total deposits, proceeds from the issuance by the Corporation of 3.15% senior notes, and proceeds from the 
Series E Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock issuance, partially offset by lower federal funds purchased, lower short-
term other borrowings, and the repurchase of common stock pursuant to the Corporation’s share repurchase program. The 
increase in total deposits was primarily attributable to higher levels of domestic interest-bearing client deposits and non-U.S. 
office noninterest-bearing deposits, partially offset by lower levels of non-U.S. interest-bearing deposits. 

For the year ended December 31, 2018, net cash used in financing activities totaled $5.8 billion, primarily reflecting 
decreased levels of total deposits, the repurchase of common stock pursuant to the Corporation’s share repurchase program, 

66   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

lower securities sold under agreements to repurchase, dividends paid on common and preferred stock, and repayments of the 
6.50% subordinated notes previously issued by the Bank and due August 2018, partially offset by higher short-term other 
borrowings and the proceeds from the issuance by the Corporation of 3.65% senior notes. The decrease in total deposits was 
primarily attributable to lower levels of non-interest bearing domestic and non-U.S. office client deposits and lower domestic 
interest-bearing client deposits. 

Regulatory Environment 
Northern Trust actively follows regulatory developments and regularly evaluates its liquidity risk management framework 
against proposed rulemaking and industry best practices in order to comply with applicable regulations and further enhance 
its liquidity policies. Please refer to “Liquidity Standards” under “Supervision and Regulation” in Item 1, “Business,” of this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion of applicable liquidity standards. 

Contractual Obligations 
The following table shows Northern Trust’s contractual obligations as of December 31, 2019. 

TABLE 49: CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AS OF DECEMBER 31,  2019 

($ In Millions) 

Senior Notes

(1) 

Subordinated Debt

(1) 

Floating Rate Capital Debt

(1) 

Operating Leases

(2) 

Purchase Obligations

(3) 

Total Contractual Obligations 

PAYMENT DUE BY PERIOD 

TOTAL 

ONE YEAR 
AND LESS 

1-3 
YEARS 

3-5 YEARS 

$ 

2,573.0  $ 

499.9  $ 

998.8  $ 

—  $ 

1,148.1 

277.7 

695.7 

720.1 

— 

— 

101.3 

287.7 

— 

— 

164.3 

349.7 

— 

— 

130.1 

80.3 

OVER 5 
YEARS 

1,074.3 

1,148.1 

277.7 

300.0 

2.4 

$ 

5,414.6  $ 

888.9  $ 

1,512.8  $ 

210.4  $ 

2,802.5 

Note: Obligations as shown do not include deposit liabilities or interest requirements on funding sources. 
(1) Refer to Note 13, “Senior Notes and Long-Term Debt,” and Note 14, “Floating Rate Capital Debt,” to the consolidated financial statements provided in Item 8, “Financial 
Statements and Supplementary Data,” for further details. 
(2) Refer to Note 10, “Lease Commitments,” to the consolidated financial statements provided in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” for further details. 
(3) Purchase obligations consist of enforceable and legally binding agreements to purchase products or services at specified significant terms. 

Capital Management 
One  of  Northern  Trust’s  primary  objectives  is  to  maintain  a  strong  capital  position  to  merit  the  confidence  of  clients, 
counterparties, creditors, regulators and stockholders. A strong capital position helps Northern Trust execute its strategies and 
withstand unforeseen adverse developments. 

Senior management, with oversight from the Capital Governance Committee and the full Board of Directors, is responsible 
for capital management and planning. Northern Trust manages its capital on both a total Corporation basis and a legal entity 
basis. The Capital Committee is responsible for measuring and managing capital metrics against levels set forth within the 
Capital Policy approved by the Capital Governance Committee of the Board of Directors. In establishing the metrics related 
to capital, a variety of factors are taken into consideration, including the unique risk profiles of Northern Trust’s businesses, 
regulatory requirements, capital levels relative to peers, and the impact on credit ratings. 

Capital levels were strengthened in 2019 as average stockholders’ equity increased $419.5 million, or 4%, reaching $10.6 
billion. Total stockholders’ equity was $11.1 billion at December 31, 2019, as compared to $10.5 billion at December 31, 
2018. During 2019, the Corporation issued and sold 16 million depositary shares, each representing 1/1,000th ownership 
interest in a share of Series E Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock for proceeds of $391.4 million, net of underwriting 
discounts,  commissions,  and  other  issuance  costs. These  proceeds  were  subsequently  used  to  fund  the  redemption  of  all 
outstanding shares of the Corporation’s Series C Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock on January 2, 2020. In July 2019, 
the Board increased the quarterly common stock dividend by 17% to $0.70 per common share. Common dividends totaling 
$565.9 million were declared in 2019. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Corporation repurchased 11.8 million 
shares of common stock, including 0.6 million shares withheld related to share-based compensation, at an average price per 
share of $93.40. Preferred dividends totaling $46.4 million were declared in 2019. 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

In  accordance  with  Basel  III  requirements,  capital  ratios  are  calculated  using  both  the  standardized  and  advanced 
approaches. For each ratio, the lower of the result calculated under the standardized approach and the advanced approach 
serves as the effective ratio for purposes of determining capital adequacy. The following table provides a reconciliation of the 
Corporation’s common stockholders’  equity to total risk-based capital and its risk-based capital ratios, under the applicable 
U.S. regulatory rules as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. 

TABLE 50: CAPITAL ADEQUACY 

($ In Millions) 

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital 

Common Stockholders’ Equity 

Net Unrealized (Gains) Losses on Debt Securities Available for Sale 

Net Unrealized (Gains) Losses on Cash Flow Hedges 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, net of Deferred Tax Liability 

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Adjustments 

Other 

Total Common Equity Tier 1 

Additional Tier 1 Capital 

Preferred Stock 

Other 

Total Additional Tier 1 Capital 

Total Tier 1 Capital 

Tier 2 Capital 

Qualifying Allowance for Credit Losses 

Qualifying Subordinated Debt 

Floating Rate Capital 

Total Tier 2 Capital 

Total Risk-Based Capital 
(1) 

Risk-Weighted Assets

Total Assets – End of Period (EOP) 

Adjusted Average Fourth Quarter Assets

(2) 

Total Loans and Leases – EOP 

Common Stockholders’ Equity to: 

Total Loans and Leases – EOP 

Total Assets – EOP 

Risk-Based Capital Ratios 

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital 

Tier 1 Capital 

Total Capital (Tier 1 and Tier 2) 

Tier 1 Leverage 

Supplementary Leverage

(3) 

DECEMBER 31, 2019 

DECEMBER 31, 2018 

STANDARDIZED 
APPROACH 

ADVANCED 
APPROACH 

STANDARDIZED 
APPROACH 

ADVANCED 
APPROACH 

$ 

9,817.5 

$ 

9,817.5 

$ 

9,626.3 

$ 

9,626.3 

—

—

(776.1) 

—

(142.7) 

— 

— 

(776.1) 

— 

(142.7) 

—

—

(767.6) 

—

(128.9) 

— 

— 

(767.6) 

— 

(128.9) 

8,898.7 

8,898.7 

8,729.8 

8,729.8 

1,273.4 

(20.1) 

1,253.3 

1,273.4 

(20.1) 

1,253.3 

882.0 

(15.1) 

866.9 

882.0 

(15.1) 

866.9 

10,152.0 

10,152.0 

9,596.7 

9,596.7 

124.4 

1,099.5 

80.8 

1,304.7 

— 

1,099.5 

80.8 

1,180.3 

138.2 

1,099.4 

107.7 

1,345.3 

$ 

$ 

11,456.7 

70,088.3 

$ 

$ 

11,332.3 

67,526.9 

$ 

$ 

10,942.0 

67,837.1 

$ 

$ 

136,828.4 

117,165.7 

31,409.6 

136,828.4 

117,165.7 

31,409.6 

132,212.5 

120,402.6 

32,490.0 

31.26% 

7.18 

31.26% 

7.18 

12.7% 

13.2% 

14.5 

16.3 

8.7 

N/A 

15.0 

16.8 

8.7 

7.6 

29.63% 

7.28 

12.9% 

14.1 

16.1 

8.0 

N/A 

— 

1,099.4 

107.7 

1,207.1 

10,803.8 

63,914.8 

132,212.5 

120,402.6 

32,490.0 

29.63% 

7.28 

13.7% 

15.0 

16.9 

8.0 

7.0 

(1) Risk-weighted assets exclude, as applicable under each regulatory approach, amounts primarily related to goodwill, certain other intangible assets, and net unrealized gains 
or losses on securities and reflect adjustments for excess allowances for credit losses that have been excluded from Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital, if any. 
(2) Adjusted average fourth quarter assets exclude amounts primarily related to goodwill, other intangible assets, and net unrealized gains or losses on securities. 
(3) Effective January 1, 2018, the Corporation and Bank are subject to a minimum supplementary leverage ratio of 3 percent. 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Corporation’s capital ratios exceeded the minimum requirements for classification 
as “well-capitalized” under applicable U.S. regulatory requirements. Further information regarding the Corporation’s and the 
Bank’s capital ratios and the minimum requirements for classification as “well-capitalized” is provided in the “Supervision 
and Regulation” section of Item 1, “Business,” and Note 34, “Regulatory Capital Requirements,” to the consolidated financial 
statements provided in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

68   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

As  of  December 31,  2019,  the  Corporation’s common  equity  Tier  1  capital  ratio  as  calculated  under  the  advanced 
approaches methodologies would have been 13.2% on a fully phased-in basis, while the Corporation’s common equity Tier 1 
capital ratio under the standardized approach would have been 12.7% on a fully phased-in basis. 

OFF-BALANCE-SHEET ARRANGEMENTS 

Assets Under Custody/Administration and Assets Under Management 
Northern Trust, in the normal course of business, holds assets under custody/administration and management in a fiduciary 
or agency capacity for its clients. In accordance with GAAP, these assets are not assets of Northern Trust and are not included 
in its consolidated balance sheets. 

Commitments, Letters of Credit, and Securities Lent with Indemnification 
Northern Trust, in the normal course of business, enters into various types of commitments and issues letters of credit to meet 
the liquidity and credit enhancement needs of its clients. The contractual amounts of these instruments represent the potential 
credit exposure should the instrument be drawn fully upon and the client default. To control the credit risk associated with 
entering into commitments and issuing letters of credit, Northern Trust subjects such activities to the same credit quality and 
monitoring controls as its lending activities. The following table provides details of Northern Trust’s off-balance-sheet financial 
instruments as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. 

TABLE 51: SUMMARY OF OFF-BALANCE-SHEET FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH CONTRACT AMOUNTS 

($ In Millions) 

Undrawn Commitments to Extend Credit 

One Year and Less 

Over One Year 

Total 

Standby Letters of Credit and Financial Guarantees 

Commercial Letters of Credit 

Custody Securities Lent with Indemnification 

DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

2018 

$ 

$ 

$ 

7,500.2  $ 
16,906.0 

7,629.9 

17,393.1 

24,406.2  $ 

25,023.0 

2,416.7  $ 
32.3 

2,486.2 

32.3 

138,085.9 

128,904.8 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   69 

 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Undrawn commitments to extend credit generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses. Since a significant 
portion of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amount does not necessarily 
represent  future  loans  or  liquidity  requirements. The  following  table  provides  information  about  the  industry  sector  and 
expiration dates of undrawn commitments to extend credit as of December 31, 2019. 

TABLE 52: UNDRAWN COMMITMENTS TO EXTEND CREDIT BY INDUSTRY SECTOR 

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2019 

($ In Millions) 

Commercial 

Commercial and Institutional 

Finance and Insurance 

Holding Companies 

Manufacturing 

Mining 

Public Administration 

Retail Trade 

Services 

Transportation and Warehousing 

Utilities 

Wholesale Trade 

Other Commercial 

Commercial and Institutional(1) 

Commercial Real Estate 

Lease Financing, net 

Non-U.S. 

Other 

Total Commercial 

Personal 

Residential Real Estate 

Private Client 

Other 

Total Personal 

Total 

COMMITMENT EXPIRATION 

TOTAL 
COMMITMENTS 

ONE YEAR 
AND LESS 

OVER ONE 
YEAR 

OUTSTANDING 
LOANS 

$ 

3,664.3  $ 

1,786.8  $ 

1,877.5  $ 

— 

6,659.7 

747.5 

58.2 

749.7 

5,817.1 

285.1 

1,259.5 

710.8 

200.7 

20,152.6 

301.6 

— 

1,144.3 

87.5 

— 

780.1 

224.6 

4.3 

192.0 

2,352.1 

— 

— 

71.2 

131.2 

5,542.3 

102.5 

— 

587.8 

87.5 

— 

5,879.6 

522.9 

53.9 

557.7 

3,465.0 

285.1 

1,259.5 

639.6 

69.5 

14,610.3 

199.1 

— 

556.5 

— 

2,412.2 

30.7 

1,479.1 

15.1 

53.6 

145.7 

3,807.0 

247.8 

10.6 

390.7 

323.1 

8,915.6 

3,378.0 

65.6 

1,751.0 

164.0 

21,686.0 

6,320.1 

15,365.9 

14,274.2 

714.2 

1,970.2 

35.8 

2,720.2 

119.4 

1,024.9 

35.8 

1,180.1 

594.8 

945.3 

— 

1,540.1 

5,999.6 

11,068.7 

67.1 

17,135.4 

$ 

24,406.2  $ 

7,500.2  $ 

16,906.0  $ 

31,409.6 

(1) Commercial and Institutional industry sector information is presented on the basis of the North American Industry Classification System (NAICS). 

Standby letters of credit obligate Northern Trust to meet certain financial obligations of its clients, if, under the contractual 
terms of the agreement, the clients are unable to do so. These instruments are primarily issued to support public and private 
financial commitments, including commercial paper, bond financing, initial margin requirements on futures exchanges and 
similar transactions. Northern Trust is obligated to meet the entire financial obligation of these agreements and in certain cases 
is able to recover the amounts paid through recourse against collateral received or other participants. Standby letters of credit 
and financial guarantees of $2.4 billion and $2.5 billion at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, include $44.5 million 
and $72.3 million, respectively, of standby letters of credit secured by cash deposits or participated to others. 

Financial guarantees are issued by Northern Trust to guarantee the performance of a client to a third party under certain 

arrangements. 

Commercial letters of credit are instruments issued by Northern Trust on behalf of its clients that authorize a third party 
(the beneficiary) to draw drafts up to a stipulated amount under the specified terms and conditions of the agreement and other 
similar instruments. Commercial letters of credit are issued primarily to facilitate international trade. 

As part of its securities custody activities and at the direction of its clients, Northern Trust lends securities owned by 
clients to borrowers who are reviewed and approved by the Northern Trust Capital Markets Credit Committee. In connection 
with these activities, Northern Trust has issued indemnifications to certain clients against certain losses that are a direct result 
of a borrower’s failure to return securities when due, should the value of such securities exceed the value of the collateral 

70   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

required to be posted. Borrowers are required to collateralize fully securities received with cash or marketable securities. As 
securities are loaned, collateral is maintained at a minimum of 100% of the fair value of the securities plus accrued interest. 
The collateral is revalued on a daily basis. The amount of securities loaned subject to indemnification was $138.1 billion and 
$128.9 billion at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.  Because of the credit quality of the borrowers and the requirement 
to  fully  collateralize  securities  borrowed,  management  believes  that  the  exposure  to  credit  loss  from  this  activity  is  not 
significant and no liability was recorded at December 31, 2019, or 2018 related to these indemnifications. 

Additional  information  about  Northern Trust’s   off-balance-sheet   financial  instruments  is  included  in  Note  29,  “Off-
Balance-Sheet Financial Instruments, Guarantees and Other Commitments”  to the consolidated financial statements provided 
in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

Variable Interest Entities 
Variable  Interest  Entities (VIEs)  are  defined  within  GAAP as  entities  which  either  have  a  total  equity  investment that  is 
insufficient to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support or whose equity 
investors lack the characteristics of a controlling financial interest. Investors that finance a VIE through debt or equity interests, 
or other counterparties that provide other forms of support, such as guarantees, subordinated fee arrangements, or certain types 
of derivative contracts, are variable interest holders in the entity and the variable interest holder, if any, that has both the power 
to direct the activities that most significantly impact the entity and a variable interest that could potentially be significant to 
the entity is deemed to be the VIE’s primary beneficiary and is required to consolidate the VIE. 

Leveraged Leases.  In leveraged leasing transactions, Northern Trust acts as lessor of the underlying asset subject to the 
lease and typically funds 20-30% of the asset’s cost via an equity ownership in a trust with the remaining 70-80% provided 
by third-party non-recourse debt holders. In such transactions, the trusts, which are VIEs, are created to provide the lessee 
use of the property with substantially all of the rights and obligations of ownership. The lessee’s maintenance and operation 
of the leased property has a direct effect on the fair value of the underlying property, and the lessee also has the ability to 
increase the benefits it can receive and limit the losses it can suffer by the manner in which it uses the property. As a result, 
Northern Trust has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of the leveraged lease trust VIEs given it lacks the power 
to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the leveraged lease trust VIEs. 

Tax Credit  Structures.  Northern Trust  invests in qualified affordable  housing projects and community development 
entities (collectively, community development projects) that are designed to generate a return primarily through the realization 
of tax credits. The community development projects are formed as limited partnerships and limited liability companies in 
which Northern Trust invests as a limited partner/investor member through equity contributions. The economic performance 
of the community development projects, some of which are VIEs, is subject to the performance of their underlying investment 
and their ability to operate in compliance with the rules and regulations necessary for the qualification of tax credits generated 
by equity investments. Northern Trust has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of any community development 
project VIEs  as it lacks the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the 
underlying investments or to affect  their ability to operate in compliance with the rules and regulations necessary for the 
qualification of tax credits generated by equity investments. This power is held by the general partners and managing members 
who exercise full and exclusive control of the operations of the community development project VIEs. 

Investment Funds.  Northern Trust acts as asset manager for various funds in which clients of Northern Trust are investors. 
As an asset manager of funds, Northern Trust earns a competitively priced fee that is based on assets managed and varies with 
each fund’s investment objective. Based on its analysis, Northern Trust has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary 
of these VIEs under GAAP. 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES 

Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” to the consolidated 
financial statements provided in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” The use of estimates and assumptions 
is required in the preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP  and actual results could differ from  those 
estimates. The SEC has issued guidance relating to the disclosure of critical accounting estimates. Critical accounting estimates 
are those that require management to make subjective or complex judgments about the effect of matters that are inherently 
uncertain and may change in subsequent periods. Changes that may be required in the underlying assumptions or estimates 
in these areas could have a material impact on Northern Trust’s future financial condition and results of operations. 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   71 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

For Northern Trust, accounting estimates that are viewed as critical are those relating to the allowance for credit losses 
and pension plan accounting. Management has discussed the development and selection of each critical accounting estimate 
with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors (Audit Committee). 

Allowance for Credit Losses 
The allowance for credit losses represents management’s estimate of probable losses which have been incurred as of the date 
of the consolidated financial statements. The loan and lease portfolio and other lending-related credit exposures are regularly 
reviewed to evaluate the level of the allowance for credit losses. In determining an appropriate allowance level, Northern 
Trust evaluates the allowance necessary for impaired loans and lending-related commitments and estimates losses inherent 
in other lending-related credit exposures. 

The allowance for credit losses consists of the following components: 

Specific Allowance:  The specific allowance is determined through an individual evaluation of loans and lending-related 
commitments considered impaired taking into consideration expected future cash flows, collateral value, and other factors 
that may impact the borrower’s ability to pay.  For impaired loans where the amount of specific allowance, if any, is determined 
based  on  the  value  of  the  underlying  real  estate  collateral,  third-party  appraisals  are  typically  obtained  and  utilized  by 
management. These appraisals are generally less than twelve months old and are subject to adjustments to reflect management’s 
judgment as to the realizable value of the collateral. 

Inherent  Allowance:  The inherent allowance estimation methodology is based on internally developed loss data specific 
to  the  Northern  Trust   loan  and  lease  portfolio  from  a  historical  observation  period  that  includes  both  expansionary  and 
recessionary periods. The estimation methodology and the related qualitative adjustment framework segregate the loan and 
lease portfolio into segments based on loan type, loan size, and borrower rating. For each segment, the probability of default 
over a loss emergence period and a loss given default are derived from the historical data and applied to the total exposure at 
default  to  determine  a  quantitative  inherent  allowance.  The  estimated  allowance  is  reviewed  by  the  Loan  Loss  Reserve 
Committee within a qualitative adjustment framework to determine an appropriate adjustment to the quantitative inherent 
allowance for each segment of the loan portfolio. In determining the appropriate adjustment, management applies judgment 
by assessing internal risk factors, potential limitations in the quantitative methodology and environmental factors that are not 
contemplated in the quantitative methodology. The Loan Loss Reserve Committee is comprised of representatives from Credit 
Risk Management, the reporting segments and Corporate Finance. 

The quarterly analysis of the specific and inherent allowance components and the control process maintained by Credit 
Risk Management and the lending staff are the principal methods relied upon by management for the timely identification of, 
and adjustment for, changes in estimated credit loss levels. In addition to Northern Trust’s own experience, management also 
considers regulatory guidance. Control processes and analyses employed to determine an appropriate level of allowance for 
credit losses are reviewed on at least an annual basis and modified as considered appropriate. 

Loans, leases and other extensions of credit deemed uncollectible are charged to the allowance for credit losses. Subsequent 
recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. Determinations as to whether loan balances for which the collectability is in 
question are charged-off or a specific reserve is established based on management’s assessment as to the level of certainty 
regarding the amount of loss. The provision for credit losses, which is charged to income, is the amount necessary to adjust 
the allowance for credit losses to the level deemed to be appropriate through the above process. Actual losses may vary from 
current estimates and the amount of the provision for credit losses may be either greater than or less than actual net charge-
offs. 

Management’s estimates utilized in establishing an appropriate level of allowance for credit losses are not dependent on 
any single assumption. Management evaluates numerous variables, many of which are interrelated or dependent on other 
assumptions and estimates, in determining an appropriate allowance level. Due to the inherent imprecision in accounting 
estimates, other estimates or assumptions could reasonably have been used in 2019 and changes in estimates are reasonably 
likely to occur from period to period. 

Additionally, as an integral part of their examination process, various federal and state regulatory agencies also review 
the allowance for credit losses. These agencies may require that certain loan balances be classified differently or charged off 
when their credit evaluations differ from those of management, based on their judgments about information available to them 
at the time of their examination. However, management believes that the allowance for credit losses adequately addresses 
these uncertainties and has been established at an appropriate level to cover probable losses which have occurred as of the 
date of the consolidated financial statements. 

72   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Pension Plan Accounting 
Northern Trust maintains a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan covering substantially all U.S. employees (U.S. 
Qualified Plan) and a U.S. noncontributory supplemental pension plan (U.S. Non-qualified Plan). Certain European-based 
employees also retain benefits in local defined benefit pension plans, of which the majority are closed to new employees and 
to future benefit accruals. Measuring cost and reporting liabilities resulting from defined benefit pension plans requires the 
use of several assumptions regarding future interest rates, asset returns, compensation increases, mortality rates, and other 
actuarially-based projections relating to the plans. Due to the long-term nature of this obligation and the estimates that are 
required to be made, the assumptions used in determining the periodic pension expense and the projected pension obligation 
are closely monitored and reviewed annually for adjustments that may be required. Pension accounting guidance requires that 
differences between estimates and actual experience be recognized as other comprehensive income in the period in which 
they occur. The differences are amortized into net periodic pension expense from accumulated other comprehensive income 
over the future working lifetime of eligible participants. As a result, differences between the estimates made in the calculation 
of periodic pension expense and the projected pension obligation and actual experience affect stockholders’ equity in the 
period in which they occur but continue to be recognized as expense systematically and gradually over subsequent periods. 
Northern Trust recognizes the significant impact that these pension-related assumptions have on the determination of the 
pension obligations and related expense and has established procedures for monitoring and setting these assumptions each 
year. These procedures include an annual review of actual demographic and investment experience with the pension plans’  
actuaries. In addition to actual experience, adjustments to these assumptions consider observable yields on fixed income 
securities, known compensation trends and policies, as well as economic conditions and investment strategies that may impact 
the estimated long-term rate of return on plan assets. 

In determining the pension expense for the U.S. pension plans in 2019, Northern Trust utilized a discount rate of 4.47% 
for both the U.S. Qualified Plan and the U.S. Non-qualified Plan. The rate of increase in the compensation level is based on 
a graded schedule from 9.00% to 2.50% that averaged 4.39%. The expected long-term rate of return on U.S. Qualified Plan 
assets was 6.00%. 

In  evaluating  possible  revisions  to  pension-related  assumptions  for  the  U.S.  pension  plans  as  of  Northern  Trust’s 

December 31,  2019 measurement date, the following were considered: 
•  Discount Rate:  Northern Trust estimates the discount rate for its U.S. pension plans by applying the projected cash flows 
for future benefit payments to the Aon AA  Above Median yield curve as of the measurement date. This yield curve is 
composed of individual zero-coupon interest rates for 198 different time periods over a 99-year time horizon. Zero-coupon 
rates utilized by the yield curve are mathematically derived from observable market yields for AA-rated corporate bonds. 
This yield curve model referenced by Northern Trust in establishing the discount rate resulted in a rate of 3.37%  at 
December 31, 2019 for the U.S. Qualified and Non-qualified 

plans, a decrease from 4.47% at December 31, 

2018. 

•  Compensation Level:  Based on a review of actual and anticipated salary experience, the compensation scale assumption 

is based on a graded schedule from 9.00% to 2.50% that 

averages 4.97%. 

•  Rate of Return on Plan Assets:  The expected return on plan assets is based on an estimate of the long-term (30 years) 
rate of return on plan assets, which is determined using a building block approach that considers the current asset mix 
and estimates of return by asset class based on historical experience, giving proper consideration to diversification and 
rebalancing. Current market factors such as inflation and interest rates are also evaluated before long-term capital market 
assumptions are determined. Peer data and historical returns are reviewed to check for reasonability and appropriateness. 
As a result of these analyses, Northern Trust’s rate of return assumption for the U.S. Qualified Plan decreased from 6.00% 
for 2019 to 5.25% for 2020. 

•  Mortality Table:  As of December 31, 2019, Northern Trust has adopted the aggregate Pri-2012 mortality table with a 
2012 base year, which was released by the Society of Actuaries in October 2019. Northern Trust’s pension obligations 
reflect proposed future improvement under scale MP-2019, which was also released by the Society of Actuaries in October 
2019. This assumption was updated at December 31, 2019  from improvement scale MP-2018. The updated improvement 
scale applies to annuity payments only and results in generally lower projected mortality improvements than estimated 
by the MP-2018 improvement scale. Mortality assumptions on lump sum payments remain static and continue to be in 
line with the IRS prescribed table for minimum lump sums in 2020. 

Net pension expense in 2020 is expected to increase by approximately  $30.6 million, primarily driven by the decrease in 
discount rate and expected rate of return.  

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   73 

 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

In order to illustrate the sensitivity of these assumptions on the expected U.S pension plans’  periodic pension expense in 2020  
and the projected benefit obligation as of December 31, 2019, the following table is presented to show the effect of increasing 
or decreasing each of these assumptions by 25 basis points. 

TABLE 53: SENSITIVITY OF U.S. PENSION PLANS ASSUMPTIONS 

($ In Millions) 

Increase (Decrease) in 2020 Pension Expense 

Discount Rate Change 

Compensation Level Change 

Rate of Return on Plan Assets Change 

Increase (Decrease) in 2019 Projected Benefit Obligation 

Discount Rate Change 

Compensation Level Change 

25 BASIS 
POINT INCREASE  POINT DECREASE 

25 BASIS 

$ 

(4.2)  $ 

2.0 

(3.7) 

(51.8) 

8.9 

4.4 

(2.0) 

3.7 

54.8 

(8.6) 

Pension Contributions: The deduction limits specified by the Internal Revenue Code for contributions made by sponsors of 
defined benefit pension plans are based on a “Target Liability” under the provisions of the Pension Protection Act of 2006. 
There were no contributions to the U.S. Qualified Plan for the 2019 plan year. Northern Trust contributed $50.0 million to 
the U.S. Qualified Plan at the beginning of 2018, retrospectively for the 2017 plan year. The minimum required contribution 
to the U.S. Qualified Plan is expected to be zero in 2020. The maximum deductible contribution is estimated at $275 million 
for 2020. 

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires certain assets and liabilities to be reported at fair 
value. As of December 31, 2019, approximately 29% of Northern Trust’s total assets and approximately 1% of its total liabilities 
were carried on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value. As discussed more fully in Note 3, “Fair Value Measurements,” 
to the consolidated financial statements provided in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” GAAP requires 
entities to categorize financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value according to a three-level valuation hierarchy. The 
hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted, active market prices for identical assets and liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest 
priority to valuation techniques that require significant management judgment because one or more of the significant inputs 
are unobservable in the market place (Level 3). Approximately 11% of Northern Trust’s assets carried at fair value are classified 
as Level 1. Northern Trust typically does not hold equity securities or other instruments that are actively traded on an exchange. 
Approximately 89% of Northern Trust’s assets and 99% of its liabilities carried at fair value are categorized as Level 2, 
as they are valued using models in which all significant inputs are observable in active markets. Investment debt securities 
classified as available for sale make up 97% of Level 2 assets with the remaining 3% primarily consisting of derivative financial 
instruments. Level 2 liabilities are comprised solely of derivative financial instruments. 

Northern Trust’s Level 2 assets include available for sale and trading account securities, the fair values of which are 
determined predominantly by external pricing vendors. Northern Trust has a well-established process to validate prices received 
from pricing vendors as discussed more fully in Note 3, “Fair Value Measurements,” to the consolidated financial statements 
provided in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

As of December 31, 2019, all derivative assets and liabilities, excluding the swap related to the sale of certain Visa Class 
B common shares described below, were classified as Level 2 and approximately 97%, measured on a notional value basis, 
related to client-related and trading activities, predominantly consisting of foreign exchange contracts. Derivative instruments 
are valued internally using widely accepted income-based models that incorporate inputs readily observable in actively quoted 
markets and reflect contractual terms of contracts. Northern Trust evaluated the impact of counterparty credit risk and its own 
credit risk on the valuation of derivative instruments. Factors considered included the likelihood of default by Northern Trust 
and  its  counterparties,  the  remaining  maturities  of  the  instruments,  net  exposures  after  giving  effect  to  master  netting 
agreements,  available  collateral,  and  other  credit  enhancements  in  determining  the  appropriate  fair  value  of  derivative 
instruments. The resulting valuation adjustments are not considered material. 

As of December 31, 2019, Northern Trust’s Level 3 liabilities consisted of swaps that Northern Trust entered into with 
the purchaser of 1.1 million and 1.0 million shares of Visa Inc. Class B common stock (Visa Class B common shares) previously 
held by Northern Trust and sold in June 2016 and 2015, respectively. Pursuant to the swaps, Northern Trust retains the risks 
associated with the ultimate conversion of the Visa Class B common shares into shares of Visa Inc. Class A common stock 
(Visa Class A common shares), such that the counterparty will be compensated for any dilutive adjustments to the conversion 

74   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

ratio and Northern Trust will be compensated for any anti-dilutive adjustments to the ratio. The swaps also require periodic 
payments from Northern Trust to the counterparty calculated by reference to the market price of Visa Class  A  common shares 
and  a  fixed  rate  of  interest. The  fair  value  of  the  swaps  are  determined  using  a  discounted  cash  flow  methodology.  The 
significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement are Northern Trust’s own assumptions about estimated 
changes in the conversion rate of the Visa Class B common shares into Visa Class A  common shares, the date on which such 
conversion is expected to occur and the estimated growth rate of the Visa Class A  common share price. See “Visa Class B 
Common Shares” under Note 26, “Contingent Liabilities,” provided in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary 
Data,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information. 

While Northern Trust believes its valuation methods for its assets and liabilities carried at fair value are appropriate and 
consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions, particularly as applied to Level 3 
assets, could have a material effect on the computation of their estimated fair values. 

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS AND DEVELOPMENTS 

On  January  1,  2020,  Northern  Trust   adopted  ASU  No.  2016-13,  “Financial  Instruments  - Credit  Losses  (Topic  326): 
Measurement  of  Credit  Losses  on  Financial  Instruments”  (ASU  2016-13). ASU   2016-13  significantly  changes  the  way 
impairment of financial instruments is recognized by requiring immediate recognition of estimated credit losses expected to 
occur over the remaining life of financial instruments. The main provisions of ASU 2016-13 include (1) replacing the “incurred 
loss” approach under current GAAP  with an “expected loss” model for instruments measured at amortized cost, (2) requiring 
entities to record an allowance for available-for-sale debt securities rather than reduce the carrying amount of the investments, 
as is required by the other-than-temporary-impairment model under current GAAP, and (3) a simplified accounting model for 
purchased credit-impaired debt securities and loans. 

In conjunction with the adoption of ASU 2016-13, Northern Trust expects an increase in the allowance for credit losses 
of less than $20 million. This change in accounting principle will be applied prospectively by increasing the allowance for 
credit losses on January 1, 2020, with a corresponding cumulative effect  adjustment to decrease retained earnings, net of 
income taxes. Periods prior to the adoption date will not be adjusted. Northern Trust also expects that the Corporation and the 
Bank's capital ratios will not be materially impacted by the adoption of this standard. 

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-15, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other - Internal - Use Software (Subtopic 
350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service  
Contract (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force)” (ASU 2018-15).  ASU 2018-15 aligns the requirements for  
capitalizing  implementation  costs  incurred  in  a  hosting  arrangement  that  is  a  service  contract  with  the  requirements  for  
capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software (and hosting arrangements that include  
an internal use software license).  ASU 2018-15 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim  
periods within those fiscal years, although early adoption is permitted. ASU 2018-15 is not expected to have a significant  
impact on Northern Trust’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations. 

RISK MANAGEMENT 

Risk Management Overview 
Northern Trust employs an integrated risk management framework to support its business decisions and the execution of its 
corporate strategies. The framework provides a methodology to identify, assess, monitor, measure, manage and report both 
internal and external risks to Northern Trust, and promotes a culture of risk awareness and good conduct across the organization. 
Northern Trust’s risk culture encompasses the general awareness, attitude and conduct of employees with respect to risk and 
the management of risk across all lines of defense within the organization. Northern Trust cultivates a culture of effective risk 
management by defining and embedding risk management accountabilities in all employee performance expectations and 
provides training, development and performance rewards to reinforce this culture. 

Northern  Trust’s   risk  management  framework  contains  three  inter-related   elements,  designed  to  support  consistent 
enterprise risk identification, management and reporting: a comprehensive risk inventory, a static taxonomy of risk categories 
and a dynamic taxonomy of risk themes. The risk inventory is a detailed register of the risks inherently faced by Northern 
Trust. The risk categories and risk themes are classification systems used for classifying and managing the risk inventory and 
enabling different risk profile views.  All identified risks inherent in Northern Trust’s business activities are cataloged into the 
following risk categories: credit, operational, fiduciary, compliance, market, liquidity, and strategic risk. All material risks are 
also dynamically cataloged into various risk themes which are defined groupings that share common characteristics, focus on 
business outcomes and span across risk categories. 

Northern Trust implements its risk management framework through a “three lines of defense” operating model, embedding 
a robust risk management capability within its businesses. The model, used to communicate risk management expectations 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   75 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

across the organization,  contains three roles, each a complementary level of risk management accountability. Within  this 
operating model, Northern Trust’s  businesses are the first line of defense for protecting it against the risks inherent in its 
businesses and are supported by dedicated business risk management teams. The Risk Management function, the second line 
of defense, sets the direction for Northern Trust’s risk management activities and provides aggregate risk oversight and reporting 
in support of risk governance. Audit Services, the third line of defense, provides independent assurance as to the effectiveness 
of the integrated risk framework. 

Risk Governance and Oversight Overview 
Risk governance is an integral aspect of corporate governance at Northern Trust, and includes clearly defined accountabilities, 
expectations, internal controls and processes for risk-based decision-making and escalation of issues. The diagram below 
provides a high-level overview of Northern Trust’s risk governance structure, highlighting oversight by the Board of Directors 
and key risk-related committees. 

TABLE 54: RISK GOVERNANCE STRUCTURE 

Audit Committee 

Business Risk Committee 

Capital Governance Committee 

Compensation and Benefits
Committee 

Northern Trust Corporation Board of Directors 

Credit Risk Committee 

Operational Risk
Committee 

Fiduciary Risk
Committee 

Compliance & Ethics
Oversight Committee 

Market & Liquidity
Risk Committee 

Model Risk Oversight
Committee 

Global Enterprise Risk Committee (GERC) 

The Board of Directors provides oversight of risk management directly and through certain of its committees: the Audit 
Committee, the Business Risk Committee, the Capital Governance Committee and the Compensation and Benefits Committee. 
The Board of Directors approves Northern Trust’s risk management framework and Corporate Risk Appetite Statement. The 
Business Risk Committee assumes primary responsibility and oversight with respect to credit risk, operational risk, fiduciary 
risk, compliance risk, market risk, liquidity risk, and strategic risk. The Audit Committee provides oversight with respect to 
financial reporting and legal risk, while the Compensation and Benefits Committee oversees the development and operation 
of  Northern  Trust’s  incentive  compensation  program.  The  Compensation  and  Benefits  Committee  annually  reviews 
management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the design and performance of Northern Trust’s incentive compensation 
arrangements and practices in providing incentives that are consistent with Northern Trust’s safety, soundness, and culture. 
This  assessment  includes  an  evaluation  of  whether  Northern Trust’s  incentive  compensation  arrangements  and  practices 
discourage  inappropriate  risk-taking  behavior  by  participants.  The  Capital  Governance  Committee  assists  the  Board  in 
discharging  its  oversight  duties  with  respect  to  capital  management  and  resolution  planning  activities.  Among  other 
responsibilities, the Capital Governance Committee oversees Northern Trust’s capital adequacy assessments, forecasting, and 
stress testing processes and activities, including the annual CCAR exercise, and challenges management, as appropriate, on 
various elements of such processes and activities. Accordingly, the Capital Governance Committee provides oversight with 
respect to Northern Trust’s linkage of material risks to the capital adequacy assessment process. 

The Chief Risk Officer (CRO) oversees Northern Trust’s management of risk and compliance, promotes risk awareness 
and fosters a proactive risk management environment wherein risks inherent in the business strategy are identified, understood, 
appropriately monitored and mitigated. The CRO reports directly to the Business Risk Committee and the Corporation’s Chief 
Executive Officer. The CRO regularly advises the Business Risk Committee and reports to the Committee at least quarterly 
on risk exposures, risk management deficiencies and emerging risks. In accordance with the risk management framework, 
the CRO and the Risk Management executive leadership team of Northern Trust, together with the Chief Financial Officer, 
Head of Capital and Resolution Planning, General Counsel and Chief Audit Executive, meet as the Global Enterprise Risk 
Committee (GERC) to provide executive management oversight and guidance with respect to the management of the categories 
of  risk  and  risk  themes  within  Northern  Trust. Among  other  risk  management  responsibilities,  GERC  receives  reports, 
escalations, or recommendations from senior risk committees that are responsible for the management of risk, and from time 
to time may delegate responsibility to such committees for risk issues. Senior risk committees include: 

The Credit Risk Committee (CRC) establishes and monitors credit-related policies and practices throughout Northern 
Trust and promotes their uniform application. 

76   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

The Operational Risk Committee (ORC)  provides independent oversight and is responsible for setting the operational 
risk-related policies and developing the operational risk management framework and programs that support coordination 
of operational risk activities. 

The  Fiduciary  Risk  Committee  (FRC)   is  responsible  for  establishing  and  reviewing  the  fiduciary  risk  policies  and 
establishing  the  fiduciary  risk  framework,  governance  and  programs  that  support  the  coordination  of  fiduciary  risk 
activities. 

The Compliance & Ethics Oversight Committee (CEOC)  provides oversight and direction with respect to compliance 
policies, implementation of the compliance and ethics program, and the coordination of regulatory compliance initiatives 
across the Corporation. 

The Market & Liquidity Risk Committee (MLRC) oversees activities relating to the management of market and liquidity 
risks by facilitating a focused review of market and liquidity risk exposures and providing rigorous challenge of related 
policies, key assumptions, and practices. 

The Model Risk Oversight Committee (MROC) is responsible for providing management attention, direction, and oversight 
of the model risk management framework and model risk within Northern Trust. 

In addition to the aforementioned committees, Northern Trust deploys business and regional risk committees that also report 
into GERC. 

Risk Assessment, Appetite and Reporting Processes 
As part of the integrated risk framework, Northern Trust has established key risk identification and risk management processes, 
embedded within its businesses to enable a risk-informed profile that supports its business decisions and the execution of its 
corporate strategies. Northern Trust’s risk assessment process consists of a series of programs across the first and second lines 
of defense that identify, measure, manage and report risks in line with risk appetite and guidelines. 

Northern Trust defines its risk appetite as the aggregate level and types of risk the Board of Directors and senior management 
are willing to assume to achieve the Corporation’s strategic objectives and business plan, consistent with prudent management 
of risk and applicable capital, liquidity, and other regulatory requirements. It includes consideration of the likelihood and 
impact of risks, using both monetary loss and non-financial measures across risk themes to monitor against tolerance thresholds 
and guideline levels that trigger escalation to senior management. 

Risk Control 
Risk Control is an internal, independent review function within the Risk Management function. Risk Control is managed by 
the Head of Risk Control and is comprised of Model Risk Management, Credit Review, Global Compliance Testing and Basel 
Independent Verification groups, each with its own risk focus and oversight. Model Risk Management is responsible for the 
implementation and management of the enterprise-wide model risk framework and independently validating new models and 
reviewing and re-validating existing models. Credit Review provides an independent, ongoing assessment of credit exposure 
and related credit risk management processes across Northern Trust. Global Compliance Testing evaluates the effectiveness 
of procedures and controls designed to comply with relevant laws and regulations, as well as corresponding Northern Trust 
policies governing regulatory compliance activities. Lastly, Basel Independent Verification promotes rigor and accuracy in 
Northern Trust’s ongoing compliance with Basel III requirements and adherence to Enhanced Prudential Standards, including 
liquidity stress testing. The Business Risk Committee has oversight responsibility with respect to Risk Control generally as 
well as each of these groups. 

Audit Services 
Audit Services is an independent control function that assesses and validates controls within Northern Trust’s risk management 
framework. Audit Services is managed by the Chief Audit Executive with oversight from the Audit Committee. Audit Services 
tests the overall adequacy and effectiveness of the system of internal controls associated with the advanced systems on an 
ongoing basis and reports the results of these audits directly to the Audit Committee. Audit Services includes professionals 
with a broad range of audit and industry experience, including risk management expertise. The Chief Audit Executive reports 
directly to the Audit Committee and the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer and is a non-voting member of GERC. 

Credit Risk 
Credit risk is the risk to interest income or principal from the failure of a borrower or counterparty to perform on an obligation. 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   77 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Credit Risk Overview 
Credit risk is inherent in many of Northern Trust’s activities. A significant component of credit risk relates to loans, leases, 
securities, and counterparty-related exposures. Northern Trust’s loan portfolio differs significantly from those of other large 
U.S. financial institutions in that Northern Trust is generally: 
• 
• 

not an originator of loan products to be sold into a secondary market or to be bundled into asset securitizations; 
not an agent bank or syndicator of loans, where risk management is achieved post-close through the sale of participations; 
and 
not a participant in leveraged financial transactions, such as project finance, private-equity-originated acquisition financing 
or hedge fund leveraging. 

• 

Credit Risk Framework and Governance 
The Credit Risk Management function is the focal point of the credit risk framework and, while independent of the businesses, 
it works closely with them to achieve the goal of assuring proactive management of credit risk. To monitor and control credit 
risk, the Credit Risk Management function maintains a framework that consists of policies, standards, and programs designed 
to promote a prudent relationship-based credit culture. This function also monitors adherence to corporate policies, standards, 
programs, and external regulations. 

The Credit Risk Management function provides a system of checks and balances for Northern Trust’s diverse credit-
related activities by monitoring these activities and practices and promoting their uniform application throughout Northern 
Trust. 

The credit risk framework provides authorities for approval of the extension of credit. Individual credit authority for 
commercial and personal loans is limited to specified amounts and maturities. Credit requests exceeding individual authority 
because of amount, rating, term or other conditions, are referred to the relevant Group Credit Approval Committee. Credit 
decisions involving exposure in excess of these limits require the  approval  of the Senior  Credit Committee. The Capital 
Markets Credit Committee has sole credit authority for the approval, modification, or renewal of credit exposure to all wholesale 
market counterparties. 

The CRC establishes and monitors credit-related policies and programs throughout Northern Trust and promotes their 
uniform application. The Chief Credit Officer reports directly to the CRO and chairs the CRC. Independent oversight and 
review of the credit risk framework also is provided by Risk Control. 

Credit Risk Measurement 
An integral component of credit risk measurement is Northern Trust’s internal risk rating system. Northern Trust’s internal 
risk rating system enables identification, measurement, approval and monitoring of credit risk. Calculations include entity-
specific information about the obligor’s or counterparty’s probability of default and exposure-specific information about loss 
given default, exposure at default and maturity. 

The Credit Risk Management function is responsible for the ongoing oversight of each model that supports the internal 

risk-rating system. Independent model governance and oversight is further supported by the activities of Risk Control. 

Loans and Other Extensions of Credit 
A  significant component of credit risk relates to the loan portfolio, including contractual obligations such as legally binding 
commitments to extend credit, commercial letters of credit, and standby letters of credit. These contractual obligations and 
arrangements are discussed in the “Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements” section and in Note 29, “Off-Balance-Sheet Financial 
Instruments, Guarantees and Other Commitments”  to the consolidated financial statements provided in Item 8, “Financial 
Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

As part of Northern Trust’s credit processes, the Credit Risk Management function oversees a range of portfolio reviews 
that focus on significant and/or weaker-rated credits. This approach allows management to take remedial action in an effort 
to deal with potential problems. An integral part of the Credit Risk Management function is a formal review of past due and 
potential problem loans to determine which credits, if any, need to be placed on nonperforming status or charged off. Northern 
Trust maintains a loan portfolio watch list for adversely classified credit exposures that includes all nonperforming credits as 
well as other loans with elevated risk of default. Independent from the Credit Risk Management function, Credit Review 
undertakes both on-site and off-site file reviews that evaluate effectiveness of management’s implementation of the Credit 
Risk Management’s requirements. 

Counterparty Credit Risk 
Counterparty credit risk for Northern Trust primarily arises from a variety of funding, treasury, trading and custody-related 
activities, including over-the-counter (OTC) currency and interest rate derivatives, and from indemnified securities lending 
transactions. Credit  exposure  to  counterparties is  managed  by  use  of  a  framework for  setting limits  by  product type  and 
exposure tenor. 

78   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

To  calculate  exposure,  Northern Trust   treats  repurchase  agreements,  reverse  repurchase  agreements  and  indemnified 
securities lending transactions as repo-style transactions. Foreign exchange exposures and interest rate derivatives are treated 
as OTC derivatives. The exposure at default measurement methodology for each eligible type of counterparty credit exposure, 
including the use of netting and collateral as risk mitigants, is determined based on operational requirements, the characteristics 
of the contract type and the portfolio size and complexity. 

Credit Risk Mitigation 
Northern Trust  considers  cash  flow  to  be  the  primary  source  of  repayment  for  client-related  credit  exposures.  However, 
Northern Trust employs several different types of credit risk mitigants to manage its overall credit risk in the event cash flow 
is not sufficient to repay a credit exposure. Northern Trust broadly groups its risk mitigation techniques into the following 
three primary categories. 

Physical and Financial Collateral:  Northern Trust’s primary risk mitigation approaches include the requirement of 
collateral. Residential and commercial real estate exposures are typically secured by properly margined mortgages on 
the  property.  In  cases  where  loans  to  commercial  or  certain Wealth  Management  clients  are  secured  by  marketable 
securities, the daily values of the securities are monitored closely to ensure adherence to collateral coverage policies. 

Netting:   On-balance-sheet  netting  is  employed  where  applicable  for  counterparties  with  master  netting  agreements. 
Netting is primarily related to foreign exchange transactions with major banks and institutional clients subject to eligible 
master netting agreements. Northern Trust has elected to take the credit risk mitigation capital benefit of netting within 
its regulatory capital calculation at this time. 

Guarantees:  Personal and corporate guarantees are often taken to facilitate potential collection efforts and to protect 
Northern Trust’s claims relative to other creditors. Northern Trust has elected not to take the credit risk mitigation capital 
benefit of guarantors within its regulatory capital calculation at this time. 

Another important risk management practice is the avoidance of undue concentrations of exposure, such as in any single (or 
small number of related) obligor/counterparty, loan type, industry, geography, country or risk mitigant. Processes are in place 
to establish limits on certain concentrations and the monitoring of adherence to the limits. 

Operational Risk 
Operational risk is the risk of loss from inadequate or failed internal processes, human factors and systems, or from external 
events. 

Operational Risk Overview 
Operational  risk  is  inherent  in  each  of  Northern Trust’s  businesses  and  corporate  functions  and  reflects  the  potential  for 
inadequate information systems, operating problems, product design and delivery difficulties, potential legal actions, or other 
catastrophes to result in losses. This includes the potential that continuity of service and resiliency may be impacted. 

Operational risk includes compliance, fiduciary and legal risks, which under the Corporation’s risk structure are governed and 
managed explicitly. 

Operational Risk Framework and Governance 
To  monitor  and  control  operational  risk,  Northern Trust  maintains  a  framework  consisting  of  risk  management  policies, 
programs and practices designed to promote a sound operational environment and maintain the Corporation’s operational risk 
profile and losses within approved risk appetites and guidelines. The framework is deployed consistently and globally across 
all businesses and its objective is to identify and measure the factors that influence risk and drive action to reduce future loss 
events. The Operational Risk Management function is responsible for defining the operational risk framework and providing 
independent oversight of the framework across Northern Trust. It is the responsibility of each business to implement the 
enterprise-wide operational risk framework and business-specific risk management programs to identify, monitor, measure, 
manage and report on operational risk and mitigate Northern Trust’s exposure to loss. Several key programs support the 
operational risk framework, including: 
•  Loss Event Data Program  - a program that collects internal and external loss data for use in monitoring operational risk 
exposure, various business analyses and a Basel Advanced Measurement Approach (AMA) capital quantification. 
•  Risk and Control Self-Assessment  - a structured risk management process used by Northern Trust’s businesses to analyze 
the risks that are present in their respective business environments and to assess the adequacy of associated internal 
controls. 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   79 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

•  Operational Risk Scenario Analysis  - a systematic process of obtaining expert opinions from business managers and risk 
management experts to derive reasoned assessments of the likelihood of occurrence and the potential loss impact of 
plausible high-severity operational losses. 

•  Product and Process Risk Management Program  - a program used for evaluating and managing risks associated with 
the introduction of new and modified noncredit products and services, significant changes to operating processes, and 
related significant loss events. 

•  Outsourcing  Risk  Management  Program   - a  program  that  provides  processes  for  appropriate  risk  assessment, 

• 

measurement, monitoring and management of outsourced technology and business process outsourcing. 
Information Security and Technology Risk Management  - a program that communicates and implements compliance 
and risk management processes and controls to address information security, including cyber threats and technology risks 
to the organization. 

•  Business Continuity and Disaster Recovery Management Program  - a program designed to minimize business impact 

and support the resumption of mission critical functions for clients following an incident. 

•  Physical Security - a program that provides for the safety of Northern Trust partners, clients, and visitors worldwide. 
• 

Insurance Management Program  - a program designed to reduce the monetary impact of certain operational loss events. 

As discussed in Risk Control, Model Risk Management also is part of the operational risk framework. 

The ORC is responsible for overseeing the activities of Northern Trust related to the management of operational risk including 
establishing  the  Corporate  Operational  Risk  Policy  and  approving  the  operational  risk  framework  and  programs.  This 
committee has the expanded role of coordinating operational risk issues related to compliance and fiduciary risks. The purpose 
of this committee is to provide executive management’s insight and guidance to the management of existing and emerging 
operational risks. 

Operational Risk Measurement 
Northern Trust utilizes the AMA  capital quantification process to estimate required capital for the Corporation and applicable 
U.S. banking subsidiaries. Northern Trust’s AMA  capital quantification process incorporates outputs from the Loss Event 
Data, Risk and Control Self-Assessment and Operational Risk Scenario Analysis programs to derive required capital. Business 
environment  factor  information  is  used  to  estimate  loss  frequency.  The AMA   capital  quantification  process  uses  a  Loss 
Distribution Approach methodology to combine frequency and severity distributions to arrive at an estimate of the potential 
aggregate loss at the 99.9th  percentile of the aggregate loss distribution over a one-year time horizon. 

Information Security and Technology Management 
Effective management of risks related to the confidentiality, integrity and availability of information is crucial in an environment 
of  increasing  cyber  threat  and  requires  a  structured  approach  to  establish  and  communicate  expectations  and  required 
practices. Northern  Trust’s  information  security  and  technology  risk  management  framework  includes  a  comprehensive 
governance structure and an Information Security and Technology Risk Management Policy and Program approved by the 
Business Risk Committee. The framework is supported by an organizational structure that reflects support from executive 
management  and  includes  risk  committees  comprised  of  members  from  across  the  businesses,  including  the  Information 
Security and Technology Risk Committee (ISTRC). The ISTRC is chaired by the Chief Information Risk Officer, who regularly 
reports to the Business Risk Committee on the status of the Information Security and Technology Risk Management Program. 
In addition to a strong governance process, internal controls and risk management practices are designed to keep risk at 
levels  appropriate  to  Northern Trust’s  overall  risk  appetite  and  the  inherent  risk  in  the  markets  in  which  Northern Trust 
operates. Northern Trust  employees  are  responsible  for  promoting  information  security  as  well  as  adhering  to  applicable 
policies and standards and other means provided to them to safeguard electronic information and business systems within 
their care. Training and awareness programs to educate employees on information security are ongoing and include multiple 
approaches such as mandatory computer-based training, phishing simulations, and the designation of individuals as Information 
Security and Privacy Champions within the businesses. In cases where Northern Trust relies on vendors to perform services, 
controls are routinely reviewed for alignment with industry standards and their ability to protect information. Any findings 
identified are remediated following a risk-based approach. 

In addition to the various information security controls managed and monitored within the organization, Northern Trust 
uses external third-party security teams on a regular basis to assess effectiveness. These teams perform security program 
maturity  assessments,  penetration  tests,  security  assessments  and  reviews  of  Northern  Trust’s  susceptibility  to  social 
engineering attacks such as spear phishing. Northern Trust operates a global security operations center for threat identification 
and response. This center aggregates security threat information from systems and platforms across the businesses, and alerts 
the organization in accordance with its documented Cyber Incident Response Plan. 

80   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

The Cyber Incident Response Plan is used to respond to cybersecurity incidents. A  cybersecurity incident is defined as 
an incident caused by damaging activity, which requires actions to prevent and respond to disruptions, denials, compromises 
or exfiltration that impact the confidentiality, integrity and availably of the assets of Northern Trust or its clients. The plan 
provides a streamlined approach that can be invoked rapidly to address matters that raise enterprise concern and to communicate 
impact, actions and status to senior management, including the Chief Information Security Officer and Chief Information 
Risk Officer, and appropriate stakeholders. The plan is designed to work with enterprise-level response plans, and is reviewed, 
tested, and updated regularly. 

Northern Trust's disclosure controls and procedures also address cybersecurity incidents and include elements to ensure 
that there is an analysis of potential disclosure obligations arising from any such incidents. Northern Trust also maintains 
compliance programs to address the applicability of restrictions on securities trading while in possession of material, nonpublic 
information, including in instances in which such information may relate to cybersecurity incidents. 

Business Resiliency and Continuity Management 
Northern Trust’s business resiliency approach encompasses business continuity and disaster recovery processes enterprise-
wide (including staff, technology and facilities) to ensure that following a disaster or business interruption Northern Trust 
resumes mission-critical business and economic functions and fulfills all regulatory and legal requirements. 

Northern Trust’s business resiliency mitigation and preventative measures include sophisticated physical security, resilient 
designs and peer capacity for its corporate data centers, a highly redundant global network, robust network security, resiliency 
centers that offer alternative workstations, and transfer of work and work-from-home programs that provide further capability. 
All  of  Northern Trust’s   businesses  are  required  to  risk-assess  their  critical  functions  regularly  and  develop  business 
continuity plans covering resource requirements (people, systems, vendor relationships and other assets), arrangements for 
obtaining these resources and prioritizing the resumption of each function in compliance with corporate standards. The strength 
of the business continuity programs of all critical third-party vendors to Northern Trust are reviewed on a regular basis. All 
of Northern Trust’s businesses test their plans at least annually. The ORC annually reviews and presents the corporate business 
continuity plan to the Business Risk Committee. 

Northern  Trust   has  also  begun  exploring  the  integration  of  climate-related  scenario  analyses  into  its  broader  risk 
management program to help align with certain recommendations of the Task Force on Climate Related Financial Disclosures 
(TCFD). Conducting such climate-related scenario analyses and assessing the magnitude of climate-related financial risks 
and opportunities related to Northern Trust's  global assets are intended to position the organization  to navigate uncertain 
climate futures more effectively. 

Fiduciary Risk 
Fiduciary risks are risks arising from the failure in administering or managing financial and other assets in clients’ fiduciary 
accounts: i) to adhere to a fiduciary standard of care if required under the terms of governing documents or applicable laws; 
or ii) to properly discharge fiduciary duties. Fiduciary status may hinge on the nature of a particular function being performed 
and fiduciary standards may vary by jurisdiction, type of relationship and governing document. 

Fiduciary Risk Overview 
The  fiduciary  risk  management  framework  identifies,  assesses,  measures,  monitors  and  reports  on  fiduciary  risk  matters 
deemed significant. Fiduciary risk is mitigated through internal controls and risk management practices that are designed to 
identify, understand and keep such risk at levels consistent with the organization’s overall risk appetite while also managing 
the inherent risk in each relationship for which Northern Trust serves in a fiduciary capacity. Each business is responsible for 
complying with all corporate policies and external regulations and for establishing specific procedures, standards and guidelines 
to manage fiduciary risk within the desired risk appetite level.  

Fiduciary Risk Framework and Governance 
The FRC is responsible for establishing and reviewing the fiduciary risk policies and establishing the fiduciary risk framework, 
governance and programs that support the coordination of fiduciary risk activities to identify, monitor, manage and report on 
fiduciary risk. In addition, the FRC serves as an escalation point for significant issues raised by its subcommittees or elsewhere 
in the organization. 

Compliance Risk 
Compliance risk is the risk of legal or regulatory sanctions, financial loss, or damage to reputation resulting from failure to 
comply with laws, regulations, rules, other regulatory requirements, or codes of conduct and other standards of self-regulatory 
organizations applicable to Northern Trust. Compliance risk includes the following two subcategories: 
•  Regulatory  Risk  - risk  arising  from  failure  to  comply  with  prudential  and  conduct  of  business  or  other  regulatory 

requirements. 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   81 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

• 

Financial Crime Risk - risk arising from financial crime (e.g., money laundering, sanctions violations, fraud, insider 
dealing, theft, etc.) in relation to the products, services, or accounts of the institution, its clients, or others associated with 
the same. 

Compliance Risk Framework and Governance 
The compliance risk management framework identifies, assesses, controls, measures, monitors and reports on compliance 
risk. The framework is designed to minimize compliance risk and maintain an environment in which criminal or regulatory 
violations do not occur. The framework includes a comprehensive governance structure and a Compliance and Ethics Program 
approved by the Business Risk Committee. 

Each business is responsible for the implementation and effectiveness of the Compliance and Ethics Program and specific 
compliance policies within their respective businesses. Each business is responsible for its respective employees’  compliance 
with corporate policies and external regulations and for establishing specific procedures, standards and guidelines to manage 
compliance risk in accordance with Northern Trust’s Compliance and Ethics Program. 

The CEOC establishes and monitors adherence to Northern Trust’s Compliance and Ethics Program. The Chief Compliance 

and Ethics Officer reports to the Business Risk Committee, as appropriate, and chairs the CEOC. 

Liquidity Risk 
Liquidity risk is the risk of not being able to raise sufficient funds or maintain collateral to meet balance sheet and contingent 
liability cash flow obligations when due, because of firm-specific or market-wide stress events. 

Liquidity Risk Overview 
Northern Trust maintains a strong liquidity position and conservative liquidity risk profile. Northern Trust’s balance sheet is 
primarily liability-driven. That is, the main driver of balance sheet changes comes from changing levels of client deposits, 
which are generally related to the level of custody assets serviced and commercial and personal deposits. This liability-driven 
business model differs from a typical asset-driven business model, where increased levels of deposits and wholesale borrowings 
are required to support, for example, increased levels of lending. Northern Trust’s balance sheet is generally comprised of 
high-quality assets that are managed to meet anticipated obligations under stress, resulting in low liquidity risk. 

Liquidity Risk Framework and Governance 
Northern Trust maintains a liquidity risk framework consisting of risk management policies and practices to keep its risk 
profile within the Board-approved Corporate Risk Appetite Statement. All liquidity risk activities are overseen by the Risk 
Management function, which is independent of the businesses undertaking the activities. 

The Liquidity Management Policy and exposure limits for liquidity risk are set by the Board, and committee structures 
have  been  established  to  implement  and  monitor  adherence  to  corporate  policies,  external  regulations  and  established 
procedures. Limits are monitored based on measures such as the liquidity coverage ratio (LCR) and the liquidity stress-testing 
buffer across a range of time horizons. Treasury, in the first line of defense, proposes liquidity risk management strategies and 
is  responsible  for  performing  liquidity  management  activities.   The Asset  and  Liability  Management  Committee  (ALCO) 
provides first line management oversight and is responsible for approving strategies and activities within the risk appetite, 
monitoring risk metrics, overseeing balance sheet resources, and reviewing reporting such as cash flows, LCR, and stress test 
results. 

Market and Liquidity Risk Management, in the second line of defense, provides challenge to the first line activities, 
evaluates  compliance with  regulatory  requirements and  process  effectiveness,  and  escalates  material  items  for  corrective 
action. The  MLRC  provides  second  line  oversight  and  is  responsible  for  reviewing  market  and  liquidity  risk  exposures, 
approving  and  monitoring  risk  metrics,  and  approving  key  methodologies  and  assumptions  that  drive  liquidity  risk 
measurement. 

Liquidity Risk Analysis, Monitoring, and Reporting 
Liquidity risk is analyzed and monitored in order to ensure compliance with the approved risk appetite. Various liquidity 
analysis and monitoring activities are employed by Northern Trust to understand better the nature and sources of its liquidity 
risks, including: liquidity stress testing, liquidity metric monitoring, collateral management, intraday management, cash flow 
projections, operational deposit modeling, liquid asset buffer measurement, funds transfer pricing, and contingency funding 
planning. 

The liquidity risk management process is supported through management and regulatory reporting. Both Northern Trust’s 
Treasury and Market and Liquidity Risk Management functions produce management reports that enable oversight bodies to 
make informed decisions and support management of liquidity risk within the approved risk appetite. Holistic liquidity metrics 

82   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

such as LCR and internal liquidity stress testing are actively monitored, along with a suite of other metrics that provide early 
warning indicators of changes in the risk profile. 

Market Risk 
There are two types of market risk, interest rate risk and trading risk. Interest rate risk is the potential for movements in interest 
rates to cause changes in net interest income and the market value of equity. Trading risk is the potential for movements in 
market variables such as foreign exchange and interest rates to cause changes in the value of trading positions. 

Market Risk Framework and Governance 
Northern Trust maintains a market risk framework consisting of risk management policies and practices to keep its risk profile 
within the Board-approved Corporate Risk Appetite Statement. All market risk activities are overseen by the Risk Management 
function, which is independent of the businesses undertaking the activities. 

The Asset and Liability Management Policy, Policy on Dealer Trading  Activities, and exposure limits for market risk are 
set  by  board-level  committees,  and  committee  structures  have  been  established  to  implement  and  monitor  adherence  to 
corporate policies, external regulations and established procedures. Limits are monitored based on measures such as sensitivity 
of net interest income (NII), sensitivity of market value of equity (MVE), and Value-at-Risk (VaR) across a range of time 
horizons. 

Treasury, in the first line of defense, proposes market risk management strategies and is responsible for performing market 
risk management activities. ALCO provides first line management oversight and is responsible for approving strategies and 
activities within the risk appetite, monitoring risk metrics, overseeing balance sheet resources, and reviewing reporting such 
as stress test results. 

Market and Liquidity Risk Management, in the second line of defense, provides challenge to the first line activities, 
evaluates  compliance with  regulatory  requirements and  process  effectiveness,  and  escalates  material items  for  corrective 
action. The MLRC provides second line oversight and is responsible for reviewing market risk exposures, establishing and 
monitoring risk metrics, and approving key methodologies and assumptions that drive market risk measurement. 

Interest Rate Risk Overview 
Interest rate risk in the banking book is the potential for deterioration in Northern Trust's financial position (e.g. interest 
income, market value of equity, or capital) due to changes in interest rates. NII and MVE sensitivity are the primary metrics 
used for measurement and management of interest rate risk. Changes in interest rates can have a positive or negative impact 
on NII depending on the positioning of assets, liabilities and off-balance-sheet instruments. Changes in interest rates also can 
impact the values of assets, liabilities and off-balance-sheet positions, which indirectly impact the MVE. To mitigate interest 
rate risk, the structure of the balance sheet is managed so that movements of interest rates on assets and liabilities (adjusted 
for hedges) are sufficiently correlated, which allows Northern Trust to manage its interest rate risk within its risk appetite. 

There are four commonly recognized types of interest rate risk in the banking book: 
• 
• 
• 

repricing, which arises from differences in the maturity and repricing terms of assets and liabilities; 
yield curve, which arises from changes in the shape of the yield curve; 
basis,  which  arises  from  imperfect  correlation  in  the  adjustment  of  the  rates  earned  and  paid  on  different  financial 
instruments with otherwise similar repricing characteristics; and 
embedded optionality, which arises from client or counterparty behavior in response to interest rate changes. 

• 

Interest Rate Risk Analysis, Monitoring, and Reporting 
Northern Trust uses two primary measurement techniques to manage interest rate risk: NII and MVE sensitivity. NII sensitivity 
provides  management  with  a  short-term  view  of  the  impact  of  interest  rate  changes  on  NII.  MVE  sensitivity  provides 
management with a long-term view of interest rate changes on MVE based on the period-end balance sheet. 

Northern Trust limits aggregate interest rate risk (as measured by the NII sensitivity and MVE sensitivity simulation techniques) 
to an acceptable level within the context of risk appetite. A  variety of actions may be used to implement risk management 
strategies to modify interest rate risk including: 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

purchase of securities; 
sale of debt securities that are classified as available for sale; 
issuance of senior notes and subordinated notes; 
collateralized borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank; 
placing and taking Eurodollar time deposits; and 
hedging with various types of derivative financial instruments. 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   83 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

NII Sensitivity 
The modeling of NII sensitivity incorporates on-balance-sheet positions, as well as derivative financial instruments (principally 
interest rate swaps) that are used to manage interest rate risk. Northern Trust uses market implied forward interest rates as the 
base case and measures the sensitivity (i.e., change) of a static balance sheet to changes in interest rates. Stress testing of 
interest rates is performed to include such scenarios as immediate parallel shocks to rates, nonparallel (i.e., twist) changes to 
yield curves that result in their becoming steeper or flatter, and changes to the relationship among the yield curves (i.e., basis 
risk). 

The NII sensitivity analysis incorporates certain critical assumptions such as interest rates and client behaviors under 
changing rate environments. These assumptions are based on a combination of historical analysis and future expected pricing 
behavior. The simulation cannot precisely estimate NII sensitivity given uncertainty in the assumptions. The following key 
assumptions are incorporated into the NII simulation: 
• 

the balance sheet size and mix remains constant over the simulation horizon with maturing assets and liabilities replaced 
with instruments with similar terms as those that are maturing, with the exception of certain nonmaturity deposits that 
are considered short-term in nature and therefore receive a more conservative interest-bearing treatment; 
prepayments on mortgage loans and securities collateralized by mortgages are projected under each rate scenario using 
a third-party mortgage analytics system that incorporates market prepayment assumptions; 
cash flows for structured securities are estimated using a third-party vendor in conjunction with the prepayments provided 
by the third-party mortgage analytics vendor; 
nonmaturity deposit pricing is projected based on Northern Trust’s actual historical patterns and management judgment, 
depending upon the availability of historical data and current pricing strategies/or judgment; and 
new business rates are based on current spreads to market indices. 

• 

• 

• 

• 

The following table shows the estimated NII impact over the next twelve months of 100 and 200 basis point upward and 100 
basis point downward movements in interest rates relative to forward rates. Each rate movement is assumed to occur gradually 
over a one-year period. 

TABLE 55: NET INTEREST INCOME SENSITIVITY  AS OF  DECEMBER 31, 2019 

($ In Millions) 

INCREASE IN INTEREST RATES ABOVE MARKET IMPLIED FORWARD RATES 

100 Basis Points 

200 Basis Points 

DECREASE IN INTEREST RATES BELOW MARKET IMPLIED FORWARD RATES 

100 Basis Points 

INCREASE/(DECREASE) 

ESTIMATED IMPACT ON 
NEXT  TWELVE MONTHS 
OF NET INTEREST  
INCOME 

$ 

70 

85 

(77) 

The NII sensitivity analysis does not incorporate certain management actions that may be used to mitigate adverse effects of 
actual interest rate movement. For that reason and others, the estimated impacts do not reflect the likely actual results but 
serve  as  estimates  of  interest  rate risk.  NII  sensitivity is  not  comparable  to  actual results  disclosed elsewhere  or  directly 
predictive of future values of other measures provided. 

MVE Sensitivity 
MVE is defined as the present value of assets minus the present value of liabilities, net of the value of financial derivatives 
that are used to manage the interest rate risk of balance sheet items. The potential effect of interest rate changes on MVE is 
derived from the impact of such changes on projected future cash flows and the present value of these cash flows and is then 
compared to the established limit. Northern Trust uses current market rates (and the future rates implied by these market rates) 
as the base case and measures MVE sensitivity under various rate scenarios. Stress testing of interest rates is performed to 
include such scenarios as immediate parallel shocks to rates, nonparallel (i.e., twist) changes to yield curves that result in their 
becoming steeper or flatter, and changes to the relationship among the yield curves (i.e., basis risk). 

The MVE sensitivity analysis incorporates certain critical assumptions such as interest rates and client behaviors under 
changing rate environments. These assumptions are based on a combination of historical analysis and future expected pricing 
behavior.  The  simulation  cannot  precisely  estimate  MVE  sensitivity  given  uncertainty  in  the  assumptions.  Many  of  the 
assumptions that apply to NII sensitivity also apply to MVE sensitivity simulations, with the following separate key assumptions 
incorporated into the MVE simulation: 

84   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

• 

• 

the present value of nonmaturity deposits are estimated using dynamic decay methodologies or estimated remaining lives, 
which are based on a combination of Northern Trust’s actual historical runoff patterns and management judgment—some 
balances  are  assumed  to  be  core  and  have  longer  lives  while  other  balances  are  assumed  to  be  temporary  and  have 
comparatively shorter lives; 
the present values of most noninterest-related balances (such as receivables, equipment, and payables) are the same as 
their book values; and 

•  Monte Carlo simulation is used to generate forward interest rate paths. 
The following table shows the estimated impact on MVE of 100 and 200 basis point shocks up and a 100 basis point shock 
down from current market implied forward rates. 

TABLE 56: MARKET  VALUE OF EQUITY SENSITIVITY  AS OF  DECEMBER 31, 2019  

($ In Millions) 

INCREASE IN INTEREST RATES ABOVE MARKET IMPLIED FORWARD RATES 

100 Basis Points 

200 Basis Points 

DECREASE IN INTEREST RATES BELOW MARKET IMPLIED FORWARD RATES 

100 Basis Points 

INCREASE/(DECREASE) 

ESTIMATED IMPACT ON 
MARKET  VALUE OF 
EQUITY 

$ 

(203) 

(773) 

45 

The MVE simulations do not incorporate certain management actions that may be used to mitigate adverse effects of actual 
interest rate movements. For that reason and others, the estimated impacts do not reflect the likely actual results but serve as 
estimates of interest rate risk. MVE sensitivity is not comparable to actual results disclosed elsewhere or directly predictive 
of future values of other measures provided. 

Foreign Currency Risk Overview 
Northern Trust's balance sheet is exposed to nontrading foreign currency risk as a result of its holdings of non-U.S. dollar 
denominated assets and liabilities, investment in non-U.S. subsidiaries, and future non-U.S. dollar denominated revenue and 
expense. To manage currency exposures on the balance sheet, Northern Trust attempts to match its assets and liabilities by 
currency. If those currency offsets do not exist on the balance sheet, Northern Trust will use foreign exchange derivative 
contracts to mitigate its currency exposure. Foreign exchange contracts are also used to reduce Northern Trust’s currency 
exposure to future non-U.S. dollar denominated revenue and expense. 

In addition, Northern Trust provides global foreign exchange (GFX) services to clients. Most of these services are provided 
in connection with Northern Trust’s growing global custody business. In the normal course of business, Northern Trust also 
engages in trading of non-U.S. currencies for its own account. Both activities are considered trading activities. 

Foreign currency trading positions exist when aggregate obligations to purchase and sell a currency other than the U.S. 
dollar do not offset each other in amount, or offset each other over different time periods. The GFX trading portfolio at Northern 
Trust is composed of spot, forward, and non-deliverable foreign currency transactions. For GFX, spot risk is driven primarily 
by foreign exchange rate (FX) risk, and forward risk is driven primarily by interest rate (IR) risk. 

Foreign Currency Risk Measurement 
Northern Trust measures daily the risk of loss associated with all non-U.S. currency positions using a VaR model and applying 
the historical simulation methodology. This statistical model provides estimates, based on a variety of high confidence levels, 
of the potential loss in value that might be incurred if an adverse shift in non-U.S. currency exchange rates were to occur over 
a  small  number  of  days.  The  model  incorporates  foreign  currency  and  interest  rate  volatilities  and  correlations  in  price 
movements among the currencies. VaR is computed for each trading desk and for the global portfolio. 

VaR measures are computed in a vended software application which reads foreign exchange positions from Northern 
Trust’s trading systems each day. Data vendors provide foreign exchange rates and interest rates for all currencies. The Risk 
Management function monitors on a daily basis VaR model inputs and outputs for reasonableness. 

Foreign Currency Risk Monitoring, Reporting and Analysis 
Northern Trust monitors several variations of the GFX VaR measures to meet specific regulatory and internal management 
needs. Variations include different methodologies (historical simulation, Monte Carlo simulation and Taylor approximation), 
horizons of one day and ten days, confidence levels of 95% and 99%, subcomponent VaRs using only FX drivers and only 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   85 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

IR drivers, and look back periods of one year, two years, and four years. Those alternative measures provide management an 
array of corroborating metrics and alternative perspectives on Northern Trust’s market risks. 

Automated daily reports are produced and distributed to business managers and risk managers. The Risk Management 
function also reviews and reports several variations of the VaR measures in historical time series format to provide management 
with a historical perspective on risk. 

The table below presents the levels of total regulatory VaR and its subcomponents for GFX in the years indicated below, 
based on the historical simulation methodology, a 99% confidence level, a one-day horizon and equally-weighted volatility. The 
total VaR for GFX is typically less than the sum of its two subcomponents due to diversification benefits derived from the 
two subcomponents. 

TABLE 57: GLOBAL FOREIGN CURRENCY VALUE-AT-RISK 

($ In Millions) 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

High 

Low 

Average 

As of December 31, 

TOTAL  VaR 
(FX AND IR DRIVERS) 

$ 

2019 

0.3  $ 
— 

0.1 

0.1 

FX VaR (FX DRIVERS ONLY) 

IR VaR (IR DRIVERS ONLY) 

2018 

0.3  $ 
0.1 

0.1 

0.1 

2019 

0.3  $ 
— 

0.1 

0.1 

2018 

0.2  $ 
— 

0.1 

0.1 

2019 

0.2  $ 
— 

0.1 

0.1 

2018 

0.3 

— 

0.1 

0.1 

During 2019, Northern Trust experienced one day of actual GFX trading loss in excess of the daily GFX VaR estimate. During 
2018, Northern Trust did not incur an actual GFX trading loss in excess of the daily GFX VaR estimate. 

Other Nonmaterial Trading Activities 
Market risk associated with other trading activities is negligible. Northern Trust’s broker-dealer subsidiary, Northern Trust 
Securities, Inc., maintains a small portfolio of trading securities held for customer accommodation purposes, which averaged 
$1.2 million  for the year ended December 31, 2019. 

Northern Trust is also party to interest rate derivative contracts consisting mostly of interest rate swaps and swaptions 
entered into to meet clients’  interest rate management needs, but also including a small number of caps and floors. All interest 
rate derivative transactions are executed by Northern Trust's Treasury department. When Northern Trust enters into client 
transactions, its practice is to mitigate the resulting market risk with offsetting interbank derivative transactions with matching 
terms and maturities. 

Strategic Risk 
Strategic  risk  is  the  vulnerability  of  the  organization  to  internal  or  external  developments  that  render  corporate  strategy 
ineffective or unachievable. The consequences of strategic risk can be diminished long-term earnings and capital, as well as 
reputational damage to the firm. Strategic risk includes the following three subcategories: 

•  Macroeconomic and geopolitical risk, which centers on events or themes that would have a significant, detrimental impact 
on financial markets, and by extension, financial services firms. Episodes of this kind would tend to have general, as 
opposed to idiosyncratic, consequences. 

•  Business risk, which arises from change in the following areas: 

• 

• 

Internal: situations within Northern Trust that threaten business continuity, profitability, or the achievement of 
strategic objectives 
Secular: behavioral or technological change that affects clients and renders a Northern Trust process or service 
obsolete 

•  Competitive: new products or shifts in the industry landscape that challenge Northern Trust’s performance 
•  Regulatory: changes to prudential or fiscal policy that have an adverse impact on Northern Trust or its clients 
•  Reputation risk is a residual risk which arises from negative perception on the part of clients, counterparties, stockholders, 
investors, debt holders, market analysts, regulators, staff, or other relevant parties that adversely affects Northern Trust’s 
ability to conduct its business. Reputation risk can arise from a range of risk events and is not limited to strategic risk. 

Strategic Risk Framework and Governance 
Northern Trust maintains a framework that consists of risk management policies and practices designed to identify, analyze, 
and limit (where possible) the impact of strategic risk. The Strategic Risk Management function is responsible for defining 
this framework and providing independent oversight of its application across Northern Trust. In furtherance of this effort, 
Northern Trust has established governance around its strategic planning processes to review and challenge strategic decisions. 

86   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

In addition, Northern Trust maintains a Global Stress Testing Framework which guides stress testing exercises across the 
company. Enterprise stress testing, a component of this effort, is specifically designed to look at the prospective impact of 
internal and external shocks on the organization. Northern Trust also maintains the Global Emergency Response Plan, which 
guides its reaction to adverse external events if they arise. 

Both GERC and the Business Risk Committee are responsible for reviewing the general methods, guidelines and policies 

by which Northern Trust monitors and controls strategic risk. 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

This report may include statements which constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the safe harbor 
provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements are identified typically by 
words or phrases such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “estimate,” “project,” “likely,” “plan,” “goal,” “target,” 
“strategy,”  and similar expressions or future or conditional verbs such as “may,”  “will,” “should,” “would,” and “could.” 
Forward-looking statements include statements, other than those related to historical facts, that relate to Northern Trust’s 
financial results and outlook; capital adequacy; dividend policy and share repurchase program; accounting estimates and 
assumptions; credit quality including allowance levels; future pension plan contributions; effective tax rate; anticipated expense 
levels; contingent liabilities; acquisitions; strategies; market and industry trends; and expectations regarding the impact of 
accounting pronouncements and legislation. These statements are based on Northern Trust’s current beliefs and expectations 
of future events or future results, and involve risks and uncertainties that are difficult to predict and subject to change. These 
statements are also based on assumptions about many important factors, including: 
• 

financial market disruptions or economic recession in the United States or other countries across the globe resulting from 
any of a number of factors, including, for example, actual or potential changes to international trade policy; 
volatility or changes in financial markets, including debt and equity markets, that impact the value, liquidity, or credit 
ratings of financial assets in general, or financial assets held in particular investment funds or client portfolios, including 
those funds, portfolios, and other financial assets with respect to which Northern Trust has taken, or may in the future 
take, actions to provide asset value stability or additional liquidity; 
the impact of equity markets on fee revenue; 
the downgrade of U.S. government-issued and other securities; 
changes in foreign exchange trading client volumes and volatility in foreign currency exchange rates, changes in the 
valuation of the U.S. dollar relative to other currencies in which Northern Trust records revenue or accrues expenses, and 
Northern Trust’s success in assessing and mitigating the risks arising from all such changes and volatility; 
a decline in the value of securities held in Northern Trust’s investment portfolio, particularly asset-backed securities, the 
liquidity  and  pricing  of  which  may  be  negatively  impacted  by  periods  of  economic  turmoil  and  financial 
market disruptions; 

• 

• 
• 
• 

• 

•  Northern Trust’s ability to address operating risks, including those related to cyber-security, data security, human errors 
or  omissions,  pricing  or  valuation  of  securities,  fraud,  systems  performance  or  defects,  systems  interruptions,  and 
breakdowns in processes or internal controls; 

•  Northern Trust's success in responding to and investing in changes and advancements in technology; 
• 
• 
• 

a significant downgrade of any of Northern Trust’s debt ratings; 
the health and soundness of the financial institutions and other counterparties with which Northern Trust conducts business; 
uncertainties inherent in the complex and subjective judgments required to assess credit risk and establish appropriate 
allowances therefor; 
changes in the method pursuant to which the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) or other interest rate benchmarks 
are determined; 
the pace and extent of continued globalization of investment activity and growth in worldwide financial assets; 
changes in interest rates or in the monetary or other policies of various regulatory authorities or central banks; 
changes in the legal, regulatory and enforcement framework and oversight applicable to financial institutions, including 
Northern Trust; 
increased costs of compliance and other risks associated with changes in regulation, the current regulatory environment, 
and areas of increased regulatory emphasis and oversight in the United States and other countries, such as anti-money 
laundering, anti-bribery, and data privacy; 
failure to satisfy regulatory standards or to obtain regulatory approvals when required, including for the use and distribution 
of capital; 
changes in tax laws, accounting requirements or interpretations and other legislation in the United States or other countries 
that could affect Northern Trust or its clients; 

• 

• 
• 
• 

• 

• 

• 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   87 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

• 

• 

geopolitical risks, risks related to global climate change and the risks of extraordinary events such as natural disasters, 
pandemics, terrorist events and war, and the responses of the United States and other countries to those events; 
the departure of the United Kingdom from the European Union, commonly referred to as “Brexit,” and any negative 
effects thereof on global economic conditions, global financial markets, and our business and results of operations; 
changes in the nature and activities of Northern Trust’s competition; 

• 
•  Northern Trust’s success in maintaining existing business and continuing to generate new business in existing and targeted 

markets and its ability to deploy deposits in a profitable manner consistent with its liquidity requirements; 

•  Northern Trust’s ability to address the complex needs of a global client base and manage compliance with legal, tax, 

regulatory and other requirements; 

•  Northern Trust’s ability to maintain a product mix that achieves acceptable margins; 
•  Northern  Trust’s  ability  to  continue  to  generate  investment  results  that  satisfy  clients  and  to  develop  an  array  of 

investment products; 

•  Northern Trust’s success in recruiting and retaining the necessary personnel to support business growth and expansion 

and maintain sufficient expertise to support increasingly complex products and services; 

•  Northern Trust’s success in implementing its expense management initiatives, including its “Value for Spend” initiative; 
uncertainties inherent in Northern Trust’s assumptions concerning its pension plan, including discount rates and expected 
• 
contributions, returns and payouts; 

• 

•  Northern Trust’s success in continuing to enhance its risk management practices and controls and managing risks inherent 
in its businesses, including credit risk, operational risk, market and liquidity risk, fiduciary risk, compliance risk and 
strategic risk; 
risks and uncertainties inherent in the litigation and regulatory process, including the possibility that losses may be in 
excess of Northern Trust’s recorded liability and estimated range of possible loss for litigation exposures; 
risks  associated  with  being  a  holding  company,  including  Northern  Trust’s  dependence  on  dividends  from  its 
principal subsidiary; 
the risk of damage to Northern Trust’s reputation which may undermine the confidence of clients, counterparties, rating 
agencies, and stockholders; and 
other factors identified elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including those factors described in Item 1A, 
“Risk Factors,” and other filings with the SEC, all of which are available on Northern Trust’s website. 

• 

• 

• 

Actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied by forward-looking statements. The information contained 
herein is current only as of the date of that information. All forward-looking statements included in this document are based 
upon information presently available, and Northern Trust assumes no obligation to update its forward-looking statements. 

88   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION 

Reconciliation to Fully Taxable Equivalent 
The following table presents a reconciliation of interest income, net interest income, net interest margin, and total revenue 
prepared in accordance with GAAP to such measures on an FTE basis, which are non-GAAP financial measures. Management 
believes this presentation provides a clearer indication of these financial measures for comparative purposes. When adjusted 
to an FTE basis, yields on taxable, nontaxable and partially taxable assets are comparable; however, the adjustment to an FTE 
basis has no impact on net income. 

TABLE 58: RECONCILIATION TO FULLY TAXABLE EQUIVALENT 

2019 

2018 

2017 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

($ In Millions) 

Interest Income 

Interest Expense 

Net Interest Income 

Net Interest Margin 

REPORTED 

FTE ADJ. 

FTE 

REPORTED 

FTE ADJ. 

FTE 

REPORTED 

FTE ADJ. 

FTE 

$  2,499.9 

$ 

32.8  $  2,532.7 

$  2,321.4  $ 

41.2  $  2,362.6  $  1,769.4  $ 

45.8  $  1,815.2 

822.0 

— 

822.0 

698.7 

— 

698.7 

340.2 

— 

340.2 

$  1,677.9 

$ 

32.8  $  1,710.7 

$  1,622.7  $ 

41.2  $  1,663.9  $  1,429.2  $ 

45.8  $  1,475.0 

1.57% 

1.60% 

1.43% 

1.46% 

1.29% 

1.33% 

Total Revenue 

$  6,073.1 

$ 

32.8  $  6,105.9 

$  5,960.2  $ 

41.2  $  6,001.4  $  5,375.3  $ 

45.8  $  5,421.1 

($ In Millions) 

Interest Income 

Interest Expense 

Net Interest Income 

Net Interest Margin 

Total Revenue 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2016 

2015 

REPORTED 

FTE ADJ. 

FTE 

REPORTED 

FTE ADJ. 

FTE 

$  1,416.9  $ 

25.1  $  1,442.0  $  1,224.0  $ 

25.3  $  1,249.3 

182.0 

— 

182.0 

153.9 

— 

153.9 

$  1,234.9  $ 

25.1  $  1,260.0  $  1,070.1  $ 

25.3  $  1,095.4 

1.15% 

1.18% 

1.05% 

1.07% 

$  4,961.8  $ 

25.1  $  4,986.9  $  4,702.6  $ 

25.3  $  4,727.9 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   89 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) 
The following table presents quarterly financial data for years ended 2019 and 2018. 

TABLE 59: QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED) 

STATEMENTS OF INCOME 

2019 

2018 

($ In Millions Except Per Share Information) 

Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees 

FOURTH 
QUARTER 
992.2 

$ 

THIRD 
QUARTER 
975.5 

SECOND 
QUARTER 
955.5 

$ 

FIRST 
QUARTER 
928.9 

$ 

$ 

$ 

FOURTH 
QUARTER 
933.9 

$ 

THIRD 
QUARTER 
939.2 

$ 

SECOND 
QUARTER 
942.9 

$ 

FIRST 
QUARTER 
937.7 

Other Noninterest Income 

Net Interest Income 

Interest Income 

Interest Expense 

Net Interest Income 

Provision for Credit Losses 

Noninterest Expense 

Provision for Income Taxes 

Net Income 

Preferred Stock Dividends 

Net Income Applicable to Common Stock 

PER COMMON SHARE 
Net Income – Basic 

– Diluted 

AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET ASSETS 

134.7 

144.7 

133.7 

130.0 

152.7 

126.9 

149.9 

154.3 

576.1 

155.3 

420.8 

(1.0) 

1,072.3 

105.3 

620.8 

203.1 

417.7 

(7.0) 

1,036.3 

124.0 

640.2 

222.8 

417.4 

(6.5) 

1,006.2 

117.5 

662.8 

240.8 

422.0 

— 

1,028.7 

105.1 

648.6 

231.4 

417.2 

(4.0) 

1,021.9 

76.0 

599.2 

191.0 

408.2 

(9.0) 

1,002.3 

106.5 

567.7 

154.4 

413.3 

1.5 

997.4 

116.8 

371.1  $ 

384.6  $ 

389.4  $ 

347.1  $ 

409.9  $ 

374.5  $ 

390.4  $ 

5.8 

17.4 

5.9 

17.3 

5.9 

17.3 

5.9 

365.3  $ 

367.2  $ 

383.5  $ 

329.8  $ 

404.0  $ 

357.2  $ 

384.5  $ 

1.71 

$ 

1.70 

$ 

1.76 

$ 

1.70 

1.69 

1.75 

1.49 

$ 

1.48 

1.81 

$ 

1.59 

$ 

1.69 

$ 

1.80 

1.58 

1.68 

$ 

$ 

$ 

505.9 

121.9 

384.0 

(3.0) 

995.3 

102.1 

381.6 

17.3 

364.3 

1.59 

1.58 

Cash and Due from Banks 

$ 

2,292.6 

$ 

2,551.5 

$ 

2,784.3 

$ 

1,940.7 

$ 

2,400.9 

$ 

2,702.9 

$ 

2,440.5 

$ 

2,593.2 

Federal Reserve and Other Central Bank 
Deposits and Other(1) 
Interest-Bearing Due from and Deposits with
Banks(2) 
Federal Funds Sold and Securities Purchased 
under Agreements to Resell 
Securities(3) 
Loans and Leases 

Allowance for Credit Losses Assigned to Loans
and Leases 
Other Assets 

17,230.0 

17,524.9 

19,236.2 

20,163.2 

21,762.6 

22,889.6 

24,512.8 

26,495.1 

6,073.9 

5,656.5 

5,811.9 

6,452.2 

5,228.9 

5,410.3 

6,556.9 

6,920.4 

945.9 

51,919.0 

30,990.8 

816.9 

50,024.9 

30,935.9 

650.9 

48,911.2 

31,098.9 

978.1 

51,889.3 

31,189.4 

1,334.3 

52,228.6 

31,623.8 

1,775.2 

50,820.8 

31,798.9 

1,417.1 

49,692.4 

32,235.4 

1,467.1 

48,335.7 

32,468.0 

(105.5) 

8,758.6 

(111.2) 

8,952.7 

(115.1) 

7,980.6 

(114.0) 

6,917.8 

(120.3) 

6,855.4 

(127.6) 

6,885.5 

(126.4) 

7,138.0 

(131.0) 

6,344.8 

Total Assets 

$  118,105.3  $  116,352.1  $  116,358.9  $  119,416.7  $  121,314.2  $  122,155.6  $  123,866.7  $  124,493.3 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ 
EQUITY 
Deposits 

Demand and Other Noninterest-Bearing 

$ 

17,462.9 

$ 

16,687.3 

$ 

17,826.5 

$ 

17,858.4 

$ 

19,211.2 

$ 

19,430.5 

$ 

21,484.7 

$ 

22,022.9 

Savings, Money Market, and Other 

18,130.2 

17,802.7 

15,950.9 

14,372.8 

14,349.1 

14,787.6 

15,565.0 

15,916.4 

Savings Certificates and Other Time 

Non-U.S. Offices – Interest-Bearing 

Total Deposits 

Short-Term Borrowings 

Senior Notes 

Long-Term Debt 

Floating Rate Capital Debt 

Other Liabilities 

Stockholders’ Equity 

919.0 

52,925.8 

89,437.9 

8,770.5 

2,584.6 

1,154.0 

277.7 

4,948.0 

898.9 

53,631.5 

89,020.4 

8,768.8 

2,587.7 

1,156.7 

277.7 

3,853.0 

888.6 

54,679.9 

89,345.9 

9,427.6 

2,361.4 

1,131.6 

277.6 

3,276.7 

761.4 

58,377.2 

91,369.8 

10,494.0 

2,014.1 

1,112.9 

277.6 

3,719.5 

721.1 

58,873.9 

93,155.3 

10,987.9 

1,996.5 

1,099.6 

277.6 

3,498.5 

810.5 

58,473.2 

93,501.8 

11,380.7 

1,818.0 

1,254.4 

277.6 

3,648.5 

896.6 

57,684.5 

95,630.8 

11,336.2 

1,497.6 

1,410.8 

277.5 

3,511.7 

1,058.5 

59,199.7 

98,197.5 

9,405.3 

1,497.4 

1,426.5 

277.5 

3,551.4 

10,932.6 

10,687.8 

10,538.1 

10,428.8 

10,298.8 

10,274.6 

10,202.1 

10,137.7 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity 

$  118,105.3  $  116,352.1  $  116,358.9  $  119,416.7  $  121,314.2  $  122,155.6  $  123,866.7  $  124,493.3 

(1) Federal Reserve and Other Central Bank Deposits and Other includes collateral deposits with certain securities depositories and clearing houses, which are classified in Other Assets in the consolidated 
balance sheets as of December 31, 2019, and 2018. 
(2) Interest-Bearing Due from and Deposits with Banks includes the interest-bearing component of Cash and Due from Banks and Interest-Bearing Deposits with Banks as presented in the consolidated balance 
sheets as of December 31, 2019, and 2018.. 
(3) Securities include Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank stock and certain community development investments which are classified in Other Assets in the consolidated balance sheets as of 
December 31, 2019 and 2018. 

90   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
ITEM 7A – QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

The information called for by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the “Risk Management” section of Item 7, 
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” of this Annual Report on Form 
10-K. 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   91 

ITEM 8 – FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

In addition to the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm and the consolidated financial statements and 
accompanying  notes  provided  below,   the  table  titled  “Quarterly  Financial  Data  (Unaudited)”  in  Item  7,  “Management's 
Discussion  and Analysis   of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations”  in  this  Form  10-K  is  incorporated  herein  by 
reference. 

REPORT  OF  INDEPENDENT  REGISTERED  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTING  FIRM 

TO THE STOCKHOLDERS AND BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION: 

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements 
We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Northern  Trust  Corporation  and  subsidiaries 
(the Corporation) as of December 31, 2019  and 2018, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, 
changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31,  2019, and 
the related notes (collectively, the consolidated  financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements 
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Corporation as of December 31,  2019 and 2018, and the 
results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31,  2019, in conformity 
with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) 
(PCAOB), the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019 based on criteria established 
in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway 
Commission, and our report dated February 25, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness  of the Corporation’s 
internal control over financial reporting. 

Basis for Opinion 
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Corporation’s management. Our responsibility is to express 
an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with 
the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Corporation in accordance with the U.S. federal securities 
laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform 
the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, 
whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the 
consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such 
procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial 
statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, 
as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a 
reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Critical Audit Matter 
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial 
statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or 
disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, 
or complex judgment. The communication of a critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated 
financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate 
opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates. 

Assessment of the allowance for credit losses related to loans and leases collectively evaluated for inherent impairment 
As discussed in Notes 1 and 7 to the consolidated financial statements, the Corporation’s allowance for credit losses 
related to loans and leases collectively evaluated for inherent impairment (ALLL) was $99.5 million of a total allowance 
for credit losses of $104.5 million as of December 31, 2019. The ALLL  is estimated using a historical loss methodology 
that  estimates  the  probability  of  default  and  loss  given  default  for  all  loans  and  leases. The ALLL   also  incorporates 
adjustments in accordance with the Corporation’s qualitative adjustment framework. 

92   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

We identified the assessment of the ALLL as a critical audit matter because it involved significant measurement uncertainty 
regarding complex auditor judgment, and knowledge and experience in the industry. In addition, auditor judgment was 
required to evaluate the sufficiency of audit evidence obtained. The assessment of the ALLL  encompassed the evaluation 
of the ALLL  methodology, including the methodologies used to estimate the probability of default and loss given default, 
and their key factors and assumptions, including the borrower ratings, the historical observation period, and the loss 
emergence period. The assessment also included an evaluation of the ALLL  calculations. 

The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included the following. We tested certain internal 
controls over the Corporation’s ALLL process, including controls related to the (1) development of the ALLL methodology, 
(2) determination of key factors and assumptions used to estimate the probability of default and loss given default, and 
(3) calculations of the ALLL  estimate. We evaluated the Corporation’s process to develop the ALLL  estimate by testing 
certain source data, factors and assumptions that the Corporation used and considered the relevance and reliability of such 
data, factors and assumptions. In addition, we involved credit risk professionals with specialized industry knowledge and 
experience, who assisted in: 

• 
• 

• 

• 

• 

evaluating the Corporation’s ALLL  methodology for compliance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, 
testing  the  historical  observation  period  assumption  used  in  the  probability  of  default  and  loss  given  default 
methodologies to evaluate the length of the periods, 
testing borrower ratings for a selection of loan relationships by evaluating financial performance of the borrower and 
underlying collateral, 
evaluating the methodology used to develop the probability of default, loss emergence period, and loss given default 
assumptions, and 
evaluating the ALLL calculations, including testing the mathematical accuracy of certain key assumption calculations. 

We evaluated the collective results of the procedures performed to assess the sufficiency of the audit evidence obtained 
related to the Corporation’s ALLL. 

We have served as the Corporation’s auditor since 2002. 

CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 
FEBRUARY 25, 2020 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   93 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 

(In Millions Except Share Information) 

ASSETS 

Cash and Due from Banks 

Federal Reserve and Other Central Bank Deposits 

Interest-Bearing Deposits with Banks 

Federal Funds Sold and Securities Purchased under Agreements to Resell 

Debt Securities 

Available for Sale 

Held to Maturity (Fair value of $12,249.3 and $14,267.0) 

Trading Account 

Total Debt Securities 

Loans and Leases 

Commercial 

Personal 

Total Loans and Leases (Net of unearned income of $14.1 and $13.2) 

Allowance for Credit Losses Assigned to Loans and Leases 

Buildings and Equipment 

Client Security Settlement Receivables 

Goodwill 

Other Assets 

Total Assets 

LIABILITIES 

Deposits 

Demand and Other Noninterest-Bearing 

Savings, Money Market and Other Interest-Bearing 

Savings Certificates and Other Time 

Non U.S. Offices — Noninterest-Bearing 

— Interest-Bearing 

Total Deposits 

Federal Funds Purchased 

Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase 

Other Borrowings 

Senior Notes 

Long-Term Debt 

Floating Rate Capital Debt 

Other Liabilities 

Total Liabilities 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Preferred Stock, No Par Value; Authorized 10,000,000 shares: 

Series C, outstanding shares of 16,000 

Series D, outstanding shares of 5,000 

Series E, outstanding shares of 16,000 

Common Stock, $1.66 2/3 Par Value; Authorized 560,000,000 shares; Outstanding shares of 209,709,046 and 219,012,050 

Additional Paid-In Capital 

Retained Earnings 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss 

Treasury Stock (35,462,478 and 26,159,474 shares, at cost) 

Total Stockholders’ Equity 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements on pages 98-166. 

94   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

2018 

$ 

4,459.2 

$ 

4,581.6 

33,886.0 

30,080.2 

4,877.1 

712.8 

4,264.2 

1,165.2 

38,876.3 

12,284.5 

0.3 

36,888.8 

14,354.0 

0.3 

51,161.1 

51,243.1 

14,274.2 

17,135.4 

15,175.2 

17,314.8 

31,409.6 

32,490.0 

(104.5) 

483.3 

845.7 

696.8 

8,401.3 

(112.6) 

428.2 

1,646.1 

669.3 

5,757.2 

$  136,828.4  $  132,212.5 

$  14,114.7 

$  14,508.0 

21,441.5 

14,612.0 

986.7 

12,177.4 

60,400.3 

688.7 

8,220.1 

66,468.0 

109,120.6 

104,496.8 

552.9 

489.7 

6,744.8 

2,573.0 

1,148.1 

277.7 

4,830.6 

2,594.2 

168.3 

7,901.7 

2,011.3 

1,112.4 

277.6 

3,141.9 

125,737.4 

121,704.2 

388.5 

493.5 

391.4 

408.6 

1,013.1 

11,656.7 

(194.7) 

388.5 

493.5 

— 

408.6 

1,068.5 

10,776.8 
(453.7) 

(3,066.1) 

(2,173.9) 

11,091.0 

10,508.3 

$  136,828.4  $  132,212.5 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 

(In Millions Except Share Information) 

Noninterest Income 

Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees 

       Foreign Exchange Trading Income 

Treasury Management Fees 

       Security Commissions and Trading Income 

 Other Operating Income 

 Investment Security Gains (Losses), net (Note) 

Total Noninterest Income 

Net Interest Income

 Interest Income 

 Interest Expense 

Net Interest Income 

Provision for Credit Losses 

Net Interest Income after Provision for Credit Losses 

Noninterest Expense

 Compensation 

 Employee Benefits 

 Outside Services 

 Equipment and Software 

 Occupancy 

 Other Operating Expense 

Total Noninterest Expense 

Income before Income Taxes 

Provision for Income Taxes 

NET INCOME 

Preferred Stock Dividends 

Net Income Applicable to Common Stock 

PER COMMON SHARE 

Net Income  – Basic 

– Diluted 

Average Number of Common Shares Outstanding – Basic 

– Diluted 

Note:  Changes in Other-Than-Temporary-Impairment (OTTI) Losses 

Other Security Gains (Losses), net 

Investment Security Gains (Losses), net 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

(In Millions) 

Net Income 

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Net of Tax and Reclassifications) 

Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Debt Securities Available for Sale 

Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Cash Flow Hedges 

Net Foreign Currency Adjustments 

Net Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Adjustments 

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

Comprehensive Income 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements on pages 98-166. 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

2018 

2017 

$ 

3,852.1  $ 

3,753.7  $ 

3,434.3

250.9 

44.5 

103.6 

145.5 

(1.4) 

4,395.2 

2,499.9 

822.0 

1,677.9 

(14.5) 

1,692.4 

307.2 

51.8 

98.3 

127.5 

(1.0) 

4,337.5 

2,321.4 

698.7 

1,622.7 

(14.5) 

1,637.2 

209.9 

56.4

89.6

157.5

(1.6) 

3,946.1 

1,769.4

340.2 

1,429.2 

(28.0) 

1,457.2 

1,859.0 

1,806.9 

1,733.7

355.2 

774.5 

612.1 

212.9 

329.8 

4,143.5 

1,944.1 

451.9 

356.7 

739.4 

582.2 

201.1 

330.6 

4,016.9 

1,957.8 

401.4 

1,492.2  $ 

1,556.4  $ 

46.4 

46.4 

319.9

668.4

524.0

191.8

331.6 

3,769.4 

1,633.9 

434.9 

1,199.0 

49.8 

1,445.8  $ 

1,510.0  $ 

1,149.2 

6.66  $ 

6.63 

6.68  $ 

6.64 

4.95 

4.92 

214,525,547 

223,148,335 

228,257,664 

215,601,149 

224,488,326 

229,654,401 

(0.3)  $ 

(1.1) 

(1.4)  $ 

(0.5)  $ 

(0.5) 

(1.0)  $ 

(0.2) 

(1.4) 

(1.6) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

2018 

$ 

1,492.2  $ 

1,556.4  $ 

2017 

1,199.0 

228.9 

(7.7) 

49.9 

(12.1) 

259.0 

(22.3) 

(1.4) 

22.2 

(12.6) 

(14.1) 

(42.4) 

(1.6) 

16.7 

(17.0) 

(44.3) 

$ 

1,751.2  $ 

1,542.3  $ 

1,154.7 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   95 

       
       
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

(In Millions Except Per Share Information) 

Preferred 
Stock 

Common 
Stock 

Additional 
Paid-in 
Capital 

Retained 
Earnings 

Accumulated Other 
Comprehensive
Income (Loss) 

Treasury
Stock 

Total 

Balance at January 1, 2017 

$ 

882.0  $ 

408.6  $ 

1,035.8  $ 

8,908.4  $ 

(370.0)  $  (1,094.4)  $  9,770.4 

Net income 

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Net of
Tax and Reclassifications) 

Dividends: 

Common stock, $1.60 per share 

Preferred stock 

Stock Options and Awards 

Stock Purchased 

Treasury Stock Transactions — Stock Options 
and Awards 

Stock Options and Awards — Amortization 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(117.1) 

128.5 

1,199.0 

— 

— 

1,199.0 

— 

(44.3) 

— 

(44.3) 

(372.5) 

(49.8) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

225.1 

(372.5) 

(49.8) 

225.1 

(523.1) 

(523.1) 

— 

— 

(117.1) 

128.5 

Balance at December 31, 2017 

$ 

882.0  $ 

408.6  $ 

1,047.2  $ 

9,685.1  $ 

(414.3)  $  (1,392.4)  $  10,216.2 

Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income 

Change in Accounting Principle 

Net income 

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Net of
Tax and Reclassifications) 

Dividends Declared: 

Common Stock, $1.94 per share 

Preferred Stock 

Stock Options and Awards 

Stock Purchased 

Treasury Stock Transactions — Stock Options 
and Awards 

Stock Options and Awards — Amortization 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(110.2) 

131.5 

25.3 

(4.5) 

1,556.4 

— 

(439.1) 

(46.4) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(25.3) 

— 

— 

(14.1) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

142.8 

— 

(4.5) 

1,556.4 

(14.1) 

(439.1) 

(46.4) 

142.8 

(924.3) 

(924.3) 

— 

— 

(110.2) 

131.5 

Balance at December 31, 2018 

$ 

882.0  $ 

408.6  $ 

1,068.5  $ 

10,776.8  $ 

(453.7)  $  (2,173.9)  $  10,508.3 

Net income 

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Net of
Tax and Reclassifications) 

Dividends: 

Common Stock, $2.60 per share 

Preferred Stock 

— 

— 

— 

— 

Issuance of Preferred Stock, Series E 

391.4 

Stock Options and Awards 

Stock Purchased 

Treasury Stock Transactions — Stock Options
and Awards 

Stock Options and Awards — Amortization 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(163.9) 

108.5 

1,492.2 

— 

(565.9) 

(46.4) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

1,492.2 

259.0 

— 

259.0 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

208.0 

(565.9) 

(46.4) 

391.4 

208.0 

(1,100.2) 

(1,100.2) 

— 

— 

(163.9) 

108.5 

Balance at December 31, 2019 

$  1,273.4  $ 

408.6  $ 

1,013.1  $ 

11,656.7  $ 

(194.7)  $  (3,066.1)  $  11,091.0 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements on pages 98-166. 

96   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

(In Millions) 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES 

Net Income 

Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities 

Investment Security Losses, net 
Amortization and Accretion of Securities and Unearned Income, net 
Provision for Credit Losses 
Depreciation on Buildings and Equipment 
Amortization of Computer Software 
Amortization of Intangibles 
Change in Accrued Income Taxes 
Pension Plan Contributions 
Deferred Income Tax Provision 
Change in Receivables 
Change in Interest Payable 
Change in Collateral With Derivative Counterparties, net 
Other Operating Activities, net 
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES 

Net Change in Federal Funds Sold and Securities Purchased under Agreements to Resell 
Change in Interest-Bearing Deposits with Banks 
Net Change in Federal Reserve and Other Central Bank Deposits 
Purchases of Debt Securities – Held to Maturity 
Proceeds from Maturity and Redemption of Debt Securities – Held to Maturity 

Purchases of Debt Securities – Available for Sale 
Proceeds from Sale, Maturity and Redemption of Debt Securities – Available for Sale 
Change in Loans and Leases 
Purchases of Buildings and Equipment 
Purchases and Development of Computer Software 
Change in Client Security Settlement Receivables 
Acquisition of a Business, Net of Cash Received 
Bank-Owned Life Insurance Policy Premiums 
Other Investing Activities, net 
Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Investing Activities 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES 

Change in Deposits 
Change in Federal Funds Purchased 
Change in Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase 
Change in Short-Term Other Borrowings 
Proceeds from Senior Notes 
Repayments of Senior Notes 
Proceeds from Issuance of Preferred Stock - Series E 
Treasury Stock Purchased 
Net Proceeds from Stock Options 
Cash Dividends Paid on Common Stock 
Cash Dividends Paid on Preferred Stock 
Other Financing Activities, net 
Net Cash Provided by (Used In) Financing Activities 

Effect of Foreign Currency Exchange Rates on Cash 
Change in Cash and Due from Banks 
Cash and Due from Banks at Beginning of Year 
Cash and Due from Banks at End of Year 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION 

Interest Paid 
Income Taxes Paid 
Transfers from Loans to OREO 
Transfers to Leases Held For Sale from Leases 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements on pages 98-166. 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

2018 

2017 

$ 

1,492.2 

$ 

1,556.4 

$ 

1,199.0 

1.4 
64.6 
(14.5) 
103.2 
339.1 
16.6 
(70.7) 
(6.1) 
34.3 
(50.3) 
(23.6) 
1,154.0 
(448.2) 
2,592.0 

486.3 
(614.6) 
(3,683.2) 
(14,154.3) 
16,290.9 

(12,811.0) 
11,057.2 
1,087.9 
(158.0) 
(441.8) 
821.0 
(10.5) 
(1,500.0) 
225.1 
(3,405.0) 

4,263.6 
(2,041.3) 
320.9 
(1,184.5) 
498.0 
— 
392.5 
(1,100.2) 
44.0 
(529.7) 
(46.4) 
(1.0) 
615.9 
74.7 
(122.4) 
4,581.6 
4,459.2  $ 

$ 

845.5 
437.0 
3.5 
53.6 

1.0 
95.9 
(14.5) 
108.6 
334.9 
17.4 
(130.0) 
(74.5) 
10.5 
(197.0) 
28.5 
(699.6) 
729.9 
1,767.5 

105.7 
1,073.8 
9,679.6 
(21,463.1) 
20,036.7 

(12,596.9) 
8,958.7 
66.1 
(97.6) 
(408.4) 
(49.7) 
(104.2) 
— 
(873.6) 
4,327.1 

(6,163.2) 
308.1 
(665.2) 
1,860.9 
497.9 
(314.3) 
— 
(924.3) 
32.6 
(405.4) 
(46.4) 
1.1 
(5,818.2) 
(212.9) 
63.5 
4,518.1 
4,581.6  $ 

$ 

670.2 
493.5 
11.4 
— 

1.6 
105.0 
(28.0) 
101.2 
309.1 
11.4 
36.2 
(14.5) 
(76.1) 
(119.3) 
10.7 
486.2 
(302.1) 
1,720.4 

678.9 
(467.7) 
(12,748.7) 
(11,955.2) 
9,924.8 

(9,780.0) 
10,103.4 
1,451.0 
(91.6) 
(381.2) 
(592.6) 
(188.5) 
— 
25.8 
(14,021.6) 

8,523.6 
2,081.2 
360.5 
967.7 
350.0 
(208.7) 
— 
(523.1) 
108.0 
(356.8) 
(49.8) 
0.1 
11,252.7 
234.6 
(813.9) 
5,332.0 
4,518.1 

328.8 
441.2 
8.2 
— 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   97 

$ 

$ 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles 
(GAAP)  and  reporting  practices  prescribed  for  the  banking  industry.  A   description  of  the  more  significant  accounting 
policies follows. 

A.  Basis of Presentation.  The  consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Northern Trust  Corporation  
(Corporation)  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiary,   The  Northern  Trust   Company  (Bank),  and  various  other  wholly-owned 
subsidiaries of the Corporation and Bank. Throughout the notes to the consolidated financial statements, the term “Northern 
Trust”   refers  to  the  Corporation  and  its  subsidiaries.  Intercompany  balances  and  transactions  have  been  eliminated  in 
consolidation. The consolidated statements of income include results of acquired subsidiaries from the dates of acquisition. 
Certain prior-year balances have been reclassified consistent with the current year’s presentation. 

B. Nature of Operations.  The Corporation is a bank holding company that has elected to be a financial holding company  
under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. The Bank is an Illinois banking corporation headquartered in 
Chicago  and  the  Corporation’s   principal  subsidiary.   The  Corporation  conducts  business  in  the  United  States  (U.S.)  and 
internationally through various U.S. and non-U.S. subsidiaries, including the Bank. 

Northern  Trust   generates  the  majority  of  its  revenue  from  its  two  client-focused  reporting  segments:  Corporate & 
Institutional Services (C&IS) and Wealth Management. Asset management and related services are provided to C&IS and 
Wealth Management clients primarily by the Asset Management business. 

C&IS  is  a  leading  global  provider  of  asset  servicing  and  related  services  to  corporate  and  public  retirement  funds, 
foundations, endowments, fund managers, insurance companies, sovereign wealth funds, and other institutional investors 
around the globe. Asset  servicing and related services encompass a full range of capabilities including but not limited to: 
global  custody;  fund  administration;  investment  operations  outsourcing;  investment  management;  investment  risk  and 
analytical services; employee benefit services; securities lending; foreign exchange; treasury management; brokerage services; 
transition management services; banking and cash management. Client relationships are managed through the Bank and the 
Bank’s and the Corporation’s other subsidiaries, including support from locations in North America, Europe, the Middle East, 
and the Asia-Pacific region. 

Wealth Management focuses on high-net-worth individuals and families, business owners, executives, professionals, 
retirees, and established privately-held businesses in its target markets. The business also includes the Global Family Office, 
which provides customized services to meet the complex financial needs of individuals and family offices in the U.S. and 
throughout the world with assets typically exceeding $200 million.  In supporting these targeted  segments, Wealth Management 
provides trust, investment management, custody,  and philanthropic services; financial consulting; guardianship and estate 
administration; family business consulting; family financial education; brokerage services; and private and business banking. 
Wealth Management services are delivered by multidisciplinary teams through a network of offices  in 19 U.S. states and 
Washington, D.C., as well as offices in London, Guernsey, and Abu Dhabi. 

C. Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements.  The preparation of financial statements in conformity  
with GAAP  requires management to make estimates and assumptions in the application of certain of our significant accounting 
policies that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date 
of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expense during the reporting period.  Actual 
results could differ from those estimates. 

D.  Foreign  Currency  Remeasurement  and Translation.  Asset  and liability accounts denominated in nonfunctional  
currencies are remeasured into functional currencies at period-end rates of exchange, except for certain balance sheet items 
including but not limited to buildings and equipment, goodwill and other intangible assets, which are remeasured at historical 
exchange rates. Results from remeasurement of asset and liability accounts are reported in other operating income as currency 
translation gains (losses), net. Income and expense accounts are remeasured at period-average rates of exchange. 

Asset and liability accounts of entities with functional currencies that are not the U.S. dollar are translated at period-end 
rates of exchange. Income and expense accounts are translated at period-average rates of exchange. Translation adjustments, 
net  of  applicable  taxes,  are  reported  directly  to  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (AOCI),  a  component  of 
stockholders’ equity. 

E. Securities.  Securities Available for Sale  are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses credited or charged,  
net of the tax effect, to AOCI. Realized gains and losses on securities available for sale are determined on a specific identification 

98   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

basis and are reported within other security gains (losses), net, in the consolidated statements of income. Interest income is 
recorded on the accrual basis, adjusted for the amortization of premium and accretion of discount. 

Securities Held to Maturity  consist of debt securities that management intends to, and Northern Trust has the ability to, 
hold until maturity. Such securities are reported at cost, adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount. Interest 
income is recorded on the accrual basis adjusted for the amortization of premium and accretion of discount. 

Securities Held for Trading  are stated at fair value. Realized and unrealized gains and losses on securities held for trading 

are reported in the consolidated statements of income within security commissions and trading income. 

Nonmarketable Securities  primarily consist of Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago and Federal Home Loan Bank stock 
and community development investments, each of which are recorded in Other Assets on the consolidated balance sheets. 
Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago and Federal Home Loan Bank stock are reported at cost, which represents redemption value. 
Community development investments are typically reported at amortized cost. Those community development investments 
that are designed to generate a return primarily through realization of tax credits and other tax benefits, which are discussed 
in further detail in Note 30, “Variable Interest Entities,” are reported at amortized cost using the effective yield method or 
proportional amortization method and amortized over the lives of the related tax credits and other tax benefits. 

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment (OTTI).  A security is considered to be other-than-temporarily  impaired if the present 
value of cash flows expected to be collected are less than the security’s amortized cost basis (the difference being defined as 
the credit loss) or if the fair value of the security is less than the security’s amortized cost basis and the investor intends, or 
more-likely-than-not will be required, to sell the security before recovery of the security’s amortized cost basis. If OTTI exists, 
the charge to earnings is limited to the amount of credit loss if the investor does not intend to sell the security, and it is more-
likely-than-not that it will not be required to sell the security,  before recovery of the security’s  amortized cost basis. Any 
remaining difference between fair value and amortized cost is recognized in AOCI, net of applicable taxes. Otherwise, the 
entire difference between fair value and amortized cost is charged to earnings. 

F.   Securities  Purchased   Under  Agreements   to  Resell  and  Securities  Sold  Under  Agreements   to  Repurchase.  
Securities  purchased  under  agreements  to  resell  and  securities  sold  under  agreements  to  repurchase  are  accounted  for  as 
collateralized financings and recorded at the amounts at which the securities were acquired or sold plus accrued interest. To 
minimize any potential credit risk associated with these transactions, the fair value of the securities purchased or sold is 
monitored, limits are set on exposure with counterparties, and the financial condition of counterparties is regularly assessed. 
It is Northern Trust’s policy to take possession, either directly or via third-party custodians, of securities purchased under 
agreements to resell. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are held by the counterparty until the repurchase.  

G.  Derivative Financial Instruments.  Northern Trust is a party to various derivative financial instruments that are used  
in the normal course of business to meet the needs of its clients, as part of its trading activity for its own account, and as part 
of its risk management activities. These instruments generally include foreign exchange contracts, interest rate contracts, total 
return swap contracts and credit default swap contracts.  All derivative financial instruments, whether designated as hedges or 
not, are recorded on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value within Other Assets and Other Liabilities. Derivative asset 
and liability positions with the same counterparty are reflected on a net basis on the consolidated balance sheets in cases where 
legally enforceable master netting arrangements or similar agreements exist. These derivative assets and liabilities are further 
reduced by cash collateral received from, and deposited with, derivative counterparties. The accounting for changes in the 
fair value of a derivative in the consolidated statements of income depends on whether or not the contract has been designated 
as a hedge and qualifies for hedge accounting under GAAP. Derivative financial instruments are recorded on the consolidated 
statements of cash flows within the line item, “other operating activities, net,” except for net investment hedges which are 
recorded within “other investing activities, net”. 

Changes in the fair value of client-related and trading derivative instruments, which are not designated hedges under 
GAAP, are recognized currently in either foreign exchange trading income or security commissions and trading income. 
Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments entered into for risk management purposes but not designated as hedges 
are recognized currently in other operating income. Certain derivative instruments used by Northern Trust to manage risk are 
formally designated and qualify for hedge accounting as fair value, cash flow, or net investment hedges. 

Derivatives designated as fair value hedges are used to limit Northern Trust’s exposure to changes in the fair value of 
assets and liabilities due to movements in interest rates. Changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument and changes in 
the fair value of the hedged asset or liability attributable to the hedged risk are recognized currently in interest income or 
interest expense. For substantially all fair value hedges, Northern Trust applies the “shortcut” method of accounting, available 
under GAAP. As a result, changes recorded in the fair value of the hedged item are assumed to equal the offsetting gain or 
loss on the derivative. For fair value hedges that do not qualify for the “shortcut” method of accounting, Northern Trust utilizes 
regression analysis, a “long-haul” method of accounting, in assessing whether these hedging relationships are highly effective 
at inception and quarterly thereafter. 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   99 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges are used to minimize the variability in cash flows of earning assets or forecasted 
transactions caused by movements in interest or  foreign exchange rates. Changes in the fair value of such derivatives are 
recognized in AOCI,  a component of stockholders’  equity,  and there is no change to the accounting for the hedged item. 
Balances in AOCI are reclassified to earnings when the hedged forecasted transaction impacts earnings, and are reflected in 
the same income statement line item. Northern Trust applies the “shortcut” method of accounting for cash flow hedges of 
certain available for sale investment securities. For cash flow hedges of certain other available for sale investment securities, 
foreign currency denominated investment securities, and forecasted foreign currency denominated revenue and expenditure 
transactions, Northern Trust closely matches all terms of the hedged item and hedging derivative at inception and on an ongoing 
basis. For cash flow hedges of available for sale investment securities, to the extent all terms are not perfectly matched, 
effectiveness is assessed using regression analysis. For cash flow hedges of forecasted foreign currency denominated revenue 
and expenditure transactions and investment securities, to the extent all terms are not perfectly matched, effectiveness  is 
assessed using the dollar-offset method. 

Foreign exchange contracts and qualifying non-derivative instruments designated as net investment hedges are used to 
minimize Northern Trust’s exposure to variability in the foreign currency translation of net investments in non-U.S. branches 
and subsidiaries. Changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument are recognized in AOCI  consistent with the related 
translation gains and losses of the hedged net investment. For net investment hedges, all critical terms of the hedged item and 
the hedging instrument are matched at inception and on an ongoing basis. Amounts  recorded in AOCI  are reclassified to 
earnings only upon the sale or liquidation of an investment in a non-U.S. branch or subsidiary. 

Fair value, cash flow, and net investment hedges are designated and formally documented as such contemporaneous with 
the transaction. The formal documentation describes the hedge relationship and identifies the hedging instruments and hedged 
items. Included in the documentation is a discussion of the risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking such 
hedges, the nature of the risk being hedged, and a description of the method for assessing hedge effectiveness at inception 
and on an ongoing basis. For hedges that do not qualify for the “shortcut” or the critical terms match methods of accounting, 
a formal assessment is performed on a calendar quarter basis to verify that derivatives used in hedging transactions continue 
to be highly effective  in offsetting the changes in fair value or cash flows of the hedged item. Hedge accounting is discontinued 
if a derivative ceases to be highly effective, matures, is terminated or sold, if a hedged forecasted transaction is no longer 
expected to occur,  or if Northern Trust  removes the derivative’s  hedge designation. Subsequent gains and losses on these 
derivatives are included in foreign exchange trading income or security commissions and trading income. For discontinued 
cash flow hedges, the accumulated gain or loss on the derivative remains in  AOCI and is reclassified to earnings in the period 
in which the previously hedged forecasted transaction impacts earnings or is no longer probable of occurring. For discontinued 
fair value hedges, the previously hedged asset or liability ceases to be adjusted for changes in its fair value. Previous adjustments 
to the hedged item are amortized over the remaining life of the hedged item. 

H.  Loans and Leases.  Loans and leases are recognized assets that represent a contractual right to receive money either  
on demand or on fixed or determinable dates. Loans and leases are disaggregated for disclosure purposes by portfolio segment 
(segment) and by class. Northern Trust has defined its segments as commercial and personal. A  class of loans and leases is a 
subset of a segment, the components of which have similar risk characteristics, measurement attributes, or risk monitoring 
methods. The classes within the commercial segment have been defined as commercial and institutional, commercial real 
estate, lease financing, net, non-U.S. and other. The classes within the personal segment have been defined as residential real 
estate, private client and other. 

Loan Classification.  Loans that are held for investment are reported at the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned 
income. Loans classified as held for sale are reported at the lower of cost or fair value. Undrawn commitments relating to 
loans that are not held for sale are recorded in Other Liabilities and are carried at the amount of unamortized fees with an 
allowance for credit loss liability recognized for any estimated probable losses. 

Recognition of Income.  Interest income on loans is recorded on an accrual basis unless, in the opinion of management, 
there is a question as to the ability of the debtor to meet the terms of the loan agreement, or interest or principal is more than 
90 days contractually past due and the loan is not well-secured and in the process of collection. Loans meeting such criteria 
are classified as nonperforming and interest income is recorded on a cash basis. Past due status is based on how long since 
the contractual due date a principal or interest payment has been past due. For disclosure purposes, loans that are 29 days past 
due or less are reported as current.  At the time a loan is determined to be nonperforming, interest accrued but not collected is 
reversed against interest income in the current period. Interest collected on nonperforming loans is applied to principal unless, 
in the opinion of management, collectability of principal is not in doubt. Management’s assessment of indicators of loan and 
lease collectability, and its policies relative to the recognition of interest income, including the suspension and subsequent 
resumption of income recognition, do not meaningfully vary between loan and lease classes. Nonperforming loans are returned 
to performing status when factors indicating doubtful collectability no longer exist. Factors considered in returning a loan to 
performing status are consistent across all classes of loans and leases and, in accordance with regulatory guidance, relate 

100   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

primarily to expected payment performance. A  loan is eligible to be returned to performing status when: (i) no principal or 
interest that is due is unpaid and repayment of the remaining contractual principal and interest is expected or (ii) the loan has 
otherwise become well-secured (possessing realizable value sufficient to discharge the debt, including accrued interest, in 
full) and is in the process of collection (through action reasonably expected to result in debt repayment or restoration to a 
current status in the near future).  A  loan that has not been brought fully current may be restored to performing status provided 
there has been a sustained period of repayment performance (generally a minimum of six  payment periods) by the borrower 
in accordance with the contractual terms, and Northern Trust is reasonably assured of repayment within a reasonable period 
of time. Additionally, a loan that has been formally restructured so as to be reasonably assured of repayment and performance 
according to its modified terms may be returned to accrual status, provided there was a well-documented credit evaluation of 
the borrower’s financial condition and prospects of repayment under the revised terms, and there has been a sustained period 
of repayment performance (generally a minimum of six payment periods) under the revised terms. 

Impaired  Loans.  A   loan  is  considered  to  be  impaired  when,  based  on  current  information  and  events,  management 
determines that it is probable that Northern Trust will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms 
of the loan agreement. Impaired loans are identified through ongoing credit management and risk rating processes, including 
the  formal  review  of  past  due  and  watch  list  credits.  Payment  performance  and  delinquency  status  are  critical  factors  in 
identifying impairment for all loans and leases, particularly those within the residential real estate, private client and personal-
other classes. Other key factors considered in identifying impairment of loans and leases within the commercial and institutional, 
lease financing, net, non-U.S., and commercial-other classes relate to the borrower’s ability to perform under the terms of the 
obligation as measured through the assessment of future cash flows, including consideration of collateral value, market value, 
and other factors. A  loan is also considered to be impaired if its terms have been modified as a concession by Northern Trust 
or a bankruptcy court resulting from the debtor’s financial difficulties, referred to as a troubled debt restructuring (TDR).  All 
TDRs are reported as impaired loans in the calendar year of their restructuring. In subsequent years, a TDR may cease being 
reported as impaired if the loan was modified at a market rate and has performed according to the modified terms for at least 
six payment periods. A  loan that has been modified at a below market rate will return to performing status if it satisfies the 
six-payment-period performance requirement; however, it will remain reported as impaired. Impairment is measured based 
upon the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the loan's original effective interest rate, the fair value of 
the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent, or the loan's observable market value. If the loan valuation is less than the 
recorded value of the loan, based on the certainty of loss, either a specific allowance is established, or a charge-off is recorded, 
for  the  difference.   Smaller  balance  (individually  less  than  $1  million)   homogeneous  loans  are  collectively  evaluated  for 
impairment and excluded from impaired loan disclosures as allowed under applicable accounting standards. Northern Trust’s 
accounting policies for material impaired loans is consistent across all classes of loans and leases. 

Premium, Discounts, Origination Costs and Fees.  Premiums and discounts on loans are recognized as an adjustment of 
yield using the interest method based on the contractual terms of the loan. Certain direct origination costs and fees are netted, 
deferred and amortized over the life of the related loan as an adjustment to the loan’s yield. 

Direct Financing and Leveraged Leases. Unearned lease income from direct financing and leveraged leases is recognized 
using the interest method. This method provides a constant rate of return on the unrecovered investment over the life of the 
lease. The rate of return and the allocation of income over the lease term are recalculated from the inception of the lease if 
during the lease term assumptions regarding the amount or timing of estimated cash flows change. Lease residual values are 
established at the inception of the lease based on in-house valuations and market analyses provided by outside parties. Lease 
residual values are reviewed at least annually for OTTI.  A  decline in the estimated residual value of a leased asset determined 
to be other-than-temporary would be recorded in the period in which the decline is identified as a reduction of interest income. 

I.  Allowance for  Credit Losses.  The allowance for credit losses represents management’s estimate of probable losses  
which have occurred as of the date of the consolidated financial statements. The loan and lease portfolio and other lending-
related credit exposures are regularly reviewed to evaluate the level of the allowance for credit losses. In determining an 
appropriate  allowance  level,  Northern  Trust   evaluates  the  allowance  necessary  for  impaired  loans  and  lending-related 
commitments and also  estimates losses inherent in  other lending-related credit exposures. The  allowance for credit losses 
consists of the following components: 

Specific Allowance.  The specific allowance is determined through an individual evaluation of loans and lending-related 
commitments considered impaired that is based on expected future cash flows, the value of collateral, and other factors that 
may impact the borrower’s ability to pay. For impaired loans where the amount of specific allowance, if any, is determined 
based  on  the  value  of  the  underlying  real  estate  collateral,  third-party  appraisals  are  typically  obtained  and  utilized  by 
management. These appraisals are generally less than twelve months old and are subject to adjustments to reflect management’s 
judgment as to the realizable value of the collateral. 

Inherent Allowance.  The inherent allowance estimation methodology is based on internally developed loss data specific 
to the Northern Trust loan and lease portfolio. The estimation methodology and the related qualitative adjustment framework 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   101 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

segregate the loan and lease portfolio into homogeneous segments. For each segment, the probability of default and the loss 
given default are applied to the total exposure at default to determine a quantitative inherent allowance. The  quantitative 
inherent allowance is then reviewed within the qualitative adjustment framework, where management applies judgment by 
assessing internal risk factors, potential limitations in the quantitative methodology and environmental factors that are not 
fully contemplated in the quantitative methodology to compute an adjustment to the quantitative inherent allowance for each 
segment of the loan portfolio. 

The results of the inherent allowance estimation methodology are reviewed quarterly by Northern Trust’s  Loan Loss 
Reserve  Committee,  which  includes  representatives  from  Credit  Risk  Management,  reporting  segment  management,  and 
Corporate Finance. 

Loans, leases, and other extensions of credit deemed uncollectible are charged to the allowance for credit losses. Subsequent 
recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. Northern Trust’s policies relative to the charging-off of uncollectible loans 
and leases are consistent across both loan and lease segments. Determinations as to whether loan balances for which the 
collectability is in question are charged-off or a specific reserve is established are based on management’s assessment as to 
the level of certainty regarding the amount of loss. The provision for credit losses, which is charged to income, is the amount 
necessary to adjust the allowance for credit losses to the level determined to be appropriate through the above processes. 
Actual losses may vary from current estimates and the amount of the provision for credit losses may be either greater or less 
than actual net charge-offs. 

Northern Trust analyzes its exposure to credit losses from both on-balance-sheet and off-balance-sheet activity using a 

consistent methodology. 

For purposes of estimating the allowance for credit losses for undrawn loan commitments and standby letters of credit, 
the exposure at default includes an estimated drawdown of unused credit based on a credit conversion factor. The proportionate 
amount of the quantitative methodology calculation after any required adjustment in the qualitative framework results in the 
required allowance for undrawn loan commitments and standby letters of credit as of the reporting date. 

The portion of the allowance assigned to loans and leases is reported as a contra asset, directly following loans and leases 
in the consolidated balance sheets. The portion of the allowance assigned to undrawn loan commitments and standby letters 
of credit is reported in Other Liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. 

J. Standby Letters of Credit.  Fees on standby letters of credit are recognized in other operating income using the straight-
line method over the lives of the underlying agreements. Northern Trust’s recorded other liability for standby letters of credit, 
reflecting the obligation it has undertaken, is measured as the amount of unamortized fees on these instruments. 

K. Buildings and Equipment.  Buildings and equipment owned are carried at original cost less accumulated depreciation.  
The charge for depreciation is computed using the straight-line method based on the following range of lives: buildings – up 
to 30 years; equipment – 3 to 10 years; and leasehold improvements – the shorter of the lease term or 15 years. Leased properties 
meeting certain criteria are capitalized and amortized using the straight-line method over the lease period. 

L. Other  Real Estate Owned (OREO).  OREO is comprised of commercial and residential real estate properties acquired  
in partial or total satisfaction of loans. OREO assets are carried at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated costs to sell 
and are recorded in Other Assets on the consolidated balance sheets. Fair value is typically based on third-party appraisals. 
Appraisals of OREO properties are updated on an annual basis and are subject to adjustments to reflect management’s judgment 
as to the realizable value of the properties. Losses identified during the 90-day period after the acquisition of such properties 
are charged against the allowance for credit losses assigned to loans and leases. Subsequent write-downs that may be required 
to the carrying value of these assets and gains or losses realized from asset sales are recorded within other operating expense. 

M.  Goodwill and Other  Intangible Assets.  Goodwill is not subject to amortization. Separately identifiable acquired  
intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives, primarily on a straight-line basis. Purchased 
software, software licenses, and allowable internal costs, including compensation relating to software developed for internal 
use, are capitalized. Software is amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally 
ranging from 3 to 10 years. Fees paid for the use of software licenses that are not hosted by Northern Trust are expensed as 
incurred. 

Goodwill and other intangible assets are reviewed for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently if events or 

changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. 

N. Trust, Investment and Other  Servicing Fees.  Trust, investment and other servicing fees are recorded on an accrual 
basis, over the period in which the service is provided. Fees are primarily a function of the market value of assets custodied, 
managed and serviced, transaction volumes, and securities lending volume and spreads, as set forth in the underlying client 

102   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

agreement. This revenue recognition involves the use of estimates and assumptions, including components that are calculated 
based on estimated asset valuations and transaction volumes. 

O.  Client Security Settlement Receivables.  These receivables result from custody client withdrawals from short-term  
investment funds that settle on the following business day as well as custody client security sales executed under contractual 
settlement date accounting that have not yet settled. Northern Trust advances cash to the client on the date of either client 
withdrawal or trade execution and awaits collection from either the short-term investment funds or via the settled trade. 

P.  Income Taxes.  Northern Trust follows an asset and liability approach to account for income taxes. The objective is to  
recognize the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year, and to recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities 
resulting from temporary differences between the amounts reported in the financial statements and the tax bases of assets and 
liabilities. The measurement of tax assets and liabilities is based on enacted tax laws and applicable tax rates. 

Tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return are evaluated based on their likelihood of being sustained upon 
examination by tax authorities. Only tax positions that are considered more-likely-than-not to be sustained are recorded in 
the consolidated financial statements.  A  valuation allowance is established for deferred tax assets if it is more-likely-than-not 
that all or a portion will not be realized. Northern Trust  recognizes any interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax 
benefits in the provision for income taxes. 

Q. Cash Flow Statements.  Cash and cash equivalents have been defined as “Cash and Due from Banks”. 

R. Pension and Other  Postretirement Benefits.  Northern Trust records the funded status of its defined benefit pension 
and other postretirement plans on the consolidated balance sheets. Funded pension and postretirement benefits are reported 
in Other Assets and unfunded pension and postretirement benefits are reported in Other Liabilities. Plan assets and benefit 
obligations are measured annually at December 31. Plan assets are determined based on fair value generally representing 
observable market prices. The projected benefit obligations are determined based on the present value of projected benefit 
distributions at an assumed discount rate. Pension costs are recognized ratably over the estimated working lifetime of eligible 
participants. 

S. Share-Based Compensation Plans.  Northern Trust recognizes as compensation expense the grant-date fair value of 
stock and stock unit awards and other share-based compensation granted to employees within the consolidated statements of 
income. The fair values of stock and stock unit awards, including performance stock unit awards and director awards, are 
based on the closing price of the Corporation’s stock on the date of grant adjusted for certain awards that do not accrue 
dividends while vesting. The fair value of stock options is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing 
model. The model utilizes weighted-average assumptions regarding the period of time that options granted are expected to 
be outstanding (expected term) based primarily on the historical exercise behavior attributable to previous option grants, the 
estimated yield from dividends paid on the Corporation’s stock over the expected term of the options, the historical volatility 
of Northern Trust’s stock price and the implied volatility of traded options on Northern Trust stock, and a risk free interest 
rate based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve at the time of grant for a period equal to the expected term of the options granted. 
Compensation expense for share-based award grants with terms that provide for a graded vesting schedule, whereby 
portions of the award vest in increments over the requisite service period, are recognized on a straight-line basis over the 
requisite service period for the entire award. Compensation expense for performance stock unit awards are recognized on a 
straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award based on expected achievement of the performance condition. 
Adjustments are made for employees that meet certain eligibility criteria at the grant date or during the requisite service period. 
Northern Trust does not include an estimate of future forfeitures in its recognition of share-based compensation expense. 
Share-based compensation expense is adjusted based on forfeitures as they occur. Dividend equivalents are paid on a current 
basis for restricted stock units granted prior to February 21, 2017 that are not yet vested. Dividend equivalents are accrued 
for performance stock unit awards, most restricted stock units granted on or after February 21, 2017 and director awards not 
yet vested, and are paid upon vesting. Certain restricted stock units granted on or after February 20, 2018 are not entitled to 
dividend equivalents during the vesting period. Cash flows resulting from the realization of excess tax benefits are classified 
as operating cash flows. 

T. Net Income Per  Common Share.  Basic net income per common share is computed by dividing net income/loss 
applicable to common stock by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each period. Diluted net 
income per common share is computed by dividing net income applicable to common stock and potential common shares by 
the aggregate of the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period and common share equivalents 
calculated for stock options outstanding using the treasury stock method. In a period of a net loss, diluted net income per 
common share is calculated in the same manner as basic net income per common share. 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   103 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Northern Trust has issued certain restricted stock unit awards, which are unvested share-based payment awards that contain 
nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents. These units are considered participating securities. Accordingly, 
Northern Trust  calculates net income applicable to common stock using the two-class method, whereby net income is allocated 
between common stock and participating securities. 

Note 2 – Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

On January 1, 2019, Northern Trust adopted ASU No. 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)" (ASU 2016-02). ASU 2016-02 introduces 
a lessee model that brings most leases on the balance sheet, with certain specified scope exceptions. Specifically within the 
lessee  model  under ASU   2016-02,  a  lessee  is  required  to  recognize  on  the  balance  sheet  a  liability  to  make  future  lease 
payments, known as the lease liability, and a right-of-use asset (ROU asset) representing its right to use the underlying asset 
over the lease term. Upon adoption, Northern Trust elected the package of practical expedients available under ASU 2016-02, 
which allowed Northern Trust to forego a reassessment of (1) whether any expired or existing contracts are or contain leases, 
(2)  lease classification for any expired or existing leases, and (3) the initial direct costs for any existing leases. As a result of  
adopting ASU 2016-02, Northern Trust recognized operating lease liabilities and ROU assets of approximately  $530 million  
and $480 million, respectively. Northern Trust did not restate comparative periods for the effects of applying ASU 2016-02.  
There  was  no  significant  impact  to  Northern  Trust’s   consolidated  results  of  operations.  Please  refer  to  Note  10,  “Lease  
Commitments” for further information. 

On  January  1,  2019,  Northern Trust   adopted ASU   No.  2017-08,  “Receivables-Nonrefundable  Fees  and  Other  Costs 
(Subtopic  310-20):  Premium Amortization   on  Purchased  Callable  Securities”  (ASU  2017-08). ASU   2017-08  amends  the 
amortization period for certain callable debt securities held at a premium and shortens the amortization period for the premium 
to the earliest call date. Upon adoption of ASU 2017-08, there was no significant impact to Northern Trust’s consolidated 
financial condition or results of operations. 

On January 1, 2019, Northern Trust adopted ASU No. 2018-16, “Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Inclusion of the 
Secured  Overnight  Financing  Rate  (SOFR)  Overnight  Index  Swap  (OIS)  Rate  as  a  Benchmark  Interest  Rate  for  Hedge 
Accounting Purposes” (ASU 2018-16). ASU 2018-16 permits use of the OIS rate based on SOFR as a U.S. benchmark interest 
rate for hedge accounting purposes under Topic 815. Upon adoption of ASU  2018-16, there was no significant impact to 
Northern Trust’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations.  

Note 3 – Fair Value Measurements 

Fair value under GAAP is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit 
price) in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. 

Fair  Value Hierarchy.  The following describes the hierarchy of valuation inputs (Levels 1, 2, and 3) used to measure 
fair value and the primary valuation methodologies used by Northern Trust for financial instruments measured at fair value 
on  a  recurring  basis.  Observable  inputs  reflect  market  data  obtained  from  sources  independent  of  the  reporting  entity; 
unobservable inputs reflect the entity’s own assumptions about how market participants would value an asset or liability based 
on the best information available. GAAP  requires an entity measuring fair value to maximize the use of observable inputs and 
minimize the use of unobservable inputs and establishes a fair value hierarchy of inputs. Financial instruments are categorized 
within the hierarchy based on the lowest level input that is significant to their valuation. Northern Trust’s policy is to recognize 
transfers into and transfers out of fair value levels as of the end of the reporting period in which the transfer occurred. No 
transfers between fair value levels occurred during the years ended December 31, 2019, or 2018. 

Level 1 – Quoted, active market prices for identical assets or liabilities.  Northern Trust’s Level 1 assets are comprised 

of available for sale investments in U.S. treasury securities. 

Level 2 – Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted active market prices for similar assets or liabilities, 
quoted prices for identical or similar assets in inactive markets, and model-derived valuations in which all significant 
inputs are observable in active markets.  Northern Trust’s Level 2 assets include available for sale and trading account debt 
securities, the fair values of which are determined predominantly by external pricing vendors. Prices received from vendors 
are compared to other vendor and third-party prices. If a security price obtained from a pricing vendor is determined to exceed 
pre-determined tolerance levels that are assigned based on an asset type’s characteristics, the exception is researched and, if 
the price is not able to be validated, an alternate pricing vendor is utilized, consistent with Northern Trust’s pricing source 
hierarchy. As   of  December 31,  2019,  Northern Trust’s   available  for  sale  debt  securities  portfolio  included  1,704  Level  2 
securities with an aggregate market value of $34.3 billion.  All 1,704 debt securities were valued by external pricing vendors. 
As of December 31, 2018, Northern Trust’s available for sale debt securities portfolio included 1,479 Level 2 debt securities 
with an aggregate market value of $31.7 billion. All 1,479 debt securities were valued by external pricing vendors. Trading 

104   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

account debt securities, which totaled $0.3 million as of December 31,  2019 and 2018, were all valued using external pricing 
vendors. 

Northern Trust  has established processes and procedures to assess the suitability of valuation methodologies used by 
external pricing vendors, including reviews of valuation techniques and assumptions used for selected securities. On a daily 
basis, periodic quality control reviews of prices received from vendors are conducted which include comparisons to prices 
on similar security types received from multiple pricing vendors and to the previous day’s reported prices for each security. 
Predetermined tolerance level exceptions are researched and may result in additional validation through available market 
information or the use of an alternate pricing vendor. Quarterly, Northern Trust reviews documentation from third-party pricing 
vendors regarding the valuation processes and assumptions used in their valuations and assesses whether the fair value levels 
assigned by Northern Trust to each security classification are appropriate. Annually, valuation inputs used within third-party 
pricing vendor valuations are reviewed for propriety on a sample basis through a comparison of inputs used to comparable 
market data, including security classifications that are less actively traded and security classifications comprising significant 
portions of the portfolio. 

Level 2 assets and liabilities also include derivative contracts which are valued internally using widely accepted income-
based models that incorporate inputs readily observable in actively quoted markets and reflect the contractual terms of the 
contracts. Observable inputs include foreign exchange rates and interest rates for foreign exchange contracts; credit spreads, 
default probabilities, and recovery rates for credit default swap contracts; interest rates for interest rate swap contracts and 
forward contracts; and interest rates and volatility inputs for interest rate option contracts. Northern Trust evaluates the impact 
of counterparty credit risk and its own credit risk on the valuation of its derivative instruments. Factors considered include 
the likelihood of default by Northern Trust and its counterparties, the remaining maturities of the instruments, net exposures 
after giving effect to master netting arrangements or similar agreements, available collateral, and other credit enhancements 
in  determining  the  appropriate  fair  value  of  derivative  instruments.  The  resulting  valuation  adjustments  have  not  been 
considered material. 

Level 3 – Valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs are unobservable in the marketplace.  
Northern Trust’s Level 3 liabilities consist of swaps that Northern Trust entered into with the purchaser of 1.1 million and 
1.0 million shares of V isa Inc. Class B common stock (Visa Class B common shares) previously held by Northern Trust and 
sold in June 2016 and 2015, respectively. Pursuant to the swaps, Northern Trust retains the risks associated with the ultimate 
conversion of the Visa Class B common shares into shares of Visa Inc. Class A common stock (Visa Class A common shares), 
such that the counterparty will be compensated for any dilutive adjustments to the conversion ratio and Northern Trust will 
be compensated for any anti-dilutive adjustments to the ratio. The swap also requires periodic payments from Northern Trust 
to the counterparty calculated by reference to the market price of Visa Class A common shares and a fixed rate of interest. 
The fair value of the swap is determined using a discounted cash flow methodology. The significant unobservable inputs used 
in the fair value measurement are Northern Trust’s own assumptions about estimated changes in the conversion rate of the 
Visa Class B common shares into Visa Class A common shares, the date on which such conversion is expected to occur and 
the estimated growth rate of the Visa Class A common share price. See “Visa Class B Common Shares” under Note 26, 
“Contingent Liabilities,” for further information. 

Northern Trust believes its valuation methods for its assets and liabilities carried at fair value are appropriate; however, 
the use of different  methodologies or assumptions, particularly as applied to Level 3 assets and liabilities, could have a material 
effect on the computation of their estimated fair values. 

Management of various businesses and departments of Northern Trust (including Corporate Market Risk, Credit Risk 
Management, Corporate Finance, C&IS and Wealth Management) reviews valuation methods and models for Level 3 assets 
and liabilities. Fair value measurements are performed upon acquisitions of an asset or liability. Management of the appropriate 
business or department reviews assumed inputs, especially when unobservable in the marketplace, in order to substantiate 
their use in each fair value measurement. When appropriate, management reviews forecasts used in the valuation process in 
light of other relevant financial projections to understand any variances between current and previous fair value measurements. 
In certain circumstances, third party information is used to support the fair value measurements. If certain third party information 
seems inconsistent with consensus views, a review of the information is performed by management of the respective business 
or department to determine the appropriate fair value of the asset or liability. 

The following table presents the fair values of Northern Trust’s Level 3 liabilities as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, as 
well as the valuation techniques, significant unobservable inputs, and quantitative information used to develop significant 
unobservable inputs for such liabilities as of such dates. 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   105 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

TABLE 60: LEVEL 3 SIGNIFICANT UNOBSERVABLE INPUTS 

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENT 

FAIR VALUE 

VALUATION TECHNIQUE 

UNOBSERVABLE INPUT 

INPUT VALUE 

DECEMBER 31, 2019 

Swaps Related to Sale of Certain
Visa Class B Common Shares 

$ 

33.4 million 

Discounted Cash Flow 

Conversion Rate 

Visa Class A Appreciation 

1.62x 

8.54% 

RANGE OF INPUTS 

Expected Duration 

1.0  –  3.0 years 

DECEMBER 31, 2018 

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENT 

FAIR VALUE 

VALUATION TECHNIQUE 

UNOBSERVABLE INPUT 

RANGE OF INPUTS 

Swaps Related to Sale of Certain
Visa Class B Common Shares 

$ 

32.8 million 

Discounted Cash Flow 

Conversion Rate 

1.62x  –  1.64x 

Visa Class A Appreciation 

7.0%  –  11.0% 

Expected Duration 

1.5  –  4.0 years 

106   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The following presents assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31,  2019 and 

2018, segregated by fair value hierarchy level. 

TABLE 61: RECURRING BASIS HIERARCHY LEVELING 

DECEMBER 31, 2019 

LEVEL 1 

LEVEL 2 

LEVEL 3 

NETTING 

ASSETS/
LIABILITIES 
AT FAIR 
VALUE 

$ 

4,549.1  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

(In Millions) 

Debt Securities 

Available for Sale 

U.S. Government 

Obligations of States and Political Subdivisions 

Government Sponsored Agency 

Non-U.S. Government 

Corporate Debt 

Covered Bonds 

Sub-Sovereign, Supranational and Non-U.S. Agency
Bonds 

Other Asset-Backed 

Commercial Mortgage-Backed 

Other 

Total Available for Sale 

Trading Account 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

1,615.3 

23,271.2 

3.3 

2,402.7 

769.9 

2,127.6 

3,330.5 

797.7 

9.0 

4,549.1 

34,327.2 

— 

0.3 

Total Available for Sale and Trading Debt Securities 

4,549.1 

34,327.5 

Other Assets 

Derivative Assets 

Foreign Exchange Contracts 

Interest Rate Contracts 

Total Derivative Assets 

Other Liabilities 

Derivative Liabilities 

Foreign Exchange Contracts 

Interest Rate Contracts 
Other Financial Derivatives (1) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

3,234.8 

152.9 

3,387.7 

3,182.2 

97.4 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

4,549.1 

1,615.3 

23,271.2 

3.3 

2,402.7 

769.9 

2,127.6 

3,330.5 

797.7 

9.0 

38,876.3 

0.3 

38,876.6 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(2,334.1) 

(3.9) 

900.7 

149.0 

(2,338.0) 

1,049.7 

— 

— 

33.4 

(1,548.6) 

1,633.6 

(57.3) 

(12.5) 

40.1 

20.9 

Total Derivative Liabilities 

$ 

—  $ 

3,279.6  $ 

33.4  $ 

(1,618.4)  $ 

1,694.6 

Note: Northern Trust has elected to net derivative assets and liabilities when legally enforceable master netting arrangements or similar agreements exist between Northern Trust 
and the counterparty. As of December 31, 2019, derivative assets and liabilities shown above also include reductions of $1,136.8 million and $417.2 million, respectively, as a 
result of cash collateral received from and deposited with derivative counterparties. 
(1)  This line consists of swaps related to the sale of certain Visa Class B common shares. 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   107 

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

(In Millions) 

Debt Securities 

Available for Sale 

U.S. Government 

Obligations of States and Political Subdivisions 

Government Sponsored Agency 

Non-U.S. Government 

Corporate Debt 

Covered Bonds 

Sub-Sovereign, Supranational and Non-U.S. Agency
Bonds 
Other Asset-Backed 

Commercial Mortgage Backed 

Other 

Total Available for Sale 

Trading Account 

Total Available for Sale and Trading Debt Securities 

Other Assets 

Derivative Assets 

Foreign Exchange Contracts 

Interest Rate Contracts 
Other Financial Derivative (1) 

Total Derivatives Assets 

Other Liabilities 

Derivative Liabilities 

Foreign Exchange Contracts 

Interest Rate Contracts 
Other Financial Derivative (2) 

Total Derivative Liabilities 

DECEMBER 31, 2018 

LEVEL 1 

LEVEL 2 

LEVEL 3 

NETTING 

ASSETS/
LIABILITIES 
AT FAIR 
VALUE 

$ 

5,185.3  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

5,185.3 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

655.9 

22,424.6 

142.2 

2,294.7 

829.3 

2,096.2 

2,657.7 

587.2 

15.7 

5,185.3 

31,703.5 

— 

0.3 

5,185.3 

31,703.8 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

2,466.1 

96.1 

1.3 

2,563.5 

2,262.5 

93.1 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

655.9 

22,424.6 

142.2 

2,294.7 

829.3 

2,096.2 

2,657.7 

587.2 

15.7 

36,888.8 

0.3 

36,889.1 

(1,308.8) 

1,157.3 

(47.0) 

(1.3) 

49.1 

— 

(1,357.1) 

1,206.4 

— 

— 

32.8 

(1,751.7) 

(43.4) 

(1.2) 

510.8 

49.7 

31.6 

592.1 

$ 

—  $ 

2,355.6  $ 

32.8  $ 

(1,796.3)  $ 

Note: Northern Trust has elected to net derivative assets and liabilities when legally enforceable master netting arrangements or similar agreements exist between Northern Trust 
and the counterparty. As of December 31, 2018, derivative assets and liabilities shown above also include reductions of $134.5 million  and $573.7 million, respectively, as a result 
of cash collateral received from and deposited with derivative counterparties. 
(1)  This line consists of a total return swap contract. 
(2)  This line consists of swaps related to the sale of certain Visa Class B common shares. 

The following table presents the changes in Level 3 liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. 

TABLE 62: CHANGES IN LEVEL 3 LIABILITIES  

LEVEL 3 LIABILITIES 

(In Millions) 

Fair Value at January 1 

Total (Gains) Losses: 

Included in Earnings (1) 

Purchases, Issues, Sales, and Settlements 

Settlements 

Fair Value at December 31 
Unrealized (Gains) Losses Included in Earnings Related to Financial Instruments Held at December 31  (1) 

(1) Gains (losses) are recorded in other operating income within the consolidated statements of income. 

108   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

SWAPS RELATED TO SALE OF 
CERTAIN VISA CLASS B 
COMMON SHARES 

2019 

32.8  $ 

17.1 

(16.5) 

33.4  $ 

12.3  $ 

2018 

29.7 

19.8 

(16.7) 

32.8 

13.3 

$ 

$ 

$ 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, there were no liabilities  transferred into or out of Level 3. 

Carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not measured at fair value on a recurring basis may be adjusted to fair 
value in periods subsequent to their initial recognition, for example, to record an impairment of an asset. GAAP  requires 
entities to separately disclose these subsequent fair value measurements and to classify them under the fair value hierarchy. 
Assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2019 and 2018, all of which were categorized as 
Level 3 under the fair value hierarchy, were comprised of impaired loans whose values were based on real estate and other 
available collateral, and of OREO properties. Fair values of real estate loan collateral were estimated using a market approach 
typically supported by third-party valuations and property-specific fees and taxes, and were subject to adjustments to reflect 
management’s judgment as to realizable value. Other loan collateral, which typically consists of accounts receivable, inventory 
and equipment, is valued using a market approach adjusted for asset specific characteristics and in limited instances third-
party valuations are used. 

Collateral-based impaired loans that have been adjusted to fair value totaled $8.0 million  at December 31, 2019. Collateral-
based impaired loans and OREO assets that have been adjusted to fair value totaled $24.9 million  and $0.4 million,  respectively, 
at December 31, 2018. Assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis reflect management’s judgment as to realizable 
value. 

The following table presents the fair values of Northern Trust’s  Level 3 assets that were measured at fair value on a 
nonrecurring basis as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, as well as the valuation technique, significant unobservable inputs, 
and quantitative information used to develop the significant unobservable inputs for such assets as of such dates. 

TABLE 63: LEVEL 3 NONRECURRING BASIS SIGNIFICANT UNOBSERVABLE INPUTS 

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENT 

FAIR VALUE 

VALUATION TECHNIQUE 

UNOBSERVABLE INPUT 

RANGE OF DISCOUNTS APPLIED 

Loans 

$8.0 million  Market Approach 

Discount to reflect realizable value 

15.0%  –  30.0% 

DECEMBER 31, 2019 

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENT 

FAIR VALUE 

VALUATION TECHNIQUE 

UNOBSERVABLE INPUT 

RANGE OF DISCOUNTS APPLIED 

Loans 

OREO 

$24.9 million  Market Approach 

Discount to reflect realizable value 

15.0%  –  30.0% 

$0.4 million  Market Approach 

Discount to reflect realizable value  15.0%  –  30.0% 

DECEMBER 31, 2018 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   109 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The following tables summarize the fair values of all financial instruments. 

TABLE 64: FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS  

(In Millions) 

BOOK VALUE 

TOTAL 
FAIR VALUE 

LEVEL 1 

LEVEL 2 

LEVEL 3 

DECEMBER 31, 2019 

FAIR VALUE 

ASSETS 
Cash and Due from Banks 
Federal Reserve and Other Central Bank Deposits 
Interest-Bearing Deposits with Banks 
Federal Funds Sold and Securities Purchased under Agreements to Resell 
Debt Securities 

$ 

Available for Sale(1) 
Held to Maturity 
Trading Account 
Loans (excluding Leases) 
Held for Investment 

Client Security Settlement Receivables 
Other Assets 

Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank Stock 
Community Development Investments 
Employee Benefit and Deferred Compensation 

LIABILITIES 
Deposits 

$ 

4,459.2 
33,886.0 
4,877.1 
712.8 

$ 

4,459.2 
33,886.0 
4,877.1 
712.8 

$ 

4,459.2 
— 
— 
— 

$ 

— 
33,886.0 
4,877.1 
712.8 

38,876.3 
12,284.5 
0.3 

38,876.3 
12,249.3 
0.3 

4,549.1 
138.8 
— 

34,327.2 
12,110.5 
0.3 

31,239.5 
845.7 

31,517.8 
845.7 

301.2 
749.3 
199.5 

301.2 
749.3 
207.6 

— 
— 

— 
— 
131.0 

— 
845.7 

301.2 
749.3 
76.6 

Demand, Noninterest-Bearing, Savings, Money Market and Other
Interest-Bearing 

$ 

47,733.6 

$ 

47,733.6 

$ 

47,733.6 

$ 

— 

$ 

Savings Certificates and Other Time 
Non U.S. Offices Interest-Bearing 

Federal Funds Purchased 
Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase 
Other Borrowings 
Senior Notes 
Long-Term Debt 

Subordinated Debt 

Floating Rate Capital Debt 
Other Liabilities 

Standby Letters of Credit 
Loan Commitments 

DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS 
Asset/Liability Management 

Foreign Exchange Contracts 

Assets 
Liabilities 
Interest Rate Contracts 

Assets 
Liabilities 

Other Financial Derivatives 

Liabilities(2) 

Client-Related and Trading 

Foreign Exchange Contracts 

Assets 
Liabilities 
Interest Rate Contracts 

Assets 
Liabilities 

986.7 
60,400.3 
552.9 
489.7 
6,744.8 
2,573.0 

994.2 
60,400.3 
552.9 
489.7 
6,745.9 
2,593.0 

1,148.1 
277.7 

1,169.5 
262.1 

25.5 
32.3 

25.5 
32.3 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

994.2 
60,400.3 
552.9 
489.7 
6,745.9 
2,593.0 

1,169.5 
262.1 

$ 

$ 

83.1 
24.1 

$ 

83.1 
24.1 

$ 

— 
— 

$ 

83.1 
24.1 

20.5 
21.1 

33.4 

20.5 
21.1 

33.4 

3,151.7 
3,158.1 

3,151.7 
3,158.1 

132.4 
76.3 

132.4 
76.3 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

25.5 
32.3 

— 
— 

— 
— 

20.5 
21.1 

— 

33.4 

3,151.7 
3,158.1 

132.4 
76.3 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

31,517.8 
— 

— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

(1) Refer to the table located on page 107 for the disaggregation of available for sale debt securities. 
(2) This line consists of swaps related to the sale of certain Visa Class B common shares. 

110   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

(In Millions) 

BOOK VALUE 

TOTAL 
FAIR VALUE 

LEVEL 1 

LEVEL 2 

LEVEL 3 

DECEMBER 31, 2018 

FAIR VALUE 

ASSETS 
Cash and Due from Banks 
Federal Reserve and Other Central Bank Deposits 
Interest-Bearing Deposits with Banks 
Federal Funds Sold and Securities Purchased under Agreements to Resell 
Debt Securities 

$ 

Available for Sale(1) 
Held to Maturity 
Trading Account 
Loans (excluding Leases) 
Held for Investment 

Client Security Settlement Receivables 
Other Assets 

Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank Stock 
Community Development Investments 
Employee Benefit and Deferred Compensation 

LIABILITIES 
Deposits 

$ 

4,581.6 
30,080.2 
4,264.2 
1,165.2 

$ 

4,581.6 
30,080.2 
4,264.2 
1,165.2 

$ 

4,581.6 
— 
— 
— 

$ 

— 
30,080.2 
4,264.2 
1,165.2 

36,888.8 
14,354.0 
0.3 

36,888.8 
14,267.0 
0.3 

5,185.3 
101.6 
— 

31,703.5 
14,165.4 
0.3 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

32,287.0 
1,646.1 

32,339.2 
1,646.1 

— 
— 

— 
1,646.1 

32,339.2 
— 

300.3 
606.6 
202.3 

300.3 
606.6 
194.5 

— 
— 
125.0 

300.3 
606.6 
69.5 

Demand, Noninterest-Bearing, Savings, Money Market and Other
Interest-Bearing 

$ 

37,340.1  $ 

37,340.1  $ 

37,340.1  $ 

—  $ 

Savings Certificates and Other Time 
Non U.S. Offices Interest-Bearing 

Federal Funds Purchased 
Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase 
Other Borrowings 
Senior Notes 
Long-Term Debt 

Subordinated Debt 

Floating Rate Capital Debt 
Other Liabilities 

Standby Letters of Credit 
Loan Commitments 

DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS 
Asset/Liability Management 

Foreign Exchange Contracts 

Assets 
Liabilities 
Interest Rate Contracts 

Assets 
Liabilities 

Other Financial Derivatives 

Assets(2) 
Liabilities(3) 

Client-Related and Trading 

Foreign Exchange Contracts 

Assets 
Liabilities 
Interest Rate Contracts 

Assets 
Liabilities 

688.7 
66,468.0 
2,594.2 
168.3 
7,901.7 
2,011.3 

691.8 
66,468.0 
2,594.2 
168.3 
7,904.1 
1,994.4 

1,112.4 
277.6 

1,089.7 
253.5 

30.8 
34.3 

30.8 
34.3 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

691.8 
66,468.0 
2,594.2 
168.3 
7,904.1 
1,994.4 

1,089.7 
253.5 

— 
— 

$ 

306.7  $ 
72.5 

306.7  $ 
72.5 

—  $ 
— 

306.7  $ 
72.5 

30.0 
24.5 

1.3 
32.8 

30.0 
24.5 

1.3 
32.8 

2,159.4 
2,190.0 

2,159.4 
2,190.0 

66.1 
68.6 

66.1 
68.6 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

30.0 
24.5 

1.3 
— 

2,159.4 
2,190.0 

66.1 
68.6 

(1) Refer to the table located on page 108 for the disaggregation of available for sale debt securities. 
(2) This line consists of a total return swap contract. 
(3) This line consists of swaps related to the sale of certain Visa Class B common shares. 

— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

30.8 
34.3 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
32.8 

— 
— 

— 
— 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   111 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Note 4 – Securities 

Debt Securities Available for Sale. The following tables provide the amortized cost, fair values, and remaining maturities 
of debt securities available for sale. 

TABLE 65: RECONCILIATION OF AMORTIZED COST TO FAIR VALUE OF DEBT SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE 

(In Millions) 

U.S. Government 

Obligations of States and Political Subdivisions 

Government Sponsored Agency 

Non-U.S. Government 

Corporate Debt 

Covered Bonds 

Sub-Sovereign, Supranational and Non-U.S. Agency Bonds 

Other Asset-Backed 

Commercial Mortgage-Backed 

Other 

Total 

(In Millions) 

U.S. Government 

Obligations of States and Political Subdivisions 

Government Sponsored Agency 

Non-U.S. Government 

Corporate Debt 

Covered Bonds 

Sub-Sovereign, Supranational and Non-U.S. Agency Bonds 

Other Asset-Backed 

Commercial Mortgage-Backed 

Other 

Total 

DECEMBER 31, 2019 

AMORTIZED 
COST 

GROSS 
UNREALIZED 
GAINS 

GROSS 
UNREALIZED 
LOSSES 

$ 

4,527.5  $ 

26.7  $ 

5.1  $ 

1,604.0 

23,247.5 

3.3 

2,378.9 

766.3 

2,091.3 

3,324.5 

769.9 

9.0 

24.6 

101.8 

— 

27.8 

4.4 

37.4 

11.3 

28.7 

— 

13.3 

78.1 

— 

4.0 

0.8 

1.1 

5.3 

0.9 

— 

FAIR 
VALUE 

4,549.1 

1,615.3 

23,271.2 

3.3 

2,402.7 

769.9 

2,127.6 

3,330.5 

797.7 

9.0 

$ 

38,722.2  $ 

262.7  $ 

108.6  $ 

38,876.3 

DECEMBER 31, 2018 

AMORTIZED 
COST 

GROSS 
UNREALIZED 
GAINS 

GROSS 
UNREALIZED 
LOSSES 

$ 

5,203.1  $ 

21.8  $ 

39.6  $ 

657.6 

22,522.7 

143.3 

2,312.6 

832.7 

2,087.8 

2,678.9 

587.4 

15.7 

2.0 

52.4 

— 

3.2 

1.4 

11.9 

1.7 

4.0 

— 

3.7 

150.5 

1.1 

21.1 

4.8 

3.5 

22.9 

4.2 

— 

FAIR 
VALUE 

5,185.3 

655.9 

22,424.6 

142.2 

2,294.7 

829.3 

2,096.2 

2,657.7 

587.2 

15.7 

$ 

37,041.8  $ 

98.4  $ 

251.4  $ 

36,888.8 

112   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

TABLE 66: REMAINING MATURITY OF DEBT SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE 

DECEMBER 31, 2019 

ONE YEAR OR LESS 

ONE  TO FIVE YEARS 

FIVE TO TEN YEARS 

OVER TEN YEARS 

TOTAL 

(In Millions) 

U.S. Government 

Obligations of States and
Political Subdivisions 

Amortized 
Cost 

 Fair Value 

Amortized 
Cost 

 Fair Value 

Amortized 
Cost 

 Fair Value 

Amortized 
Cost 

 Fair Value 

Amortized 
Cost 

 Fair Value 

$  1,899.0 

$  1,898.4 

$  2,075.9 

$  2,098.3 

$ 

552.6 

$ 

552.4 

$ 

— 

$ 

— 

$  4,527.5 

$  4,549.1 

80.0 

80.1 

83.0 

85.4 

1,441.0 

1,449.8 

— 

— 

1,604.0 

1,615.3 

Government Sponsored Agency 

4,994.1 

5,005.0 

9,714.1 

9,728.8 

5,870.0 

5,869.4 

2,669.3 

2,668.0 

23,247.5 

23,271.2 

Non-U.S. Government 

Corporate Debt 

Covered Bonds 

Sub-Sovereign, Supranational
and Non-U.S. Agency Bonds 

Other Asset-Backed 

Commercial Mortgage-Backed 

Other 

Total 

— 

341.8 

281.0 

333.9 

885.1 

46.6 

9.0 

— 

341.7 

281.6 

334.6 

885.3 

46.4 

9.0 

3.3 

3.3 

1,981.5 

2,005.5 

485.3 

488.3 

1,707.4 

1,743.1 

1,977.3 

1,984.8 

167.9 

174.2 

— 

— 

— 

55.6 

— 

50.0 

452.8 

555.4 

— 

— 

55.5 

— 

49.9 

451.1 

577.1 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

9.3 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

9.3 

— 

— 

3.3 

3.3 

2,378.9 

2,402.7 

766.3 

769.9 

2,091.3 

2,127.6 

3,324.5 

3,330.5 

769.9 

797.7 

9.0 

9.0 

$  8,870.5  $  8,882.1  $ 18,195.7  $ 18,311.7  $  8,977.4  $  9,005.2  $  2,678.6  $  2,677.3  $38,722.2  $38,876.3 

Note: Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities are included in the above table taking into account anticipated future prepayments. 

Debt Securities Held to Maturity. The following tables provide the amortized cost, fair values and remaining maturities 

of debt securities held to maturity. 

TABLE 67: RECONCILIATION OF  AMORTIZED COST  TO FAIR VALUES OF DEBT SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY  

(In Millions) 

U.S. Government 

Obligations of States and Political Subdivisions 

Government Sponsored Agency 

Non-U.S. Government 

Corporate Debt 

Covered Bonds 

Certificates of Deposit 

Sub-Sovereign, Supranational and Non-U.S. Agency Bonds 

Other Asset-Backed 

Other 

Total 

(In Millions) 

U.S. Government 

Obligations of States and Political Subdivisions 

Government Sponsored Agency 

Non-U.S. Government 

Corporate Debt 

Covered Bonds 

Certificates of Deposit 

Sub-Sovereign, Supranational and Non-U.S. Agency Bonds 

Other Asset-Backed 

Other 

Total 

DECEMBER 31, 2019 

AMORTIZED 
COST 

GROSS 
UNREALIZED 
GAINS 

GROSS 
UNREALIZED 
LOSSES 

$ 

138.8  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

10.1 

4.1 

4,076.0 

405.1 

3,006.7 

262.9 

3,285.4 

804.3 

291.1 

0.2 

0.2 

5.3 

1.4 

16.1 

— 

21.7 

0.7 

0.1 

— 

— 

2.5 

0.3 

2.4 

— 

2.1 

0.3 

73.3 

FAIR 
VALUE 

138.8 

10.3 

4.3 

4,078.8 

406.2 

3,020.4 

262.9 

3,305.0 

804.7 

217.9 

$ 

12,284.5  $ 

45.7  $ 

80.9  $ 

12,249.3 

DECEMBER 31, 2018 

AMORTIZED 
COST 

GROSS 
UNREALIZED 
GAINS 

GROSS 
UNREALIZED 
LOSSES 

$ 

101.6  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

18.9 

4.5 

6,488.2 

472.9 

2,877.6 

45.1 

2,966.8 

1,146.4 

232.0 

0.6 

0.2 

2.1 

0.4 

9.6 

— 

5.8 

— 

— 

— 

— 

8.7 

1.8 

9.3 

— 

12.3 

4.0 

69.6 

FAIR 
VALUE 

101.6 

19.5 

4.7 

6,481.6 

471.5 

2,877.9 

45.1 

2,960.3 

1,142.4 

162.4 

$ 

14,354.0  $ 

18.7  $ 

105.7  $ 

14,267.0 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   113 

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

TABLE 68: REMAINING MATURITY OF DEBT SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY 

December 31, 2019 

ONE YEAR OR LESS 

ONE TO FIVE YEARS 

FIVE TO TEN YEARS 

OVER TEN YEARS 

TOTAL 

Non-U.S. Government 

2,757.9 

2,757.8 

1,318.1 

1,321.0 

8.1 

0.6 

8.2 

0.6 

2.0 

1.7 

2.1 

1.8 

(In Millions) 

U.S. Government 

Obligations of States and
Political Subdivisions 
Government Sponsored Agency 

Corporate Debt 

Covered Bonds 

Certificates of Deposit 

Sub-Sovereign, Supranational
and Non-U.S. Agency Bonds 

Other Asset-Backed 

Other 

Total 

Amortized 
Cost 

 Fair Value 

Amortized 
Cost 

 Fair Value 

Amortized 
Cost 

 Fair Value 

Amortized 
Cost 

 Fair Value 

Amortized 
Cost 

 Fair Value 

$ 

138.8 

$  138.8 

$ 

— 

$ 

— 

$ 

— 

$ 

— 

$ 

— 

$ 

— 

$ 

138.8 

$ 

138.8 

359.2 

360.0 

2,406.9 

2,418.8 

— 

— 

45.9 

599.8 

262.9 

577.8 

151.9 

10.6 

46.2 

601.6 

262.9 

577.8 

152.0 

10.5 

2,691.5 

2,711.4 

398.3 

132.0 

398.7 

119.3 

16.1 

254.1 

45.9 

15.8 

254.0 

39.7 

— 

1.2 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

1.2 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

0.6 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

0.7 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

102.6 

48.4 

10.1 

4.1 

10.3 

4.3 

4,076.0 

4,078.8 

405.1 

406.2 

3,006.7 

3,020.4 

262.9 

262.9 

3,285.4 

3,305.0 

804.3 

291.1 

804.7 

217.9 

$  4,554.3  $  4,556.4  $  7,309.7  $  7,333.1  $ 

317.3  $ 

310.7  $ 

103.2  $ 

49.1  $12,284.5  $12,249.3 

Note: Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities are included in the above table taking into account anticipated future prepayments. 

Debt securities held to maturity consist of securities that management intends to, and Northern Trust has the ability to, hold 
until maturity. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, approximately $160.8 million and $287.9 
million respectively of securities reflected in Other Asset-Backed, Covered Bonds, Sub-Sovereign, Supranational and Non-
U.S. Agency Bonds, and Corporate Debt were transferred from available for sale to held to maturity. 

Investment Security Gains and Losses. Proceeds of $1.2 billion, $307.3 million, and $2.2 billion in 2019, 2018, and 

2017, respectively, from the sale of debt securities resulted in the following gains and losses shown below. 

TABLE 69: INVESTMENT SECURITY GAINS AND LOSSES 

(In Millions) 

Gross Realized Debt Securities Gains 

Gross Realized Debt Securities Losses 
Changes in Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Losses(1) 

Net Investment Security (Losses)/Gains 

DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

2.4  $ 

(3.5) 

(0.3) 

(1.4)  $ 

2018 

1.5  $ 

(2.0) 

(0.5) 

(1.0)  $ 

2017 

0.2 

(1.6) 

(0.2) 

(1.6) 

$ 

$ 

(1) Other-than-temporary Impairment Losses relate to certain Community Reinvestment Act (CRA) eligible held to maturity debt securities 

114   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Debt Securities with Unrealized Losses. The following table provides information regarding debt securities that had 
been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than 12 months and for 12 months or longer as of December 31, 2019 
and 2018. 

TABLE 70: DEBT SECURITIES WITH UNREALIZED LOSSES 

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2019 

LESS THAN 12 MONTHS 

12 MONTHS OR LONGER 

TOTAL 

(In Millions) 

U.S. Government 

Obligations of States and Political Subdivisions 

Government Sponsored Agency 

Non-U.S. Government 

Corporate Debt 

Covered Bonds 

Sub-Sovereign, Supranational and Non-U.S. Agency
Bonds 

Other Asset-Backed 

Commercial Mortgage-Backed 

Other 

Total 

FAIR  UNREALIZED 
LOSSES 

VALUE 

FAIR  UNREALIZED 
LOSSES 

VALUE 

FAIR  UNREALIZED 
LOSSES 

VALUE 

$ 

252.2  $ 

2.7  $ 

899.8  $ 

2.4  $ 

1,152.0  $ 

902.5 

5,405.0 

3,620.2 

410.4 

646.8 

1,302.0 

706.9 

62.8 

54.1 

13.3 

35.6 

2.5 

1.3 

3.2 

3.1 

2.1 

0.7 

26.7 

— 

7,818.4 

— 

492.8 

— 

155.2 

1,164.9 

59.3 

164.0 

— 

42.5 

— 

3.0 

— 

0.1 

3.5 

0.2 

46.6 

902.5 

13,223.4 

3,620.2 

903.2 

646.8 

1,457.2 

1,871.8 

122.1 

218.1 

5.1 

13.3 

78.1 

2.5 

4.3 

3.2 

3.2 

5.6 

0.9 

73.3 

$ 

13,362.9  $ 

91.2  $ 

10,754.4  $ 

98.3  $ 

24,117.3  $ 

189.5 

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2018 

LESS THAN 12 MONTHS 

12 MONTHS OR LONGER 

TOTAL 

(In Millions) 

U.S. Government 

Obligations of States and Political Subdivisions 

Government Sponsored Agency 

Non-U.S. Government 

Corporate Debt 

Covered Bonds 

Sub-Sovereign, Supranational and Non-U.S. Agency
Bonds 
Other Asset-Backed 

Commercial Mortgage-Backed 

Other 

Total 

FAIR  UNREALIZED 
LOSSES 

VALUE 

FAIR  UNREALIZED 
LOSSES 

VALUE 

FAIR  UNREALIZED 
LOSSES 

VALUE 

$ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

2,862.0  $ 

39.6  $ 

2,862.0  $ 

169.6 

8,368.8 

5,065.2 

712.7 

646.4 

1,105.0 

2,507.8 

22.8 

50.5 

2.4 

33.5 

0.8 

4.1 

3.7 

4.6 

15.9 

0.1 

18.8 

279.6 

6,822.4 

1,274.0 

1,097.4 

696.9 

1,189.2 

954.9 

274.4 

112.6 

1.3 

117.0 

9.0 

18.8 

10.4 

11.2 

11.0 

4.1 

50.8 

449.2 

15,191.2 

6,339.2 

1,810.1 

1,343.3 

2,294.2 

3,462.7 

297.2 

163.1 

39.6 

3.7 

150.5 

9.8 

22.9 

14.1 

15.8 

26.9 

4.2 

69.6 

$ 

18,648.8  $ 

83.9  $ 

15,563.4  $ 

273.2  $ 

34,212.2  $ 

357.1 

As of December 31, 2019, 1,289 debt securities with a combined fair value of $24.1 billion were in an unrealized loss 
position, with their unrealized losses totaling $189.5 million. Unrealized losses of $78.1 million and $13.3 million related to 
government sponsored agency and obligations of states and political subdivisions, respectively, are primarily attributable to 
changes in market rates since their purchase. 

The majority of the $73.3 million of unrealized losses in debt securities classified as “other” at December 31, 2019 
related to debt securities primarily purchased at a premium or par by Northern Trust to fulfill its obligations under the CRA. 
Unrealized losses on these CRA-related securities are attributable to yields that are below market rates for the purpose of 
supporting institutions and programs that benefit low- to moderate-income communities within Northern Trust’s market area. 
The remaining unrealized losses on Northern Trust’s securities portfolio as of December 31, 2019 were attributable to changes 
in overall market interest rates, increased credit spreads, or reduced market liquidity. As of December 31, 2019, Northern 
Trust did not intend to sell any investment in an unrealized loss position and it was more likely than not that Northern Trust 
would not be required to sell any such investment before the recovery of its amortized cost basis, which may be maturity. 

Security impairment reviews are conducted quarterly to identify and evaluate securities that have indications of possible 
OTTI. A determination as to whether a security’s decline in market value is other-than-temporary takes into consideration 
numerous factors and the relative significance of any single factor can vary by security. Factors Northern Trust considers in 
determining whether impairment is other-than-temporary include, but are not limited to, the length of time the security has 
been impaired; the severity of the impairment; the cause of the impairment and the financial condition and near-term prospects 
of the issuer; activity in the market of the issuer which may indicate adverse credit conditions; Northern Trust’s intent regarding 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   115 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

the sale of the security as of the balance sheet date; and the likelihood that it will not be required to sell the security for a 
period  of  time  sufficient  to  allow  for  the  recovery  of  the  security’s amortized  cost  basis.  For  each  security  meeting  the 
requirements  of  Northern  Trust’s  internal  screening  process,  an  extensive  review  is  conducted  to  determine  if  OTTI 
has occurred. 

While all securities are considered, the process for identifying credit impairment within CRA-eligible mortgage-backed 
securities, a security type for which Northern Trust has recognized OTTI in 2019 and 2018, incorporates an expected loss 
approach using discounted cash flows on the underlying collateral pools. To evaluate whether an unrealized loss on a CRA-
eligible mortgage-backed security is other-than-temporary, a calculation of the security’s present value is made using current 
pool data, the current delinquency pipeline, default rates and loan loss severities based on the historical performance of the 
mortgage pools, and Northern Trust’s outlook for the housing market and the overall economy. If the present value of the 
collateral pools were found to be less than the current amortized cost of the security, a credit-related OTTI loss would be 
recorded in earnings equal to the difference between the two amounts. 

Impairments of CRA-eligible mortgage-backed securities are influenced by a number of factors, including but not limited 
to, U.S. economic and housing market performance, pool credit enhancement level, year of origination, and estimated credit 
quality of the collateral. The factors used in estimating losses related to CRA-eligible mortgage-backed securities vary by 
year of loan origination and collateral quality. 

There were $0.3 million and $0.5 million of OTTI losses recognized in 2019 and 2018, respectively. There were $0.2 

million OTTI losses recognized during the year ended December 31, 2017. 

Credit Losses on Debt Securities. The table below provides information regarding total other-than-temporarily impaired 
debt securities, including noncredit-related amounts recognized in other comprehensive income and net impairment losses 
recognized in earnings, for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017. 

TABLE 71: NET IMPAIRMENT LOSSES RECOGNIZED IN EARNINGS 

(In Millions) 
Changes in Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Losses(1) 
Noncredit-related Losses Recorded in / (Reclassified from) OCI(2) 

Net Impairment Losses Recognized in Earnings 

DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

(0.3)  $ 

— 

(0.3)  $ 

2018 

(0.5)  $ 

—

(0.5)  $ 

2017 

(0.2) 

— 

(0.2) 

$ 

$ 

(1) For initial other-than-temporary impairments in the respective period, the balance includes the excess of the amortized cost over the fair value of the impaired securities. For 
subsequent impairments of the same security, the balance includes any additional changes in fair value of the security subsequent to its most recently recorded OTTI. 
(2) For initial other-than-temporary impairments in the respective period, the balance includes the portion of the excess of amortized cost over the fair value of the impaired 
securities that was recorded in OCI. For subsequent impairments of the same security, the balance includes additional changes in OCI for that security subsequent to its most 
recently recorded OTTI. 

Provided in the table below are the cumulative credit-related losses recognized in earnings on debt securities other-than-

temporarily impaired. 

TABLE 72: CUMULATIVE CREDIT-RELATED LOSSES ON DEBT SECURITIES HELD 

(In Millions) 

Cumulative Credit-Related Losses on Debt Securities Held – Beginning of Year 

Plus: Losses on Newly Identified Impairments 

Additional Losses on Previously Identified Impairments 

Less: Current and Prior Period Losses on Debt Securities Sold or Matured During the Year 

Cumulative Credit-Related Losses on Debt Securities Held – End of Year 

$ 

$ 

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

4.1  $ 

0.2 

0.1 

— 

2018 

3.6  $ 

0.4 

0.1 

— 

4.4  $ 

4.1  $ 

2017 

3.4 

0.1 

0.1 

— 

3.6 

Note 5 – Securities Purchased Under Agreements to Resell and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase 

Securities  purchased  under  agreements  to  resell  and  securities  sold  under  agreements  to  repurchase  are  accounted  for  as 
collateralized financings and recorded at the amounts at which the securities were acquired or sold plus accrued interest. To 
minimize any potential credit risk associated with these transactions, the fair value of the securities purchased or sold is 
monitored, limits are set on exposure with counterparties, and the financial condition of counterparties is regularly assessed. 
It is Northern Trust’s policy to take possession, either directly or via third-party custodians, of securities purchased under 
agreements to resell. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are held by the counterparty until the repurchase. 

116   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The following tables summarize information related to securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities sold 

under agreements to repurchase. 

TABLE 73: SECURITIES PURCHASED UNDER AGREEMENTS TO RESELL 

($ In Millions) 

Balance at December 31 

Average Balance During the Year 

Average Interest Rate Earned During the Year 

Maximum Month-End Balance During the Year 

TABLE 74: SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE  

($ In Millions) 

Balance at December 31 

Average Balance During the Year 

Average Interest Rate Paid During the Year 

Maximum Month-End Balance During the Year 

2019 

2018 

$ 

707.8 

$ 

1,031.2 

835.0 

2.10% 

1,478.3 

2.22% 

$ 

1,290.0 

$ 

1,942.0 

2019 

$ 

489.7 

$ 

339.0 

1.89% 

2018 

168.3 

525.2 

1.48% 

$ 

489.7 

$ 

981.3 

TABLE 75: REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS ACCOUNTED FOR AS SECURED BORROWINGS  

($ In Millions) 

Repurchase Agreements 

U.S. Treasury and Agency Securities 

Total Borrowings 

Gross Amount of Recognized Liabilities for Repurchase Agreements in Note 28 

Amounts related to agreements not included in Note 28 

Remaining Contractual M

aturity of the Agreements 

Overnight and Continuous 

December 31, 2019 

December 31, 2018 

$ 

489.7 

$ 

489.7 

489.7 

— 

168.3 

168.3 

168.3 

— 

Note 6 – Loans and Leases 

Amounts outstanding for loans and leases, by segment and class, are shown below. 

TABLE 76: LOANS AND LEASES 

(In Millions) 

Commercial 

Commercial and Institutional 

Commercial Real Estate 

Non-U.S. 

Lease Financing, net 

Other 

Total Commercial 

Personal 

Private Client 

Residential Real Estate 

Other 

Total Personal 

Total Loans and Leases 

Allowance for Credit Losses Assigned to Loans and Leases 

Net Loans and Leases 

DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

2018 

$ 

8,915.6  $ 

3,378.0 

1,751.0 

65.6 

164.0 

8,728.1 

3,228.8 

2,701.6 

90.7 

426.0 

14,274.2 

15,175.2 

11,068.7 

5,999.6 

67.1 

10,733.3 

6,514.0 

67.5 

17,135.4 

17,314.8 

$ 

$ 

31,409.6  $ 

32,490.0 

(104.5) 

(112.6) 

31,305.1  $ 

32,377.4 

Residential real estate loans consist of traditional first lien mortgages and equity credit lines that generally require a loan to 
collateral value ratio of no more than 65% to 80% at inception. Northern Trust’s equity credit line products generally have 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   117 

 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

draw periods of up to 10 years and a balloon payment of any outstanding balance is due at maturity. Payments are interest-
only with variable interest rates. Northern Trustdoes not offer equity credit lines that include an option to convert the outstanding 
balance to an amortizing payment loan. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, equity credit lines totaled $448.5 million and 
$655.5 million, respectively, and equity credit lines for which first liens were held by Northern Trust represented 97% and 
95%, respectively, of the total equity credit lines as of those dates. 

Included within the non-U.S., commercial-other, and personal-other classes are short duration advances, primarily related 
to  the  processing  of  custodied  client  investments,  totaling  $1.1  billion  and  $2.2  billion  at  December 31,  2019  and  2018, 
respectively.Demand deposit overdrafts reclassified as loan balances totaled $90.4 million and $152.5 million at December 31, 
2019 and 2018, respectively. As of December 31, 2019, there were no loans and $53.6 million of leases classified as held for 
sale related to the decision to sell substantially all of the lease portfolio. As of December 31, 2018, there were no loans or 
leases classified as held for sale. 

The components of the net investment in direct finance and leveraged leases are as follows: 

TABLE 77: DIRECT FINANCE AND LEVERAGED LEASES 

(In Millions) 

Direct Finance Leases 

Lease Receivable 

Residual Value 

Initial Direct Costs 

Unearned Income 

Investment in Direct Finance Leases 

Leveraged Leases 

Net Rental Receivable 

Residual Value 

Unearned Income 

Investment in Leveraged Leases 

Lease Financing, net 

DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

2018 

$ 

1.5  $ 

21.3 

0.2 

— 

23.0 

19.1 

33.1 

(9.6) 

42.6 

$ 

65.6  $ 

9.8 

23.8 

0.3 

— 

33.9 

33.9 

33.3 

(10.4) 

56.8 

90.7 

The following schedule reflects the future minimum lease payments to be received over the next five years under direct finance 
leases. 

TABLE 78: FUTURE MINIMUM LEASE PAYMENTS 

(In Millions) 

2020 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

$ 

FUTURE MINIMUM 
LEASE PAYMENTS 

3.7 

2.1 

— 

— 

— 

Credit Quality Indicators. Credit quality indicators are statistics, measurements or other metrics that provide information 
regarding the relative credit risk of loans and leases. Northern Trust utilizes a variety of credit quality indicators to assess the 
credit risk of loans and leases at the segment, class, and individual credit exposure levels. 

As part of its credit process, Northern Trust utilizes an internal borrower risk rating system to support identification, 

approval, and monitoring of credit risk. Borrower risk ratings are used in credit underwriting and management reporting. 

118   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Risk ratings are used for ranking the credit risk of borrowers and the probability of their default. Each borrower is rated 
using one of a number of ratings models, which consider both quantitative and qualitative factors. The ratings models vary 
among classes of loans and leases in order to capture the unique risk characteristics inherent within each particular type of 
credit exposure. Provided below are the more significant performance indicator attributes considered within Northern Trust’s 
borrower rating models, by loan and lease class. 
•  Commercial and Institutional: leverage, profit margin, liquidity, asset size and capital levels; 
•  Commercial Real Estate: debt service coverage, loan-to-value ratio, leasing status and guarantor support; 
•  Lease Financing and Commercial-Other: leverage, profit margin, liquidity, asset size and capital levels; 
•  Non-U.S.: leverage, profit margin, liquidity, return on assets and capital levels; 
•  Residential Real Estate: payment history, credit bureau scores and loan-to-value ratio; 
Private Client: cash flow-to-debt and net worth ratios, leverage and liquidity; and 
• 
Personal-Other: cash flow-to-debt and net worth ratios. 
• 

While the criteria vary by model, the objective is for the borrower ratings to be consistent in both the measurement and ranking 
of risk. Each model is calibrated to a master rating scale to support this consistency. Ratings for borrowers not in default range 
from “1” for the strongest credits to “7” for the weakest non-defaulted credits. Ratings of “8” or “9” are used for defaulted 
borrowers. Borrower risk ratings are monitored and are revised when events or circumstances indicate a change is required. 
Risk ratings are generally validated at least annually. 

Loan and lease segment and class balances at December 31, 2019  and 2018  are provided below, segregated by borrower 

ratings into “1 to 3”, “4 to 5”, and “6 to 9” (watch list), categories. 

TABLE 79: BORROWER RATINGS 

(In Millions) 

Commercial 

Commercial and 
Institutional 

Commercial Real 
Estate 

Non-U.S. 

Lease Financing, net 

Other 

Total Commercial 

Personal 

Private Client 

Residential Real Estate 

Other 

Total Personal 

DECEMBER 31, 2019 

DECEMBER 31, 2018 

1 TO 3 
CATEGORY 

4 TO 5 
CATEGORY 

6 TO 9 
CATEGORY 
(WATCH LIST) 

TOTAL 

1 TO 3 
CATEGORY 

4 TO 5 
CATEGORY 

6 TO 9 
CATEGORY 
(WATCH LIST) 

TOTAL 

$ 

5,890.8  $ 

2,912.9  $ 

111.9  $  8,915.6  $ 

5,477.4  $ 

3,159.8  $ 

90.9  $  8,728.1 

1,126.8 

717.0 

53.6 

69.5 

2,237.3 

883.2 

12.0 

94.5 

13.9 

3,378.0 

150.8 

1,751.0 

— 

— 

65.6 

164.0 

1,209.6 

1,625.3 

78.3 

203.3 

1,992.2 

1,075.3 

12.4 

222.7 

27.0 

3,228.8 

1.0 

2,701.6 

— 

— 

90.7 

426.0 

7,857.7 

6,139.9 

276.6 

14,274.2 

8,593.9 

6,462.4 

118.9  15,175.2 

5,455.3 

2,638.1 

28.5 

5,573.0 

3,185.4 

38.6 

40.4 

11,068.7 

176.1 

5,999.6 

— 

67.1 

6,321.1 

2,745.0 

32.2 

4,403.2 

3,502.3 

35.3 

9.0  10,733.3 

266.7 

6,514.0 

— 

67.5 

8,121.9 

8,797.0 

216.5 

17,135.4 

9,098.3 

7,940.8 

275.7  17,314.8 

Total Loans and Leases 

$ 

15,979.6  $ 

14,936.9  $ 

493.1  $31,409.6  $ 

17,692.2  $ 

14,403.2  $ 

394.6  $32,490.0 

Loans and leases in the “1 to 3” category are expected to exhibit minimal to modest probabilities of default and are characterized 
by borrowers having the strongest financial qualities, including above average financial flexibility, cash flows and capital 
levels. Borrowers assigned these ratings are anticipated to experience very little to moderate financial pressure in adverse 
down cycle scenarios. As a result of these characteristics, borrowers within this category exhibit a minimal to modest likelihood 
of loss. 

Loans and leases in the “4 to 5” category are expected to exhibit moderate to acceptable probabilities of default and are 
characterized by borrowers with less financial flexibility than those in the “1 to 3” category. Cash flows and capital levels are 
generally sufficient to allow for borrowers to meet current requirements, but have fewer financial resources to manage through 
economic downturns. As a result of these characteristics, borrowers within this category exhibit a moderate likelihood of loss. 
Loans and leases in the watch list category have elevated credit risk profiles that are monitored through internal watch 
lists, and consist of credits with borrower ratings of “6 to 9”. These credits, which include all nonperforming credits, are 
expected to exhibit minimally acceptable probabilities of default, elevated risk of default, or are currently in default. Borrowers 
associated with these risk profiles that are not currently in default have limited financial flexibility. Cash flows and capital 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   119 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

levels  range  from  acceptable  to  potentially  insufficient  to  meet  current  requirements,  particularly  in  adverse  down  cycle 
scenarios. As a result of these characteristics, borrowers in this category exhibit an elevated to probable likelihood of loss. 

The following table provides balances and delinquency status of performing and nonperforming loans and leases by 
segment and class, as well as the other real estate owned and total nonperforming asset balances, as of December 31, 2019 
and 2018. 

TABLE 80: DELINQUENCY STATUS 

(In Millions) 

December 31, 2019 

Commercial 

CURRENT 

30 – 59 DAYS 
PAST DUE 

60 – 89 DAYS 
PAST DUE 

90 DAYS 
OR MORE 
PAST DUE 

TOTAL 

PERFORMING  NONPERFORMING 

TOTAL LOANS 
AND LEASES 

8,892.7  $ 

4.1  $ 

10.0  $ 

1.2  $ 

8,908.0  $ 

7.6  $ 

Commercial and Institutional  $ 
Commercial Real Estate 

Non-U.S. 

Lease Financing, net 

Other 

Total Commercial 

Personal 

Private Client 

Residential Real Estate 

Other 

Total Personal 

3,363.3 

1,750.3 

65.6 

164.0 

14,235.9 

11,025.3 

5,902.3 

67.1 

16,994.7 

2.4 

0.2 

— 

— 

6.7 

33.1 

19.8 

— 

52.9 

4.0 

— 

—

— 

14.0 

9.5 

4.9 

—

14.4 

4.7 

— 

— 

— 

5.9 

0.3 

1.2 

— 

1.5 

3,374.4 

1,750.5 

65.6 

164.0 

3.6 

0.5 

— 

— 

8,915.6 

3,378.0 

1,751.0 

65.6 

164.0 

14,262.5 

11.7 

14,274.2 

11,068.2 

5,928.2 

67.1 

17,063.5 

0.5 

71.4 

— 

71.9 

11,068.7 

5,999.6 

67.1 

17,135.4 

Total Loans and Leases 

$  31,230.6  $ 

59.6  $ 

28.4  $ 

7.4  $ 

31,326.0  $ 

83.6  $ 

31,409.6 

Other Real Estate Owned 

Total Nonperforming Assets 

$ 

$ 

3.2 

86.8 

30 – 59 DAYS 

60 – 89 DAYS 

CURRENT 

PAST DUE 

PAST DUE 

90 DAYS 
OR MORE 
PAST DUE 

TOTAL 

PERFORMING  NONPERFORMING 

TOTAL LOANS 
AND LEASES 

(In Millions) 

December 31, 2018 

Commercial 

Commercial and Institutional 

$  8,678.2  $ 

37.4  $ 

4.5  $ 

1.2  $ 

8,721.3  $ 

6.8  $ 

Commercial Real Estate 

Non-U.S. 

Lease Financing, net 

Other 

3,191.5 

2,701.2 

90.7 

426.0 

8.4 

— 

— 

— 

15.6 

— 

— 

— 

Total Commercial 

15,087.6 

45.8 

20.1 

Personal 

Private Client 

Residential Real Estate 

Other 

Total Personal 

10,681.1 

6,376.8 

67.5 

17,125.4 

39.5 

27.2 

— 

66.7 

12.5 

6.2 

— 

18.7 

6.4 

— 

— 

— 

7.6 

— 

8.8 

— 

8.8 

3,221.9 

2,701.2 

90.7 

426.0 

6.9 

0.4 

— 

— 

8,728.1 

3,228.8 

2,701.6 

90.7 

426.0 

15,161.1 

14.1 

15,175.2 

10,733.1 

6,419.0 

67.5 

17,219.6 

0.2 

95.0 

— 

95.2 

10,733.3 

6,514.0 

67.5 

17,314.8 

Total Loans and Leases 

$  32,213.0  $ 

112.5  $ 

38.8  $ 

16.4  $ 

32,380.7  $ 

109.3  $ 

32,490.0 

Other Real Estate Owned 

Total Nonperforming Assets 

$ 

$ 

8.4 

117.7 

120   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The following table provides information related to impaired loans by segment and class. 

TABLE 81: IMPAIRED LOANS  

(In Millions) 

With no related specific allowance 

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2019 

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2018 

RECORDED 
INVESTMENT 

UNPAID 
PRINCIPAL 
BALANCE 

SPECIFIC 
ALLOWANCE 

RECORDED 
INVESTMENT 

UNPAID 
PRINCIPAL 
BALANCE 

SPECIFIC 
ALLOWANCE 

Commercial and Institutional 

$ 

— 

$ 

0.1 

$ 

— 

$ 

0.2 

$ 

0.4 

$ 

Commercial Real Estate 

Residential Real Estate 

Private Client 

With a related specific allowance 

Commercial and Institutional 

Commercial Real Estate 

Residential Real Estate 

Total 

Commercial 

Personal 

Total 

(In Millions) 

With no related specific allowance 

Commercial and Institutional 

Commercial Real Estate 

Residential Real Estate 

Private Client 

With a related specific allowance 

Commercial and Institutional 

Commercial Real Estate 

Residential Real Estate 

Total 

Commercial 

Personal 

Total 

2.4 

75.6 

1.2 

6.8 

1.2 

5.0 

10.4 

81.8 

4.4 

102.5 

1.2 

8.9 

1.5 

5.1 

14.9 

108.8 

— 

— 

— 

2.3 

1.1 

1.6 

3.4 

1.6 

5.8 

76.7 

1.7 

6.4 

2.6 

22.8 

15.0 

101.2 

7.6 

104.7 

1.7 

7.3 

2.8 

26.1 

18.1 

132.5 

$ 

92.2  $ 

123.7  $ 

5.0  $ 

116.2  $ 

150.6  $ 

— 

— 

— 

— 

3.0 

1.1 

3.1 

4.1 

3.1 

7.2 

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 

AVERAGE 
RECORDED 
INVESTMENT 

INTEREST 
INCOME 
RECOGNIZED 

AVERAGE 
RECORDED 
INVESTMENT 

INTEREST 
INCOME 
RECOGNIZED 

$ 

0.5 

$ 

— 

$ 

6.8 

$ 

3.5 

88.5 

1.7 

7.9 

1.4 

16.7 

13.3 

106.9 

0.3 

1.8 

0.1 

— 

— 

— 

0.3 

1.9 

6.4 

94.9 

0.6 

4.6 

2.1 

9.2 

19.9 

104.7 

$ 

120.2  $ 

2.2  $ 

124.6  $ 

— 

0.2 

1.9 

0.1 

— 

— 

— 

0.2 

2.0 

2.2 

Note: Average recorded investments in impaired loans are calculated as the average of the month-end impaired loan balances for the period. 

Interest  income  that  would  have  been  recorded  on  nonperforming  loans  in  accordance  with  their  original  terms  totaled 
approximately $7.3 million in 2019, $8.0 million in 2018, and $9.1 million in 2017. 

There  were  $9.1  million  and  $12.6  million  of  aggregate  undrawn  loan  commitments  and  standby  letters  of  credit  at 
December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, issued to borrowers whose loans were classified as nonperforming or impaired. 

Troubled  Debt  Restructurings  (TDRs).  Included  within  impaired  loans  were  $54.9  million  and  $64.6  million  of 
nonperforming TDRs and $27.7 million and $35.2 million of performing TDRs as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The following table provides, by segment and class, the number of TDR modifications of loans and leases during the 
years ended December 31, 2019, and 2018, and the recorded investments and unpaid principal balances as of December 31, 
2019 and 2018. 

TABLE 82: TROUBLED DEBT RESTRUCTURINGS 

($ In Millions) 

December 31, 2019 

Commercial 

Commercial and Institutional 

Commercial Real Estate 

Total Commercial 

Personal 

Residential Real Estate 

Private Client 

Total Personal 

Total Loans and Leases 

Note: Period-end balances reflect all paydowns and charge-offs during the year. 

($ In Millions) 

December 31, 2018 

Commercial 

Commercial and Institutional 

Commercial Real Estate 

Total Commercial 

Personal 

Residential Real Estate 

Private Client 

Total Personal 

Total Loans and Leases 

NUMBER OF 
LOANS AND 
LEASES 

RECORDED 
INVESTMENT 

UNPAID 
PRINCIPAL 
BALANCE 

1  $ 

7.5  $ 

2 

3 

45 

— 

45 

— 

7.5 

37.4 

— 

37.4 

48  $ 

44.9  $ 

8.8 

— 

8.8 

38.8 

— 

38.8 

47.6 

NUMBER OF 
LOANS AND 
LEASES 

RECORDED 
INVESTMENT 

UNPAID 
PRINCIPAL 
BALANCE 

1  $ 

0.3  $ 

2 

3 

48 

1 

49 

2.8 

3.1 

27.7 

— 

27.7 

52  $ 

30.8  $ 

0.5 

2.8 

3.3 

30.8 

0.1 

30.9 

34.2 

Note: Period-end balances reflect all paydowns and charge-offs during the year. 

TDR  modifications  primarily  involve  extensions  of  term,  deferrals  of  principal,  interest  rate  concessions,  and  other 
modifications. Other modifications typically reflect other nonstandard terms which Northern Trust would not offer in non-
troubled situations. 

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the TDR modifications of loans within residential real estate were primarily 
other  modifications,  extensions  of  term,  deferrals  of  principal,  and  interest  rate  concessions.  During  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2019, TDR modifications of loans within commercial and institutional, commercial real estate, and private 
client classes were other modifications, extensions of term, and deferrals of principal. During the year ended December 31, 
2018, the TDR modifications of loans within residential real estate loans were primarily extensions of term, deferrals of 
principal, other modifications, and interest rate concessions; modifications within commercial and institutional, commercial 
real estate, and private client classes were primarily extensions of term, deferrals of principal, and other modifications. 

There were five loans or leases TDR modifications during the previous twelve-month period which subsequently became 
nonperforming during the year ended December 31, 2019. The total recorded investment for these loans was approximately 
$5.8 million and the unpaid principal balance for these loans was approximately $6.1 million. 

There were four loans or leases TDR modifications during the previous twelve-month period which subsequently became 
nonperforming during the year ended December 31, 2018. The total recorded investment for these loans was approximately 
$2.1 million and the unpaid principal balance for these loans was approximately $2.4 million. 

All loans and leases with TDR modifications are evaluated for impairment. The nature and extent of impairment of TDRs, 
including those which have experienced a subsequent default, is considered in the determination of an appropriate level of 
allowance for credit losses. 

122   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Northern Trust may obtain physical possession of real estate via foreclosure. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, Northern 
Trust held foreclosed real estate properties with a carrying value of $3.2 million and $8.4 million, respectively, as a result of 
obtaining physical possession. In addition, as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, Northern Trust had loans with a carrying value 
of $18.1 million and $10.9 million, respectively, for which formal foreclosure proceedings were in process. 

Note 7 – Allowance for Credit Losses 

The allowance for credit losses, which represents management’s estimate of probable losses related to specific borrower 
relationships and inherent in the various loan and lease portfolios, undrawn commitments, and standby letters of credit, is 
determined by management through a disciplined credit review process. Northern Trust’s accounting policies related to the 
estimation of the allowance for credit losses and the charging off of loans, leases and other extensions of credit deemed 
uncollectible are consistent across both loan and lease segments. 

Loans, leases and other extensions of credit deemed uncollectible are charged to the allowance for credit losses. Subsequent 
recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. Determinations as to whether an uncollectible loan is charged off or a specific 
allowance is established are based on management’s assessment as to the level of certainty regarding the amount of loss. 

Changes in the allowance for credit losses by segment were as follows: 

TABLE 83: CHANGES IN THE ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES 

2019 

2018 

2017 

COMMERCIAL  PERSONAL  TOTAL  COMMERCIAL  PERSONAL  TOTAL  COMMERCIAL  PERSONAL  TOTAL 

(In Millions) 
Balance at Beginning of Year  $ 
Charge-Offs 

Recoveries 

Net (Charge-Offs) Recoveries 

Provision for Credit Losses 

Balance at End of Year 

Allowance for Credit Losses 
Assigned to: 

Loans and Leases 

Undrawn Commitments 
and Standby Letters of
Credit 

$ 

$ 

78.7  $ 

59.5  $  138.2  $ 

80.8  $ 

73.0  $ 153.8  $ 

104.9  $ 

87.1  $ 192.0 

(3.0) 

0.9 

(2.1) 

(2.7) 

(3.5) 

(6.5) 

6.3 

2.8 

7.2 

0.7 

(0.9) 

1.7 

0.8 

(9.2) 

(10.1) 

7.3 

9.0 

(1.9) 

(1.1) 

(11.8) 

(14.5) 

(2.9) 

(11.6) 

(14.5) 

(11.4) 

5.5 

(5.9) 

(18.2) 

(10.1) 

(21.5) 

5.8 

11.3 

(4.3) 

(10.2) 

(9.8) 

(28.0) 

73.9  $ 

50.5  $  124.4  $ 

78.7  $ 

59.5  $ 138.2  $ 

80.8  $ 

73.0  $ 153.8 

58.1  $ 

46.4  $  104.5  $ 

57.6  $ 

55.0  $ 112.6  $ 

63.5  $ 

67.7  $ 131.2 

15.8 

4.1 

19.9 

21.1 

4.5 

25.6 

17.3 

5.3 

22.6 

Total Allowance for Credit 
Losses 

$ 

73.9  $ 

50.5  $  124.4  $ 

78.7  $ 

59.5  $ 138.2  $ 

80.8  $ 

73.0  $ 153.8 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   123 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The following table provides information regarding the recorded investments in loans and leases and the allowance for credit 
losses by segment as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. 

TABLE 84: RECORDED INVESTMENTS IN LOANS AND LEASES 

COMMERCIAL 

PERSONAL 

TOTAL 

Total Allowance for Credit Losses 

$ 

73.9  $ 

50.5  $ 

COMMERCIAL 

PERSONAL 

TOTAL 

(In Millions) 

December 31, 2019 

Loans and Leases 

Specifically Evaluated for Impairment 

Evaluated for Inherent Impairment 

Total Loans and Leases 

Allowance for Credit Losses on Credit Exposures 

Specifically Evaluated for Impairment 

Evaluated for Inherent Impairment 

Allowance Assigned to Loans and Leases 

Allowance for Undrawn Exposures 

Commitments and Standby Letters of Credit 

(In Millions) 

December 31, 2018 

Loans and Leases 

Specifically Evaluated for Impairment 

Evaluated for Inherent Impairment 

Total Loans and Leases 

Allowance for Credit Losses on Credit Exposures 

Specifically Evaluated for Impairment 

Evaluated for Inherent Impairment 

Allowance Assigned to Loans and Leases 

Allowance for Undrawn Exposures 

Commitments and Standby Letters of Credit 

$ 

10.4  $ 

81.8  $ 

14,263.8 

14,274.2 

17,053.6 

17,135.4 

3.4 

54.7 

58.1 

15.8 

1.6 

44.8 

46.4 

4.1 

$ 

15.0  $ 

101.2  $ 

15,160.2 

15,175.2 

17,213.6 

17,314.8 

4.1 

53.5 

57.6 

21.1 

3.1 

51.9 

55.0 

4.5 

92.2 

31,317.4 

31,409.6 

5.0 

99.5 

104.5 

19.9 

124.4 

116.2 

32,373.8 

32,490.0 

7.2 

105.4 

112.6 

25.6 

138.2 

Total Allowance for Credit Losses 

$ 

78.7  $ 

59.5  $ 

Note 8 – Concentrations of Credit Risk 

Concentrations of credit risk exist if a number of borrowers or other counterparties are engaged in similar activities and have 
similar economic characteristics that would cause their ability to meet contractual obligations to be similarly affected by 
changes in economic or other conditions. The fact that a credit exposure falls into one of these groups does not necessarily 
indicate that the credit has a higher than normal degree of credit risk. These groups are: banks and bank holding companies, 
residential real estate, and commercial real estate. 

Banks and Bank Holding Companies. At December 31, 2019, on-balance-sheet credit risk to banks and bank holding 
companies, both U.S. and non-U.S., consisted primarily of interest-bearing deposits with banks of $4.9 billion, federal funds 
sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell of $712.8 million, and demand balances maintained at correspondent 
banks of $4.3 billion. At December 31, 2018, on-balance-sheet credit risk to banks and bank holding companies, both U.S. 
and non-U.S., consisted primarily of interest-bearing deposits with banks of $4.3 billion, federal funds sold and securities 
purchased under agreements to resell of $1.2 billion, and demand balances maintained at correspondent banks of $4.5 billion. 
Credit risk associated with U.S. and non-U.S. banks and bank holding companies deemed to be counterparties by Credit Risk 
Management is managed by the Capital Markets Credit Committee. Credit limits are established through a review process 
that includes an internally-prepared financial analysis, use of an internal risk rating system and consideration of external 
ratings from rating agencies. Northern Trust places deposits with banks that have strong internal and external credit ratings 
and the average life to maturity of deposits with banks is maintained on a short-term basis in order to respond quickly to 
changing credit conditions. 

124   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Residential Real Estate. At December 31, 2019, residential real estate loans totaled $6.0 billion, or 20% of total U.S. 
loans and leases at December 31, 2019, compared with $6.5 billion, or 22% of total U.S. loans and leases at December 31, 
2018. Residential real estate loans consist of traditional first lien mortgages and equity credit lines, which generally require 
a loan-to-collateral value ratio of no more than 65% to 80% at inception. Revaluations of supporting collateral are obtained 
upon refinancing or default or when otherwise considered warranted. Collateral revaluations for mortgages are performed by 
independent third parties. Of the $6.0 billion residential real estate loans at December 31, 2019 , $1.6 billion were in Florida, 
$1.2 billion were in California, and $1.0 billion were in the greater Chicago area, with the remainder distributed throughout 
the other geographic regions within the U.S. served by Northern Trust. Legally binding undrawn commitments to extend 
residential real estate credit, which are primarily equity credit lines, totaled $714.2 million and $824.0 million at December 31, 
2019 and 2018, respectively. 

Commercial  Real  Estate.  The  commercial  real  estate  portfolio  consists  of  commercial  mortgages  and  construction, 
acquisition and development loans extended primarily to experienced investors well known to Northern Trust. Underwriting 
standards generally reflect conservative loan-to-value ratios and debt service coverage requirements. Recourse to borrowers 
through guarantees is also commonly required. Commercial mortgage financing is provided for the acquisition or refinancing 
of income-producing properties. Cash flows from the properties generally are sufficient to amortize the loan. These loans are 
primarily located in the California, Illinois, Florida, Texas, and Arizona markets. Construction, acquisition and development 
loans provide financing for commercial real estate prior to rental income stabilization. The intent is generally that the borrower 
will sell the project or refinance the loan through a commercial mortgage with Northern Trust or another financial institution 
upon completion. 

The table below provides additional detail regarding commercial real estate loan types. 

TABLE 85: COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE LOANS 

(In Millions) 

Commercial Mortgages 

Office 

Apartment/ Multi-family 

Retail 

Industrial/ Warehouse 

Other 

Total Commercial Mortgages 

Construction, Acquisition and Development Loans 

Single Family Investment 

Other Commercial Real Estate Related 

Total Commercial Real Estate Loans 

DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

2018 

$ 

754.3  $ 

646.5 

573.3 

278.0 

420.1 

811.2 

490.7 

529.7 

254.9 

426.6 

2,672.2 

2,513.1 

432.1 

95.5 

178.2 

420.6 

127.0 

168.1 

$ 

3,378.0  $ 

3,228.8 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   125 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Note 9 – Buildings and Equipment 

A summary of buildings and equipment is presented below. 

TABLE 86: BUILDINGS AND EQUIPMENT 

(In Millions) 

Land and Improvements 

Buildings 

Equipment 

Leasehold Improvements 

Total Buildings and Equipment 

(In Millions) 

Land and Improvements 

Buildings 

Equipment 

Leasehold Improvements 

Total Buildings and Equipment 

DECEMBER 31, 2019 

ORIGINAL 
COST 

ACCUMULATED 
DEPRECIATION 

$ 

14.5  $ 

0.5  $ 

NET BOOK 
VALUE 
14.0 

305.8 

731.0 

416.1 

156.0 

521.5 

306.1 

$ 

1,467.4  $ 

984.1  $ 

149.8 

209.5 

110.0 

483.3 

DECEMBER 31, 2018 

ORIGINAL 
COST 

ACCUMULATED 
DEPRECIATION 

NET BOOK 
VALUE 

$ 

15.4  $ 

1.1  $ 

245.7 

649.9 

406.0 

148.2 

457.6 

281.9 

$ 

1,317.0  $ 

888.8  $ 

14.3 

97.5 

192.3 

124.1 

428.2 

The charge for depreciation amounted to $103.2 million in 2019, $108.6 million in 2018, and $101.2 million in 2017 in the 
consolidated statements of income. 

Note 10 – Lease Commitments 

At December 31, 2019, Northern Trust was obligated under a number of non-cancelable operating leases, primarily for real 
estate. Certain leases contain rent escalation clauses based on market indices, renewal option clauses calling for increased 
rentals, and rental payments based on usage. There are no restrictions imposed by any lease agreement regarding the payment 
of dividends, debt financing or Northern Trust entering into further lease agreements. 

The components of lease costs for the year ended December 31, 2019 were as follows. 

TABLE 87: LEASE COST COMPONENTS 

(In Millions) 

Operating Lease Cost 

Variable Lease Cost 

Sublease Income 

Total Lease Cost 

DECEMBER 31, 2019 

$ 

$ 

102.2 

38.7 

(6.6) 

134.3 

126   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The following table presents a maturity analysis of lease liabilities as of December 31, 2019. 

TABLE 88: MATURITY OF LEASE LIABILITIES 

(In Millions) 

2020 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

Later Years 

Total Lease Payments 

Less: Imputed Interest 

Present Value of Lease Liabilities 

MATURITY OF LEASE 
LIABILITIES 
101.3 

$ 

85.8 

78.5 

70.5 

59.6 

300.0 

695.7 

(92.6) 

603.1 

$ 

As of December 31, 2019, Northern Trust had commitments for operating leases in addition to the above that have not yet 
commenced for approximately $40.1 million. These operating leases are for the use of office space with lease terms between 
9 and 15 years and are expected to commence early 2020 through late 2021. 

Northern Trust uses its incremental borrowing rate to determine the present value of lease payments for operating leases. 
Operating lease ROU assets and lease liabilities may include options to extend or terminate the lease only when it is reasonably 
certain that Northern Trust will exercise that option. Northern Trust elects not to separate lease and non-lease components of 
a contract for its real estate leases. The location and amount of ROU assets and lease liabilities recorded in the consolidated 
balance sheets as of December 31, 2019 are presented in the following table. 

TABLE 89: LOCATION AND AMOUNT OF LEASE ASSETS AND LIABILITIES 

(In Millions) 

Assets 

Operating Lease Right-of-Use Asset 

Liabilities 

Operating Lease Liability 

LOCATION OF LEASE ASSETS 
AND LEASE LIABILITIES ON 
THE BALANCE SHEET 

DECEMBER 31, 2019 

Other Assets 

Other Liabilities 

$ 

$ 

491.6 

603.1 

The weighted-average remaining lease term and weighted-average discount rate applied to leases as of December 31, 2019 
were as follows: 

TABLE 90: WEIGHTED-AVERAGE REMAINING LEASE TERM AND DISCOUNT RATE 

Operating Leases 

     Weighted-Average Remaining Lease Term 

     Weighted-Average Discount Rate 

DECEMBER 31, 2019 

9.2 years 

3.0% 

The following table provides supplemental cash flow information related to leases for the year ended December 31, 2019. 

TABLE 91: SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION 

(In Millions) 

Supplemental cash flow information

 Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities - operating cash flows 

Supplemental non-cash information

 Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities 

DECEMBER 31, 2019 

$ 

$ 

101.2 

108.3 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   127 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Under  the  provisions  of Accounting   Standards  Codification  (ASC)  Topic  842,  Northern  Trust  has  elected  not  to  restate 
comparative periods in the period of adoption. Therefore, disclosure with respect to minimum annual lease commitments as 
of December 31, 2018, for all non-cancelable operating leases with a term of one year or more is provided in the table below, 
as required by ASC Topic 840. 

TABLE 92: MINIMUM LEASE PAYMENTS 

(In Millions) 

2019 

2020 

2021 

2022 

2023 

Later Years 

Total Minimum Lease Payments 

Less: Sublease Rentals 

Net Minimum Lease Payments 

FUTURE MINIMUM 
LEASE PAYMENTS 
98.8 

$ 

97.8 

85.9 

77.2 

67.7 

335.7 

763.1 

(23.4) 

739.7 

$ 

Operating lease rental expense, net of rental income, is recorded in occupancy expense and amounted to $79.0 million in 
2018, $76.7 million in 2017, and $76.1 million in 2016. 

Note 11 – Goodwill and Other Intangibles 

Goodwill. Changes by reporting segment in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 
2018, including the effect of foreign exchange rates on non-U.S.-dollar-denominated balances, were as follows: 

TABLE 93: GOODWILL 

(In Millions) 

Balance at December 31, 2017 

Goodwill Acquired 

Foreign Exchange Rates 

Balance at December 31, 2018 

Goodwill Acquired 

Foreign Exchange Rates 

Balance at December 31, 2019 

CORPORATE & 
INSTITUTIONAL 
SERVICES 

WEALTH 
MANAGEMENT 

$ 

$ 

$ 

534.5  $ 

71.1  $ 

71.4 

(7.7) 

— 

— 

598.2  $ 

71.1  $ 

23.5 

4.0 

— 

— 

625.7  $ 

71.1  $ 

TOTAL 

605.6 

71.4 

(7.7) 

669.3 

23.5 

4.0 

696.8 

The goodwill impairment test is performed at least annually at the reporting-unit level. The Corporation has determined 
its reporting units for this purpose to be Corporate & Institutional Services and Wealth Management. Goodwill was tested for 
impairment during the fourth quarter of 2019 using a quantitative assessment in which the estimated fair values of the reporting 
units are compared to their carrying values. Impairment is deemed to exist if the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds 
its estimated fair value. Based upon the quantitative assessments, there were no impairments to goodwill in 2019. 

128   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Other  Intangible Assets  Subject  to Amortization.  The  gross  carrying  amount  and  accumulated  amortization  of  other 
intangible assets subject to amortization as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 were as follows: 

TABLE 94: OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

(In Millions) 

Gross Carrying Amount 

Less: Accumulated Amortization 

Net Book Value 

DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

207.2  $ 

86.6 

120.6  $ 

2018 

211.1 

72.5 

138.6 

$ 

$ 

Other intangible assets consist primarily of the value of acquired client relationships and are included within Other Assets in 
the consolidated balance sheets. Amortization expense related to other intangible assets was $16.6 million, $17.4 million, and 
$11.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. Amortization for the years 2020, 2021, 
2022, 2023, and 2024 is estimated to be $16.7 million, $14.3 million, $9.7 million, $9.4 million, and $9.3 million respectively. 
In the third quarter of 2019, Northern Trust completed its acquisition of Belvedere Advisors LLC, a provider of digital 
investment  advisory  and  asset  management  services. The  purchase  price  recorded  in  connection  with  the  closing  of  the 
acquisition, which is subject to certain performance-related adjustments over a five-year period after the acquisition date, 
totaled $17.6 million inclusive of contingent consideration. Goodwill and developed technology associated with the transaction 
totaled $9.3 million and $8.3 million, respectively. 

In the first quarter of 2019, Northern Trust completed the purchase accounting related to its acquisition of BEx LLC, a 
provider of foreign exchange software solutions. The purchase price recorded in connection with the closing of the acquisition 
totaled $37.9 million. Goodwill and developed technology associated with the acquisition totaled $12.5 million and $25.0 
million, respectively. 

Since its acquisition of Omnium LLC in 2011, Northern Trust has made various investments in Citadel Technology LLC’s 
Omnium technology platform. In June 2018, Northern Trust completed its acquisition of such platform, along with associated 
development resources, for a total purchase price of $73.0 million. Goodwill and incremental developed technology associated 
with the acquisition in 2018 totaled $71.4 million and $1.6 million, respectively. 

Note 12 – Deposits 

The table below provides the scheduled maturity of total time deposits in denominations of $100,000 or greater at December 31, 
2019. 

TABLE 95: REMAINING MATURITY OF TIME DEPOSITS $100,000 OR MORE 

(In Millions) 

1 Year or Less 

Over 1 Year to 2 Years 

Over 2 Years to 3 Years 

Over 3 Years to 4 Years 

Over 4 Years to 5 Years 

Over 5 Years 

Total 

U.S. OFFICE 

NON-U.S. OFFICES 

DECEMBER 31, 2019 

CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT 

OTHER TIME 

TOTAL 

$ 

$ 

673.6  $ 

196.6 

7.4 

3.8 

4.2 

0.9 

1,018.9  $ 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

1,692.5 

196.6 

7.4 

3.8 

4.2 

0.9 

886.5  $ 

1,018.9  $ 

1,905.4 

As of December 31, 2018, there were $1.3 billion of time deposits in denominations of $100,000 or greater, of which $580.9 
million were Certificates of Deposit and $758.6 million were non-U.S. 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   129 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Note 13 – Senior Notes and Long-Term Debt 

Senior Notes.  A summary of senior notes outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2018 is presented below. 

TABLE 96: SENIOR NOTES 

($ In Millions) 

Corporation-Senior Notes

(1)(3) 

Fixed Rate Due Nov. 2020

Fixed Rate Due Aug. 2021

Fixed Rate Due Aug. 2022

Fixed Rate Due Aug. 2028

Fixed Rate Due May. 2029

(4) 

(5) 

(6) 

(7)(10) 

(8)(10) 

Total Senior Notes 

DECEMBER 31, 

RATE 

2019 

2018 

3.45%  $ 

499.9  $ 

3.38 

2.38 

3.65 

3.15 

499.4 

499.4 

547.2 

527.1 

499.7 

499.1 

499.2 

513.3 

— 

$ 

2,573.0  $ 

2,011.3 

Long-Term Debt. A summary of long-term debt outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2018 is presented below. 

TABLE 97: LONG-TERM DEBT 

($ In Millions) 

Corporation-Subordinated Debt

(3) 

3.95% Notes due Oct. 2025

(1)(9)(10) 

3.375% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Notes due May 2032

(2) 

Total Corporation Subordinated Debt 

Long-Term Debt Qualifying as Risk-Based Capital 

DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

2018 

$ 

$ 

$ 

798.7  $ 

349.4 

1,148.1  $ 

1,099.5  $ 

763.1 

349.3 

1,112.4 

1,099.5 

(1) Not redeemable prior to maturity, except for senior notes due Aug. 2028 and senior notes due May 2029, which are redeemable within three months of maturity. 
(2) The subordinated notes will bear interest from the date they were issued to, but excluding, May 8, 2027, at an annual rate of 3.375%, payable semi-annually in arrears. From, 
and including, May 8, 2027, the subordinated notes will bear interest at an annual rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus 1.131%, payable quarterly in arrears. The subordinated 
notes are unsecured and may be redeemed, in whole but not in part, on, and only on, May 8, 2027, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the subordinated 
notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, up to but excluding the redemption date. 
(3) As of December 31, 2019, debt issue costs of $2.2 million and $1.3 million are included as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of Senior Notes and Long-Term Debt, 
respectively. Debt issue costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of the Note. 
(4) Notes issued at a discount of 0.117% 
(5) Notes issued at a discount of 0.437% 
(6) Notes issued at a discount of 0.283% 
(7) Notes issued at a discount of 0.125% 
(8) Notes issued at a discount of 0.094% 
(9) Notes issued at a discount of 0.114% 
(10) Interest rate swap contracts were entered into to modify the interest expense on these senior and subordinated notes from fixed rates to floating rates. The swaps are recorded 
as fair value hedges and at December 31, 2019, increases in the carrying values of the senior and subordinated notes outstanding of $126.9 million were recorded. As of December 31, 
2018, net adjustments in the carrying values of subordinated notes outstanding of $29.3 million were recorded. 

Note 14 – Floating Rate Capital Debt 

In January 1997, the Corporation issued $150 million of Floating Rate Capital Securities, Series A, through a statutory business 
trust wholly owned by the Corporation (NTC Capital I). In April 1997, the Corporation also issued, through a separate wholly 
owned statutory business trust (NTC Capital II), $120 million of Floating Rate Capital Securities, Series B. The sole assets 
of the trusts are subordinated debentures of Northern Trust Corporation that have the same interest rates and maturity dates 
as the corresponding distribution rates and redemption dates of the Floating Rate Capital Securities. The Series A Securities 
were issued at a discount to yield 60.5 basis points above the three-month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) and are 
due January 15, 2027. The Series B Securities were issued at a discount to yield 67.9 basis points above the three-month 
LIBOR and are due April 15, 2027. 

Under the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the regulatory capital treatment 
of these securities is required to be phased out over a period that began on January 1, 2013. In 2019, 30% of these securities 
are eligible for Tier 2 capital treatment, declining at an incremental 10% a year until they are fully phased out in 2022. 

The Corporation has fully, irrevocably and unconditionally guaranteed all payments due on the Series A and B securities. 
The holders of the Series A and B securities are entitled to receive preferential cumulative cash distributions quarterly in 
arrears (based on the liquidation amount of $1,000 per security) at an interest rate equal to the rate on the corresponding 

130   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

subordinated debentures. The interest rate on the Series A and Series B securities is equal to three-month LIBOR plus 0.52% 
and  0.59%,  respectively. Subject  to  certain  exceptions,  the  Corporation  has  the  right  to  defer  payment  of  interest  on  the 
subordinated debentures at any time or from time to time for a period not exceeding 20 consecutive quarterly periods provided 
that no extension period may extend beyond the stated maturity date. If interest is deferred on the subordinated debentures, 
distributions on the Series A and B securities will also be deferred and the Corporation will not be permitted, subject to certain 
exceptions, to pay or declare any cash distributions with respect to the Corporation’s capital stock or debt securities that rank 
the same as or junior to the subordinated debentures, until all past due distributions are paid. The subordinated debentures are 
unsecured and subordinated to substantially all of the Corporation’s existing indebtedness. 

The Corporation has the right to redeem the Series A and Series B subordinated debentures, in whole or in part, at a price 
equal  to  the  principal  amount  plus  accrued  and  unpaid  interest. The  following  table  summarizes  the  book  values  of  the 
outstanding subordinated debentures as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. 

TABLE 98: SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES 

(In Millions) 

NTC Capital I Subordinated Debentures due January 15, 2027 

NTC Capital II Subordinated Debentures due April 15, 2027 

Total Subordinated Debentures 

Note 15 – Stockholders’ Equity 

DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

154.3  $ 

123.4 

277.7  $ 

2018 

154.2 

123.4 

277.6 

$ 

$ 

Preferred Stock. The Corporation is authorized to issue 10 million shares of preferred stock without par value. The Board 
of Directors is authorized to fix the particular designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special 
rights and qualifications, limitations or restrictions for each series of preferred stock issued. 

As of December 31, 2019, the following shares of preferred stock were outstanding: 16,000 shares of Series C Non-
Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (the “Series C Preferred Stock”), 5,000 shares of Series D Non-Cumulative Perpetual 
Preferred Stock (the “Series D Preferred Stock”), and 16,000 shares of Series E Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock 
(the “Series E Preferred Stock”). Further information with respect to each of these series is as follows. 

Series C Preferred Stock. As of December 31, 2019, the Corporation had issued and outstanding 16 million depositary 
shares, each representing 1/1,000th ownership interest in a share of Series C Preferred Stock, issued in August 2014. Equity 
related to Series C Preferred Stock as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 totaled $388.5 million. Series C Preferred Stock had 
no par value and had a liquidation preference of $25,000 (equivalent to $25 per depositary share). 

Dividends on the Series C Preferred Stock, which were not mandatory, accrued and were payable on the liquidation 
preference amount, on a non-cumulative basis, quarterly in arrears on the first day of January, April, July and October of each 
year, at a rate per annum equal to 5.85%. On October 22, 2019, the Corporation declared a cash dividend of $365.625 per 
share of Series C Preferred Stock payable on January 1, 2020, to stockholders of record as of December 15, 2019. 

The Series C Preferred Stock had no maturity date and was redeemable at the Corporation’s option in whole, or in part, 
on any dividend payment date on or after October 1, 2019. On January 2, 2020, the proceeds from the Series E Preferred Stock 
issuance described below were used to fund the redemption of all outstanding shares of the Corporation's Series C Preferred 
Stock. 

Series D Preferred Stock. As of December 31, 2019, the Corporation had issued and outstanding 500,000 depositary 
shares, each representing a 1/100th ownership interest in a share of Series D Preferred Stock, issued in August 2016. Equity 
related to Series D Preferred Stock as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $493.5 million. Shares of the Series D Preferred 
Stock have no par value and a liquidation preference of $100,000 (equivalent to $1,000 per depositary share). 

Dividends on the Series D Preferred Stock, which are not mandatory, accrue and are payable on the liquidation preference 
amount, on a non-cumulative basis, at a rate per annum equal to (i) 4.60% from the original issue date of the Series D Preferred 
Stock to but excluding October 1, 2026; and (ii) a floating rate equal to Three-Month LIBOR plus 3.202% from and including 
October 1, 2026. Fixed rate dividends are payable in arrears on the first day of April and October of each year, through and 
including October 1, 2026, and floating rate dividends will be payable in arrears on the first day of January, April, July and 
October of each year, commencing on January 1, 2027. 

The Series D Preferred Stock has no maturity date and is redeemable at the Corporation’s option in whole, or in part, on 
any dividend payment date on or after October 1, 2026. The Series D Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Corporation’s option 
in whole, but not in part, including prior to October 1, 2026, within 90 days  of a regulatory capital treatment event, as described 
in the Series D Preferred Stock Certificate of Designation. 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   131 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Shares of the Series D Preferred Stock rank senior to the Corporation’s common stock, and will rank at least equally with 
any other series of preferred stock it may issue (except for any senior series that may be issued with the requisite consent of 
the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock) and all other parity stock, with respect to the payment of dividends and distributions 
upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up. 

Series E Preferred Stock. On November 5, 2019, the Corporation issued and sold 16 million depositary shares, each 
representing 1/1,000th ownership interest in a share of Series E Preferred Stock. Shares of the Series E Preferred Stock have 
no par value and a liquidation preference of $25,000 (equivalent to $25 per depositary share). The aggregate proceeds from 
the public offering of the depositary shares, net of underwriting discounts, commissions and offering expenses, were $391.4 
million. As noted above, on January 2, 2020, the proceeds from the Series E Preferred Stock issuance were used to fund the 
redemption of all outstanding shares of the Corporation's Series C Preferred Stock. 

Dividends  on  the  Series  E  Preferred  Stock,  which  are  not  mandatory, will  accrue  and  be  payable  on  the  liquidation 
preference amount, on a non-cumulative basis, quarterly in arrears on the first day of January,April, July and October of each 
year, commencing on April 1, 2020, at a rate per annum equal to 4.70%. 

The Series E Preferred Stock has no maturity date and is redeemable at the Corporation's option in whole, or in part, on 
any dividend payment date on or after January 1, 2025. The Series E Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Corporation’s option 
in whole, but not in part, including prior to January 1, 2025, within 90 days of a regulatory capital treatment event, as described 
in the Series E Preferred Stock Certificate of Designation. 

Shares of the Series E Preferred Stock rank senior to the Corporation’s common stock, and will rank at least equally with 
any other series of preferred stock it may issue (except for any senior series that may be issued with the requisite consent of 
the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock) and all other parity stock, with respect to the payment of dividends and distributions 
upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up. 

Common Stock. The Corporation's current stock repurchase authorization to repurchase up to 25.0 million shares was 
approved by the Board of Directors in July 2018. Shares are repurchased by the Corporation to, among other things, manage 
the Corporation's capital levels. Repurchased shares are used for general purposes, including the issuance of shares under 
stock option and other incentive plans. The repurchase authorization approved by the Board of Directors has no expiration 
date. 

Under the Corporation’s 2019 capital plan, which was reviewed without objection by the Federal Reserve, the Corporation 

may repurchase up to $828.5 million of common stock after December 31, 2019 through June 30, 2020. 

The average price paid per share for common stock repurchased in 2019, 2018, and 2017 was $93.40, $102.69, and 

$90.25, respectively. 

An analysis of changes in the number of shares of common stock outstanding follows: 

TABLE 99: SHARES OF COMMON STOCK 

Balance at January 1 

Incentive Plan and Awards 

Stock Options Exercised 

Treasury Stock Purchased 

Balance at December 31 

2019 

2018 

2017 

219,012,050 

226,126,674 

228,605,485 

1,688,931 

786,931 

(11,778,866) 

1,310,778 

575,662 

(9,001,064) 

1,320,129 

1,997,362 

(5,796,302) 

209,709,046 

219,012,050 

226,126,674 

132   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Note 16 – Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

The following tables summarize the components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (AOCI) at December 31, 
2019, 2018, and 2017, and changes during the years then ended. 

TABLE 100: SUMMARY OF CHANGES IN ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) 

(In Millions) 

Balance at December 31, 2016 

Net Change 

Balance at December 31, 2017 

Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from AOCI 

Net Change 

Balance at December 31, 2018 

Net Change 

Balance at December 31, 2019 

NET UNREALIZED 
GAINS (LOSSES) ON 
DEBT SECURITIES 
AVAILABLE FOR SALE (1) 

NET UNREALIZED 
(LOSSES) GAINS 
ON CASH FLOW 
HEDGES 

NET FOREIGN 
CURRENCY 
ADJUSTMENTS 

NET PENSION AND 
OTHER 
POSTRETIREMENT 
BENEFIT 
ADJUSTMENTS 

TOTAL 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(32.4)  $ 

(42.4) 

(74.8)  $ 

(17.8) 

(22.3) 

(114.9)  $ 

228.9 

114.0  $ 

6.1  $ 

(1.6) 

4.5  $ 

0.9 

(1.4) 

4.0  $ 

(7.7) 

(3.7)  $ 

(18.5)  $ 

16.7 

(1.8)  $ 

47.5 

22.2 

67.9  $ 

49.9 

117.8  $ 

(325.2)  $ 

(370.0) 

(17.0) 

(44.3) 

(342.2)  $ 

(414.3) 

(55.9) 

(12.6) 

(25.3) 

(14.1) 

(410.7)  $ 

(453.7) 

(12.1) 

259.0 

(422.8)  $ 

(194.7) 

(1) Includes net unrealized gains (losses) on debt securities transferred from available for sale to held to maturity during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017. 

TABLE 101: DETAILS OF CHANGES IN ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)  

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

2018 

2017 

(In Millions) 

Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Debt Securities
Available for Sale 

Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Debt Securities
Available for Sale 

Reclassification Adjustment for Losses (Gains) 
Included in Net Income (1) 

BEFORE 
TAX 

TAX 
EFFECT 

AFTER  BEFORE 

TAX 
TAX  EFFECT 

AFTER  BEFORE 
TAX 

TAX 

TAX 
EFFECT 

AFTER 
TAX 

TAX 

$  306.1 

$ 

(78.0)  $ 

228.1 

$ 

(31.9)  $ 

9.2 

$ 

(22.7)  $ 

(70.2)  $ 

26.9 

$ 

(43.3) 

1.1 

(0.3) 

0.8 

0.5 

(0.1) 

0.4 

1.4 

(0.5) 

0.9 

Net Change 

$  307.2 

$ 

(78.3)  $ 

228.9 

$ 

(31.4)  $ 

9.1  $ 

(22.3)  $ 

(68.8)  $ 

26.4  $ 

(42.4) 

Unrealized (Losses) Gains on Cash Flow Hedges 

Foreign Exchange Contracts 

Interest Rate Contracts 

$ 

14.9 

$ 

(3.7)  $ 

11.2 

$ 

70.5  $ 

(17.6)  $ 

52.9  $ 

32.5  $ 

(19.5)  $ 

13.0 

1.5 

(0.3) 

1.2 

(1.2) 

0.3 

(0.9) 

1.3 

(0.8) 

0.5 

Reclassification Adjustment for (Gains) Losses 
Included in Net Income (2) 

Net Change 

Foreign Currency Adjustments 

(26.7) 

6.6 

(20.1) 

(71.1) 

17.7 

(53.4) 

(24.5) 

9.4 

(15.1) 

$ 

(10.3)  $ 

2.6  $ 

(7.7)  $ 

(1.8)  $ 

0.4 

$ 

(1.4)  $ 

9.3 

$ 

(10.9)  $ 

(1.6) 

Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments 

$ 

6.4  $ 

(1.6)  $ 

4.8  $  (107.8)  $ 

1.5 

$  (106.3)  $ 

156.5 

$ 

(3.1)  $ 

153.4 

Long-Term Intra-Entity Foreign Currency
Transaction (Losses) Gains 

Net Investment Hedge Gains (Losses) 

(0.5) 

59.7 

0.1 

(0.4) 

(1.8) 

0.5 

(1.3) 

2.0 

(0.7) 

1.3 

(14.2) 

45.5 

173.0 

(43.2) 

129.8 

(223.2) 

85.2 

(138.0) 

Net Change 

$ 

65.6  $ 

(15.7)  $ 

49.9  $ 

63.4  $ 

(41.2)  $ 

22.2  $ 

(64.7)  $ 

81.4 

$ 

16.7 

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit 
Adjustments 

Net Actuarial (Losses) Gains 

$ 

(36.8)  $ 

7.9  $ 

(28.9)  $ 

(54.9)  $ 

9.6  $ 

(45.3)  $ 

(58.4)  $ 

25.4 

$ 

(33.0) 

Reclassification Adjustment for Losses (Gains)  
Included in Net Income  (3) 

Amortization of Net Actuarial Loss 

Amortization of Prior Service Cost 

Net Change 

Total Net Change 

22.4 

(0.2) 

(5.4) 

17.0  $ 

36.6  $ 

(3.6)  $ 

33.0 

— 

(0.2)  $ 

(0.3)  $ 

—  $ 

(0.3) 

26.0 

(0.1) 

(9.9) 

— 

16.1 

(0.1) 

$ 

(14.6)  $ 

2.5  $ 

(12.1)  $ 

(18.6)  $ 

6.0  $ 

(12.6)  $ 

(32.5)  $ 

15.5  $ 

(17.0) 

$  347.9  $ 

(88.9)  $  259.0  $ 

11.6  $ 

(25.7)  $ 

(14.1)  $  (156.7)  $  112.4  $ 

(44.3) 

(1) The before-tax reclassification adjustment out of AOCI related to the realized gains (losses) on debt securities available for sale is recorded as Investment Security Gains 
(Losses), net within the consolidated statements of income. 
(2) See Note 27, "Derivative Financial Instruments" for the location of the reclassification adjustment related to cash flow hedges. 
(3) The before-tax reclassification adjustment out of AOCI related to pension and other postretirement benefit adjustments is recorded in Employee Benefits expense within the 
consolidated statements of income. 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   133 

 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Note 17 – Net Income per Common Share 

The computations of net income per common share are presented below. 

TABLE 102: NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE 

($ In Millions Except Per Common Share Information) 

BASIC NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE 

Average Number of Common Shares Outstanding 

Net Income 

Less: Dividends on Preferred Stock 

Net Income Applicable to Common Stock 

Less: Earnings Allocated to Participating Securities 

Earnings Allocated to Common Shares Outstanding 

Basic Net Income Per Common Share 

DILUTED NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE 

Average Number of Common Shares Outstanding 

Plus Dilutive Effect of Share-based Compensation 

Average Common and Potential Common Shares 

Earnings Allocated to Common and Potential Common Shares 

Diluted Net Income Per Common Share 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

2018 

2017 

214,525,547 

223,148,335 

228,257,664 

$ 

1,492.2  $ 

1,556.4  $ 

1,199.0 

46.4 

1,445.8 

16.9 

46.4 

1,510.0 

20.1 

49.8 

1,149.2 

18.8 

$ 

1,428.9  $ 

1,489.9  $ 

1,130.4 

6.66 

6.68 

4.95 

214,525,547 

223,148,335 

228,257,664 

1,075,602 

1,339,991 

1,396,737 

215,601,149 

224,488,326 

229,654,401 

$ 

1,428.9  $ 

1,490.0  $ 

1,130.5 

6.63 

6.64 

4.92 

Note: For the years ended December 31, 2019 and, 2018 there were no common stock equivalents excluded in the computation of diluted net income per share. Common stock 
equivalents of 115,491 for the year ended December 31, 2017 were not included in the computation of diluted net income per common share because their inclusion would have 
been antidilutive. 

Note 18 – Revenue from Contracts with Clients 

Trust, Investment, and Other Servicing Fees. Custody and fund administration income is comprised of revenues received 
from our core asset servicing business for providing custody, fund administration, and middle-office-related services, primarily 
to C&IS clients. Investment management and advisory income contains revenue received from providing asset management 
and related services to Wealth Management and C&IS clients and to Northern Trust sponsored funds. Securities lending income 
represents revenues generated from securities lending arrangements that Northern Trust enters into as agent, mainly with 
C&IS  clients.  Other  income  largely  consists  of  revenues  received  from  providing  employee  benefit,  investment  risk  and 
analytic and other services to C&IS and Wealth Management clients. 

Other Noninterest Income. Treasury management income represents revenues received from providing cash and liquidity 
management services to C&IS and Wealth Management clients. The portion of securities commissions and trading income 
that relates to revenue from contracts with clients is primarily comprised of commissions earned from providing securities 
brokerage services to Wealth Management and C&IS clients. The portion of other operating income that relates to revenue 
from contracts with clients is mainly comprised of service fees for banking-related services provided to Wealth Management 
and C&IS clients. 

Performance Obligations. Clients are typically charged monthly or quarterly in arrears based on the fee arrangement agreed 
to with each client; payment terms will vary depending on the client and services offered. 

Substantially all revenues generated from contracts with clients for asset servicing, asset management, securities lending, 
treasury management and banking-related services are recognized on an accrual basis, over the period in which services are 
provided. The  nature  of  Northern Trust’s  performance  obligations  is  to  provide  a  series  of  distinct  services  in  which  the 
customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits of the promised services as they are performed. Fee arrangements 
are mainly comprised of variable amounts based on market value of client assets managed and serviced, transaction volumes, 
number of accounts, and securities lending volume and spreads. Revenue is recognized using the output method in an amount 
that reflects the consideration to which Northern Trust expects to be entitled in exchange for providing each month or quarter 
of service. For contracts with multiple performance obligations, revenue is allocated to each performance obligation based 
on the price agreed to with the client, representing its relative standalone selling price. 

134   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Security brokerage revenue is primarily represented by securities commissions received in exchange of providing trade 
execution related services. Control is transferred at a point in time, on the trade date of the transaction, and fees are typically 
variable based on transaction volumes and security types. 

Northern Trust’s contracts with its clients are typically open-ended arrangements and are therefore considered to have an 
original duration of less than one year. Northern Trust has elected the practical expedient to not disclose the value of remaining 
performance obligations for contracts with an original expected duration of one year or less. 

The following table presents revenues disaggregated by major revenue source. 

TABLE 103: REVENUE DISAGGREGATION 

(In Millions) 

Noninterest Income 

       Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees 

Custody and Fund Administration 

Investment Management and Advisory 

Securities Lending 

Other 

Total Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees 

Other Noninterest Income

       Foreign Exchange Trading Income 

       Treasury Management Fees 

       Security Commissions and Trading Income 

 Other Operating Income 

 Investment Security Gains (Losses), net 

Total Other Noninterest Income 

Total Noninterest Income 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

2018 

$ 

1,636.4  $ 

1,930.6 

87.7 

197.4 

1,589.1 

1,862.6 

102.8 

199.2 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

3,852.1  $ 

3,753.7 

250.9  $ 

44.5 

103.6 

145.5 

(1.4) 

543.1  $ 

307.2 

51.8

98.3

127.5

(1.0) 

583.8 

4,395.2  $ 

4,337.5 

Trust, investment and other servicing fees and treasury management fees represent revenue from contracts with clients. For 
the year ended December 31, 2019, revenue from contracts with clients also includes $87.1 million of the $103.6 million total 
securities commissions and trading income and $41.8 million of the $145.5 million total other operating income. For the year 
ended December 31, 2018, revenue from contracts with clients also includes $86.7 million of the $98.3 million total securities 
commissions and trading income and $44.0 million of the $127.5 million total other operating income. 

Receivables Balances. The table below represents receivables balances from contracts with clients, which are included in 
Other Assets in the consolidated balance sheets, at December 31, 2019 and 2018. 

TABLE 104: CLIENT RECEIVABLES 

(In Millions) 

Trust Fees Receivable, net 

Other 

Total Client Receivables 

DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

801.9  $ 

101.1 

903.0  $ 

2018 

742.5 

90.1 

832.6 

$ 

$ 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   135 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Note 19 – Net Interest Income 

The components of net interest income were as follows: 

TABLE 105: NET INTEREST INCOME 

(In Millions) 

Interest Income 

Loans and Leases 

Securities – Taxable 

– Non-Taxable 

Interest-Bearing Due from and Deposits with Banks (1) 
Federal Reserve and Other Central Bank Deposits and Other 

Total Interest Income 

Interest Expense 

Deposits 

Federal Funds Purchased 

Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase 

Other Borrowings 

Senior Notes 

Long-Term Debt 

Floating Rate Capital Debt 

Total Interest Expense 

Net Interest Income 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

2018 

2017 

$ 

1,153.4  $ 

1,098.8  $ 

1,070.7 

3.8 

72.4 

199.6 

905.2 

7.0 

70.0 

240.4 

919.1 

594.1 

9.8 

63.8 

182.6 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2,499.9  $ 

2,321.4  $ 

1,769.4 

488.9  $ 

384.6  $ 

182.1 

25.9 

6.4 

181.7 

72.6 

38.3 

8.2 

50.3 

7.8 

150.1 

53.4 

45.0 

7.5 

10.4 

6.0 

50.7 

46.9 

39.2 

4.9 

822.0  $ 

698.7  $ 

340.2 

1,677.9  $ 

1,622.7  $ 

1,429.2 

(1) Interest-Bearing Due from and Deposits with Banks includes the interest-bearing component of Cash and Due from Banks and Interest-Bearing Deposits with Banks as presented 
on the consolidated balance sheets. 

Note 20 – Other Operating Income 

The components of other operating income were as follows: 

TABLE 106: OTHER OPERATING INCOME 

(In Millions) 

Loan Service Fees 

Banking Service Fees 

Other Income 

Total Other Operating Income 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

48.0  $ 

45.6 

51.9 

2018 

48.9  $ 

46.4 

32.2 

2017 

50.7 

48.6 

58.2 

145.5  $ 

127.5  $ 

157.5 

$ 

$ 

Other income of $51.9 million in 2019 increased from $32.2 million in 2018, primarily due to income related to a bank-owned 
life insurance program implemented during 2019, higher miscellaneous income, and the prior-year impairment of a community 
development equity investment previously held at cost, partially offset by a charge related to the decision made in 2019 to 
sell substantially all of the lease portfolio. 

136   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Note 21 – Other Operating Expense 

The components of other operating expense were as follows: 

TABLE 107: OTHER OPERATING EXPENSE 

(In Millions) 

Business Promotion 

FDIC Insurance Premiums 

Staff Related 

Other Intangibles Amortization 

Other Expenses 

Total Other Operating Expense 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

$ 

104.2  $ 

9.9 

42.8 

16.6 

156.3 

2018 

98.3  $ 

27.4 

33.6 

17.4 

153.9 

$ 

329.8  $ 

330.6  $ 

2017 

95.4 

34.7 

42.8 

11.4 

147.3 

331.6 

Other operating expense in 2019 as compared to 2018 primarily reflects decreased FDIC insurance premiums, partially offset 
by higher staff-related expense and business promotion expense. 

Note 22 – Income Taxes 

The following table reconciles the total provision for income taxes recorded in the consolidated statements of income with 
the amounts computed at the statutory federal tax rate for the periods presented below. 

TABLE 108: INCOME TAXES 

(In Millions) 

Federal Rate 

Tax at Statutory Rate 

Tax Exempt Income 

Foreign Tax Rate Differential 

Excess Tax Benefit Related to Share-Based Compensation 

State Taxes, net 

Impact of Tax Cuts and Jobs Act 

Change in Accounting Method 

Valuation Allowance 

Other 

Provision for Income Taxes 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

21.0% 

2018 

21.0% 

2017 

35.0% 

$ 

408.3 

$ 

411.1  $ 

571.9 

(11.5) 

4.6 

(17.5) 

55.0 

— 

— 

29.5 

(16.5) 

(6.9) 

(7.3) 

(16.8) 

66.3 

(4.8) 

(24.4) 

(0.8) 

(15.0) 

(9.6) 

(50.0) 

(31.6) 

40.7 

(53.1) 

— 

0.3 

(33.7) 

$ 

451.9 

$ 

401.4  $ 

434.9 

Income tax expense for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $451.9 million and $401.4 million, 
representing an effective tax rate of 23.2% and 20.5%, respectively. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2019, the 
provision for income taxes included an increase in the U.S. taxes payable on the income of the Corporation’s non-U.S. branches. 
This  increase  included  a  valuation  allowance  against  deferred  tax  assets  as  management  believes  the  foreign  tax  credit 
carryforward generated in 2019 will not be fully realized. 

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2018, the provision for income taxes included income tax benefits recorded 
in 2018 associated with the timing of tax deductions for software development-related expenses and the implementation of 
the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA) enacted in the fourth quarter of 2017, partially offset by a change in the earnings mix in 
tax jurisdictions in which the Corporation operates. 

Additionally, the 2017 provision for income taxes included a net benefit attributable to the implementation of the TCJA 
of $53.1 million and Federal and State research tax credits of $17.6 million related to the Corporation’s technology spend 
between 2013 and 2016, each resulting in a reduction of the effective tax rate. 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   137 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The TCJA was enacted on December 22, 2017, and reduced the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%. It also 
required companies to pay a mandatory deemed repatriation tax on earnings of foreign subsidiaries that were previously tax 
deferred. At December 31, 2017, Northern Trust made a reasonable estimate as to the impact of the TCJA.  During 2018, 
Northern Trust completed the related calculations and additional analyses associated with the implementation of the TCJA, 
resulting in a number of adjustments to the 2018 tax provision as follows: 

TABLE 109: IMPACT OF TAX CUTS AND JOBS ACT 

(In Millions) 

Federal Taxes on Mandatory Deemed Repatriation 

Impact Related to Federal Deferred Taxes 

Other Adjustments 

Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes 

2018 

$ 

(16.8)  $ 

12.7 

(0.7) 

2017 

150.0 

(210.0) 

6.9 

$ 

(4.8)  $ 

(53.1) 

Adjustments  in  the  above  table  included  a  2018  tax  benefit  of  $16.8  million  resulting  from  an  adjustment  to  the 
Corporation’s 2017 income tax provision for mandatory deemed repatriation with respect to the pre-2018 earnings of its non-
U.S. subsidiaries, offset by a $12.7 million net provision recorded in 2018 associated with the repricing of deferred taxes. 

For tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, the TCJA introduces new provisions for U.S. taxation of certain Global 
Intangible Low-Taxed Income (GILTI). Northern Trust has made the policy election to record any current year tax expense 
associated with GILTI in the period in which it is incurred. 

The Corporation files income tax returns in the U.S. federal, various state, and foreign jurisdictions. The Corporation is 
no longer subject to income tax examinations by U.S. federal authorities before 2013, U.S. state or local tax authorities for 
years before 2011, or non-U.S. tax authorities for years before 2012. 

Included in Other Liabilities within the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2019 and 2018 were $25.3 million 
and $21.9 million of unrecognized tax benefits, respectively. If recognized, 2019 and 2018 net income would have increased 
by  $22.7  million  and  $19.8  million,  respectively,  resulting  in  a  decrease  of  those  years’  effective  income  tax  rates. A 
reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows: 

TABLE 110: UNRECOGNIZED TAX BENEFITS 

(In Millions) 

Balance at January 1 

Additions for Tax Positions Taken in the Current Year 

Additions for Tax Positions Taken in Prior Years 

Reductions for Tax Positions Taken in Prior Years 

Reductions Resulting from Expiration of Statutes 

Balance at December 31 

$ 

2019 

21.9  $ 

0.9 

4.0 

(1.5) 

— 

2018 

27.7  $ 

0.5 

1.7 

(7.8) 

(0.2) 

$ 

25.3  $ 

21.9  $ 

2017 

17.2 

9.9 

6.2 

(5.4) 

(0.2) 

27.7 

Unrecognized tax benefits had net increases of $3.4 million, resulting in a remaining balance of $25.3 million at December 31, 
2019, compared to net decreases of $5.8 million resulting in a remaining balance of $21.9 million at December 31, 2018. It 
is possible that changes in the amount of unrecognized tax benefits could occur in the next 12 months due to changes in 
judgment related to recognition or measurement, settlements with taxing authorities, or expiration of statute of limitations. 
Management does not believe that future changes, if any, would have a material effect on the consolidated financial position 
or liquidity of Northern Trust, although they could have a material effect on operating results for a particular period. 

A benefit for interest and penalties of $1.3 million, net of tax, was included in the provision for income taxes for the year 
ended December 31, 2019. This compares to a provision for interest and penalties of $0.3 million, net of tax, and $0.1 million, 
net of tax, for the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the liability for 
the potential payment of interest and penalties totaled $8.4 million and $9.2 million, net of tax, respectively. 

138   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The  components  of  the  consolidated  provision  for  income  taxes  for  each  of  the  three  years  ended  December 31  are 

as follows: 

TABLE 111: PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES 

(In Millions) 

Current Tax Provision: 

Federal 

State 

Non-U.S. 

Total 

Deferred Tax Provision: 

Federal 

State 

Non-U.S. 

Total 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

2018 

2017 

$ 

216.4  $ 

132.8  $ 

50.7 

150.5 

417.6 

95.4 

162.7 

390.9 

$ 

16.5  $ 

33.8  $ 

16.5 

1.3 

34.3 

(13.8) 

(9.5) 

10.5 

347.3 

38.3 

125.4 

511.0 

(96.4) 

24.6 

(4.3) 

(76.1) 

Provision for Income Taxes 

$ 

451.9  $ 

401.4  $ 

434.9 

In addition to the amounts shown above, tax charges and benefits have been recorded directly to stockholders’ equity for the 
following: 

TABLE 112: TAX CHARGES AND BENEFITS RECORDED DIRECTLY TO STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

(In Millions) 

Tax Effect of Other Comprehensive Income 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

88.9 

2018 

25.7 

2017 

(112.4) 

Deferred taxes result from temporary differences between the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and 
the tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities have been computed as follows: 

TABLE 113: NET DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES 

(In Millions) 

Deferred Tax Liabilities: 

Lease Financing 

Software Development 

Accumulated Depreciation 

Compensation and Benefits 

State Taxes, net 

Other Liabilities 

Gross Deferred Tax Liabilities 

Deferred Tax Assets: 

Allowance for Credit Losses 

Other Assets 

Gross Deferred Tax Assets 

Valuation Reserve 

Deferred Tax Assets, net of Valuation Reserve 

Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 

DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

2018 

$ 

36.9  $ 

249.4 

99.8 

8.3 

66.4 

206.7 

667.5 

26.1 

147.0 

173.1 

(29.8) 

143.3 

$ 

524.2  $ 

43.3 

193.2 

129.5 

10.9 

58.9 

114.5 

550.3 

29.0 

120.6 

149.6 

(0.3) 

149.3 

401.0 

Northern Trust had various state net operating loss carryforwards as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. The income tax 
benefits associated with these loss carryforwards were approximately $1.0 million as of December 31, 2019 and $0.3 million 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   139 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

as of December 31,  2018. A valuation allowance related to the loss carryforwards of $0.3 million was recorded at December 31, 
2019 and 2018, as management believes the net operating losses will not be fully realized. 

The Corporation generated a foreign tax credit carryforward during the twelve months ended December 31, 2019. A 
valuation allowance related to the credit carryforward of $29.5 million was recorded at December 31, 2019, as management 
believes that the foreign tax credit carryforward will not be fully realized. 

Note 23 – Employee Benefits 

The  Corporation  and  certain  of  its  subsidiaries  provide  various  benefit  programs,  including  defined  benefit  pension, 
postretirement health care, and defined contribution plans. Adescription of each major plan and related disclosures are provided 
below. 

Pension. A noncontributory qualified defined benefit pension plan covers substantially all U.S. employees of Northern 
Trust. Employees of certain European subsidiaries retain benefits in local defined benefit plans, although those plans are closed 
to new participants and to future benefit accruals. Employees continue to accrue benefits under the Swiss pension plan, which 
is accounted for as a defined benefit plan under U.S. GAAP. 

Northern Trust also maintains a noncontributory supplemental pension plan for participants whose retirement benefits 
under the U.S. Qualified Plan are expected to exceed the limits imposed by federal tax law. Northern Trust has a nonqualified 
trust, referred to as a “Rabbi” Trust, used to hold assets designated for the funding of benefits in excess of those permitted in 
certain of its qualified retirement plans. This arrangement offers participants a degree of assurance for payment of benefits in 
excess of those permitted in the related qualified plans. As the “Rabbi” Trust assets remain subject to the claims of creditors 
and are not the property of the employees, they are accounted for as corporate assets and are included in Other Assets in the 
consolidated balance sheets. Total assets in the “Rabbi” Trust related to the nonqualified pension plan at December 31, 2019 
and 2018 amounted to $128.8 million and $129.9 million, respectively. Contributions of $3.0 million and $21.9 million were 
made to the “Rabbi” Trust in 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

The following tables set forth the status, amounts included in AOCI, and net periodic pension expense of the U.S. Qualified 
Plan, Non-U.S. Pension Plans, and U.S. Non-Qualified Plan for 2019, 2018, and 2017. Prior service costs are being amortized 
on a straight-line basis over 11 years for the U.S. Qualified Plan and 10 years for the U.S. Non-Qualified Plan. 

TABLE 114: EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN STATUS 

($ In Millions) 

Accumulated Benefit Obligation 

Projected Benefit Obligation 

Plan Assets at Fair Value 

Funded Status at December 31 

Weighted-Average Assumptions: 

Discount Rates 

Rate of Increase in Compensation Level 

Expected Long-Term Rate of Return on Assets 

U.S. QUALIFIED PLAN 

NON-U.S. PENSION PLANS 

U.S. NON-QUALIFIED PLAN 

2019 

2018 

2019 

2018 

2019 

2018 

$ 

1,181.9 

$ 

980.6  $ 

204.7 

$ 

178.4  $ 

131.5 

$ 

120.9 

1,323.4 

1,601.2 

1,092.0 

1,380.1 

211.1 

190.1 

183.5 

166.7 

149.2 

— 

135.6 

— 

$ 

277.8 

$ 

288.1  $ 

(21.0)  $ 

(16.8)  $ 

(149.2)  $ 

(135.6) 

3.37% 

4.47% 

1.40% 

2.16% 

4.97 

5.25 

4.39 

6.00 

1.50 

1.72 

1.75 

2.39 

3.37% 

4.97 

N/A 

4.47% 

4.39 

N/A 

TABLE 115: AMOUNTS INCLUDED IN ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

(In Millions) 

Net Actuarial Loss 

Prior Service (Benefit) Cost 

Gross Amount in Accumulated Other Comprehensive 
Income 

Income Tax Effect 

Net Amount in Accumulated Other Comprehensive 
Income 

U.S. QUALIFIED PLAN 

NON-U.S. PENSION PLANS 

U.S. NON-QUALIFIED PLAN 

2019 

2018 

2019 

2018 

2019 

$ 

426.7  $ 

435.4  $ 

46.5  $ 

41.2  $ 

82.5  $ 

(1.0) 

(1.4) 

3.0 

425.7 

105.7 

434.0 

108.5 

49.5 

6.2 

3.6 

44.8 

6.0 

0.2 

82.7 

20.4 

2018 

65.8 

0.4 

66.2 

16.4 

$ 

320.0  $ 

325.5  $ 

43.3  $ 

38.8  $ 

62.3  $ 

49.8 

140   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

TABLE 116: NET PERIODIC PENSION EXPENSE 

U.S. QUALIFIED PLAN 

NON-U.S. PENSION PLANS 

U.S. NON-QUALIFIED PLAN 

($ In Millions) 

Service Cost 

Interest Cost 

Expected Return on Plan Assets 

Settlement Expense 

Amortization: 

Net Actuarial Loss 

Prior Service (Benefit) Cost 

2019 

2018 

2017 

2019 

2018 

2017 

2019 

2018 

$ 

41.6 

$ 

41.4  $ 

38.3  $ 

47.2 

(86.9) 

— 

17.2 

(0.4) 

44.3 

45.9 

(88.2) 

(93.8) 

—

— 

28.2 

(0.4) 

19.0 

(0.4) 

2.0 

3.9 

(4.4) 

— 

0.6 

0.3 

2.4 

$ 

1.7  $ 

0.4  $ 

4.0 

(4.4) 

0.5 

0.9 

0.2 

4.0 

(4.5) 

1.1 

1.3 

0.1 

4.1 

5.8 

— 

— 

5.6 

0.2 

$ 

4.3  $ 

5.3 

N/A 

—

7.4 

0.2 

$ 

2.9  $ 

2.4  $ 

15.7 

$ 

17.2  $ 

14.8 

2017 

3.7 

5.2 

N/A 

— 

5.7 

0.2 

Net Periodic Pension Expense 

$ 

18.7 

$ 

25.3  $ 

9.0  $ 

Weighted-Average Assumptions: 

Discount Rates 

4.47% 

3.79% 

4.46% 

2.16% 

2.08% 

2.33% 

4.47% 

3.79% 

4.46% 

Rate of Increase in Compensation
Level 

Expected Long-Term Rate of 
Return on Assets 

4.39 

4.39 

4.39 

1.75 

1.75 

1.75 

4.39 

4.39 

4.39 

6.00 

6.00 

6.75 

2.39 

2.61 

3.13 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

The components of net periodic pension expense are included in the line item “Employee Benefits” expense in the consolidated 
statements of income. 

TABLE 117: CHANGE IN PROJECTED BENEFIT OBLIGATION 

U.S. QUALIFIED PLAN 

NON-U.S. PENSION PLANS 

U.S. NON-QUALIFIED PLAN 

(In Millions) 

Beginning Balance 

Service Cost 

Interest Cost 

Employee Contributions 

Plan Amendment 

Actuarial Loss (Gain) 

Settlement 

Benefits Paid 

Foreign Exchange Rate Changes 

2019 

2018 

2019 

2018 

2019 

$ 

1,092.0  $ 

1,209.9  $ 

183.5  $ 

198.3  $ 

135.6  $ 

41.6 

47.2 

— 

— 

213.3 

— 

(70.7) 

— 

41.4 

44.3 

— 

— 

(112.4) 

— 

(91.2) 

— 

2.0 

3.9 

0.6 

(0.4) 

20.9 

— 

(3.6) 

4.2 

1.7 

4.0 

0.4 

1.3 

(9.3) 

(2.7) 

(1.1) 

(9.1) 

4.1 

5.8 

— 

— 

22.0 

— 

(18.3) 

— 

2018 

144.5 

4.3 

5.3 

— 

— 

(9.7) 

— 

(8.8) 

— 

Ending Balance 

$ 

1,323.4  $ 

1,092.0  $ 

211.1  $ 

183.5  $ 

149.2  $ 

135.6 

Actuarial losses of $256.2 million in 2019 were primarily caused by decreases in discount rates. Actuarial gains of $131.4 
million in 2018 were primarily caused by increases in discount rates. 

TABLE 118: ESTIMATED FUTURE BENEFIT PAYMENTS 

(In Millions) 

2020 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025-2029 

U.S. QUALIFIED PLAN 

NON-U.S.PENSION PLANS  U.S. NON-QUALIFIED PLAN 

$ 

81.0  $ 

3.9  $ 

82.9 

84.3 

91.1 

89.6 

469.7 

4.2 

4.2 

4.6 

4.9 

29.9 

15.0 

16.7 

18.4 

20.3 

16.2 

60.8 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   141 

 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

TABLE 119: CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS 

U.S. QUALIFIED PLAN 

NON-U.S PENSION PLANS 

(In Millions) 

2019 

2018 

2019 

Fair Value of Assets at Beginning of Period 

$ 

1,380.1  $ 

1,506.4  $ 

166.7  $ 

Actual Return on Assets 

Employer Contributions 

Employee Contributions 

Settlement 

Benefits Paid 

Foreign Exchange Rate Changes 

Fair Value of Assets at End of Period 

291.8 

— 

— 

— 

(70.7) 

— 

(85.1) 

50.0 

— 

— 

(91.2) 

— 

18.6 

3.1 

0.6 

— 

(3.6) 

4.7 

2018 

178.7 

(2.3) 

2.6 

0.4 

(2.7) 

(1.1) 

(8.9) 

$ 

1,601.2  $ 

1,380.1  $ 

190.1  $ 

166.7 

The minimum required and maximum remaining deductible contributions for the U.S. Qualified Plan in 2020  are estimated 
to be zero  and $275.0 million, respectively. 

During 2017, the investment strategy employed for Northern Trust's U.S. Qualified Plan was changed to utilize a dynamic 
glide path based on a set of pre-approved asset allocations to return-seeking and liability-hedging assets that vary in accordance 
with the U.S. Qualified Plan's projected benefit obligation funded ratio. In general, as the U.S. Qualified Plan’s projected 
benefit obligation funded ratio increases beyond an established threshold, the U.S. Qualified Plan’s allocation to liability-
hedging assets will increase while the allocation to return-seeking assets will decrease. Conversely, a decrease in the U.S. 
Qualified Plan’s projected benefit obligation funded ratio beyond an established threshold will result in a decrease in the U.S. 
Qualified Plan’s allocation to liability-hedging assets and increase in the allocation to return-seeking assets. Liability-hedging 
assets include U.S. long credit bonds, U.S. long government bonds, and a custom completion strategy used to hedge more 
closely the liability duration of projected plan benefits with bond duration across all durations. Return-seeking assets include: 
U.S. equity, international developed equity, emerging markets equity, real estate, high yield bonds, global listed infrastructure, 
emerging market debt, private equity and hedge funds. 

Northern Trust utilizes an asset/liability methodology to determine the investment policies that will best meet its short 
and long-term objectives. The process is performed by modeling current and alternative strategies for asset allocation, funding 
policy and actuarial methods and assumptions. The financial modeling uses projections of expected capital market returns 
and expected volatility of those returns to determine alternative asset mixes having the greatest probability of meeting the 
U.S. Qualified Plan’s investment objectives. Risk tolerance is established through careful consideration of the U.S. Qualified 
Plan liabilities, funded status, and corporate financial condition. The intent of this strategy is to protect the U.S. Qualified 
Plan's healthy funded status and generate returns, which in combination with minimal voluntary contributions are expected 
to outpace the U.S. Qualified Plan's liability growth over the long run. 

The target allocation of the U.S. Qualified Plan assets since February 2019 is 45%  U.S. long credit bonds, 10%  U.S. long 
government bonds, 10%  custom completion, 8%  U.S. equities, 5%  international developed equity, 3%  emerging markets 
equity, 3%  private real estate, 4%  high yield bonds, 3%  global listed infrastructure, 4%  emerging market debt, 2%  private 
equity, and 3% hedge funds. 

Equity investments include common stocks that are listed on an exchange and investments in commingled funds that 
invest primarily in publicly traded equities. Equity investments are diversified across U.S. and non-U.S. stocks and divided 
by investment style and market capitalization. Fixed income securities held include U.S. treasury securities and investments 
in commingled funds that invest in a diversified blend of longer duration fixed income securities; the custom completion 
strategy uses U.S. treasury securities and interest rate futures (or similar instruments) to align more closely with the target 
hedge ratio across maturities. Diversifying investments, including private equity, hedge funds, private real estate, emerging 
market  debt,  high  yield  bonds,  and  global  listed  infrastructure,  are  used  judiciously  to  enhance  long-term  returns  while 
improving portfolio diversification. Private equity assets consist primarily of investments in limited partnerships that invest 
in individual companies in the form of non-public equity or non-public debt positions. Direct or co-investment in non-public 
stock by the U.S. Qualified Plan is prohibited. The U.S. Qualified Plan’s private equity investments are limited to 2% of the 
total limited partnership and the maximum allowable loss cannot exceed the commitment amount. The U.S. Qualified Plan 
invests in one  hedge fund of funds, which invests, either directly or indirectly, in diversified portfolios of funds or other pooled 
investment vehicles. 

Investments in private real estate, high yield bonds, emerging market debt, and global listed infrastructure are designed 

to provide income and added diversification. 

Though not a primary strategy for meeting the U.S. Qualified Plan’s objectives, derivatives may be used from time to 
time, depending on the nature of the asset class to which they relate, to gain market exposure in an efficient and timely manner, 

142   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

to hedge foreign currency exposure or interest rate risk, or to alter the duration of a portfolio. There were five  derivatives held 
by the U.S. Qualified Plan at December 31, 2019. There were four derivatives held by the U.S. Qualified Plan at December 31, 
2018. 

Investment risk is measured and monitored on an ongoing basis through monthly liability measurements, periodic asset/ 
liability studies, and quarterly investment portfolio reviews. Standards used to evaluate the U.S. Qualified Plan’s investment 
manager performance include, but are not limited to, the achievement of objectives, operation within guidelines and policy, 
and comparison against a relative benchmark. In addition, each manager of the investment funds held by the U.S. Qualified 
Plan is ranked against a universe of peers and compared to a relative benchmark. Total U.S. Qualified Plan performance 
analysis includes an analysis of the market environment, asset allocation impact on performance, risk and return relative to 
other ERISA plans, and manager impacts upon U.S. Qualified Plan performance. 

The following describes the hierarchy of inputs used to measure fair value and the primary valuation methodologies used 

by Northern Trust for the U.S. Qualified Plan assets measured at fair value. 

Level 1 – Quoted, active market prices for identical assets or liabilities. The U.S. Qualified Plan’s Level 1 investments 
are comprised of a mutual fund and domestic common stocks. The U.S. Qualified Plan’s Level 1 investments that are exchange 
traded are valued at the closing price reported by the respective exchanges on the day of valuation. 

Level 2 – Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted active market prices for similar assets or liabilities, 
quoted prices for identical or similar assets in inactive markets, and model-derived valuations in which all significant 
inputs are observable in active markets. The U.S. Qualified Plan’s Level 2 assets are comprised of U.S. government obligations 
and collective trust funds. The investments in collective trust funds fair values are calculated on a scheduled basis using the 
closing market prices and accruals of securities in the funds (total value of the funds) divided by the number of fund shares 
currently issued and outstanding. Redemptions of the collective trust funds occur by contract at the respective fund’s redemption 
date NAV. 

Level 3 – Valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs are unobservable in the marketplace. The U.S. 
Qualified Plan’s Level 3 assets are comprised of private equity and hedge funds, which invest in underlying groups of investment 
funds or other pooled investment vehicles that are selected by the respective funds’  investment managers. The investment 
funds and the underlying investments held by these investment funds are valued at fair value. In determining the fair value 
of the underlying investments of each fund, the fund’s investment manager or general partner takes into account the estimated 
value reported by the underlying funds as well as any other considerations that may, in their judgment, increase or decrease 
such estimated value. 

The U.S. Qualified Plan’s Level 3 assets are also comprised of real estate funds, which invest in real estate assets. The 
investment in properties by the real estate funds are carried at fair value, which is estimated based on the price that would be 
received to sell an asset in an orderly transaction between marketplace participants at the measurement date. The valuation 
plan for each real estate investment is subject to review on an annual basis which is based on either an external appraisal from 
appraisal firms or internal valuations prepared by the real estate fund's investment advisor. 

While Northern Trust believes its valuation methods for U.S. Qualified Plan assets are appropriate and consistent with 
other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions, particularly as applied to Level 3 assets, could 
have a material effect on the computation of the estimated fair values. 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   143 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The following table presents the fair values of Northern Trust’s U.S. Qualified Plan assets, by major asset category, and 

their level within the fair value hierarchy defined by GAAP as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. 

TABLE 120: FAIR VALUE OF U.S. QUALIFIED PLAN ASSETS 

(In Millions) 

Domestic Common Stock 

Domestic Corporate Bonds 

Foreign Corporate Bonds 

U.S. Government Obligations 

Non-U.S. Government Obligations 

Domestic Municipal and Provincial Bonds 

Foreign Municipal and Provincial Bonds 

Collective Trust Funds 

Mutual Funds 

Northern Trust Private Equity Funds 

Northern Trust Hedge Funds 

Real Estate Funds 

Cash and Other 

Total Assets at Fair Value 

(In Millions) 

Domestic Common Stock 

Domestic Corporate Bonds 

Foreign Corporate Bonds 

U.S. Government Obligations 

Non-U.S. Government Obligations 

Domestic Municipal and Provincial Bonds 

Foreign Municipal and Provincial Bonds 

Collective Trust Funds 

Mutual Funds 

Exchange Traded Fund 

Northern Trust Private Equity Funds 

Northern Trust Hedge Funds 

Cash and Other 

Total Assets at Fair Value 

DECEMBER 31, 2019 

LEVEL 1 

LEVEL 2 

LEVEL 3 

TOTAL 

$ 

12.3 

$ 

— 

$ 

— 

$ 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

112.8 

— 

— 

— 

2.6 

254.6 

45.0 

168.3 

18.8 

23.1 

0.3 

866.6 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

20.3 

30.2 

46.3 

— 

12.3 

254.6 

45.0 

168.3 

18.8 

23.1 

0.3 

866.6 

112.8 

20.3 

30.2 

46.3 

2.6 

$ 

127.7  $ 

1,376.7  $ 

96.8  $ 

1,601.2 

DECEMBER 31, 2018 

LEVEL 1 

LEVEL 2 

LEVEL 3 

TOTAL 

$ 

27.7 

$ 

— 

$ 

— 

$ 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

92.4 

0.1 

— 

— 

2.3 

227.6 

34.2 

155.5 

15.1 

22.7 

2.0 

745.8 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

25.5 

29.2 

— 

27.7 

227.6 

34.2 

155.5 

15.1 

22.7 

2.0 

745.8 

92.4 

0.1 

25.5 

29.2 

2.3 

$ 

122.5  $ 

1,202.9  $ 

54.7  $ 

1,380.1 

The following table presents the changes in Level 3 assets for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. 

TABLE 121: CHANGE IN U.S. QUALIFIED PLAN LEVEL 3 ASSETS 

PRIVATE EQUITY FUNDS 

HEDGE FUNDS 

REAL ESTATE FUNDS 

(In Millions) 

Fair Value at January 1 

Actual Return on Plan Assets

(1) 

$ 

Realized Gain 

Purchases 

Sales 

2019 

25.5  $ 

(2.8) 

7.4 

0.1 

(9.9) 

2018 

29.3  $ 

(1.5) 

8.7 

0.3 

(11.3) 

2019 

29.2  $ 

1.2 

— 

— 

(0.2) 

2018 

44.6  $

(2.7) 

2.4 

— 

(15.1) 

2019 

—  $

0.2 

— 

46.1 

— 

Fair Value at December 31 

$ 

20.3  $ 

25.5  $ 

30.2  $ 

29.2  $ 

46.3  $

(1) The return on plan assets represents the change in the unrealized gain (loss) on assets still held at December 31. 

2018 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

144   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

A building block approach is employed for Northern Trust’s U.S. Qualified Plan in determining the long-term rate of return 
for plan assets. Historical markets and long-term historical relationships between equities, fixed income and other asset classes 
are studied using the widely accepted capital market principle that assets with higher volatility generate a greater return over 
the long-run. Current market factors such as inflation expectations and interest rates are evaluated before long-term capital 
market  assumptions  are  determined.  The  long-term  portfolio  rate  of  return  is  established  with  consideration  given  to 
diversification and rebalancing. The rate is reviewed against peer data and historical returns to verify the return is reasonable 
and appropriate. Based on this approach and the U.S. Qualified Plan’s target asset allocation, the expected long-term rate of 
return on assets as of the U.S. Qualified Plan’s December 31, 2019 measurement date was set at 5.25%. 

Postretirement Health Care. Northern Trust maintains an unfunded postretirement health care plan under which those 
employees who retire at age 55 or older under the provisions of the U.S. defined benefit plan and had attained 15 years of 
service as of December 31, 2011 may be eligible for subsidized postretirement health care coverage. The provisions of this 
health care plan may be changed further at the discretion of Northern Trust, which also reserves the right to terminate these 
benefits at any time. 

The following tables set forth the postretirement health care plan status and amounts included in AOCI at December 31, 
2019 and 2018, the net periodic postretirement benefit cost of the plan for 2019 and 2018, and the change in the accumulated 
postretirement benefit obligation during 2019 and 2018. 

TABLE 122: POSTRETIREMENT HEALTH CARE PLAN STATUS 

(In Millions) 

Accumulated Postretirement Benefit Obligation at Measurement Date: 

Retirees and Dependents 

Actives Eligible for Benefits 

Net Postretirement Benefit Obligation 

TABLE 123: AMOUNTS INCLUDED IN ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

(In Millions) 

Net Actuarial (Gain) Loss 

Prior Service Cost 

Gross Amount in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income 

Income Tax Effect 

$ 

$ 

$ 

DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

25.2  $ 

3.6 

28.8  $ 

DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

(5.4)  $ 

— 

(5.4) 

(1.4) 

Net Amount in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income 

$ 

(4.0)  $ 

TABLE 124: NET PERIODIC POSTRETIREMENT EXPENSE (BENEFIT) 

(In Millions) 

Service Cost 

Interest Cost 

Expected Return on Plan Assets 

Amortization 

Net Gain 

Prior Service Benefit 

Net Periodic Postretirement Expense 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

$

2019 

—  $ 
1.2 

— 

(1.1) 

— 

2018 

— $ 

1.3 

—

—

—

$ 

0.1  $ 

1.3  $ 

2018 

23.5 

4.6 

28.1 

2018 

(6.5) 

— 

(6.5) 

(2.2) 

(4.3) 

2017 

0.1 

1.4 

— 

— 

— 

1.5 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   145 

 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

TABLE 125: CHANGE IN ACCUMULATED POSTRETIREMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATION 

(In Millions) 

Beginning Balance 

Service Cost 

Interest Cost 

Actuarial Loss (Gain) 

Net Claims Paid 

Ending Balance 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

$ 

2019 

28.1  $ 

— 

1.2 

0.2 

(0.7) 

$ 

28.8  $ 

2018 

34.4 

— 

1.3 

(6.7) 

(0.9) 

28.1 

Northern Trust uses the aggregate Pri-2012 mortality table with a 2012 base year and proposed future improvements under 
scale MP-2019, as released by the Society of Actuaries in October 2019. These assumptions were updated at December 31, 
2019 from the aggregate table RP-2014 and improvement scale MP-2018. 

TABLE 126: ESTIMATED FUTURE BENEFIT PAYMENTS 

(In Millions) 

2020 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025-2029 

TOTAL 
POSTRETIREMENT 
MEDICAL 
BENEFITS 

$ 

2.5 

2.4 

2.3 

2.2 

2.1 

9.6 

The weighted average discount rate used in determining the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was 3.37% at 
December 31, 2019, and 4.47% at December 31, 2018. For measurement purposes, a 6.25% annual increase in the cost of 
pre-age 65 medical benefits and post-age 65 medical benefits were assumed for 2019. For drug claims, an 8.25% annual 
increase in cost was assumed for 2019. These rates are both assumed to gradually decrease until they reach 4.50% in 2027. 
The health care cost trend rate assumption has an effect on the amounts reported. 

Defined  Contribution  Plans. The  Corporation and its  subsidiaries maintain various  defined  contribution  plans  covering 
substantially all employees. The Corporation’s contribution to the U.S. plan and to certain European-based plans includes a 
matching component. The expense associated with defined contribution plans is charged to employee benefits and totaled 
$57.6 million in 2019, $54.4 million in 2018, and $53.4 million in 2017. 

Note 24 – Share-Based Compensation Plans 

Northern Trust recognizes expense for the grant-date fair value of share-based compensation granted to employees and non-
employee directors. 

Total compensation expense for share-based payment arrangements to employees and the associated tax impacts were as 

follows for the periods presented. 

TABLE 127: TOTAL COMPENSATION EXPENSE FOR SHARE-BASED PAYMENT ARRANGEMENTS TO EMPLOYEES 

(In Millions) 

Restricted Stock Unit Awards 

Stock Options 

Performance Stock Units 

Total Share-Based Compensation Expense 

Tax Benefits Recognized 

146   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

81.4  $ 

1.4 

25.1 

107.9  $ 

26.7  $ 

2018 

96.3  $ 

2.6 

32.0 

130.9  $ 

32.5  $ 

2017 

87.3 

9.0 

31.7 

128.0 

48.7 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

As  of  December 31,  2019,  there  was  $77.7  million  of  unrecognized  compensation  cost  related  to  unvested  share-based 
compensation arrangements granted under the Corporation’s share-based compensation plans. That  cost is expected to be 
recognized as expense over a weighted-average period of approximately two years. 

The Northern Trust Corporation 2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan (2017 Plan) is administered by the Compensation and 
Benefits Committee (Committee) of the Board of Directors. All employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries and all 
directors of the Corporation are eligible to receive awards under the 2017 Plan. The 2017 Plan provides for the grant of non-
qualified and incentive stock options; tandem and free-standing stock appreciation rights; stock awards in the form of restricted 
stock, restricted stock units and other stock awards; and performance awards. 

Beginning with grants made on February 21, 2017 under the Northern Trust Corporation 2012 Stock Plan (2012 Plan), 
restricted stock unit and performance stock unit grants continue to vest in accordance with the original terms of the award if 
the applicable employee retires after satisfying applicable age and service requirements. For all applicable periods, stock 
option grants continue to vest in accordance with the original terms of the award if the employee meets applicable age and 
service requirements upon separation from service. 

Grants are outstanding under the 2017 Plan, the 2012 Plan, and the Amended and Restated Northern Trust Corporation 
2002 Stock Plan (2002 Plan). The 2017 Plan was approved by stockholders in April 2017. Upon approval of the 2017 Plan, 
no  additional  shares  have  been  or  will  be  granted  under  the  2012  Plan  or  2002  Plan. The  total  number  of  shares  of  the 
Corporation’s common stock authorized for issuance under the 2017 Plan is 20,000,000 plus shares forfeited under the 2012 
Plan and 2002 Plan.As of December 31, 2019, shares available for future grant under the 2017 Plan, including shares forfeited 
under the 2012 Plan and 2002 Plan, totaled 18,234,658. 

The following describes Northern Trust’s share-based payment arrangements and applies to awards under the 2017 Plan, 

2012 Plan and the 2002 Plan, as applicable. 

Stock Options. Stock options consist of options to purchase common stock at prices not less than 100% of the fair value 
thereof on the date the options are granted. Options have a maximum 10 year life and generally vest and become exercisable 
in 1 year to 4 years after the date of grant. All options terminate at such time as determined by the Committee and as provided 
in the terms and conditions of the respective option grants. 

There were no options granted during the years ended December 31,  2019 and 2018. The weighted-average assumptions 

used for options granted during the year ended December 31, 2017 are as follows: 

TABLE 128: WEIGHTED-AVERAGE ASSUMPTIONS USED FOR OPTIONS GRANTED 

Expected Term (in Years) 

Dividend Yield 

Expected Volatility 

Risk-Free Interest Rate 

2017 

6.9 

1.81% 

23.2 

2.11 

The expected term of options represents the period of time options granted are expected to be outstanding based primarily on 
the historical exercise behavior attributable to previous option grants. Dividend yield represents the estimated yield from 
dividends paid on the Corporation’s common stock over the expected term of the options. Expected volatility is determined 
based on a combination of the historical volatility of Northern Trust’s stock price and the implied volatility of traded options 
on Northern Trust stock. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve at the time of grant for a period 
equal to the expected term of the options granted. 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   147 

 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The  following  table  provides  information  about  stock  options  granted,  vested,  and  exercised  in  the  years  ended 

December 31,  2019, 2018, and 2017. 

TABLE 129: STOCK OPTIONS GRANTED, VESTED, AND EXERCISED  

(In Millions, Except Per Share Information) 

Weighted Average Grant-Date Per Share Fair Value of Stock Options Granted 

$ 

Grant-Date Fair Value of Stock Options Vested 

Stock Options Exercised 

Intrinsic Value as of Exercise Date 

Cash Received 

Tax Deduction Benefits Realized 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

—  $ 

6.6 

35.4 

44.0 

35.2 

2018 

—  $ 

8.1 

28.5 

32.6 

27.7 

2017 

19.18 

7.3 

74.7 

108.0 

73.1 

The following is a summary of changes in nonvested stock options for the year ended December 31, 2019. 

TABLE 130: CHANGES IN NONVESTED STOCK OPTIONS 

NONVESTED OPTIONS 

Nonvested at December 31, 2018 

Granted 

Vested 

Forfeited or Cancelled 

Nonvested at December 31, 2019 

WEIGHTED- AVERAGE 
GRANT-DATE 
FAIR VALUE 
PER SHARE 

SHARES 

757,738  $ 

—

(372,799) 

—

384,939  $ 

17.36 

— 

17.26 

— 

17.45 

A summary of the status of stock options at December 31, 2019, and changes during the year then ended, are presented in the 
table below. 

TABLE 131: STATUS OF STOCK OPTIONS AND CHANGES 

($ In Millions Except Per Share Information) 

Options Outstanding, December 31, 2018 

Granted 

Exercised 

Forfeited, Expired or Cancelled 

Options Outstanding, December 31, 2019 

Options Exercisable, December 31, 2019 

WEIGHTED AVERAGE 
EXERCISE PRICE 
PER SHARE 

SHARES 

WEIGHTED AVERAGE 
REMAINING 
CONTRACTUAL 
TERM (YEARS) 

AGGREGATE 
INTRINSIC VALUE 

2,481,061  $ 

— 

(786,931) 

2,806 

1,696,936  $ 

1,311,997  $ 

61.90 

— 

55.91 

53.10 

64.77 

61.42 

4.1  $ 

3.8  $ 

70.4 

58.5 

Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Restricted stock unit awards may be granted to participants which entitle them to receive a 
payment in the Corporation’s common stock or cash and such other terms and conditions as the Committee deems appropriate. 
Each restricted stock unit provides the recipient the opportunity to receive one share of stock for each stock unit that vests. 
The restricted stock units granted in 2019 predominately vest at a rate equal to 25% each year for four years on the anniversary 
of the first day of the month following the month in which the grant date falls. Restricted stock unit grants totaled 855,112, 
815,314, and 863,308, with weighted average grant-date fair values of $91.89, $103.74, and $88.19 per share, for the years 
ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. The total fair value of restricted stock units vested during the years 
ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, was $89.3 million, $66.4 million, and $88.7 million, respectively. 

A summary of the status of outstanding restricted stock unit awards at December 31, 2019, and changes during the year 

then ended, is presented in the following table. 

148   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

TABLE 132: OUTSTANDING RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARDS 

($ In Millions) 

Restricted Stock Unit Awards Outstanding, December 31, 2018 

Granted 

Distributed 

Forfeited 

Restricted Stock Unit Awards Outstanding, December 31, 2019 

Units Convertible, December 31, 2019 

NUMBER 

AGGREGATE 
INTRINSIC VALUE 

3,121,842  $ 

261.0 

855,112 

(1,271,190) 

(61,002) 

2,644,762  $ 

23,435  $ 

281.0 

2.5 

The following is a summary of nonvested restricted stock unit awards at December 31, 2019, and changes during the year 
then ended. 

TABLE 133: NONVESTED RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARDS 

NONVESTED RESTRICTED 
STOCK UNITS 

Nonvested at December 31, 2018 

Granted 

Vested 

Forfeited 

Nonvested at December 31, 2019 

WEIGHTED AVERAGE  WEIGHTED AVERAGE 
GRANT- DATE FAIR  REMAINING VESTING 
TERM (YEARS) 

VALUE PER UNIT 

NUMBER 

2,977,120  $ 

855,112 

(1,147,020) 

(61,002) 

2,624,210  $ 

79.92 

91.89 

72.17 

77.64 

87.26 

1.9 

1.7 

Performance Stock Units. Each performance stock unit provides the recipient the opportunity to receive one share of the 
Corporation’s common stock for each stock unit at the end of a three-year performance period, subject to the attainment of 
specified performance targets that are a function of return on equity. For performance stock units outstanding as of December 31, 
2019, and granted in 2017, 2018, or 2019, the number of such units that may vest ranges from 0% to 150% of the original 
award granted based on the attainment of the applicable 3-year average annual return on equity target. Distribution of the 
shares is then made after vesting. 

Performance stock unit grants totaled 213,044, 242,232, and 231,269 for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 
2017, respectively, with weighted average grant-date fair values of $93.00, $104.72, and $69.80. Performance stock units 
outstanding  at  target  level  performance  totaled  667,741,  797,531,  and  817,432  at  December 31,  2019,  2018,  and  2017, 
respectively. Performance stock units had aggregate intrinsic values of $70.9 million, $66.7 million, and $81.7 million, and 
weighted  average  remaining  vesting  terms  of  1.0  year,  1.0  year,  and  1.1  years,  at  December 31,  2019,  2018,  and  2017, 
respectively. 

Non-employee Director Stock Awards. Stock units with total values of $1.3 million (14,232 units), $1.2 million (11,363 
units), and $1.2 million (13,354 units) were granted to non-employee directors in 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively, which 
vest or vested on the date of the annual meeting of the Corporation’s stockholders in the following years. Total expense 
recognized on these grants was $1.4 million, $1.3 million, and $1.3 million in 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. Stock units 
granted to non-employee directors do not have voting rights. Each stock unit entitles a director to one share of common stock 
at vesting, unless a director elects to defer receipt of the shares. Directors may elect to defer the payment of their annual stock 
unit grant and cash-based compensation until termination of services as director. Deferred cash compensation is converted 
into stock units representing shares of common stock of the Corporation. Distributions of deferred stock units are made in 
stock. For compensation deferred prior to January 1, 2018, distributions of the stock unit accounts that relate to cash-based 
compensation are made in cash based on the fair value of the stock units at the time of distribution. For compensation deferred 
on or after January 1, 2018, distributions of the stock unit accounts that relate to cash-based compensation are made in stock. 

Note 25 – Cash-Based Compensation Plans 

Various incentive plans provide for cash incentives and bonuses to selected employees based upon accomplishment of corporate 
net income objectives, goals of the reporting segments and support functions, and individual performance. The provision for 
awards under these plans is charged to compensation expense and totaled $326.1 million in 2019, $326.5 million in 2018, and 
$289.8 million in 2017. 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   149 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Note 26 – Contingent Liabilities 

Legal Proceedings.  In the normal course of business, the Corporation and its subsidiaries are routinely defendants in or parties 
to  pending  and  threatened  legal  actions,  and  are  subject  to  regulatory  examinations,  information-gathering  requests, 
investigations, and proceedings, both formal and informal. In certain legal actions, claims for substantial monetary damages 
are asserted. In regulatory matters, claims for disgorgement, restitution, penalties and/or other remedial actions or sanctions 
may be sought. 

Based  on  current  knowledge,  after  consultation  with  legal  counsel  and  after  taking  into  account  current  accruals, 
management does not believe that losses, fines or penalties, if any, arising from pending litigation or threatened legal actions 
or regulatory matters either individually or in the aggregate, after giving effect to applicable reserves and insurance coverage 
will have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position or liquidity of the Corporation, although such matters 
could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s operating results for a particular period. 

Under GAAP, (i) an event is “probable” if the “future event or events are likely to occur”; (ii) an event is “reasonably 
possible” if “the chance of the future event or events occurring is more than remote but less than likely”; and (iii) an event is 
“remote” if “the chance of the future event or events occurring is slight.” 

The outcome of litigation and regulatory matters is inherently difficult to predict and/or the range of loss often cannot be 

reasonably estimated, particularly for matters that (i) will be decided by a jury, (ii) are in early stages, (iii) involve uncertainty 
as to the likelihood of a class being certified or the ultimate size of the class, (iv) are subject to appeals or motions, (v) involve 
significant factual issues to be resolved, including with respect to the amount of damages, (vi) do not specify the amount of 
damages sought or (vii) seek very large  damages based on novel and complex damage and liability legal theories. Accordingly, 
the  Corporation  cannot  reasonably  estimate  the  eventual  outcome  of  these  pending  matters,  the  timing  of  their  ultimate 
resolution or what the eventual loss, fines or penalties, if any, related to each pending matter will be. 

In accordance with applicable accounting guidance, the Corporation records accruals for litigation and regulatory matters 
when those matters present loss contingencies that are both probable and reasonably estimable. When loss contingencies are 
not both probable and reasonably estimable, the Corporation does not record accruals. No  material accruals have been recorded 
for pending litigation or threatened legal actions or regulatory matters. 

For a limited number of matters for which a loss is reasonably possible in future periods, whether in excess of an accrued 

liability or where there is no accrued liability, the Corporation is able to estimate a range of possible loss. As of December 31, 
2019, the Corporation has estimated the range of reasonably possible loss for these matters to be from zero to approximately $20 
million in the aggregate. The Corporation’s estimate with respect to the aggregate range of reasonably possible loss is based 
upon currently available information and is subject to significant judgment and a variety of assumptions and known and 
unknown uncertainties.  The matters underlying the estimated range will change from time to time, and actual results may vary 
significantly from the current estimate. 

In certain other pending matters, there may be a range of reasonably possible loss (including reasonably possible loss in 
excess of amounts accrued) that cannot be reasonably estimated for the reasons described above. Such matters are not included 
in the estimated range of reasonably possible loss discussed above. 

In 2015, Northern Trust Fiduciary Services (Guernsey) Limited (NTFS), an indirect subsidiary of the Corporation, was 
charged by a French investigating magistrate judge with complicity in estate tax fraud in connection with the administration 
of two trusts for which it serves as trustee. Charges also were brought against a number of other persons and entities related 
to this matter. In 2017, a French court found no estate tax fraud had occurred and NTFS and all other persons and entities 
charged  were acquitted. The  Public Prosecutor’s  Office  of France appealed the court decision and in June 2018 a French 
appellate  court  issued  its  opinion  on  the  matter,  acquitting  all  persons  and  entities  charged,  including  NTFS. The  Public 
Prosecutor’s Office of France has appealed the appellate court’s decision to the Cour de Cassation, the highest court in France. 
As trustee, NTFS provided no tax advice and had no involvement in the preparation or filing of the challenged estate tax 
filings. 

Visa Class B Common Shares.  Northern Trust, as a member of Visa U.S.A. Inc. (Visa U.S.A.) and in connection with 
the 2007 restructuring of Visa U.S.A. and its affiliates and the 2008 initial public offering of Visa Inc. (Visa), received certain 
Visa Class B common shares. The Visa Class B common shares are subject to certain selling restrictions until the final resolution 
of certain litigation related to interchange fees involving Visa (the covered litigation), at which time the shares are convertible 
into Visa   Class A   common  shares  based  on  a  conversion  rate  dependent  upon  the  ultimate  cost  of  resolving  the  covered 
litigation. On June 28, 2018, and September 27, 2019, Visa deposited an additional $600 million  and $300 million, respectively, 
into an escrow account previously established with respect to the covered litigation. As a result of the additional contributions 
to the escrow account, the rate  at which Visa  Class B common shares will convert into Visa  Class A  common shares  was 
reduced. 

150   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

In September 2018, Visa reached a proposed class settlement agreement covering damage claims but not injunctive relief 
claims regarding the covered litigation. In December 2019, the district court granted final approval for the proposed class 
settlement agreement. Certain merchants have opted out of the class settlement and are pursuing claims separately, while other 
merchants have appealed the approval order granted by the district court. The ultimate resolution of the covered litigation, 
the timing for removal of the selling restrictions on the Visa Class B common shares and the rate at which such shares will 
ultimately convert into Visa Class A common shares are uncertain. 

In June 2016 and 2015, Northern Trust recorded a $123.1 million  and $99.9 million  net gain on the sale of 1.1 million  
and 1.0 million  of its Visa Class B common shares, respectively. These sales do not affect Northern Trust’s risk related to the 
impact of the covered litigation on the rate at which such shares will ultimately convert into Visa Class A  common shares. 
Northern Trust continued to hold approximately 4.1 million  Visa Class B common shares, which are recorded at their original 
cost basis of zero, as of both December 31, 2019 and 2018. 

Clearing and Settlement Organizations.  The Bank is a participating member of various cash, securities, and foreign 
exchange clearing and settlement organizations. It participates in these organizations on behalf of its clients and on its own 
behalf as a result of its own activities. A wide variety of cash and securities transactions are settled through these organizations, 
including those involving obligations of states and political subdivisions, asset-backed securities, commercial paper, dollar 
placements, and securities issued by the Government National Mortgage Association. 

As a result of its participation in cash, securities, and foreign exchange clearing and settlement organizations, the Bank 
could be responsible for a pro rata share of certain credit-related losses arising out of the clearing activities. The method in 
which such losses would be shared by the clearing members is stipulated in each clearing organization’s membership agreement. 
Credit exposure related to these agreements varies from day to day,  primarily as a result of fluctuations in the volume of 
transactions cleared through the organizations.  At December 31, 2019 and 2018, we have not recorded any material liabilities 
under these arrangements. Controls related to these clearing transactions are closely monitored by management to protect the 
assets of Northern Trust and its clients. 

Note 27 – Derivative Financial Instruments 

Northern Trust is a party to various derivative financial instruments that are used in the normal course of business to meet the 
needs of its clients, as part of its trading activity for its own account; and as part of its risk management activities. These 
instruments may include foreign exchange contracts, interest rate contracts, total return swap contracts, and swaps related to 
the sale of certain Visa Class B common shares. Please refer to Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” for the 
significant accounting policies for derivative financial instruments. 

Foreign exchange contracts  are agreements to exchange specific amounts of currencies at a future date, at a specified 
rate of exchange. Foreign exchange contracts are entered into primarily to meet the foreign exchange needs of clients. Foreign 
exchange contracts are also used for trading and risk management purposes. For risk management purposes, Northern Trust 
uses foreign exchange contracts to reduce its exposure to changes in foreign exchange rates relating to certain forecasted non-
functional currency denominated revenue and expenditure transactions, foreign-currency- denominated assets and liabilities, 
including debt securities and net investments in non-U.S. affiliates. 

Interest rate contracts  include swap and option contracts. Interest rate swap contracts involve the exchange of fixed and 
floating rate interest payment obligations without the exchange of the underlying principal amounts. Northern Trust enters 
into interest rate swap contracts with its clients and also may utilize such contracts to reduce or eliminate the exposure to 
changes in the cash flows or fair value of hedged assets or liabilities due to changes in interest rates. Interest rate option 
contracts may include caps, floors, collars and swaptions, and provide for the transfer or reduction of interest rate risk, typically 
in exchange for a fee. Northern Trust enters into option contracts as a seller of interest rate protection to clients. Northern 
Trust receives a fee at the outset of the agreement for the assumption of the risk of an unfavorable change in interest rates. 
This assumed interest rate risk is then mitigated by entering into an offsetting position with an outside counterparty. Northern 
Trust  may also purchase or enter into option contracts for risk management purposes including to reduce the exposure to 
changes in the cash flows of hedged assets due to changes in interest rates. 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   151 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The following table shows the notional and fair values of all derivative financial instruments as of December 31,  2019 

and 2018. 

TABLE 134: NOTIONAL AND FAIR VALUES OF DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 

23.3 

1.2 

57.8 

14.5 

96.8 

0.2 

32.8 

33.0 

(In Millions) 

Derivatives Designated as Hedging under GAAP 

Interest Rate Contracts 

Fair Value Hedges 

Cash Flow Hedges 

Foreign Exchange Contracts 

Cash Flow Hedges 

Net Investment Hedges 

DECEMBER 31, 2019 

DECEMBER 31, 2018 

FAIR VALUE 

FAIR VALUE 

NOTIONAL 
VALUE 

ASSET(1)  LIABILITY(2) 

NOTIONAL 
VALUE 

ASSET(1) 

LIABILITY(2) 

$ 

4,538.2 

$ 

20.3 

$ 

20.9 

$ 

4,590.4 

$ 

29.8 

$ 

200.0 

0.2 

0.2 

600.0 

0.2 

1,661.5 

2,873.8 

8.5 

73.7 

11.5 

11.9 

2,648.2 

3,475.1 

13.8 

292.4 

Total Derivatives Designated as Hedging under GAAP 

$ 

9,273.5  $ 

102.7  $ 

44.5  $ 

11,313.7  $ 

336.2  $ 

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging under GAAP 

Non-Designated Risk Management Derivatives 

Foreign Exchange Contracts 
Other Financial Derivatives(3) 

Total Non-Designated Risk Management Derivatives 

$ 

$ 

176.5 

$ 

640.3 

816.8 

$ 

0.9 

$ 

— 

0.7 

$ 

122.2 

$ 

33.4 

483.4 

0.9 

$ 

34.1 

$ 

605.6 

$ 

0.5 

$ 

1.3 

1.8 

$ 

Client-Related and Trading Derivatives 

Foreign Exchange Contracts 

Interest Rate Contracts 

$ 

291,533.6 

$ 

3,151.7 

$ 

3,158.1 

$ 

281,864.4 

$ 

2,159.4 

$ 

2,190.0 

8,976.8 

132.4 

76.3 

7,711.2 

66.1 

68.6 

Total Client-Related and Trading Derivatives 

$  300,510.4  $ 

3,284.1  $ 

3,234.4  $  289,575.6  $ 

2,225.5  $ 

2,258.6 

Total Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging under
GAAP 

Total Gross Derivatives 
Less: Netting(4) 

$  301,327.2  $ 

3,285.0  $ 

3,268.5  $  290,181.2  $ 

2,227.3  $ 

2,291.6 

$  310,600.7  $ 

3,387.7 

$ 

3,313.0 

$  301,494.9  $ 

2,563.5 

$ 

2,388.4 

2,338.0 

1,618.4 

1,357.1 

1,796.3 

Total Derivative Financial Instruments 

$ 

1,049.7  $ 

1,694.6 

$ 

1,206.4  $ 

592.1 

(1) Derivative assets are reported in Other Assets on the consolidated balance sheets. 
(2) Derivative liabilities are reported in Other Liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. 
(3) This line includes swaps related to sales of certain Visa Class B common shares and total return swap contracts. 
(4) See further detail in Note 28, "Offsetting of Assets and Liabilities." 

Notional amounts of derivative financial instruments do not represent credit risk, and are not recorded in the consolidated 
balance sheets. They are used merely to express the volume of this activity. Northern Trust’s credit-related risk of loss is 
limited to the positive fair value of the derivative instrument, net of any collateral received, which is significantly less than 
the notional amount. 

Hedging Derivative Instruments Designated under GAAP. Northern Trust uses derivative instruments to hedge its exposure 
to foreign currency, interest rate, and equity price. Certain hedging relationships are formally designated and qualify for hedge 
accounting under GAAP as fair value, cash flow or net investment hedges. Other derivatives that are entered into for risk 
management purposes as economic hedges are not formally designated as hedges and changes in fair value are recognized 
currently in other operating income (see below section “Derivative Instruments Not Designated as Hedging under GAAP”). 

Fair Value Hedges. Derivatives are designated as fair value hedges to limit Northern Trust’s exposure to changes in the fair 
value of assets and liabilities due to movements in interest rates. 

Cash Flow Hedges. Derivatives are also designated as cash flow hedges in order to minimize the variability in cash flows of 
earning assets or forecasted transactions caused by movements in interest or foreign exchange rates. 

There were no material gains or losses reclassified into earnings during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 
2017 as a result of the discontinuance of forecasted transactions that were no longer probable of occurring. It is estimated that 
net losses of $2.9 million and net gains of $2.7 million will be reclassified into net income within the next twelve months 

152   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

relating  to  cash  flow  hedges  of  foreign-currency-denominated  transactions  and  cash  flow  hedges  of  foreign-currency-
denominated debt securities, respectively. It is estimated that a net loss of $0.1 million will be reclassified into net income 
upon the receipt of interest payments on earning assets within the next twelve months relating to cash flow hedges of available 
for sale debt securities. As of December 31, 2019, 23 months was the maximum length of time over which the exposure to 
variability in future cash flows of forecasted foreign-currency-denominated transactions was being hedged. There  was no 
ineffectiveness recognized in earnings for cash flow hedges during the year ended December 31, 2017. 

The following table provides fair value and cash flow hedge derivative gains and losses recognized in income during the 

years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017. 

TABLE 135: LOCATION AND AMOUNT OF FAIR VALUE AND CASH FLOW HEDGE DERIVATIVE GAINS AND LOSSES RECORDED 
IN INCOME 

(in Millions) 

For the Year Ended 
December 31, 

Total amounts on the 
consolidated statements 
of income 

Gains (Losses) on
fair value hedges
recognized on 

Interest Rate 
Contracts 

Recognized on
derivatives 

Recognized on
hedged items 

Amounts related 
to interest 
settlements on 
derivatives 

Total gains (losses)
recognized on fair
value hedges 

Gains (Losses) on
cash flow hedges
recognized on 

Foreign Exchange
Contracts 

Net gains (losses)
reclassified from 
AOCI to net 
income 

Interest Rate 
Contracts 

Net gains (losses)
reclassified from 
AOCI to net 
income 

Total gains (losses)
reclassified from 
AOCI to net income 
on cash flow hedges 

INTEREST INCOME 

INTEREST EXPENSE 

OTHER OPERATING 
INCOME 

OTHER OPERATING 
EXPENSE 

2019 

2018 

2017 

2019 

2018 

2017 

2019 

2018 

2017 

2019 

2018 

2017 

$2,499.9 

$2,321.4 

$1,769.4 

$  822.0 

$  698.7 

$  340.2 

$  145.5 

$  127.5 

$  157.5 

$  329.8 

$  330.6 

$  331.6 

(95.9) 

13.9 

8.8 

99.4 

(9.5) 

(24.3) 

95.9 

(13.9) 

(8.8) 

(99.4) 

9.5 

24.3 

— 

— 

—

—

— 

— 

— 

— 

—

—

— 

— 

21.2 

17.8 

(9.6) 

5.2 

7.9 

27.7 

— 

—

— 

— 

—

— 

$  21.2  $  17.8  $ 

(9.6)  $ 

5.2  $ 

7.9  $  27.7  $ —  $  — $  —  $ —  $  — $  — 

26.4 

67.4 

19.3 

— 

—

— 

0.8 

3.9 

5.0 

— 

— 

(0.1) 

(0.5) 

(0.2) 

0.3 

— 

—

— 

— 

—

— 

— 

—

— 

$  25.9  $  67.2  $  19.6  $ —  $  — $  —  $ 

0.8  $ 

3.9  $ 

5.0  $ —  $  —  $ 

(0.1) 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   153 

 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The following table provides the impact of fair value hedge accounting on the carrying value of the designated hedged items 
as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. 

TABLE 136: HEDGED ITEMS IN FAIR VALUE HEDGES 

(In Millions) 
Available for Sale Debt Securities(3) 

Senior Notes and Long-Term Subordinated Debt 

Total 

DECEMBER 31, 2019 

DECEMBER 31, 2018 

CARRYING VALUE OF 
THE HEDGED ITEMS 

ACCOUNTING BASIS  CARRYING VALUE OF 
THE HEDGED ITEMS 

ADJUSTMENT(1) 

CUMULATIVE 
HEDGE 

CUMULATIVE HEDGE 
ACCOUNTING BASIS 
ADJUSTMENT(2) 

$ 

$ 

2,981.0  $ 

1,748.5 

4,729.5  $ 

3.3  $ 

126.9 

130.2  $ 

3,831.6  $ 

1,248.8 

5,080.4  $ 

99.4 

29.3 

128.7 

(1) The cumulative hedge accounting basis adjustment includes $1.5 million related to discontinued hedging relationships of available for sale debt securities as of December 31, 
2019. There are no amounts related to discontinued hedging relationships in the cumulative hedge accounting basis adjustment of senior notes and long-term debt as of December 31, 
2019. 
(2) There are no amounts related to discontinued hedging relationships as of December 31, 2018. 
(3) Carrying value represents amortized cost. 

Net Investment Hedges. Certain foreign exchange contracts are designated as net investment hedges to minimize Northern 
Trust’s exposure to variability in the foreign currency translation of net investments in non-U.S. branches and subsidiaries. 
Net investment hedge gains of $59.7 million and $173.0 million were recognized in AOCI related to foreign exchange contracts 
for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. There was no ineffectiveness recognized in earnings for net 
investment hedges during the year ended December 31, 2017. 

Derivative Instruments Not Designated as Hedging under GAAP. Northern Trust’s derivative instruments that are not 
designated as hedging under GAAP include derivatives for purposes of client-related and trading activities, as well as other 
risk management purposes. These activities consist principally of providing foreign exchange services to clients in connection 
with Northern Trust’s global custody business. However, in the normal course of business, Northern Trust also engages in 
trading of currencies for its own account. 

Non-designated  risk  management  derivatives  include  foreign  exchange  contracts  entered  into  to  manage  the  foreign 
currency risk of non-U.S.-dollar-denominated assets and liabilities, the net investment in certain non-U.S. affiliates, commercial 
loans, and forecasted foreign-currency-denominated transactions. Swaps related to sales of certain Visa Class B common 
shares were entered into pursuant to which Northern Trust retains the risks associated with the ultimate conversion of the Visa 
Class B common shares into Visa Class A common shares. Total return swaps are entered into to manage the equity price risk 
associated with certain investments. 

Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments not designated as hedges under GAAP are recognized currently in 
income. The following table provides the location and amount of gains and losses recorded in the consolidated statements of 
income for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 for derivative instruments not designated as hedges under 
GAAP. 

TABLE 137: LOCATION AND AMOUNT OF GAINS AND LOSSES RECORDED IN INCOME FOR DERIVATIVES NOT DESIGNATED AS 
HEDGING UNDER GAAP 

(In Millions) 

Non-designated risk management derivatives 

Foreign Exchange Contracts 
Other Financial Derivatives(1) 

Gains (Losses) from non-designated risk management derivatives 

Client-related and trading derivatives 

Foreign Exchange Contracts 

Interest Rate Contracts 

Gains (Losses) from client-related and trading derivatives 

Total gains (losses) from derivatives not designated as hedging
under GAAP 

DERIVATIVE GAINS (LOSSES)
LOCATION RECOGNIZED IN INCOME 

AMOUNT OF DERIVATIVE GAINS (LOSSES)
RECOGNIZED IN INCOME

2019 

2018 

2017 

Other Operating Income 

Other Operating Income 

$ 

$ 

(1.6)  $ 

(4.1)  $ 

(20.0) 

(19.2) 

(21.6)  $ 

(23.3)  $ 

8.2 

(13.3) 

(5.1) 

Foreign Exchange Trading Income 

250.9 

307.2 

209.9 

Security Commissions and Trading
Income 

12.9 

7.7 

263.8  $ 

314.9  $ 

10.7 

220.6 

242.2  $ 

291.6  $ 

215.5 

$ 

$ 

(1) This line includes swaps related to the sale of certain Visa Class B common shares and total return swap contracts. 

154   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Note 28 – Offsetting of Assets and Liabilities 

The  following  table  provides  information  regarding  the  offsetting  of  derivative  assets  and  of  securities  purchased  under 
agreements to resell within the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. 

TABLE 138: OFFSETTING OF DERIVATIVE ASSETS AND SECURITIES PURCHASED UNDER AGREEMENTS TO RESELL 

GROSS 
RECOGNIZED 
ASSETS 

GROSS 
AMOUNTS 
OFFSET IN THE 
BALANCE 
SHEET(2) 

 NET AMOUNTS 
PRESENTED IN 
THE BALANCE 
SHEET 

GROSS 
AMOUNTS 
NOT OFFSET IN 
THE BALANCE 
SHEET 

NET 
AMOUNT(4) 

December 31, 2019 

(In Millions) 

Derivative Assets (1) 

Foreign Exchange Contracts Over the Counter
(OTC) 

Interest Rate Swaps OTC 

Interest Rate Swaps Exchange Cleared 

— 

—

16.5 

0.3 

16.8 

— 

— 

— 

12.7 

2.7 

15.4 

340.5 

148.0 

1.0 

489.5 

543.4 

1,032.9 

580.8 

49.0 

0.1 

— 

629.9 

561.1 

1,191.0 

$ 

2,691.1 

$ 

2,334.1 

$ 

357.0 

$ 

16.5 

$ 

151.9 

1.0 

3.9 

—

148.0 

1.0 

506.0 

Total Derivatives Subject to a Master Netting Arrangement 

2,844.0 

2,338.0 

Total Derivatives Not Subject to a Master Netting
Arrangement 

Total Derivatives 

543.7 

— 

543.7 

3,387.7 

2,338.0 

1,049.7 

Securities Purchased under Agreements to Resell (3) 

$ 

707.8  $ 

—  $ 

707.8  $ 

707.8  $ 

— 

GROSS 
RECOGNIZED 
ASSETS 

GROSS 
AMOUNTS 
OFFSET IN THE 
BALANCE 
SHEET(2) 

 NET AMOUNTS 
PRESENTED IN 
THE BALANCE 
SHEET 

GROSS 
AMOUNTS 
NOT OFFSET IN 
THE BALANCE 
SHEET 

NET 
AMOUNT(4) 

$ 

1,902.3  $ 

1,308.8  $ 

593.5  $ 

12.7  $ 

December 31, 2018 

(In Millions) 
Derivative Assets (1) 

Foreign Exchange Contracts OTC 

Interest Rate Swaps OTC 

Interest Rate Swaps Exchange Cleared 

Other Financial Derivative 

71.6 

24.5 

1.3 

22.6 

24.4 

1.3 

49.0 

0.1 

— 

642.6 

Total Derivatives Subject to a Master Netting Arrangement 

1,999.7 

1,357.1 

Total Derivatives Not Subject to a Master Netting
Arrangement 

Total Derivatives 

563.8 

— 

563.8 

2,563.5 

1,357.1 

1,206.4 

Securities Purchased under Agreements to Resell(3) 

$ 

1,031.2  $ 

—  $ 

1,031.2  $ 

1,031.2  $ 

— 

(1) Derivative assets are reported in Other Assets in the consolidated balance sheets. Other Assets (excluding derivative assets) totaled $7.4 billion and $4.6 billion as of December 31, 
2019 and 2018, respectively. 
(2) Including cash collateral received from counterparties. 
(3) Securities purchased under agreements to resell are reported in federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell in the consolidated balance sheets. 
Federal funds sold totaled $5.0 million and $134.0 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 
(4) Northern Trust did not possess any cash collateral that was not offset in the consolidated balance sheets that could have been used to offset the net amounts presented in the 
consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   155 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2019 

(In Millions) 
Derivative Liabilities (1) 

Foreign Exchange Contracts OTC 

Interest Rate Swaps OTC 

Interest Rate Swaps Exchange Cleared 

Other Financial Derivatives 

December 31, 2018 

(In Millions) 
Derivative Liabilities (1) 

Foreign Exchange Contracts OTC 

Interest Rate Swaps OTC 

Interest Rate Swaps Exchange Cleared 

Other Financial Derivatives 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The  following  table  provides  information  regarding  the  offsetting  of  derivative  liabilities  and  of  securities  sold  under 
agreements to repurchase within the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. 

TABLE 139: OFFSETTING OF DERIVATIVE LIABILITIES AND SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE 

GROSS 
RECOGNIZED 
LIABILITIES 

GROSS 
AMOUNTS 
OFFSET IN THE 
BALANCE 
SHEET(2) 

 NET AMOUNTS 
PRESENTED IN 
THE BALANCE 
SHEET 

GROSS 
AMOUNTS 
NOT OFFSET IN 
THE BALANCE 
SHEET 

NET 
AMOUNT(3) 

$ 

2,181.6  $ 

1,548.6  $ 

633.0  $ 

0.1  $ 

Total Derivatives Subject to a Master Netting Arrangement 

2,312.4 

1,618.4 

Total Derivatives Not Subject to a Master Netting
Arrangement 

Total Derivatives 

1,000.6 

3,313.0 

— 

1,618.4 

96.7 

0.7 

33.4 

57.3 

—

12.5 

39.4 

0.7 

20.9 

694.0 

1,000.6 

1,694.6 

— 

—

— 

0.1 

— 

0.1 

Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase 

$ 

489.7  $ 

—  $ 

489.7  $ 

489.7  $ 

— 

GROSS 
RECOGNIZED 
LIABILITIES 

GROSS 
AMOUNTS 
OFFSET IN THE 
BALANCE 
SHEET(2) 

 NET AMOUNTS 
PRESENTED IN 
THE BALANCE 
SHEET 

GROSS 
AMOUNTS 
NOT OFFSET IN 
THE BALANCE 
SHEET 

NET 
AMOUNT(3) 

$ 

1,821.0  $ 

1,751.7  $ 

69.3  $ 

—  $ 

Total Derivatives Subject to a Master Netting Arrangement 

1,947.0 

1,796.3 

Total Derivatives Not Subject to a Master Netting
Arrangement 

Total Derivatives 

441.4 

— 

2,388.4 

1,796.3 

68.8 

24.4 

32.8 

19.0 

24.4 

1.2 

49.8 

— 

31.6 

150.7 

441.4 

592.1 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase 

$ 

168.3  $ 

—  $ 

168.3  $ 

168.3  $ 

(1) Derivative liabilities are reported in Other Liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. Other Liabilities (excluding derivative liabilities) totaled $3.1 billion and $2.5 billion 
as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 
(2) Including cash collateral deposited with counterparties. 
(3) Northern Trust did not place any cash collateral with counterparties that was not offset in the consolidated balance sheets that could have been used to offset the net amounts 
presented in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. 

All of Northern Trust’s securities sold under agreements to repurchase (repurchase agreements) and securities purchased under 
agreements to resell (reverse repurchase agreements) involve the transfer of financial assets in exchange for cash subject to 
a right and obligation to repurchase those assets for an agreed upon amount. In the event of a repurchase failure, the cash or 
financial assets are available for offset. All of Northern Trust’s repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements are 
subject to a master netting arrangement, which sets forth the rights and obligations for repurchase and offset. Under the master 
netting arrangement, Northern Trust is entitled to set off receivables from and collateral placed with a single counterparty 
against obligations owed to that counterparty. In addition, collateral held by Northern Trust can be offset against receivables 
from that counterparty. However, Northern Trust’s repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements do not meet the 
requirements to net under GAAP. 

Derivative asset and liability positions with a single counterparty can be offset against each other in cases where legally 
enforceable master netting arrangements or similar agreements exist. Derivative assets and liabilities can be further offset by 
cash collateral received from, and deposited with, the transacting counterparty. The basis for this view is that, upon termination 
of transactions subject to a master netting arrangement or similar agreement, the individual derivative receivables do not 

156   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

632.9 

39.4 

0.7 

20.9 

693.9 

1,000.6 

1,694.5 

69.3 

49.8 

— 

31.6 

150.7 

441.4 

592.1 

— 

 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

represent resources to which general creditors have rights and individual derivative payables do not represent claims that are 
equivalent to the claims of general creditors. 

Credit risk associated with derivative instruments relates to the failure of the counterparty and the failure of Northern 
Trust to pay based on the contractual terms of the agreement, and is generally limited to the unrealized fair value gains and 
losses on these instruments, net of any collateral received or deposited. The amount of credit risk will increase or decrease 
during the lives of the instruments as interest rates, foreign exchange rates, or equity prices fluctuate. Northern Trust’s risk is 
controlled by limiting such activity to an approved list of counterparties and by subjecting such activity to the same credit 
and quality controls as are followed in lending and investment activities. Credit Support Annexes and other similar agreements 
are currently in place with a number of Northern Trust’s counterparties which mitigate the aforementioned credit risk associated 
with derivative activity conducted with those counterparties by requiring that significant net unrealized fair value gains be 
supported by collateral placed with Northern Trust. 

Additional cash collateral received from and deposited with derivative counterparties totaling $196.3 million and $2.0 
million, respectively, as of December 31, 2019, and $27.6 million  and $91.5 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2018, 
was not offset against derivative assets and liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets as the amounts exceeded the net 
derivative positions with those counterparties. 

Certain master netting arrangements Northern Trust enters into with derivative counterparties contain credit risk-related 
contingent features in which the counterparty has the option to declare Northern Trust in default and accelerate cash settlement 
of net derivative liabilities with the counterparty in the event Northern Trust’s credit rating falls below specified levels. The 
aggregate fair value of all derivative instruments with credit-risk-related contingent features that were in a liability position 
was $766.2 million  and $324.1 million  at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Cash collateral amounts deposited with 
derivative  counterparties  on  those  dates  included  $327.1  million  and  $316.5  million,   respectively,   posted  against  these 
liabilities, resulting in a net maximum amount of termination payments that could have been required at December 31, 2019  
and 2018 of $439.1 million and $7.6 million, respectively. Accelerated settlement of these liabilities would not have a material 
effect on the consolidated financial position or liquidity of Northern Trust. 

Note 29 – Off-Balance-Sheet Financial Instruments, Guarantees and Other Commitments 

Northern Trust, in the normal course of business, enters into various types of commitments and issues letters of credit to meet 
the liquidity and credit enhancement needs of its clients. The contractual amounts of these instruments represent the potential 
credit exposure should the instrument be fully drawn upon and the client default. To control the credit risk associated with 
entering into commitments and issuing letters of credit, Northern Trust subjects such activities to the same credit quality and 
monitoring controls as its lending activities. Commitments and letters of credit consist of the following: 

Legally Binding Commitments to Extend Credit  generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses. Since 
a significant portion of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amount does 
not necessarily represent future loans or liquidity requirements. 

Standby Letters of Credit  obligate Northern Trust to meet certain financial obligations of its clients, if, under the contractual 
terms of the agreement, the clients are unable to do so. These instruments are primarily issued to support public and private 
financial commitments, including commercial paper, bond financing, initial margin requirements on futures exchanges, and 
similar transactions. Northern Trust is obligated to meet the entire financial obligation of these agreements and in certain cases 
is able to recover the amounts paid through recourse against collateral received or other participants. 

Financial Guarantees are issued by Northern Trust to guarantee the performance of a client to a third party under certain 

arrangements. 

Commercial Letters of Credit  are instruments issued by Northern Trust on behalf of its clients that authorize a third party 
(the beneficiary) to draw drafts up to a stipulated amount under the specified terms and conditions of the agreement and other 
similar instruments. Commercial letters of credit are issued primarily to facilitate international trade. 

Custody Securities Lent with Indemnification  involves Northern Trust lending securities owned by clients to borrowers 
who are reviewed and approved by the Northern Trust Capital Markets Credit Committee, as part of its securities custody 
activities and at the direction of its clients. In connection with these activities, Northern Trust has issued indemnifications to 
certain clients against certain losses that are a direct result of a borrower’s failure to return securities when due, should the 
value of such securities exceed the value of the collateral required to be posted. Borrowers are required to collateralize fully 
securities received with cash or marketable securities. As securities are loaned, collateral is maintained at a minimum 100% 
of the fair value of the securities plus accrued interest. The collateral is revalued on a daily basis. The amount of securities 
loaned as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 subject to indemnification was $138.1 billion and $128.9 billion, respectively. 
Because of the credit quality of the borrowers and the requirement to fully collateralize securities borrowed, management 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   157 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

believes that the exposure to credit loss from this activity is not significant and no liability was recorded at December 31, 
2019, or 2018 related to these indemnifications. 

The following table provides details of Northern Trust's off-balance sheet financial instruments as of December 31,  2019 

and 2018. 

TABLE 140: SUMMARY OF OFF-BALANCE SHEET FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 

(In Millions) 
Legally Binding Commitments to Extend Credit(1) 
Standby Letters of Credit and Financial Guarantees(2)(3) 

Commercial Letters of Credit 

Custody Securities Lent with Indemnification 

DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

2018 

$ 

24,406.2  $ 

25,023.0 

2,416.7 

32.3 

2,486.2 

32.3 

138,085.9 

128,904.8 

(1) These amounts exclude $243.6 million and $242.3 million of commitments participated to others at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 
(2) These amounts include $44.5 million and $72.3 million of standby letters of credit secured by cash deposits or participated to others as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, 
respectively. 
(3) At December 31, 2019, $1.4 billion of the standby letters of credit will expire within one year or less and $845.9 million in one to five years. 

Note 30 – Variable Interest Entities 

Variable  Interest  Entities  (VIEs)  are  defined  within  GAAP as  entities  which  either  have  a  total  equity  investment that  is 
insufficient to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support or whose equity 
investors lack the characteristics of a controlling financial interest. Investors that finance a VIE through debt or equity interests, 
or other counterparties that provide other forms of support, such as guarantees, subordinated fee arrangements, or certain types 
of derivative contracts, are variable interest holders in the entity and the variable interest holder, if any, that has both the power 
to direct the activities that most significantly impact the entity and a variable interest that could potentially be significant to 
the entity is deemed to be the VIE’s primary beneficiary and is required to consolidate the VIE. 

Leveraged Leases. In leveraged leasing transactions, Northern Trust acts as lessor of the underlying asset subject to the 
lease and typically funds 20-30% of the asset’s cost via an equity ownership in a trust with the remaining 70-80% provided 
by third party non-recourse debt holders. In such transactions, the trusts, which are VIEs, are created to provide the lessee use 
of the property with substantially all of the rights and obligations of ownership. The lessee’s maintenance and operation of 
the leased property has a direct effect on the fair value of the underlying property, and the lessee also has the ability to increase 
the benefits it can receive and limit the losses it can suffer by the manner in which it uses the property. As a result, Northern 
Trust has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of the leveraged lease trust VIEs given it lacks the power to direct 
the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the leveraged lease trust VIEs. 

Northern Trust’s maximum exposure to loss as a result of its involvement with leveraged lease trust VIEs is limited to 
the carrying amounts of its leveraged lease investments. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the carrying amounts of these 
investments, which are included in loans and leases in the consolidated balance sheets, were $42.6 million and $56.8 million, 
respectively. Northern Trust’s funding requirements relative to the leveraged lease trust VIEs are limited to its invested capital. 
Northern Trust has no other liquidity arrangements or obligations to purchase assets of the leveraged lease trust VIEs that 
would expose Northern Trust to a loss. 

Tax Credit Structures. Northern Trust invests in qualified affordable housing projects and community development 
entities (collectively, community development projects) that are designed to generate a return primarily through the realization 
of tax credits. The community development projects are formed as limited partnerships and limited liability companies in 
which Northern Trust invests as a limited partner/investor member through equity contributions. The economic performance 
of the community development projects, some of which are VIEs, is subject to the performance of their underlying investment 
and their ability to operate in compliance with the rules and regulations necessary for the qualification of tax credits generated 
by equity investments. Northern Trust has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of any community development 
project VIEs as it lacks the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the 
underlying investments or to affect their ability to operate in compliance with the rules and regulations necessary for the 
qualification of tax credits generated by equity investments. This power is held by the general partners and managing members 
who exercise full and exclusive control of the operations of the community development project VIEs. 

Northern Trust’s maximum exposure to loss as a result of its involvement with community development projects is limited 
to the carrying amounts of its investments, including any undrawn commitments. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the 
carrying amounts of these investments in community development projects that generate tax credits, included in Other Assets 

158   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

in the consolidated balance sheets, totaled $749.3 million  and $602.4 million,  respectively, of which $700.3 million  and $549.8 
million  are VIEs as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, liabilities related to 
unfunded commitments on investments in tax credit community development projects, included in Other Liabilities in the 
consolidated balance sheets, totaled $376.2 million  and $321.0 million,  respectively,  of which $354.3 million  and $279.5 
million related to undrawn commitments on VIEs as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

Northern Trust’s  funding requirements are limited to its invested capital and undrawn commitments for future equity 
contributions. Northern Trust has no exposure to loss from liquidity arrangements and no obligation to purchase assets of the 
community development projects. 

Tax credits and other tax benefits attributable to community development projects totaled $67.4 million and $63.0 million, 

respectively, as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. 

Investment Funds.  Northern Trust acts as asset manager for various funds in which clients of Northern Trust are investors. 
As an asset manager of funds, Northern Trust earns a competitively priced fee that is based on assets managed and varies with 
each fund’s investment objective. Based on its analysis, Northern Trust has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary 
of these VIEs under GAAP. 

Periodically, Northern Trust makes seed capital investments to certain funds. As of December 31, 2019, Northern Trust 
had $112.0 million  of investments valued using net asset value per share and included in Other Assets and had no unfunded 
commitments related to seed capital investments.  As of December 31, 2018, Northern Trust had $29.2 million  of investments 
valued using net asset value per share and included in Other  Assets and had no unfunded commitments related to seed capital 
investments. 

Note 31 – Pledged and Restricted Assets 

Certain of Northern Trust’s subsidiaries, as required or permitted by law, pledge assets to secure public and trust deposits, 
repurchase agreements and Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings, as well as for other purposes, including support for securities 
settlement, primarily related to client activities, for potential Federal Reserve Bank discount window borrowings, and for 
derivative contracts. 

The following table presents Northern Trust's pledged assets. 

TABLE 141: TYPE OF PLEDGED ASSETS  

(In Billions) 

Securities 

Obligations of States and Political Subdivisions 

Government Sponsored Agency and Other Securities 

Loans 

Total Pledged Assets 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

1.0  $ 

33.4 

7.7 

42.1  $ 

2018 

0.6 

30.9 

8.1 

39.6 

$ 

$ 

Collateral required for these purposes totaled $8.5 billion and $9.3 billion at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

The following table presents the available for sale debt securities pledged as collateral that are included in pledged assets. 

TABLE 142: FAIR VALUE OF AVAILABLE FOR SALE DEBT SECURITIES INCLUDED IN PLEDGED ASSETS 

(In Millions) 

Debt Securities 

Available for Sale 

SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS 
TO REPURCHASE 

DERIVATIVE CONTRACTS 

DECEMBER 31, 2019  DECEMBER 31, 2018  DECEMBER 31, 2019  DECEMBER 31, 2018 

$ 

487.1  $ 

151.5  $ 

14.4  $ 

29.0 

The secured parties to these transactions have the right to repledge or sell the securities as it relates to $487.2 million and 

$151.5 million of the pledged collateral as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

Northern Trust accepts financial assets as collateral that it is and is not permitted to repledge or sell. The collateral is 
generally obtained under certain repurchase agreements and derivative contracts. The following table presents the fair value 
of securities accepted as collateral. There was no repledged or sold collateral at December 31, 2019 or 2018. 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   159 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

TABLE 143: ACCEPTED COLLATERAL 

(In Millions) 

Collateral that may be repledged or sold 

Repurchase agreements 

Derivative contracts 

Collateral that may not be repledged or sold 

Repurchase agreements 

$ 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

707.8  $ 

16.8 

— 

2018 

426.2 

15.4 

605.0 

Deposits maintained to meet Federal Reserve Bank reserve requirements averaged $1.5 billion in 2019 as compared to 

$1.7 billion in 2018. 

Note 32 – Restrictions on Subsidiary Dividends and Loans or Advances 

Various federal and state statutory provisions limit the amount of dividends the Bank can pay to the Corporation without 
regulatory approval. Approval of the Federal Reserve Board is required for payment of any dividend by a state-chartered bank 
that is a member of the Federal Reserve System if the total of all dividends declared by the bank in any calendar year would 
exceed the total of its retained net income (as defined by regulatory agencies) for that year combined with its retained net 
income for the preceding two years. In addition, a state member bank may not pay a dividend in an amount greater than its 
“undivided profits,” as defined, without regulatory and stockholder approval. 

Under Illinois law, an Illinois state bank, prior to paying a dividend, must carry over to surplus at least one-tenth of its 
net profits since the date of the declaration of the last preceding dividend, until the bank’s surplus is equal to its capital. In 
addition, an Illinois state bank may not pay any dividend in an amount greater than its net profits then on hand, after deduction 
of losses and bad debts (defined as debts due to a state bank on which interest is past due and unpaid for a period of six months 
or more, unless the same are well secured and in the process of collection). 

The Bank is also prohibited under federal law from paying any dividends if the Bank is undercapitalized or if the payment 
of the dividends would cause the Bank to become undercapitalized. In addition, the federal regulatory agencies are authorized 
to prohibit a bank or bank holding company from engaging in an unsafe or unsound banking practice. The payment of dividends 
could, depending on the financial condition of the Bank, be deemed to constitute an unsafe or unsound practice. The Dodd-
Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and Basel III impose additional restrictions on the ability of banking 
institutions to pay dividends (e.g., the Corporation must include proposed dividends in the capital plan that it submits to the 
Federal  Reserve  Board  and  such  dividends  may  only  be  declared  if  the  Federal  Reserve  Board  does  not  object  to  the 
Corporation’s capital plan). 

Under federal law, financial transactions by the Bank, the Corporation’s insured banking subsidiary, with the Corporation 
and its affiliates that are in the form of loans or extensions of credit, investments, guarantees, derivative transactions, repurchase 
agreements, securities lending transactions or purchases of assets, are restricted. These transactions must be on terms and 
conditions that are, or in good faith would be, offered to non-affiliated companies (i.e. on terms not less favorable to the Bank 
than market terms). Further, extensions of credit must be secured fully with qualifying collateral and are limited to 10% of 
the Bank’s capital and surplus for transactions with a single affiliate and to 20% of the Bank’s capital and surplus with all 
affiliates.  Other  state  and  federal  laws  may  limit  the  transfer  of  funds  by  the  Corporation’s  banking  subsidiaries  to  the 
Corporation and certain of its affiliates. 

Note 33 – Reporting Segments and Related Information 

Segment  Information.  Northern Trust  is  organized  around  its  two  client-focused  reporting  segments:  C&IS  and Wealth 
Management. Asset management and related services are provided to C&IS and Wealth Management clients primarily by the 
Asset Management business. The revenue and expenses of Asset Management and certain other support functions are allocated 
fully to C&IS and Wealth Management. 

Reporting  segment  financial  information,  presented  on  an  internal  management-reporting  basis,  is  determined  by 
accounting systems used to allocate revenue and expense to each segment, and incorporates processes for allocating assets, 
liabilities, equity and the applicable interest income and expense utilizing a funds transfer pricing (FTP) methodology. Under 
the methodology, assets and liabilities receive a funding charge or credit that considers interest rate risk, liquidity risk, and 
other product characteristics on an instrument level. Equity is allocated to the reporting segments based on a variety of factors 
including, but not limited to, risk, regulatory considerations, and internal metrics. Allocations of capital and certain corporate 

160   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

expense may not be representative of levels that would be required if the segments were independent entities. The accounting 
policies used for management reporting are consistent with those described in Note 1, "Summary of Significant Accounting 
Policies." Transfers of income and expense items are recorded at cost; there is no consolidated profit or loss on sales or transfers 
between reporting segments. Northern Trust's presentations are not necessarily consistent with similar information for other 
financial institutions. 

Effective  January 1, 2019, Northern Trust  implemented several enhancements to its FTP  methodology,  including the 
allocation  of  contingent  liquidity  charges   to  C&IS  and  Wealth  Management  client  instruments  and  products.  These 
methodology enhancements affect the results of each reporting segment. Due to the lack of historical information, segment 
results for periods ended prior to January 1, 2019 have not been revised to reflect the methodology enhancements. 

Also effective January 1, 2019, all revenues, expenses and average assets are allocated to C&IS and Wealth Management 
with  the  exception  of  non-recurring  activities  such  as  certain  costs  associated  with  acquisitions,  divestitures,  litigation, 
restructuring, and tax adjustments not directly attributable to a specific reporting segment. 

For reporting periods ended prior to January 1, 2019, income and expense associated with the wholesale funding activities 
and  investment  portfolios  of  the  Corporation  and  the  Bank,  as  well  as  certain  corporate-based  expense,  executive-level 
compensation and nonrecurring items, were not allocated to C&IS and Wealth Management, and were reported in Treasury 
and Other. 

Reporting  segment  results  are  subject to  reclassification when  organizational changes  are  made.  The  results  are  also 
subject to refinements in revenue and expense allocation methodologies, which are typically reflected on a prospective basis. 
The following tables reflect the earnings contribution and average assets of Northern Trust’s reporting segments for the 

years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017. 

TABLE 144: CORPORATE AND INSTITUTIONAL SERVICES RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

($ In Millions) 

Noninterest Income 

Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees 

Foreign Exchange Trading Income 

Other Noninterest Income 

Total Noninterest Income 
Net Interest Income(1) 

Revenue(1) 

Provision for Credit Losses 

Noninterest Expense 

Income before Income Taxes
(1) 

Provision for Income Taxes

(1) 

Net Income 

Percentage of Consolidated Net Income 

Average Assets 

(1) Stated on an FTE basis. 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

2018 

2017 

$ 

2,211.5 

$ 

2,173.1  $ 

1,984.6 

232.2 

178.2 

2,621.9 

918.7 

3,540.6 

1.9 

2,605.5 

933.2 

219.4 

233.4 

183.0 

2,589.5 

992.2 

3,581.7 

1.9 

2,421.4 

1,158.4 

255.3 

$ 

713.8 

$ 

903.1  $ 

197.9 

176.1 

2,358.6 

733.8 

3,092.4 

3.4 

2,194.5 

894.5 

279.5 

615.0 

48% 

58% 

51% 

$ 

87,557.1 

$ 

82,996.5  $ 

80,105.6 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   161 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

2018 

2017 

$ 

1,640.6 

$ 

1,580.6  $ 

1,449.7 

18.7 

131.1 

1,790.4 

792.0 

2,582.4 

(16.4) 

1,531.6 

1,067.2 

271.1 

4.2 

102.7 

1,687.5 

816.5 

2,504.0 

(16.4) 

1,460.0 

1,060.4 

262.1 

$ 

796.1 

$ 

798.3  $ 

3.1 

103.9 

1,556.7 

736.2 

2,292.9 

(31.4) 

1,405.3 

919.0 

347.2 

571.8 

53% 

51% 

48% 

$ 

29,994.3 

$ 

26,163.7  $ 

26,599.9 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

2018 

$ 

(17.1) 

$ 

60.5 

$ 

— 

(17.1) 

6.4 

(23.5) 

(5.8) 

(144.8) 

(84.3) 

135.5 

(219.8) 

(74.8) 

2017 

30.8 

5.0 

35.8 

169.6 

(133.8) 

(146.0) 

$ 

$ 

(17.7) 

$ 

(145.0)  $ 

12.2 

(1)% 

(9)% 

1% 

— 

$ 

13,786.4 

$ 

12,901.9 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

TABLE 145: WEALTH MANAGEMENT RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

($ In Millions) 

Noninterest Income 

Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees 

Foreign Exchange Trading Income 

Other Noninterest Income 

Total Noninterest Income 
Net Interest Income(1) 

Revenue(1) 

Provision for Credit Losses 

Noninterest Expense 

Income before Income Taxes
(1) 

Provision for Income Taxes

(1) 

Net Income 

Percentage of Consolidated Net Income 

Average Assets 

(1) Stated on an FTE basis. 

TABLE 146: TREASURY  AND OTHER RESULTS OF OPERATIONS  

($ In Millions) 

Noninterest Income 
Net Interest Income(1) 

Revenue(1) 

Noninterest Expense 

Income (Loss) before Income Taxes

(1) 

Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes

(1) 

Net Income 

Percentage of Consolidated Net Income 

Average Assets 

(1) Stated on an FTE basis. 

162   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

TABLE 147: CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION 

(In Millions) 

Noninterest Income 

Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees 

Foreign Exchange Trading Income 

Other Noninterest Income 

Total Noninterest Income 
Net Interest Income(1) 

Revenue(1) 

Provision for Credit Losses 

Noninterest Expense 

Income before Income Taxes
(1) 

Provision for Income Taxes

(1) 

Net Income 

Average Assets 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

2018 

2017 

$ 

3,852.1  $ 

3,753.7  $ 

3,434.3 

250.9 

292.2 

4,395.2 

1,710.7 

6,105.9 

(14.5) 

4,143.5 

1,976.9 

484.7 

307.2 

276.6 

4,337.5 

1,663.9 

6,001.4 

(14.5) 

4,016.9 

1,999.0 

442.6 

209.9 

301.9 

3,946.1 

1,475.0 

5,421.1 

(28.0) 

3,769.4 

1,679.7 

480.7 

$ 

$ 

1,492.2  $ 

1,556.4  $ 

1,199.0 

117,551.4  $ 

122,946.6  $ 

119,607.4 

(1) Stated on an FTE basis. The consolidated figures include $32.8 million, $41.2 million, and $45.8 million, of FTE adjustments for 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. 

Further discussion of reporting segment results is provided within the “Reporting Segments and Related Information” section 
of Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” 

Geographic Area Information. Northern Trust’s non-U.S. activities are primarily related to its asset servicing, asset 
management, foreign exchange, cash management, and commercial banking businesses. The operations of Northern Trust are 
managed on a reporting segment basis and include components of both U.S and non-U.S. source income and assets. Non-U.S. 
source income and assets are not separately identified in Northern Trust’s internal management reporting system. However, 
Northern Trust is required to disclose non-U.S. activities based on the domicile of the customer. Due to the complex and 
integrated nature of Northern Trust’s activities, it is difficult to segregate with precision revenues, expenses and assets between 
U.S. and non-U.S.-domiciled customers. Therefore, certain subjective estimates and assumptions have been made to allocate 
revenues, expenses and assets between U.S. and non-U.S. operations. 

For purposes of this disclosure, all foreign exchange trading income has been allocated to non-U.S. operations. Interest 
expense is allocated to non-U.S. operations based on specifically matched or pooled funding. Allocations of indirect noninterest 
expenses, when made, are based on various methods such as time, space, and number of employees. 

The table below summarizes Northern Trust’s performance based on the allocation process described above without regard 

to guarantors or the location of collateral. 

TABLE 148: DISTRIBUTION OF TOTAL ASSETS AND OPERATING PERFORMANCE 

(In Millions) 

2019 

Non-U.S. 

U.S. 

Total 

2018 

Non-U.S. 

U.S. 

Total 

2017 

Non-U.S. 

U.S. 

Total 

TOTAL ASSETS 

TOTAL 
REVENUE(1) 

INCOME BEFORE 
INCOME TAXES 

NET INCOME 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

27,888.6  $ 

108,939.8 

136,828.4  $ 

32,712.9  $ 

99,499.6 

132,212.5  $ 

30,325.3  $ 

108,265.2 

138,590.5  $ 

1,889.5  $ 

4,183.6 

6,073.1  $ 

2,018.1  $ 

3,942.1 

5,960.2  $ 

1,709.7  $ 

3,665.6 

5,375.3  $ 

600.0  $ 

1,344.1 

1,944.1  $ 

786.4  $ 

1,171.4 

1,957.8  $ 

613.5  $ 

1,020.4 

1,633.9  $ 

451.0 

1,041.2 

1,492.2 

625.7 

930.7 

1,556.4 

430.0 

769.0 

1,199.0 

(1) Total revenue is comprised of net interest income and noninterest income. 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   163 

 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Note 34 – Regulatory Capital Requirements 

Northern Trust  and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal bank regulatory 
authorities. Under these requirements, banks must maintain specific risk-based and leverage ratios in order to be classified as 
“well-capitalized.” The regulatory capital requirements impose certain restrictions upon banks that meet minimum capital 
requirements but are not “well-capitalized” and obligate the federal bank regulatory authorities to take “prompt corrective 
action” with respect to banks that do not maintain such minimum ratios. Such prompt corrective action could have a direct 
material effect on a bank’s financial statements. 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Bank had capital ratios above the levels required for classification as a “well-
capitalized” institution and had not received any regulatory notification of a lower classification. Additionally, Northern Trust’s 
subsidiary banks located outside the U.S. are subject to regulatory capital requirements in the jurisdictions in which they 
operate. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, Northern Trust’s non-U.S. banking subsidiaries had capital ratios above their 
specified minimum requirements. There were no conditions or events since December 31, 2019, that management believes 
have adversely affected the capital categorization of any Northern Trust subsidiary bank. 

The table below provides capital ratios for the Corporation and the Bank determined by Basel III phased in requirements. 

TABLE 149: RISK-BASED AND LEVERAGE CAPITAL  AMOUNTS AND RATIOS  

($ In Millions) 

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital 

Northern Trust Corporation 

The Northern Trust Company 

Minimum to qualify as well-capitalized: 

DECEMBER 31, 2019 

DECEMBER 31, 2018 

STANDARDIZED 
APPROACH 

ADVANCED 
APPROACH 

STANDARDIZED 
APPROACH 

ADVANCED 
APPROACH 

BALANCE 

RATIO  BALANCE 

RATIO  BALANCE 

RATIO  BALANCE 

RATIO 

$  8,898.7 

12.7%  $  8,898.7 

13.2%  $  8,729.8 

12.9%  $  8,729.8 

8,476.0 

12.3 

8,476.0 

13.0 

8,722.5 

13.1 

8,722.5 

13.7% 

14.1 

Northern Trust Corporation 

The Northern Trust Company 

N/A 

4,472.0 

N/A 

6.5 

N/A 

4,230.0 

N/A 

6.5 

N/A 

4,335.9 

N/A 

6.5 

N/A 

4,007.4 

N/A 

6.5 

Tier 1 Capital 

Northern Trust Corporation 

The Northern Trust Company 

Minimum to qualify as well-capitalized: 

Northern Trust Corporation 

The Northern Trust Company 

Total Capital 

Northern Trust Corporation 

The Northern Trust Company 

Minimum to qualify as well-capitalized: 

Northern Trust Corporation 

The Northern Trust Company 

Tier 1 Leverage 

Northern Trust Corporation 

The Northern Trust Company 

Minimum to qualify as well-capitalized: 

10,152.0 

8,476.0 

14.5 

12.3 

10,152.0 

8,476.0 

4,205.3 

5,504.0 

11,456.7 

9,610.4 

7,008.8 

6,880.1 

6.0 

8.0 

16.3 

14.0 

10.0 

10.0 

4,051.6 

5,206.2 

11,332.3 

9,486.0 

6,752.7 

6,507.7 

10,152.0 

8,476.0 

8.7 

7.3 

10,152.0 

8,476.0 

15.0 

13.0 

6.0 

8.0 

16.8 

14.6 

10.0 

10.0 

8.7 

7.3 

9,596.7 

8,722.5 

4,070.2 

5,336.4 

10,942.0 

9,870.7 

6,783.7 

6,670.6 

9,596.7 

8,722.5 

14.1 

13.1 

6.0 

8.0 

16.1 

14.8 

10.0 

10.0 

8.0 

7.3 

9,596.7 

8,722.5 

3,834.9 

4,932.2 

10,803.8 

9,732.5 

6,391.5 

6,165.3 

9,596.7 

8,722.5 

Northern Trust Corporation 

The Northern Trust Company 

N/A 

5,835.4 

N/A 

5.0 

N/A 

5,835.4 

N/A 

5.0 

N/A 

5,998.6 

N/A 

5.0 

N/A 

5,998.6 

Supplementary Leverage (1) 

Northern Trust Corporation 

The Northern Trust Company 

Minimum to qualify as well-capitalized: 

Northern Trust Corporation 

The Northern Trust Company 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

10,152.0 

8,476.0 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

3,983.6 

7.6 

6.4 

N/A 

3.0 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

9,596.7 

8,722.5 

N/A 

4,077.2 

(1) Effective January 1, 2018, a minimum supplementary leverage ratio of 3 percent became applicable. 

15.0 

14.1 

6.0 

8.0 

16.9 

15.8 

10.0 

10.0 

8.0 

7.3 

N/A 

5.0 

7.0 

6.4 

N/A 

3.0 

164   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The risk-based capital guidelines that apply to the Corporation and the Bank, commonly referred to as Basel III, are based 
upon the 2011 capital accord of the Basel Committee. The Basel III rules are currently being phased in, and will come into 
full effect by January 1, 2022. 

Under the final Basel III rules, the Corporation and the Bank are required to calculate and publicly disclose risk-based 
capital ratios using two methodologies: an advanced approach and a standardized approach. Under the advanced approach, 
credit risk weighted assets (RWA) are based on internal credit models and parameters. Additionally, the advanced approach 
incorporates operational risk RWA. Under the standardized approach, RWA are based on supervisory prescribed risk weights 
that are primarily dependent on counterparty type and asset class. 

Pursuant to the Federal Reserve Board's implementation in the final Basel III rules of a provision of the Dodd-Frank Act, 
the capital adequacy of the Corporation and the Bank is assessed based on the lower of the advanced approach or standardized 
approach capital ratios. 

The U.S.’s implementation of Basel III has increased the minimum capital thresholds for banking organizations and 
tightened the standards for  what qualifies  as capital. The  Corporation and  the Bank believe their  capital strength,  balance 
sheets and business models leave them well positioned for the continued U.S. implementation of Basel III. 

Note 35 – Northern Trust Corporation (Corporation only) 

Condensed financial information is presented below. Investments in wholly-owned subsidiaries are carried on the equity 
method of accounting. 

TABLE 150: CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS 

(In Millions) 

ASSETS 

Cash on Deposit with Subsidiary Bank 

Advances to Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries   – Banks 

Investments in Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries – Banks 

– Nonbank 

Other Assets 

Total Assets 

LIABILITIES 

Senior Notes 

Long Term Debt 

Floating Rate Capital Debt 

Other Liabilities 

Total Liabilities 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Preferred Stock 

Common Stock 

Additional Paid-in Capital 

Retained Earnings 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

Treasury Stock 

Total Stockholders’ Equity 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity 

DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

2018 

$ 

2,559.1  $ 

2,370.0 

9,349.8 

163.0 

1,444.7 

866.8 

2,910.0 

9,585.2 

182.9 

803.1 

15,886.6  $ 

14,348.0 

$ 

$ 

2,573.0  $ 

1,148.1 

277.7 

796.8 

4,795.6 

1,273.4 

408.6 

1,013.1 

11,656.7 

(194.7) 

(3,066.1) 

11,091.0 

2,011.3 

1,112.4 

277.6 

438.5 

3,839.8 

882.0 

408.6 

1,068.4 

10,776.8 

(453.7) 

(2,173.9) 

10,508.2 

14,348.0 

$ 

15,886.6  $ 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   165 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

TABLE 151: CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 

(In Millions) 

OPERATING INCOME 

Dividends – Bank Subsidiaries 

– Nonbank Subsidiaries 

Intercompany Interest and Other Charges 

Interest and Other Income 

Total Operating Income 

OPERATING EXPENSES 

Interest Expense 

Other Operating Expenses 

Total Operating Expenses 

Income before Income Taxes and Equity in Undistributed Net Income of Subsidiaries 

Benefit for Income Taxes 

Income before Equity in Undistributed Net Income of Subsidiaries 

Equity in Undistributed Net Income of Subsidiaries – Banks 

– Nonbank 

Net Income 

Preferred Stock Dividends 

Net Income Applicable to Common Stock 

TABLE 152: CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

(In Millions) 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES 

Net Income 

Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities 

Equity in Undistributed Net Income of Subsidiaries 

Change in Prepaid Expenses 

Change in Accrued Income Taxes 

Other Operating Activities, net 

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES 

Proceeds from Sale, Maturity and Redemption of Debt Securities – Available for Sale 

Advances to Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries 

Acquisition of a Business, Net of Cash Received 

Other Investing Activities, net 

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES 

Proceeds from Senior Notes 

Proceeds from Issuance of Preferred Stock - Series E 

Treasury Stock Purchased 

Net Proceeds from Stock Options 

Cash Dividends Paid on Common Stock 

Cash Dividends Paid on Preferred Stock 

Other Financing Activities, net 

Net Cash (Used In) Provided by Financing Activities 

Net Change in Cash on Deposit with Subsidiary Bank 

Cash on Deposit with Subsidiary Bank at Beginning of Year 

Cash on Deposit with Subsidiary Bank at End of Year 

166   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

2018 

2017 

$ 

2,024.1 

$ 

1,200.9 

$ 

0.4 

115.1 

20.2 

— 

91.9 

(8.7) 

2,159.8 

1,284.1 

121.6 

28.6 

150.2 

2,009.6 

24.3 

2,033.9 

(559.9) 

18.2 

97.3 

17.0 

114.3 

1,169.8 

24.6 

1,194.4 

336.7 

25.3 

525.0 

— 

58.2 

18.1 

601.3 

76.5 

25.9 

102.4 

498.9 

43.7 

542.6 

632.6 

23.8 

$ 

$ 

1,492.2  $ 

1,556.4 

$ 

1,199.0 

46.4 

46.4 

49.8 

1,445.8  $ 

1,510.0  $ 

1,149.2 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

2018 

2017 

$ 

1,492.2  $ 

1,556.4  $ 

1,199.0 

541.7 

(400.4) 

114.1 

141.9 

(362.0) 

(0.6) 

(141.8) 

125.6 

1,889.5 

1,177.6 

— 

540.0 

— 

3.7 

543.7 

498.0 

391.4 

(1,100.2) 

44.0 

(529.7) 

(46.4) 

2.0 

(740.9) 

1,692.3 

866.8 

1.0 

(436.5) 

(31.2) 

(3.1) 

(469.8) 

497.9 

— 

(924.3) 

32.6 

(405.4) 

(46.4) 

2.1 

(843.5) 

(135.7) 

1,002.5 

(656.4) 

(0.3) 

17.2 

55.7 

615.2 

— 

100.0 

— 

1.9 

101.9 

350.0 

— 

(523.1) 

108.0 

(356.8) 

(49.8) 

0.1 

(471.6) 

245.5 

757.0 

$ 

2,559.1  $ 

866.8  $ 

1,002.5 

ITEM 9 – CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 
DISCLOSURE 

None. 

ITEM 9A – CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures 
As of December 31, 2019,  the Corporation’s management, with the participation of the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer 
and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined 
in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed 
by the Corporation in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and 
reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Based on such evaluation, such officers have concluded 
that, as of December 31, 2019, the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective. 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 
Management  of  the  Corporation  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting  (as  defined  in  Rules  13a-15(f)  and  15d-15(f)  under  the  Exchange Act)  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  to  the 
Corporation’s management and Board of Directors regarding the preparation of reliable published financial statements. This 
internal control includes monitoring mechanisms, and actions are taken to correct deficiencies identified. 

Management assessed the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on the 
criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) 
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management 
concluded  that,  as  of  December 31,  2019,  the  Corporation  maintained  effective internal  control  over  financial  reporting. 
Additionally, KPMG  LLP,  the  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  that  audited  the  Corporation’s consolidated 
financial statements as of, and for the year ended, December 31, 2019, included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has 
issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of the Corporation’sinternal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 
2019. 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 
There have been no changes in the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the 
evaluation required by Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act during the last fiscal quarter that have materially 
affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting. 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   167 

 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT  OF  INDEPENDENT  REGISTERED  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTING  FIRM 

TO THE STOCKHOLDERS AND BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION: 

Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 
We have audited Northern Trust Corporation’s (and subsidiaries’) (the Corporation)  internal control over financial reporting 
as  of  December 31,  2019,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  - Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the 
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. In our opinion, the Corporation maintained, in all 
material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31,  2019, based on criteria established in 
Internal  Control  -  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the Treadway 
Commission. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) 
(PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Corporation as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated 
statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’  equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the 
three   year period ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements), and 
our report dated February 25, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. 

Basis for Opinion 
The Corporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its 
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s 
Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Corporation’s internal 
control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are 
required to be independent with respect to the Corporation in accordance with the U.S. federal securities  laws and the applicable 
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform 
the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in 
all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal 
control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and 
operating effectiveness  of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures 
as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures 
that  (1) pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and 
dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions  are recorded as necessary to 
permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and 
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the 
company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely  detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or 
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 
FEBRUARY 25, 2020 

168   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

ITEM 9B – OTHER INFORMATION 

Not applicable. 

PART III 

ITEM 10 – DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

The information called for by this item is incorporated by reference to “Supplemental Item – Information About Our Executive 
Officers” in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as the following sections of the Corporation’s definitive Proxy 
Statement for the 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders: “Item 1 – Election of Directors,” “Information about the Nominees 
for Director,” “Security Ownership  by Directors and Executive Officers –  Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports,”  “Corporate 
Governance – Code of Business Conduct and Ethics,” “Corporate Governance – Director Nominations and Qualifications 
and  Proxy Access,”  “Board  and  Board  Committee  Information  – Audit  Committee”  and  “Board  and  Board  Committee 
Information – Committee Composition.” 

ITEM 11 – EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The information called for by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” 
“Compensation and Benefits Committee Report,” “Executive Compensation,” and “Director Compensation” sections of the 
Corporation’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. 

ITEM 12  –  SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND  MANAGEMENT  AND 
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

The information called for by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the “Security Ownership by Directors and 
Executive  Officers,” “Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners,”  and  “Equity  Compensation  Plan  Information” 
sections of the Corporation’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. 

ITEM 13 – CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 

The information called for by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the “Board and Board Committee Information,” 
“Corporate Governance – Director Independence” and the “Corporate Governance – Related Person Transactions Policy” 
sections of the Corporation’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. 

ITEM 14 – PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

The information called for by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the “Audit Matters” section of the Corporation’s 
definitive Proxy Statement for the 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   169 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART IV 

ITEM 15 – EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

ITEM 15(a)(1) AND  (2)  –  NORTHERN  TRUST   CORPORATION AND  SUBSIDIARIES  LIST   OF   FINANCIAL  
STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL  STATEMENT  SCHEDULES 

The following financial statements of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries included in Item 8, “Financial Statements and 
Supplementary Data,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K are incorporated herein by reference. 

For Northern Trust Corporation and Subsidiaries: 

Consolidated Balance Sheets - December 31, 2019 and 2018 

Consolidated Statements of Income - Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income - Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity - Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Financial statement schedules have been omitted for the reason that they are not required or are not applicable. 

The Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) of the Corporation included in Item 7, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 15(a)(3) – EXHIBITS 

Exhibit 
Number 

Description 

3.1 

3.2 

3.3 

3.4 

3.5 

4.1 

4.2 

4.3 

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Northern Trust Corporation, as amended to date (incorporated herein 
by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 19, 2006). 

Certificate of Designation of Series C Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock of Northern Trust Corporation, 
dated August 4, 2014 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Corporation’s Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed August 4, 2014). 

Certificate of Designation of Series D Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock of Northern Trust Corporation, 
dated August 4, 2016 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Corporation’s Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed August 8, 2016). 

Certificate of Designation of Series E Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock of Northern Trust Corporation, 
dated October 31, 2019 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Corporation’s Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed November 5, 2019). 

By-laws of Northern Trust Corporation, as amended February 19, 2019 (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 3.1 to the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 19, 2019). 

Deposit Agreement, dated August 5, 2014, among Northern Trust Corporation, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as 
depositary (which, effective February 1, 2018, was succeeded by Equiniti Trust Company), and the holders from 
time  to  time  of  the  depositary  receipts  described  therein  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.1  to  the 
Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 5, 2014). 

Deposit Agreement, dated August 8, 2016, among Northern Trust Corporation, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as 
depositary (which, effective February 1, 2018, was succeeded by Equiniti Trust Company), and the holders from 
time  to  time  of  the  depositary  receipts  described  therein  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.2  to  the 
Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 8, 2016). 

Deposit Agreement, dated November 5, 2019, among Northern Trust Corporation, Equiniti Trust Company, as 
depositary,  and  the  holders  from  time  to  time  of  the  depositary  receipts  described  therein  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 5, 2019). 

170   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

Exhibit 
Number 
4.4 

4.5 

10.1** 

(i)** 

(ii)** 

10.2** 

10.3** 

(i)** 

(ii)** 

10.4** 

10.5** 

10.6** 

(i)** 

(ii)** 

Description 

Description of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 

Certain instruments defining the rights of the holders of long-term debt of the Corporation and certain of its 
subsidiaries, none of which authorize a total amount of indebtedness in excess of 10% of the total assets of the 
Corporation and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, have not been filed as exhibits. The Corporation hereby 
agrees to furnish a copy of any of these agreements to the SEC upon request. 

Deferred Compensation Plans Trust Agreement, dated May 11, 1998, between Northern Trust Corporation and 
Harris Trust  and  Savings  Bank  as Trustee  (which,  effective August 31,  1999,  was  succeeded  by  U.S. Trust 
Company, N.A., which effective June 1, 2009, was succeeded by Evercore Trust Company, N.A., and, which, 
effective October 19, 2017, was succeeded by Newport Trust Company) regarding the Supplemental Employee 
Stock Ownership Plan for Employees of The Northern Trust Company, the Supplemental Thrift-Incentive Plan 
for Employees of The Northern Trust Company, the Supplemental Pension Plan for Employees of The Northern 
Trust  Company,  and  the  Northern  Trust  Corporation  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  (incorporated  herein  by 
reference to Exhibit 10(iv) to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 
1998). 

Amendment, dated August 31, 1999 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(vi) to the Corporation’s 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1999). 

Second Amendment,  dated  as  of  May  16,  2000  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10(v)  to  the 
Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2000). 

Northern Trust Corporation Supplemental Employee Stock Ownership Plan, as amended and restated effective 
as of January 1, 2008 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(vi) to the Corporation’s Annual Report 
on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008). 

Northern  Trust  Corporation  Supplemental  Thrift-Incentive  Plan,  as  amended  and  restated  effective  as  of 
January 1, 2008 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(vii) to the Corporation’s Annual Report on 
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008). 

Amendment  Number  One,  dated  October  29,  2009  and  effective  January  1,  2010  (incorporated  herein  by 
reference  to  Exhibit  10(vi)(1)  to  the  Corporation’s Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  fiscal  year  ended 
December 31, 2009). 

Amendment Number Two, dated August 6, 2015 and effective January 1, 2015 (incorporated herein by reference 
to Exhibit 10.1 to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2015). 

Northern Trust Corporation Supplemental Pension Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(viii) to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 
fiscal year ended December 31, 2008). 

Northern Trust Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective as of November 
1, 2017 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for 
the year ended December 31, 2017). 

Amended  and  Restated  Northern  Trust  Corporation  2002  Stock  Plan,  effective  as  of  January 1,  2008 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(xiv) to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 
fiscal year ended December 31, 2008). 

Form of 2011 Executive Stock Option Terms and Conditions (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(v) 
to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011). 

Form  of  2012  Executive  Stock  Option Award  Terms  and  Conditions  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.7(xix) to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 
2011). 

10.7** 

Northern  Trust  Corporation  2012  Stock  Plan  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the 
Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 19, 2012). 

(i)** 

(ii)** 

Form of Director Stock Unit Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(iii) to the Corporation’s 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012). 

Form  of  Director  Prorated  Stock  Agreement  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10(iv)  to  the 
Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012). 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   171 

Exhibit 
Number 
(iii)** 

(iv)** 

(v)** 

(vi)** 

(vii)** 

Description 
Form  of  New  Director  Stock  Unit  Agreement  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10(v)  to  the 
Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012). 

Form of 2012 Executive Stock Option Terms and Conditions (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(i) 
to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2012). 

Form  of  2013  Executive  Stock  Option  Terms  and  Conditions  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.7(xii) to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 
2012). 

Form of 2014 Executive Stock Option Terms and Conditions (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7(xi) 
to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013). 

Terms  and  Conditions  of  2016  Equity  Awards  under  the  Northern  Trust  Corporation  2012  Stock  Plan 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the 
quarter ended March 31, 2016). 

(viii)** 

Form of 2017 Stock Option Award Terms and Conditions, as amended (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.7(x) to the Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017). 

(ix)** 

10.8** 

Form of 2017 Stock Unit Award Terms and Conditions, as amended (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
10.7(xi) to the Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017). 

Northern Trust Corporation Management Performance Plan, as amended and restated effective October 16, 2012 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(viii) to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for 
the quarter ended September 30, 2012). 

10.9** 

Northern Trust Corporation 1997 Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10(xix) to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998). 

10.10** 

10.11** 

Northern Trust Corporation 1997 Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors, as amended and 
restated effective as of July 15, 2014 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Corporation’s 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2014). 

Northern Trust Corporation 2018 Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors (incorporated herein 
by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 
31, 2017). 

10.12** 

Northern Trust Corporation Key Officer Change in Control Severance Plan (incorporated herein by reference 
to Exhibit 10.2 to the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 28, 2017). 

10.13** 

Northern Trust Corporation Executive Change in Control Severance Plan (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.1 to the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 28, 2017). 

10.14** 

Form  of  Non-Solicitation Agreement  and  Confidentiality Agreement  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10(iii) to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009). 

10.15** 

Northern Trust Corporation 2012 Long Term Cash Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
10(i) to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012). 

(i)** 

(ii)** 

Form of 2012 Long Term Cash Incentive Award Terms and Conditions (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.19 to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011). 

Amendment Number One to the 2012 Long Term Cash Incentive Plan, dated as of January 20, 2015 (incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.14(ii) to the Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year 
ended December 31, 2014). 

10.16** 

Northern Trust Corporation 2017 Long Term Cash Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
10.7 to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2017). 

(i)** 

Form of Cash Incentive Award Terms and Conditions, as amended (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
10.19(i) to the Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017). 

10.17** 

Northern Trust Corporation 2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 
to the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 26, 2017). 

172   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

Exhibit 
Number 
(i)** 

(ii)** 

(iii)** 

(iv)** 

(v)** 

(vi)** 

Description 
Form of Director Stock Unit Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Corporation’s 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2017). 

Form of Director Stock Unit Agreement (prorated) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the 
Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2017). 

Form of 2018 Performance Stock Unit Award Terms and Conditions (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
10.3 to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2018). 

Form of 2019 Performance Stock Unit Award Terms and Conditions (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
10.1 to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2019). 

Form of 2018 Stock Unit Award Terms and Conditions (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the 
Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2018). 

Form of 2019 Stock Unit Award Terms and Conditions (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the 
Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2019). 

10.18** 

Northern Trust Corporation Executive Financial Consulting and Tax Preparation Services Plan, as amended and 
restated effective January 1, 2008 (which, effective October 1, 2018, was renamed the Northern Trust Corporation 
Wealth Planning and Tax Consulting Services Plan) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10 (xxxiii) to 
the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007). 

(i)** 

(ii)** 

First Amendment, dated and effective October 3, 2017. 

Second Amendment, dated September 27, 2019 and effective October 1, 2018. 

10.19** 

Northern Trust Corporation Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan. 

10.20** 

Northern Partners Incentive Plan, as amended and restated on January 6, 2020. 

10.21** 

Letter Agreement with Frederick H. Waddell, dated January 23, 2019 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
10.26 to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018). 

10.22** 

The  Northern Trust  Company  Death  Benefit  Plan  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the 
Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2019). 

21 

23 

31.1 

31.2 

32 

101 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant. 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. 

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of CEO Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of CFO Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

Certifications of CEO and CFO Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

Includes the following financial and related information from the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K 
for  the  fiscal  year  ended  December 31,  2019,  formatted  in  Inline  Extensible  Business  Reporting  Language 
(iXBRL): (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Income, (iii) the Consolidated 
Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’  Equity, 
(v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

104 

The cover page from this Annual Report on Form 10-K, formatted in Inline XBRL. 

** Indicates a management contract or a compensatory plan or agreement. 

ITEM 16 – FORM 10-K SUMMARY 

None. 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   173 

SIGNATURES 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13  or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has 
duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

Date: February 25, 2020 

Northern Trust Corporation 

(Registrant) 

By: 

/s/  Michael G. O’Grady 
Michael G. O’Grady 
Chairman, President, and Chief Executive Officer 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been 
signed  below  by  the  following  persons  on  behalf  of  the  Registrant  and  in  the  capacities  and  on  the  date  indicated. 

Signature 

Capacity 

/s/  Michael G. O'Grady 
Michael G. O’Grady 

/s/  Jason J. Tyler 
Jason J. Tyler 

/s/  Lauren Allnutt 
Lauren Allnutt 

/s/  Linda Walker Bynoe 
Linda Walker Bynoe 

/s/  Susan Crown 
Susan Crown 

/s/  Dean M. Harrison 
Dean M. Harrison 

/s/  Jay L. Henderson 
Jay L. Henderson 

/s/ Marcy S. Klevorn 
Marcy S. Klevorn 

/s/ Siddharth N. (Bobby) Mehta 
Siddharth N. (Bobby) Mehta 

174   2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

Chairman, President, and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial Officer) 

Senior Vice President and Controller 
(Principal Accounting Officer) 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

/s/  Jose Luis Prado 
Jose Luis Prado 

/s/  Thomas E. Richards 
Thomas E. Richards 

/s/  Martin P. Slark 
Martin P. Slark 

/s/  David H.B. Smith, Jr. 
David H.B. Smith, Jr. 

/s/  Donald Thompson 
Donald Thompson 

/s/  Charles A. Tribbett, III 
Charles A. Tribbett, III 

D

ate: February 25, 2020  

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

2019 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation   175 

Exhibit 31.1 

Certification of CEO Pursuant to 
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

I, Michael G. O’Grady, certify that: 

I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 of Northern Trust Corporation; 

1. 
2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary 
to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to 
the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material 
respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 
4.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act 
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 
(a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our 
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known 
to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

(b)  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed 
under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of 
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

(c)  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions 
about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such 
evaluation; and 

(d)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s 
most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is 
reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial 
reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent 
functions): 
(a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which 
are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; 
and 

(b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s 

internal control over financial reporting. 

Date:  February 25, 2020 

/s/  Michael G. O’Grady 
Michael G. O’Grady 
Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

 
Exhibit 31.2 

Certification of CFO Pursuant to 
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

I, Jason J. Tyler, certify that: 

I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 of Northern Trust Corporation; 

1. 
2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary 
to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to 
the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material 
respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 
4.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act 
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 
(a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our 
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known 
to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

(b)  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed 
under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of 
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

(c)  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions 
about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such 
evaluation; and 

(d)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s 
most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is 
reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial 
reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent 
functions): 
(a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which 
are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; 
and 

(b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s 

internal control over financial reporting. 

Date:  February 25, 2020 

/s/  Jason J. Tyler 
Jason J. Tyler 
Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial Officer) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 32 

Certifications of CEO and CFO Pursuant to 
18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

In connection with the Annual Report of Northern Trust Corporation (the “Corporation”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 
2019 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), Michael G. O’Grady, as Chief Executive 
Officer of the Corporation, and Jason J. Tyler, as Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation, each hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 
section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of his knowledge, that: 
(1)  The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and 
(2)  The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the 

Corporation. 

/s/  Michael G. O’Grady 
Michael G. O’Grady 

Chief Executive Officer 

(Principal Executive Officer) 
February 25, 2020 

/s/  Jason J. Tyler 
Jason J. Tyler 

Chief Financial Officer 

(Principal Financial Officer) 
February 25, 2020 

This certification accompanies the Report pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not be deemed filed by 
Northern Trust Corporation for purposes of section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS 

Michael G. O’Grady 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer 
Northern Trust Corporation 

Linda Walker Bynoe 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
Telemat Ltd. 
Project management and consulting firm 

Susan Crown 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 
Owl Creek Partners, LLC 
Private equity firm 
Chairman and Founder 
Susan Crown Exchange Inc. 
Social investment organization 

Dean M. Harrison 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
Northwestern Memorial HealthCare 
Primary teaching affiliate of Northwestern University 
Feinberg School of Medicine and parent corporation of 
Northwestern Memorial Hospital 

Jay L. Henderson 
Retired Vice Chairman, Client Service 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Professional services firm 

Marcy S. Klevorn 
Retired Executive Vice President and President, 
Mobility 
Ford Motor Company 
Global automaker 

Siddharth N. (Bobby) Mehta 
Retired President and Chief Executive Officer 
TransUnion 
Global risk and information solutions provider 

Jose Luis Prado 
Vice Chairman 
Evans Food Group, Ltd. 
Global food company 

Thomas E. Richards 
Retired President and Chief Executive Officer 
CDW Corporation 
Provider of integrated information technology solutions 
in the United States, Canada and the United Kingdom 

Martin P. Slark 
Retired Chief Executive Officer 
Molex LLC 
Manufacturer of electronic, electrical, and fiber optic 
interconnection products and systems 

David H. B. Smith Jr. 
Executive Vice President, Policy & Legal Affairs 
and General Counsel 
Mutual Fund Directors Forum 
Nonprofit membership organization for investment 
company directors 

Donald Thompson 
Founder and Chief Executive Officer 
Cleveland Avenue, LLC 
Food and beverage accelerator and investment 
company 
Retired President and Chief Executive Officer 
McDonald’s Corporation 
Global foodservice retailer 

Charles A. Tribbett III 
Managing Director 
Russell Reynolds Associates 
Global executive recruiting firm 

Advisory Director 

Lord Charles D. Powell of Bayswater KCMG 
Former private secretary and advisor on foreign affairs 
and defense to Prime Ministers Margaret Thatcher and 
John Major 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT GROUP 

Michael G. O’Grady 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer 

Robert P. Browne 
Executive Vice President 
Chief Investment Officer 

Peter B. Cherecwich 
President – Corporate & Institutional Services 

Steven L. Fradkin 
President – Wealth Management 

Mark C. Gossett 
Executive Vice President 
Chief Risk Officer 

Susan C. Levy 
Executive Vice President 
General Counsel and Corporate Secretary 

Teresa A. Parker 
Executive Vice President 
Corporate & Institutional Services 
(Europe, Middle East and Africa) 

Thomas A. South 
Executive Vice President 
Chief Information Officer 

Joyce M. St. Clair 
Executive Vice President 
Chief Human Resources Officer 

Shundrawn A. Thomas 
President – Asset Management 

Jason J. Tyler 
Executive Vice President 
Chief Financial Officer 

 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE INFORMATION 

ANNUAL MEETING 
The 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders will be held on 
Tuesday, April 21, 2020, at 10:30 A.M. (Central Time) at 
50 South La Salle Street, Chicago, Illinois. If you plan to 
attend the Annual Meeting, please review the information 
regarding attendance contained in the proxy statement 
relating to the Annual Meeting. 

STOCK LISTING 
The common stock of Northern Trust Corporation is 
traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the 
symbol “NTRS”. 

STOCK TRANSFER AGENT, REGISTRAR, 
AND DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT 
EQ Shareowner Services 
1110 Centre Pointe Curve, Suite 101 
Mendota Heights, MN  55120 
General Phone Number: 1-800-468-9716 
Internet Site: shareowneronline.com 

AVAILABLE INFORMATION 
Through our website at northerntrust.com, we make 
available free of charge our Annual Report on Form 10-K, 
Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on 
Form 8-K, and all other reports and all amendments to 
those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) 
or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended, as soon as reasonably practicable after we file 
such material with, or furnish such material to, the SEC. 
The contents of our website, the website of the SEC or 
any other website referenced herein are not a part of this 
document. 

INVESTOR RELATIONS 
Please direct Investor Relations inquiries to: 
Mark M. Bette, Senior Vice President, at 
312-444-2301 or mark_bette@ntrs.com; or 
Kelly M. Lernihan, Vice President, at 312-
444-7214 or km235@ntrs.com. 

NORTHERNTRUST.COM 
Information about the Corporation, including financial 
performance and products and services, is available on 
Northern Trust’s website at northerntrust.com. 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The 2019 Northern Trust Corporation Annual Report is printed on 10% recycled paper  

made from fiber sourced from well-managed forests and is independently certified to the  
Forest Stewardship Council® (FSC) standards.

NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION 

50 SOUTH LA SALLE STREET \ CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60603

N O RT H E R N T RU ST. CO M